As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 22, 2020

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_______________________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_______________________

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_______________________

Delaware

 

5700

 

83-3713938

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

13850 Manchester Rd.
Ballwin, MO 63011
888
-768-1710

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_______________________

Douglas T. Moore
Chief Executive Officer
13850 Manchester Rd.
Ballwin, MO 63011
888
-768-1710

(Names, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_______________________

Copies to:

Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.
Bevilacqua PLLC
1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500
Washington, DC 20036
(202) 869-0888

 

Gregory Sichenzia, Esq.
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor
New York, NY 10036
(212) 930-9700

_______________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer £

 

Accelerated filer £

Non-accelerated filer S

 

Smaller reporting company S

   

Emerging growth company S

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. £

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Amount to
be registered

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price
per unit
(1)

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
(1)

 

Amount of
registration
fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share(2)(3)

 

[  ]

 

$

[  ]

 

$

11,500,000

 

$

1,492.70

Representative Warrants(4)(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Underlying Representative Warrants(3)(4)

 

[  ]

 

$

[  ]

 

$

718,750

 

$

93.29

TOTAL

 

[  ]

 

 

 

$

12,218,750

 

$

1,585.99

____________

(1)      There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)      Includes [        ] shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their over-allotment option.

(3)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional shares as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions.

(4)      We have agreed to issue to the representative of the several underwriters, who we refer to as the representative, warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price.

(5)      No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

DATED APRIL 22, 2020

[        ] Shares
Common Stock

1847 Goedeker Inc.

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering [        ] shares of our common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $[        ] and $[        ] per share of common stock.

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on [NYSE American/the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED”. We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

While we initially expect to be a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] immediately after consummation of this offering, we do not intend to avail ourselves of the corporate governance exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

Investing in our common stock is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

Offering without
Over-Allotment
Option

Offering with
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

$  

$  

$  

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

$  

$  

$  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

$  

$  

$  

____________

(1)      Does not include additional compensation payable to the underwriters. We have agreed to pay the underwrites a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the total proceeds raised and to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred relating to this offering. In addition, we will issue to representative of the underwriters, ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., or the representative, warrants to purchase in the aggregate the number of shares of our common stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants.

This offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional [        ] shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

The delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about [        ], 2020.

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is [        ], 2020

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

10

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

30

Industry and Market Data

 

31

Use of Proceeds

 

32

Dividend Policy

 

33

Capitalization

 

34

Dilution

 

36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

38

Business

 

51

Management

 

65

Executive Compensation

 

71

Current Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

76

Principal Stockholders

 

77

Description of Securities

 

78

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

81

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

 

82

Underwriting

 

86

Legal Matters

 

94

Experts

 

94

Where You Can Find More Information

 

94

Financial Statements

 

F-1

Please read this prospectus carefully. It describes our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, among other things. We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free-writing prospectus we have authorized. Neither we nor the underwriter have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriter take responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriter are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risks associated with an investment in our company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and similar references refer to 1847 Goedeker Inc.

Our Company

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Our shopping experience allows for online chat and the ability to speak with an expert by phone seven days a week. We believe that we are a national leader in customer value and price. We enjoy strong relationships with most national and global appliance companies and we believe that we have a technologically advanced online sales and infrastructure platform.

The delivery experience and overall customer service that we offer our shoppers are central to our business. We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system.

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was initially in effect until April 24, and has been extended to at least May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, as of the date of this prospectus, our call center and warehouse are still operating. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations are still operating, these restrictions have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

1

We have taken steps to take care of our employees, including providing the ability for employees to work remotely and implementing strategies to support appropriate social distancing techniques for those employees who are not able to work remotely. We have also taken precautions with regard to employee, facility and office hygiene as well as implementing significant travel restrictions. We are also assessing our business continuity plans for all business units in the context of the pandemic. This is a rapidly evolving situation, and we will continue to monitor and mitigate developments affecting our workforce, our suppliers, our customers, and the public at large to the extent we are able to do so. We have and will continue to carefully review all rules, regulations, and orders and responding accordingly.

We are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” below.

Our Corporate History and Structure

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019. On April 5, 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television Co., or Goedeker Television. As a result of this transaction, we acquired the former business of Goedeker Television, which was established in 1951, and continue to operate this business. All discussions in this prospectus regarding our business prior to the acquisition reflect the business of Goedeker Television, our predecessor company.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no subsidiaries.

Our Opportunity

According to eMarketer, U.S. retail sales reached over $5 trillion in 2019 and are expected to grow by nearly $700 billion by 2023. U.S. e-commerce retail sales reached over $590 billion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $960 billion by 2023.

According to Statista, the U.S. household appliance market reached $18.3 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 13.7% from 2020 to 2024. The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with big box retailers, large online retailers, and thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share in what has historically been a high touch sale process with manufacturers’ strict showroom requirements. However, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

According to Statista, the U.S. furniture and homeware market reached $44 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 4.3% from 2020 to 2024. Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other

2

retail subsectors of similar market value. Much like the U.S. household appliance market, a shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

To our knowledge, the projections above for future periods do not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic. However, we do anticipate that that the shift to online sales will be accelerated, as at least some of the retail stores that have closed during the pandemic may not re-open.

Our Products

The appliance category is our largest revenue source. We have a long history of selling these products and serving the distinct needs of consumers looking to replace or add to their home appliances. We offer roughly 22,000 appliance SKUs from all mainline original equipment manufacturers, including Bosch, Whirlpool, GE, Maytag, LG, Samsung, Sharp, and Kitchen Aid, among others. We sell all major home appliances, including refrigerators, ranges, ovens, dishwashers, microwaves, freezers, washers and dryers. Sales of appliances accounted for approximately 80% and 76% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

We began selling furniture online in 2015 and currently offer approximately 148,000 SKUs from over 340 furniture vendors. Furniture is the second largest product category. The organization of product by type and characteristics makes for a complete shopping experience in a complicated product category. Sales of furniture accounted for approximately 15% and 19% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

We also offer a broad assortment of products in the décor, bed & bath, lighting, outdoor living and electronics categories. While these are not individually high-volume categories, they complement the appliance and furniture categories to produce a one-stop home goods offering for customers. We also offer customers the opportunity to purchase warranties that protect their appliances beyond the manufacturers’ warranty period. Warranties are offered through third party vendors who absorb the cost of repairs and pay us a commission for selling the warranty product. Other sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Our Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Name and reputation.    We believe that we enjoy a long-standing (50+ years) reputation with vendors and customers for our focus on offering a full line of appliances and other home furnishings with competitive pricing and superior customer service.

•        Strong customer relationships.    We cater to the committed shopper who is interested in purchasing top-of-the-line appliances, furniture and other home goods at low prices. We believe that these customers value our dedication to providing outstanding customer service and repeatedly use us for their home product needs.

•        Highly trained and professional staff.    We believe that our personnel are our most important asset. We have an internal sales support team of nine personnel who are trained to educate and support customers when selecting and buying products. Approximately 40% of customer orders consist of a phone conversation with a sales team member, which becomes a differentiator when competing with online only companies and with brick and with mortar outlets.

•        Product pricing.    We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest allowed price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure this strategy.

3

•        Online sales expertise.    We believe that our ability to transact online, big ticket, home delivery gives us strategic positioning and capability to sell more products to our current customer base, as well as to add new big ticket product categories.

•        Best in class customer service and marketing technology.    We believe that the investments we have made in our call center tools and the latest version of our shopping platform, combined with digital marketing optimization, should put us in position to offer a scalable, repeatable quality process that is second to none in the retail appliance industry.

Our Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Significantly increase marketing spend.    We plan to partner with nationally accredited advertising and marketing agencies to more efficiently utilize our advertising dollars and to increase sales through our website and our call center.

•        Expand in the commercial market.    To date, we have directed all marketing efforts toward the consumer. With remodels and new home construction, there is opportunity to market to home builders, contractors and interior designers who are making or influencing the purchasing decision for many consumers. We believe that our low price business model would be received well by this market, creating substantial revenue opportunities and more repeat business. Evidence of unmet demand and market need is ongoing with large commercial sales occurring organically each week through our web site and contact center.

•        Expand category management.    We have expanded from online appliances to furniture and other categories while maintaining management headcount. Management feels that committing dedicated resources to each category and building them out in business unit fashion will not only drive revenue but increase and improve margins.

•        Warehouse and shipping optimization.    We plan to implement a series of initiatives with key vendors to increase shipping speed to customers, cut costs and increase margins. We plan to pick up product from manufacturers’ warehouses and selectively use inventory buys to reduce costs. With access to vendor warehouse operations, we expect to take advantage of buying opportunities and capture time-sensitive customers more frequently.

•        Expanded operating hours.    Our customer support and sales hours were expanded during 2019 and we expect to expand sales hours by 20 hours per week as we move through 2020.

•        Ride the wave of online retail.    Big ticket online retail continues to grow significantly as product offerings and shopping experiences start to become superior to most brick and mortar shopping. We are making key investments in people, processes and systems that we believe will grow our customer base. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the growth in online retail.

Our Risks and Challenges

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        The coronavirus pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

•        If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

•        Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net revenue per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing as well as maintain high levels of customer engagement are not successful, our growth prospects and revenue will be materially adversely affected.

4

•        Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong brands. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brands if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

•        Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks and may not be successful.

•        Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

•        Our third-party loans contain certain terms that could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

•        Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

•        We depend on our relationships with third parties, and changes in our relationships with these parties could adversely impact our revenue and profits.

•        Uncertainties in economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending patterns, particularly in the home goods segment, could adversely impact our operating results.

•        Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange

5

Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011, and our telephone number is 888-768-1710. We maintain a website at www.goedekers.com. Information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this prospectus.

Changes to our Capitalization

Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to (i) increase our authorized common stock from 5,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, (ii) authorize 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock and (iii) change the par value of our capital stock from $0.001 to $0.0001. At that time, we also plan to complete a 6,000-for-1 forward stock split of our outstanding common stock. As a result of this stock split, our issued and outstanding common stock will be increased from 1,000 shares to shares 6,000,000 shares. Reference to “post-split” below are references to the number of shares of our common stock after giving effect to this split.

6

The Offering

Shares being offered:

 

[        ] shares of common stock (or [        ] shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Offering price:

 

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $[        ] and $[        ] per share.

Shares outstanding after the offering(1):

 

[        ] shares of common stock (or [        ] shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option:

 

We have granted to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase from us up to an additional 15% of the shares sold in the offering ([        ] additional shares) at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Representative’s warrants:

 

We have agreed to issue to the representative warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal in the aggregate to 5% of the total number of shares issued in this offering. The representative’s warrant will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The representative’s warrant is exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-a-half-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Use of proceeds:

 

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $[        ] million from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $[        ] per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay off approximately $[        ] of our outstanding debt, for advertising and marketing expenditures and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information on the use of proceeds.

Risk factors:

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10.

Lock-up

 

We, all of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 180 days after the closing of this offering in the case of our company, (ii) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers, and (iii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Proposed trading market and symbol

 

We plan to apply to list our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED.”

7

The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering is based on 6,000,000 (post-split) shares outstanding as of [        ], 2020 and excludes:

•        700,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 331,579 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering;

•        300,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that will be exercised immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering; and

•        up to [        ] shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

8

Summary Financial Information

The following tables summarize certain financial data regarding our business and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our summary financial data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

All financial statements included in this prospectus are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The summary financial information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere herein. The financial statements contained elsewhere fully represent our financial condition and operations; however, they are not indicative of our future performance.

 

Years Ended December 31,

Statement of Operations Data

 

2019

 

2018

Products sales, net

 

$

47,615,013

 

 

$

56,307,960

Cost of goods sold

 

 

39,600,971

 

 

 

45,406,884

Gross profit

 

 

8,014,042

 

 

 

10,898,076

Total operating expenses

 

 

10,207,552

 

 

 

9,008,684

Net income (loss) from operations

 

 

(2,193,510

)

 

 

1,889,392

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(1,018,208

)

 

 

115,986

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2,513,415

)

 

$

2,005,378

 

As of December 31,

Balance Sheet Data

 

2019

 

2018

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

64,470

 

 

$

1,525,693

Receivables

 

 

1,862,086

 

 

 

2,635,932

Deposits with vendors

 

 

294,960

 

 

 

2,212,181

Merchandise inventory, net

 

 

1,380,090

 

 

 

3,111,594

Due from officers

 

 

 

 

 

50,634

Other assets

 

 

892,796

 

 

 

6,784

Total current Assets

 

 

4,494,402

 

 

 

9,542,818

Property and equipment, net

 

 

185,606

 

 

 

216,286

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

2,000,755

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,976,016

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,878,844

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

698,303

 

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

14,278,926

 

 

 

9,759,104

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

11,215,028

 

 

 

6,360,427

Total liabilities

 

 

15,074,880

 

 

 

6,360,427

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

(795,954

)

 

 

3,398,677

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

14,278,926

 

 

$

9,759,104

9

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing our common stock. We have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance or probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the most significant risk factors applicable to us, but they do not constitute all of the risks that may be applicable to us. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The coronavirus pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

The spread of the virus in many countries continues to adversely impact global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets and supply chains. The pandemic has had, and could have a significantly greater, material adverse effect on the U.S. economy as a whole, as well as the local economy where we conduct our operations. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result for an extended period, in significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was initially in effect until April 24, and has been extended to at least May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, as of the date of this prospectus, our call center and warehouse are still operating. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations are still operating, these restrictions have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

Furthermore, we are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. We may also delay or reduce certain capital spending and related projects until the travel and logistical impacts of the pandemic are lifted, which will delay the completion of such projects. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

Further, our customers’ financial condition may be adversely impacted as a result of the impacts of the coronavirus and efforts taken to prevent its spread, which could result in reduced demand for our products.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge

10

concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire and retain customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other means of commerce to purchase home goods and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as the websites of our competitors or our suppliers’ own websites. We have made significant investments related to customer acquisition and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. Our advertising efforts consist primarily of email marketing, affiliate marketing, and to a lesser extent, social media. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot assure you that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver a quality shopping experience, or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may not be able to acquire new customers. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase products in numbers sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the scale necessary to drive beneficial network effects with our suppliers or efficiencies in our logistics network, our net revenue may decrease, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We believe that many of our new customers originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from existing customers. Therefore, we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to acquire new customers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business, or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new customers.

Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net revenue per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing as well as maintain high levels of customer engagement are not successful, our growth prospects and revenue will be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to grow our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customer base and generate increased revenue and repeat purchases from this customer base, and maintain high levels of customer engagement. To do this, we must continue to provide our customers and potential customers with a unified, convenient, efficient and differentiated shopping experience by:

•        providing imagery, tools and technology that attract customers who historically would have bought elsewhere;

•        maintaining a high-quality and diverse portfolio of products;

•        delivering products on time and without damage; and

•        maintaining and further developing our online platforms.

If we fail to increase net revenue per active customer, generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement, our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong brands. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brands if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Maintaining and enhancing our brands is critical to expanding our base of customers and suppliers. Our ability to maintain and enhance our brand depends largely on our ability to maintain customer confidence in our product and service offerings, including by delivering products on time and without damage. If customers do not have a

11

satisfactory shopping experience, they may seek out alternative offerings from our competitors and may not return to our sites as often in the future, or at all. In addition, unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, our practices relating to privacy and data protection, product quality, delivery problems, competitive pressures, litigation or regulatory activity, could seriously harm our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement, and loyalty of our customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. A significant portion of our customers’ brand experience also depends on third parties outside of our control, including suppliers and logistics providers such as R+L Carriers, AM Home Delivery and other third-party delivery agents. If these third parties do not meet our or our customers’ expectations, our brands may suffer irreparable damage.

In addition, maintaining and enhancing these brands may require us to make substantial investments, and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brands may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brands will depend largely on our ability to provide high quality products to our customers and a reliable, trustworthy and profitable sales channel to our suppliers, which we may not be able to do successfully.

Customer complaints or negative publicity about our sites, products, delivery times, customer data handling and security practices or customer support, especially on blogs, social media websites and our sites, could rapidly and severely diminish consumer use of our sites and consumer and supplier confidence in us and result in harm to our brands.

Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks and may not be successful.

Our business success depends to some extent on our ability to expand our customer offerings by launching new brands and services and by expanding our existing offerings into new geographies. Launching new brands and services or expanding geographically requires significant upfront investments, including investments in marketing, information technology, and additional personnel. We may not be able to generate satisfactory revenue from these efforts to offset these costs. Any lack of market acceptance of our efforts to launch new brands and services or to expand our existing offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, as we continue to expand our fulfillment capability or add new businesses with different requirements, our logistics networks become increasingly complex and operating them becomes more challenging. There can be no assurance that we will be able to operate our networks effectively.

We have also entered and may continue to enter into new markets in which we have limited or no experience, which may not be successful or appealing to our customers. These activities may present new and difficult technological and logistical challenges, and resulting service disruptions, failures or other quality issues may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand. Further, our current and potential competitors in new market segments may have greater brand recognition, financial resources, longer operating histories and larger customer bases than we do in these areas. As a result, we may not be successful enough in these newer areas to recoup our investments in them. If this occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to implement our operational plans and strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems and expand, train and manage our employee base. We have rapidly increased employee headcount since our inception to support the growth in our business. To support continued growth, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees. We face significant competition for personnel. Failure to manage our hiring needs effectively or successfully integrate our new hires may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

12

Additionally, the growth of our business places significant demands on our operations, as well as our management and other employees. For example, we typically launch hundreds of promotional events across thousands of products each month on our sites via emails and personalized displays. These events require us to produce updates of our sites and emails to our customers on a daily basis with different products, photos and text. Any surge in online traffic and orders associated with such promotional activities places increased strain on our operations, including our logistics network, and may cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. The growth of our business may require significant additional resources to meet these daily requirements, which may not scale in a cost-effective manner or may negatively affect the quality of our sites and customer experience. We are also required to manage relationships with a growing number of suppliers, customers and other third parties. Our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support future growth of our supplier and employee base. If we are unable to manage the growth of our organization effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Our future growth, including the potential for future market expansion will require additional capital. We will consider raising additional funds through various financing sources, including the procurement of additional commercial debt financing. However, there can be no assurance that such funds will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, and operating results may be adversely affected. Any additional debt financing will increase expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility.

Our ability to obtain financing may be impaired by such factors as the capital markets, both generally and specifically in our industry, which could impact the availability or cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, are not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may be required to decrease the pace of, or eliminate, our future product offerings and market expansion opportunities and potentially curtail operations.

Our third-party loans contain certain terms that could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

We are party to certain loans with third parties, which are secured by our assets. The loan agreements contain customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants. If an event of default were to occur under any of these loans, the lender thereto may pursue all remedies available to it, including declaring the obligations under its respective loan immediately due and payable, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion regarding our borrowing activities.

Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

Our business is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we have many competitors in different industries. Our competition includes furniture stores, big box retailers, department stores, specialty retailers, and online retailers and marketplaces in the U.S., including:

•        Furniture Stores:    Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys, Raymour & Flanagan and Rooms To Go;

•        Big Box Retailers:    Bed Bath & Beyond, Home Depot, IKEA, Lowe’s, Target, Best Buy and Walmart;

•        Department Stores:    JCPenney and Macy’s;

•        Specialty Retailers:    Crate and Barrel, Ethan Allen, TJX, At Home, Williams Sonoma, Restoration Hardware, Arhaus, Horchow, Room & Board and Mitchell Gold + Bob Williams;

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon, Wayfair, Houzz and eBay; and

•        Other:    AJ Madison, Appliance Connection and US Appliance.

13

We expect competition in e-commerce generally to continue to increase. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

•        the size and composition of our customer base;

•        the number of suppliers and products we feature on our sites;

•        our selling and marketing efforts;

•        the quality, price and reliability of products we offer;

•        the convenience of the shopping experience that we provide;

•        our ability to distribute our products and manage our operations; and

•        our reputation and brand strength.

Many of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, faster and less costly shipping, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net revenue and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net revenue from their customer bases more effectively than we do.

Our success depends, in substantial part, on our continued ability to market our products through search engines and social media platforms.

The marketing of our products depends on our ability to cultivate and maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with search engines and social media platforms, including those operated by Google, Facebook, Bing and Yahoo! These platforms could decide to change their terms and conditions of use at any time (and without notice) and/or significantly increase their fees. No assurances can be provided that we will be able to maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with these platforms and our inability to do so in the case of one or more of these platforms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We obtain a significant number of visits via search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! Search engines frequently change the algorithms that determine the ranking and display of results of a user’s search and may make other changes to the way results are displayed, which can negatively affect the placement of links and, therefore, reduce the number of visits to our website. The growing use of online ad-blocking software may also impact the success of our marketing efforts because we may reach a smaller audience and fail to bring more customers to our website, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System interruptions that impair customer access to our sites or other performance failures or incidents involving our logistics network, our technology infrastructure or our critical technology partners could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our sites, transaction processing systems, logistics network, and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels.

For example, if one of our data centers fails or suffers an interruption or degradation of services, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could harm our business. Our systems and operations, including our ability to fulfill customer orders through our logistics network, are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, labor disputes, cyber-attacks, data loss, acts of war, break-ins, earthquake and similar events. In the event of a data center

14

failure, the failover to a back-up could take substantial time, during which time our sites could be completely shut down. Further, our back-up services may not effectively process spikes in demand, may process transactions more slowly and may not support all of our site’s functionality.

We use complex proprietary software in our technology infrastructure, which we seek to continually update and improve. We may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, and the operation of our systems may be subject to failure. In particular, we have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions on some or all of our sites when we are updating them, and new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, if we expand our use of third-party services, including cloud-based services, our technology infrastructure may be subject to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services and/or failures by such third parties, which are out of our control. Our net revenue depends on the number of visitors who shop on our sites and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our sites or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially adversely affect consumer perception of our brand.

We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our technology platform and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our sites or the number of orders placed by customers, we may be required to further expand and upgrade our technology, logistics network, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry. Accordingly, we redesign and enhance various functions on our sites on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes.

Any slowdown, interruption or performance failure of our sites and the underlying technology and logistics infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Our failure or the failure of third-party service providers to protect our sites, networks and systems against security breaches, or otherwise to protect our confidential information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and operating results.

We collect, maintain, transmit and store data about our customers, employees, contractors, suppliers, vendors and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential and proprietary information. We also employ third-party service providers that store, process and transmit certain proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit, encrypt, anonymize or pseudonymize certain confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect transaction and personal data or other confidential and sensitive information from being breached or compromised. Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our sites, networks and systems or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems and human resources management platforms. We and our service providers may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships.

15

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or cyber security incidents could result in unauthorized access to our sites, networks and systems; unauthorized access to and misappropriation of personal information, including consumers’ and employees’ personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; limited or terminated access to certain payment methods or fines or higher transaction fees to use such methods; viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being served from our sites, networks or systems; deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our sites; interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; costs relating to breach remediation, deployment or training of additional personnel and protection technologies, responses to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; engagement of third party experts and consultants; litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. If any of these breaches of security occur, our reputation and brand could be damaged, our business may suffer, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches and we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s password could access that customer’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business.

We may be subject to product liability and other similar claims if people or property are harmed by the products we sell.

Some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability and other claims and litigation (including class actions) or regulatory action relating to safety, personal injury, death or environmental or property damage. Some of our agreements with members of our supply chain may not indemnify us from product liability for a particular product, and some members of our supply chain may not have sufficient resources or insurance to satisfy their indemnity and defense obligations. Although we maintain liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

Risks associated with the suppliers from whom our products are sourced could materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand.

We depend on our ability to provide our customers with a wide range of products from qualified suppliers in a timely and efficient manner. Political and economic instability, the financial stability of suppliers, suppliers’ ability to meet our standards, labor problems experienced by suppliers, the availability or cost of raw materials, merchandise quality issues, currency exchange rates, trade tariff developments, transport availability and cost, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to our suppliers are beyond our control.

Our agreements with most of our suppliers do not provide for the long-term availability of merchandise or the continuation of particular pricing practices, nor do they usually restrict such suppliers from selling products to other buyers. There can be no assurance that our current suppliers will continue to seek to sell us products on current terms or that we will be able to establish new or otherwise extend current supply relationships to ensure product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms. Our ability to develop and maintain relationships with reputable suppliers and offer high quality merchandise to our customers is critical to our success. If we are unable to develop and maintain relationships with suppliers that would allow us to offer a sufficient amount and variety of quality merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, our ability to satisfy our customers’ needs, and therefore our long-term growth prospects, would be materially adversely affected.

Further, we rely on our suppliers’ representations of product quality, safety and compliance with applicable laws and standards. If our suppliers or other vendors violate applicable laws, regulations or our supplier code of conduct, or implement practices regarded as unethical, unsafe, or hazardous to the environment, it could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operating results. Further, concerns regarding the safety and quality of products provided by our suppliers could cause our customers to avoid purchasing those products from us, or

16

avoid purchasing products from us altogether, even if the basis for the concern is outside of our control. As such, any issue, or perceived issue, regarding the quality and safety of any items we sell, regardless of the cause, could adversely affect our brand, reputation, operations and financial results.

We also are unable to predict whether any of the countries in which our suppliers’ products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to new, different, or additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers with international manufacturing operations, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to our customers and materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand. Furthermore, some or all of our suppliers’ foreign operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.

In addition, our business with foreign suppliers may be affected by changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. For example, any movement by any other foreign currency against the U.S. dollar may result in higher costs to us for those goods. Declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of one or more of our foreign suppliers. This, in turn, might cause such foreign suppliers to demand higher prices for merchandise in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation, delay merchandise shipments, or discontinue selling to us altogether, any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs.

Our suppliers have imposed conditions in our business arrangements with them. If we are unable to continue satisfying these conditions, or such suppliers impose additional restrictions with which we cannot comply, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our suppliers have strict conditions for doing business with them. Several are sizeable such as General Electric, Whirlpool and DMI. If we cannot satisfy these conditions or if they impose additional or more restrictive conditions that we cannot satisfy, our business would be materially adversely affected. It would be materially detrimental to our business if these suppliers decided to no longer do business with us, increased the pricing at which they allow us to purchase their goods or impose other restrictions or conditions that make it more difficult for us to work with them. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our dependence on one supplier for a substantial portion of our purchases makes us vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of its products.

We rely on Whirlpool for a substantial portion of product purchases. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 44.1% and 33%, respectively, of our total purchases were from Whirlpool. As a result, any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

•        termination of the supply agreement;

•        an adverse change in the financial condition of Whirlpool; or

•        an adverse change in the Whirlpool’s ability to manufacture and/or deliver desired products on a timely basis.

Our agreement with Whirlpool is terminable at will by either party upon short notice, so does it not provide for the long-term availability of products, nor does it provide for the continuation of particular pricing practices. There can be no assurance that Whirlpool will continue to sell us products or that we will be able to establish new supply relationships to ensure similar product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms.

Successful performance of this supply agreement is critical to our success. If the supply relationship is affected adversely, we may be unable to replace quickly or effectively the products sold to us by Whirlpool. Significant disruptions could have a dramatic effect on our performance.

17

We may be unable to source new suppliers or strengthen our relationships with current suppliers.

We have relationships with over 1,000 suppliers. Our agreements with suppliers are generally terminable at will by either party upon short notice. If we do not maintain our existing relationships or build new relationships with suppliers on acceptable commercial terms, we may not be able to maintain a broad selection of merchandise, and our business and prospects would suffer severely.

In order to attract quality suppliers, we must:

•        demonstrate our ability to help our suppliers increase their sales;

•        offer suppliers a high quality, cost-effective fulfillment process; and

•        continue to provide suppliers with a dynamic and real-time view of our demand and inventory needs.

If we are unable to provide our suppliers with a compelling return on investment and an ability to increase their sales, we may be unable to maintain and/or expand our supplier network, which would negatively impact our business.

We depend on our suppliers to perform certain services regarding the products that we offer.

As part of offering our suppliers’ products for sale on our sites, suppliers are often responsible for conducting a number of traditional retail operations with respect to their respective products, including maintaining inventory and preparing merchandise for shipment to our customers. In these instances, we may be unable to ensure that suppliers will perform these services to our or our customers’ satisfaction in a manner that provides our customer with a unified brand experience or on commercially reasonable terms. If our customers become dissatisfied with the services provided by our suppliers, our business, reputation and brands could suffer.

We depend on our relationships with third parties, and changes in our relationships with these parties could adversely impact our revenue and profits.

We rely on third parties to operate certain elements of our business. For example, we primarily use R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services and AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries, as well as carriers such as FedEx, UPS, DHL and the U.S. Postal Service to deliver small parcel products. As a result, we may be subject to shipping delays or disruptions caused by inclement weather, natural disasters, system interruptions and technology failures, labor activism, health epidemics or bioterrorism. We are also subject to risks of breakage or other damage during delivery by any of these third parties. We also use and rely on other services from third parties, such as retail partner services, telecommunications services, customs, consolidation and shipping services, as well as warranty, installation and design services.

We may be unable to maintain these relationships, and these services may also be subject to outages and interruptions that are not within our control. For example, failures by our telecommunications providers have in the past and may in the future interrupt our ability to provide phone support to our customers. Third parties may in the future determine they no longer wish to do business with us or may decide to take other actions or make changes to their practices that could harm our business. We may also determine that we no longer want to do business with them. If products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged during the delivery process, or if we are not able to provide adequate customer support or other services or offerings, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products through our sites, which would adversely affect our operating results.

The seasonal trends in our business create variability in our financial and operating results and place increased strain on our operations.

We experience surges in orders associated with promotional activities and seasonal trends. This activity may place additional demands on our technology systems and logistics network and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. Any such system, site or service interruptions could prevent us from efficiently receiving or fulfilling orders, which may reduce the volume or quality of goods or services we sell and may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand.

18

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide our customers a cost-effective shopping platform that is able to respond and adapt to rapid changes in technology.

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers, including mobile phones, smartphones, handheld computers such as notebooks and tablets, video game consoles, and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. We continually upgrade existing technologies and business applications to keep pace with these rapidly changing and continuously evolving technologies, and we may be required to implement new technologies or business applications in the future. The implementation of these upgrades and changes requires significant investments and as new devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for these alternative devices and platforms. Additionally, we may need to devote significant resources to the support and maintenance of such applications once created. Our results of operations may be affected by the timing, effectiveness and costs associated with the successful implementation of any upgrades or changes to our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such alternative devices and platforms. Further, in the event that it is more difficult or less compelling for our customers to buy products from us on their mobile or other devices, or if our customers choose not to buy products from us on such devices or to use mobile or other products that do not offer access to our sites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Significant merchandise returns could harm our business.

We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If merchandise returns are significant, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. Many of our products are large and require special handling and delivery. From time to time our products are damaged in transit, which can increase return rates and harm our brand.

Uncertainties in economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending patterns, particularly in the home goods segment, could adversely impact our operating results.

Consumers may view a substantial portion of the products we offer as discretionary items rather than necessities. As a result, our results of operations are sensitive to changes in macro-economic conditions that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Some of the factors adversely affecting consumer spending include levels of unemployment; consumer debt levels; changes in net worth based on market changes and uncertainty; home foreclosures and changes in home values or the overall housing, residential construction or home improvement markets; fluctuating interest rates; credit availability, including mortgages, home equity loans and consumer credit; government actions; fluctuating fuel and other energy costs; fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future economic environment. Adverse economic changes in any of the regions in which we sell our products could reduce consumer confidence and could negatively affect net revenue and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our business relies heavily on email and other messaging services, and any restrictions on the sending of emails or messages or an inability to timely deliver such communications could materially adversely affect our net revenue and business.

Our business is highly dependent upon email and other messaging services for promoting our sites and products. Daily promotions offered through emails and other messages sent by us, or on our behalf by our vendors, generate a significant portion of our net revenue. We provide daily emails to customers and other visitors informing them of what is available for purchase on our sites that day, and we believe these messages are an important part of our customer experience and help generate a substantial portion of our net revenue. If we are unable to successfully deliver emails or other messages to our subscribers, or if subscribers decline to open our emails or other messages, our net revenue and profitability would be materially adversely affected. Changes in how webmail applications organize and prioritize email may also reduce the number of subscribers opening our emails. For example, in 2013 Google Inc.’s Gmail service began offering a feature that organizes incoming emails into categories (for example, primary, social and promotions). Such categorization or similar inbox organizational features may result in our emails being delivered in a less prominent location in a subscriber’s inbox or viewed as “spam” by our subscribers

19

and may reduce the likelihood of that subscriber opening our emails. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on or charge for the delivery of emails or other messages could also adversely impact our business. From time to time, Internet service providers or other third parties may block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to third parties. Changes in the laws or regulations that limit our ability to send such communications or impose additional requirements upon us in connection with sending such communications would also materially adversely impact our business. Our use of email and other messaging services to send communications about our sites or other matters may also result in legal claims against us, which may cause us increased expenses, and if successful might result in fines and orders with costly reporting and compliance obligations or might limit or prohibit our ability to send emails or other messages. We also rely on social networking messaging services to send communications and to encourage customers to send communications. Changes to the terms of these social networking services to limit promotional communications, any restrictions that would limit our ability or our customers’ ability to send communications through their services, disruptions or downtime experienced by these social networking services or decline in the use of or engagement with social networking services by customers and potential customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, PayPal, credit accounts and gift cards. As we offer new payment options to consumers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from consumers or to facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the Internet, e- commerce or mobile commerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection, Internet neutrality and gift cards. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and consumer privacy apply to the Internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense

20

of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our sites by consumers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. Adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business. Further, if we enter into new market segments or geographical areas and expand the products and services we offer, we may be subject to additional laws and regulatory requirements or prohibited from conducting our business, or certain aspects of it, in certain jurisdictions. We will incur additional costs complying with these additional obligations and any failure or perceived failure to comply would adversely affect our business and reputation.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

A variety of laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, export and security of personal information. Laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not comply, or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any applicable privacy or consumer protection- related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.

Federal, state and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of proprietary or third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, have considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted significantly reduce the effectiveness of such practices and technologies. The regulation of the use of cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection and consumer protection. Any such changes may force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. This could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy effectively and may adversely affect our ability to acquire customers or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our financial results.

Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or foreign countries might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our

21

activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations or court decisions may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, on June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court rendered a 5-4 majority decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair Inc., 17-494 where the Court held, among other things, that a state may require an out-of-state seller with no physical presence in the state to collect and remit sales taxes on goods the seller ships to consumers in the state, overturning existing court precedent. Other new or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value added tax and similar taxes could increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes and rulings could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. In addition, we may charge sales taxes in jurisdictions where our competitors do not, resulting in our product prices potentially being higher than those of our competitors. As a result, we may lose sales to our competitors in these jurisdictions. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on the performance of members of management and highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, develop, motivate and retain well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our senior management or other key employees could materially harm our business. Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees, particularly mid-level managers and merchandising and technology personnel. The market for such positions is competitive. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. Our inability to recruit and develop mid-level managers could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. All of our officers and other U.S. employees are at-will employees, meaning that they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

We regard our customer lists, domain names, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trade secret protection, agreements and other methods with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. We might not be able to obtain broad protection for all of our intellectual property. For example, we are the registrant of the Internet domain name for our website of www.goedekers.com, as well as various related domain names. However, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering, using or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our marks, domain names and other proprietary rights.

The protection of our intellectual property rights may require the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources. We may initiate claims or litigation against others for infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property rights or proprietary rights or to establish the validity of such rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to broadly enforce all of our intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Additionally, the process of obtaining intellectual property protections is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to pursue all necessary or desirable actions at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these protections will adequately safeguard our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or intellectual property rights. We may also be exposed to claims from third parties claiming infringement of their

22

intellectual property rights, or demanding the release or license of open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary code) or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, be limited in or cease using the implicated software unless and until we can re-engineer such software to avoid infringement or change the use of the implicated open source software.

We may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties.

The e-commerce industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We may be subject to claims and litigation by third parties that we infringe their intellectual property rights. The costs of supporting such litigation and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained. As our business expands and the number of competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, we expect that infringement claims may increase in number and significance. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in considerable litigation costs, require significant amounts of management time or result in the diversion of significant operational resources, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have received in the past, and we may receive in the future, communications alleging that certain items posted on or sold through our sites violate third-party copyrights, designs, marks and trade names or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary rights. Brand and content owners and other proprietary rights owners have actively asserted their purported rights against online companies. In addition to litigation from rights owners, we may be subject to regulatory, civil or criminal proceedings and penalties if governmental authorities believe we have aided and abetted in the sale of counterfeit or infringing products.

Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources, injunctions against us or the payment of damages by us. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.

We are engaged in legal proceedings that could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and could occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention.

From time to time, we are subject to litigation or claims that could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. Litigation disputes could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, result in site unavailability, service disruptions, and otherwise occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. We also from time to time receive inquiries and subpoenas and other types of information requests from government authorities and we may become subject to related claims and other actions related to our business activities. While the ultimate outcome of investigations, inquiries, information requests and related legal proceedings is difficult to predict, such matters can be expensive, time-consuming and distracting, and adverse resolutions or settlements of those matters may result in, among other things, modification of our business practices, reputational harm or costs and significant payments, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, and we will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, and we expect to incur additional costs related to operating as a public company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, and proxy and other information statements, as well as the rules and regulations implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street

23

Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and the listing requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] (if our common stock is approved for listing), each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we will be required to, among other things:

•        prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other stockholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and [NYSE American/Nasdaq] rules;

•        expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof and management;

•        hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

•        institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

•        involve and retain, to a greater degree, outside counsel and accountants to assist us with the activities listed above;

•        build and maintain an investor relations function;

•        establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures;

•        comply with the initial listing and maintenance requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]; and

•        comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We expect these rules and regulations, and any future changes in laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases, due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These increased costs may require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a non-accelerated filer or no longer an emerging growth company if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the JOBS Act.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the

24

requirements of reporting as a public company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and an active market in which investors can resell their shares of our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list of our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED.” There is no guarantee that [NYSE American/Nasdaq], or any other exchange or quotation system, will permit our common stock to be listed and traded. If we fail to obtain a listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we may seek quotation on the OTCQX Best Market or OTCQB Venture Market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. These markets are inter-dealer, over-the-counter markets that provide significantly less liquidity than [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

Even if our common stock is approved for listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], a liquid public market for our common stock may not develop. The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, including prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, and the market valuations of similar companies. The price at which the common stock is traded after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price, meaning that you may experience a decrease in the value of your common stock regardless of our operating performance or prospects.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to several factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

•        actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results;

•        increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our common stock to demand a higher investment return;

•        changes in earnings estimates;

•        changes in market valuations of similar companies;

•        actions or announcements by our competitors;

•        adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        actions by stockholders;

•        speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and

•        our intentions and ability to list our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] and our subsequent ability to maintain such listing.

The public offering price of our common stock has been determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon many factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the closing of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

25

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

If our common stock is listed on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate [NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from [NYSE American/Nasdaq] may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

1847 Holdco, a company controlled by Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, and Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman, will own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock after this offering. As a result, they will have the ability to approve all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

Our parent company, 1847 Holdco, currently holds all of our outstanding common stock and will own approximately [        ]% of our outstanding common stock following this offering, or approximately [        ]% if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full. 1847 Holdco is controlled by Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, and Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman. They therefore will have the ability to approve all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval including:

•        election of our board of directors;

•        removal of any of our directors;

•        any amendments to our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; and

•        adoption of measures that could delay or prevent a change in control or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us.

In addition, this concentration of ownership may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

As a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.

Under [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the compensation of our officers be determined or recommended to our board of directors by a compensation committee that is comprised solely of independent directors, and (iii) the requirement that director nominees be selected or recommended to the board of directors by a majority of independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Our status as a controlled company could cause our common stock to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price.

Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that holders of our common stock may

26

not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. Our management not applying these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Please see “Use of Proceeds” below for more information.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

As of December 31, 2019, our net tangible book value was approximately $(2,674,798), or $(0.45) per share (post-split). Since the effective price per share of our common stock being offered in this offering is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, you will suffer substantial dilution with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed public offering price of $[        ] per share of common stock being sold in this offering, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2019, if you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of $[        ] per share (or $[        ] per share if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock. See the section titled “Dilution” for a more detailed discussion of the dilution you will incur if you purchase securities in this offering.

Section 5(b) of the Securities Act could subject us to rescission rights by investors that are participating in this offering.

On April 3, 2020, our affiliate, 1847 Holdings LLC, or 1847 Holdings, issued a press release announcing the retention of the representative for this offering. The press release was not in compliance with the provisions of Rule 135 of the Securities Act. The SEC has regulations concerning the ability of an issuer to make public announcements during a registered public offering of its securities. Rule 135 of the Securities Act is a safe harbor which permits an issuer to make a public announcement during the pre-filing period (the period before the filing the registration statement), but such announcements are limited to the information identified in the rule. As a result, investors in this offering may potentially be entitled to bring suit against us for not being in compliance with the Securities Act and may be able to obtain rescission rights, which would require that we refund the purchase price paid by them for our shares, and we may not at the time of any such rescission have sufficient cash to make such refunds. The potential costs, risks and liabilities associated with such potential lawsuits, rights of rescission and/or regulatory actions cannot be accurately assessed at this time, but in the event such lawsuits, rescission offerings and/or regulatory actions are instituted, we believe that such actions will not have a material financial effect on our company. Also, our inability to resolve any potential violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act to the satisfaction of the SEC could result in a delay or prohibition in obtaining the effectiveness of any future registration statements, which could hinder or impair the ability to obtain future financing.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their securities, and holders may be unable to sell their securities on favorable terms or at all.

If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

Any trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

27

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up agreements, on the price of our common stock. In all events, future issuances of our common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a lock-up agreement that prevents us, subject to certain exceptions, from offering additional shares of capital stock for up to 180 days after the closing of this offering, as further described in the section titled “Underwriting.” In addition to any adverse effects that may arise upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, the lock-up provisions in these agreements may be waived, at any time and without notice. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our common stock may become available for resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] or another national securities exchange and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

28

We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

•        being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Because we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

•        permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

•        provide that directors may only be removed by the majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding; and

•        establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

29

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•        our goals and strategies;

•        our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

•        expected changes in our revenue, costs or expenditures;

•        growth of and competition trends in our industry;

•        our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our products;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with investors, institutional funding partners and other parties we collaborate with;

•        our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

•        fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate; and

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Although we will become a public company after this offering and have ongoing disclosure obligations under United States federal securities laws, we do not intend to update or otherwise revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

30

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus is derived from information provided by third-party market research firms, third-party financial or analytics firms, or public sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications and third-party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our market. We have not independently verified such third-party information. The market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us. To our knowledge, certain third-party industry data that includes projections for future periods does not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those third-party projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

Certain data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

31

USE OF PROCEEDS

After deducting the estimated underwriters’ commissions and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $[            ] from this offering (or approximately $[            ] if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $[            ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to pay off approximately $[            ] of our outstanding debt, which includes all debt that we owe to Burnley Capital LLC, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Leonite Capital LLC, including all principal, interest and any prepayment or other fees; (ii) for advertising and marketing expenditures and (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes. For a description of these loans, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $[            ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $[            ], assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our estimated use of our net proceeds as we currently expect to use them.

 

Amount
without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Amount
with
Over-Allotment
Option

Repayment of revolving loan from Burnley Capital LLC

 

$

        

 

$

      

Repayment of term loan from Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

 

 

   

 

 

Repayment of secured convertible promissory note issued to Leonite Capital LLC

 

 

   

 

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

   

 

 

Working capital and general corporate

 

 

 

 

 

  

Total use of proceeds

 

$

      

 

$

      

Our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering with respect to working capital and general corporate uses. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and the Ownership of Our Common Stock — Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering.

32

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.”

33

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2019:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on a pro forma basis to give effect to the increase in authorized stock, change in par value and forward split that will be completed immediately prior the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of [            ] shares by us in this offering at an assumed price to the public of $[            ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $[            ] after deducting (i) underwriter commissions of $[            ] and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $[            ]; and

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of [            ] shares by us in this offering, assuming the underwriters elect to exercise the over-allotment option in full, at an assumed price to the public of $[            ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $[            ] after deducting (i) underwriter commissions of $[            ] and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $[            ].

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

December 31, 2019

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Post-Offering
Pro Forma
without
Over-
Allotment
Option

 

Post-Offering
Pro Forma
with
Over-
Allotment
Option

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

64,470

 

 

$

       

 

$

       

 

$

       

Long-term obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,232,369

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,578,235

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

49,248

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total long-term obligations

 

 

15,074,880

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 5,000 shares authorized and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized and 6,000,000 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (prior to this offering)

 

 

1

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,272,195

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,068,150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

 

 

(795,954

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

14,278,926

 

 

$

       

 

$

       

 

$

       

34

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed offering price per share of $[            ], assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $[            ] (or $[            ] if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), after deducting (i) estimated underwriter commissions and (ii) offering expenses, in each case, payable by us.

The table above excludes the following shares:

•        700,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 331,579 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering;

•        300,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that will be exercised immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering; and

•        up to [            ] shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

35

DILUTION

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

The net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2019 was approximately $(2,674,798), or approximately $(0.45) per share (post-split).

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. After giving effect to our sale of [            ] shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $[            ] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 would have been approximately $[            ] or approximately $[            ] per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $[            ] per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $[            ] per share to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

$

[            ]

 

Net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2019

 

$

(0.45

)

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

$

[            ]

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share to the existing stockholders

 

$

[            ]

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

 

$

[            ]

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $[            ] per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering would be $[            ] per share.

The following table sets forth, on a post-split basis and assuming the sale of [            ] shares of our common stock in this offering, as of December 31, 2019, the total number of shares of common stock previously issued and sold to existing investors, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share of common stock, before deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses, in each case payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may in certain circumstances pay an average price per share substantially higher than the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders.

 


Share Purchased

 


Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

 

6,000,000

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

6,000

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

0.001

New investors

 

[            ]

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

[            ]

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

[            ]

Total

 

[            ]

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

[            ]

 

[            ]%

 

 

$

[            ]

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $[            ] per share assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses payable by us would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), as adjusted to give effect to this offering, to $[            ] per share ($[            ], if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). A $1.00 increase in the assumed public offering price of $[            ] per share would increase the dilution to new investors by $[            ] per share ($[            ], if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

36

The table above excludes the following shares:

•        700,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 331,579 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering;

•        300,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that will be exercised immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering; and

•        up to [            ] shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

37

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

All periods presented on or prior to April 5, 2019 represent the operations of Goedeker Television, our predecessor. Unless otherwise specified, all results of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflects the full year.

References to “Successor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of our company subsequent to April 5, 2019. References to “Predecessor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of Goedeker Television on and before April 5, 2019.

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Recent Developments

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was initially in effect until April 24, and has been extended to at least May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, as of the date of this prospectus, our call center and warehouse are still operating. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations are still operating, these restrictions have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

We have taken steps to take care of our employees, including providing the ability for employees to work remotely and implementing strategies to support appropriate social distancing techniques for those employees who are not able to work remotely. We have also taken precautions with regard to employee, facility and office hygiene as well as implementing significant travel restrictions. We are also assessing our business continuity plans for all business units in the context of the pandemic. This is a rapidly evolving situation, and we will continue to monitor and

38

mitigate developments affecting our workforce, our suppliers, our customers, and the public at large to the extent we are able to do so. We have and will continue to carefully review all rules, regulations, and orders and responding accordingly.

We are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” above.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance

Our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:

•        our ability to acquire new customers or retain existing customers;

•        our ability to offer competitive product pricing;

•        our ability to broaden product offerings;

•        industry demand and competition; and

•        market conditions and our market position.

Emerging Growth Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

39

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, both in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue.

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2018

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Products sales, net

 

$

47,615,013

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

56,307,960

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

39,600,971

 

 

83.2

%

 

 

45,406,884

 

 

80.6

%

Gross profit

 

 

8,014,042

 

 

16.8

%

 

 

10,898,076

 

 

19.4

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Personnel

 

 

3,823,670

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

3,627,883

 

 

6.4

%

Advertising

 

 

2,710,783

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

2,640,958

 

 

4.7

%

Bank and credit card fees

 

 

1,200,124

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

1,369,557

 

 

2.4

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

280,711

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

39,639

 

 

0.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

2,192,264

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

1,330,647

 

 

2.4

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

10,207,552

 

 

21.4

%

 

 

9,008,684

 

 

16.0

%

Net income (loss) from operations

 

 

(2,193,510

)

 

(4.6

)%

 

 

1,889,392

 

 

3.4

%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Financing costs

 

 

(520,160

)

 

(1.1

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingency

 

 

32,246

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(683,211

)

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

(149

)

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

106,900

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

46,017

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

116,135

 

 

0.2

%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(1,018,208

)

 

(2.1

)%

 

 

115,986

 

 

0.2

%

Net loss before income taxes

 

 

(3,211,718

)

 

(6.7

)%

 

 

2,005,378

 

 

3.6

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(698,303

)

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2,513,415

)

 

(5.3

)%

 

$

2,005,378

 

 

3.6

%

Product sales, net.    We generate from the retail sale of home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Our product sales were $47,615,013 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $34,668,112 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $56,307,960 for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $8,692,947, or 15.4%. The decline in revenue is partially attributable to the transition in ownership and shipping delays that resulted in increased customer order cancellations. The shipping delays are primarily the result of the working capital issues.

40

Our revenue by sales type is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2019
Successor

 

2019
Predecessor

 

2019
Total

 

2018
Predecessor

Appliance sales

 

$

28,487,053

 

$

9,784,525

 

$

38,271,578

 

$

42,871,864

Furniture sales

 

 

4,405,866

 

 

2,456,085

 

 

6,861,951

 

 

10,813,453

Other sales

 

 

1,775,193

 

 

706,291

 

 

2,481,484

 

 

2,622,643

Total

 

$

34,668,112

 

$

12,946,901

 

$

47,615,013

 

$

56,307,960

Cost of goods sold.    Our cost of goods sold consists of the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of delivering merchandise and, where applicable, installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors. Our total cost of goods sold was $39,600,971 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $28,596,129 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $45,806,884 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cost of goods sold declined by $5,805,913 from 2018 to 2019, however as a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold increased from 80.6% to 83.2%. The increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales results from the loss of a 2.0% purchase discount from our largest vender and the inability to take advantage of vendor promotional offers because of our working capital constraints.

Personnel expenses.    Personnel costs include employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes. It also includes health insurance premiums, 401(k) contributions, and training costs. Our total personnel costs were $3,823,670 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $2,909,751 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $3,627,833 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $195,787, or 5.4%. The increase is partially attributable to the hiring of new chief executive and chief financial officers.

Advertising expenses.    Advertising expenses include the cost of marketing our products and primarily include online search engine expenses. Our total advertising costs were $2,710,783 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $1,996,507 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $2,640,958 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $69,825, or 2.6%.

Bank and credit card fees.    Bank and credit card fees are primarily the fees we pay credit card processors for processing credit card payments made by customers. Our bank and credit card fees were $1,200,124 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $870,877 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $1,369,557 for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $169,433, or 12.4%. These fees are based on sales, so the decline was primarily due to the decrease in sales, although this was offset somewhat by an increase in the fees charged by credit card processors.

General and administrative expenses.    Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily, professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance, and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. Our total general and administrative expenses were $2,192,264 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $1,741,050 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $1,330,647 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $861,617, or 64.8%. The primary increases are professional fees for audits, consulting fees to upgrade our online shopping cart, fees to 1847 Partners LLC under the offsetting management services agreement described below, fees to comply with the requirement to collect sales taxes in all states, and other consulting fees.

Total other income (expense).    We had $1,018,208 in total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $1,049,215 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to total other income, net, of $115,986 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of financing costs of $520,160 and interest expense of $683,211, offset by a gain on write-down of contingency of $32,246, a change in fair value of warrant liability of $106,900 and other income of $46,017, while other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted of other income of $116,135, offset by interest expense of $149.

Net income (loss).    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $2,513,415 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $2,068,150 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to a net income of $2,005,378 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

41

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $64,470. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through revenue generated from operations, bank borrowings and equity contributions by our stockholders.

We believe that our current levels of cash will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for our operations for at least the next 12 months, including our anticipated costs associated with becoming a public reporting company. We may, however, in the future require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions, implementation of our strategy to expand our business, or other investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our own financial resources are insufficient to satisfy our capital requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by us to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to expand our business operations and could harm our overall business prospects.

At December 31, 2019, we did not meet certain loan covenants under the loan and security agreements with Burnley Capital LLC and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. described below. The agreements require compliance with the following ratios of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization to outstanding debt amounts for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2019. The table below shows the required ratio and actual ratio for such period.

Covenant

 

Actual Ratio

 

Required Ratio

Total debt ratio

 

(4.2)x

 

4.50x

Senior debt ratio

 

(1.5)x

 

1.75x

Interest coverage ratio

 

(1.1)x

 

1.0x

In addition, we were not in compliance with a requirement with respect to the liquidity ratio, which is the ratio of cash and available borrowings to customer deposits. At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was .012x compared to a requirement of 0.60x.

Accordingly, we are in default on these loan and security agreements (though we remain current in our payments) and have classified such debt as a current liability, which gives the lenders the right to accelerate the entire amount of the indebtedness upon notice to us. We plan to utilize the proceeds of this offering to repay this indebtedness in full thus rectifying this issue. We have taken the following two steps that we believe will positively impact our business:

•        we hired an appliance industry veteran as chief executive officer to drive growth and increase profitability; and

•        we have engaged outside consultants to increase traffic to our website and improve our on-line shopping experience.

We believe these efforts and others will increase revenue and allow us to regain compliance with our debt covenants; however, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in doing so on a timely basis or at all or that the lenders will continue to forbear from accelerating the debt or exercising other remedies.

There are no cross-default provisions that would require any other long-term liabilities to be classified as current. Although the 9% subordinated promissory note described below contains a cross default provision that is triggered by the acceleration of the senior debt, such cross default provision would only be triggered for a technical default like the one that occurred if the senior lender accelerated the senior debt, which has not happened.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay these loans from the proceeds of this offering.

42

Summary of Cash Flow

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flow for all financial statement periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   

2019
Successor

 

2019
Predecessor

 

2019
Total

 

2018
Predecessor

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(2,706,053

)

 

$

611,268

 

$

(2,094,785

)

 

$

442,074

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(2,200

)

 

 

 

 

(2,200

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,772,723

 

 

 

 

 

2,772,723

 

 

 

(713,800

)

Net change in cash

 

 

64,470

 

 

 

611,268

 

 

675,738

 

 

 

(271,726

)

Our net cash used in operating activities was $2,094,785 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $2,706,053 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared $442,074 net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in net cash used in operating activities is primarily due to the increase in net loss.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $2,200 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and was for the purchases of property and equipment. We had no investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $2,772,723 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, and consisted of proceeds from note payable of $1,500,000, net borrowings from lines of credit of $1,339,430 and proceeds from convertible notes payable of $650,000, offset by repayments on notes payable $357,207 and cash paid for financing costs of $359,500. We had $713,800 net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018, all of which consisted of distributions to stockholders.

Revolving Loan — Burnley

On April 5, 2019, our company, as borrower, and 1847 Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley Capital LLC, or Burnley, for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base or (ii) $1,500,000 (provided that such amount may be increased to $3,000,000 in Burnley’s sole discretion) minus reserves established by Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. The “borrowing base” means an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the product of 85% multiplied by the liquidation value of our inventory (net of all liquidation costs) identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to Burnley (ii) multiplied by our eligible inventory (as defined in the loan and security agreement), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis. In connection with the closing of the acquisition of Goedeker Television on April 5, 2019, we borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. There is no available borrowing base and the balance of the line of credit amounts to $571,997 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $660,497, net of unamortized debt discount of $88,500.

As noted above, we are default on this loan and security agreement (though we remain current in our payments) and we have classified such debt as a current liability.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

Revolving Loan — Northpoint

On June 24, 2019, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC, or Northpoint, for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by us of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. The balance of the line of credit amounts to $678,933 as of December 31, 2019.

43

The Northpoint loans are secured by a security interest in all of our inventory that is manufactured or sold by vendors identified in the loan and security agreement and is guaranteed by 1847 Holdco.

Term Loan — SBCC

On April 5, 2019, our company, as borrower, and 1847 Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., or SBCC, for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which we issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of our most senior capital equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. We classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet of $122,344 and subject to remeasurement on every reporting period. The balance of the note amounts to $999,201 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $1,312,500, capitalized PIK interest of $21,204, and net of unamortized debt discount of $144,625 and unamortized warrant feature of $189,879.

As noted above, we are default on this loan and security agreement (though we remain current in our payments) and we have classified such debt as a current liability.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

Secured Convertible Promissory Note

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, 1847 Holdco and our company (which are collectively referred to herein as the Borrowers) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite Capital LLC, or Leonite, pursuant to which the Borrowers issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares, (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) 1847 Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% interest in 1847 Holdco.

The note carries an original issue discount of $64,286 to cover Leonite’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the note. Therefore, the purchase price of the note was $650,000. The remaining net balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $584,943, comprised of principal of $714,286 and net of unamortized original issuance discount interest of $14,451, financing costs of $38,125 and unamortized debt discount warrant feature of $76,767.

The rights of Leonite to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Leonite entered into with them.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

9% Subordinated Promissory Note

A portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of assets from Goedeker Television was paid by the issuance by us of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. The note will accrue interest at 9% per annum, amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached thereto, and mature on April 5, 2023. The remaining balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $3,300,444, comprised of principal of $3,930,292 and net of unamortized debt discount of $629,848.

The rights of the holder to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the holder entered into with them. Since we are in default under the Burnley and SBCC loan documents, we are in default under this note.

44

Total Debt

The following table shows aggregate figures for the total debt described above that is coming due in the short and long term as of December 31, 2019. See the above disclosures for more details regarding these loans.

 

Short-Term

 

Long-Term

 

Total Debt

Revolving Loan – Burnley

 

$

571,997

 

 

$

 

 

$

571,997

Revolving Loan – Northpoint

 

 

678,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

678,933

Term Loan – SBCC

 

 

1,121,545

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

1,121,545

Secured Convertible Promissory Note – Leonite

 

 

584,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

584,943

9% Subordinated Promissory Note – Goedeker Television

 

 

1,068,075

 

 

 

2,281,617

(2)

 

 

3,349,692

Total

 

$

4,025,493

 

 

$

2,281,617

 

 

$

6,307,110

____________

(1)      Includes warrant liability of $122,344

(2)      Includes contingent note payable of $49,248

Contractual Obligations

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC, or the Manager, which also serves as the manager for 1847 Holdings. This agreement was amended on April 21, 2020 with the amendment becoming effective at the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, as amended, we appointed the Manager to provide certain services to us for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. Under certain circumstances specified in the offsetting management services agreement, our quarterly fee may be reduced if similar fees payable to the Manager by other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings exceed a threshold amount.

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, we must also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses which are specifically approved by our board of directors, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on our behalf in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement.

The services provided by the Manager include: conducting general and administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and overseeing and consulting with respect to our business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

We expensed $183,790 in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2019. Payment of the management fee is subordinated to the payment of interest on the 9% subordinated promissory note, such that no payment of the management fee may be made if we are in default under the note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on our being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the 9% subordinated promissory note or the earn out payments described below, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000. The rights of the Manager to receive payments under the offsetting management services agreement are also subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the Manager entered into with Burnley and SBCC on April 5, 2019. Accordingly, $63,653 due the Manager is classified as an accrued liability as of December 31, 2019.

45

Earn Out Payments

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television, Goedeker Television is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent that our business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

1.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater;

2.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater; and

3.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater.

To the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, we must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker Television in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of our business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

To the extent Goedeker Television is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker Television is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

The rights of Goedeker Television to receive any earn out payment are subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Goedeker Television entered into with them on April 5, 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies

The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies for our company. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements:

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standard

46

Codification, or ASC, Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. Our adoption of this ASU resulted in no change to our of operations or balance sheet.

We collect the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed. We do not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if we did, because all of our contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

The revenue that we recognize arises from orders that we receive from customers. Our performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that we make to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed. Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, our products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The transfer of control generally occurs at the point of shipment. Once this occurs, we have satisfied our performance obligation and we recognize revenue. Revenue from the sale of long-term service warranties are recognized net of costs to sell the contracts to the third-party warranty service company.

Transaction Price — We agree with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In our contracts with customers, we allocate the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax we collect concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

If we continued to apply legacy revenue recognition guidance for the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2018, revenues, gross margin, and net loss would not have changed.

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of delivering merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

Substantially all our sales are to individual retail consumers.

Shipping and Handling — We bill customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

Disaggregated Revenue — We disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers by contract type, as we believe it best depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

Performance Obligations — Our performance obligations include delivery of products and, in some instances, performance of services such as installation. Revenue for the sale of merchandise is recognized upon shipment to the customer; or in some instances, upon delivery and installation of the product which typically occur simultaneously.

Receivables

Receivables consist of credit card transactions in the process of settlement. Vendor rebates receivable represent amounts due from manufactures from whom we purchase products. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on our assessment of the credit history with our manufacturers, we have concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. We historically collect substantially all of our outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

47

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the low-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. We periodically evaluate the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on our estimate of market conditions. Reserves for slow-moving and potentially obsolete inventories was $425,000 and $-0- as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

Category

 

Useful Life
(Years)

Machinery and equipment

 

10

Office equipment

 

7

Vehicles

 

5

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired identifiable intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Acquired Intangible Asset

 

Amortization
Basis

 

Expected Life
(Years)

Customer related

 

Straight-line

 

15

Marketing related

 

Straight-line

 

5

Long-Lived Assets

We review our property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management at least annually. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Derivative Instrument Liability

We account for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At December 31, 2019, we classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument.

48

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use, or ROU, assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. We adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of our lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on our statements of income or cash flows.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for our company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017. ASU 2018-02 became effective for our company on January 1, 2019 and resulted in a decrease of approximately $748,000 to retained earnings due to the reclassification from AOCI of the effect of the corporate income tax rate change on our cash flow hedges. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for our company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis, and do not expect the adoption will result in a material impact for future periods.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019,

49

and early adoption is permitted. We will modify our disclosures beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to conform to this guidance. We do not expect the adoption of this standard and the associated changes to our disclosures to have a material impact to our financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology for financial assets with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses. The new credit losses model must be applied to loans, accounts receivable, and other financial assets. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. We plan to adopt the new standard in the first quarter of 2020 using a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. We do not believe this guidance will have a material impact on our statements of operations or cash flows.

We currently believe that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to our financial statements.

50

BUSINESS

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Our shopping experience allows for online chat and the ability to speak with an expert by phone seven days a week. We believe that we are a national leader in customer value and price. We enjoy strong relationships with most national and global appliance companies and we believe that we have a technologically advanced online sales and infrastructure platform.

The delivery experience and overall customer service that we offer our shoppers are central to our business. We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system.

Corporate History and Structure

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019. On April 5, 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television for an aggregate purchase price of $6,200,000 consisting of: (i) $1,500,000 in cash, subject to adjustment; (ii) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000; and (iii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments. As additional consideration, our parent company, 1847 Holdco, agreed to issue to each of the stockholders of Goedeker Television a number of shares of its common stock equal to a 11.25% interest in all of the issued and outstanding stock of 1847 Holdco as of the closing date. As a result of this transaction, we acquired the former business of Goedeker Television and continue to operate this business. See “— Legal Proceedings” below for information regarding a claim that we have made related to this acquisition.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no subsidiaries.

51

Industry

Overview

According to eMarketer, global retail sales reached over $25 trillion in 2019 and are expected to increase to $30 trillion by 2023. U.S. retail sales reached over $5 trillion in 2019 and are expected to grow by nearly $700 billion by 2023.

Global retail e-commerce sales reached over $3 trillion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $6 trillion by 2023. U.S. e-commerce retail sales reached over $590 billion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $960 billion by 2023.

52

Household Appliance Market

According to Statista, the U.S. household appliance market reached $18.3 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 13.7% from 2020 to 2024.

Source: Statista, January 2020

The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with big box retailers, large online retailers, and thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share in what has historically been a high touch sale process with manufacturers’ strict showroom requirements. However, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, as demonstrated by the chart below.

Source: Statista, January 2020

This shifting landscape to online sales is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

53

Furniture and Homeware Market

According to Statista, the U.S. furniture and homeware market reached $44 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 4.3% from 2020 to 2024.

Source: Statista, January 2020

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. As with the U.S. household appliance market, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, as demonstrated by the chart below.

Source: Statista, January 2020

Much like the U.S. household appliance market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

54

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

To our knowledge, the projections above for future periods do not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic. However, we do anticipate that that the shift to online sales will be accelerated, as at least some of the retail stores that have closed during the pandemic may not re-open.

Products

Appliances

The appliance category is our largest revenue source. We have a long history of selling these products and serving the distinct needs of consumers looking to replace or add to their home appliances. We offer roughly 22,000 appliance SKUs from all mainline original equipment manufacturers, including Bosch, Whirlpool, GE, Maytag, LG, Samsung, Sharp, and Kitchen Aid, among others. We sell all major home appliances, including refrigerators, ranges, ovens, dishwashers, microwaves, freezers, washers and dryers.

Sales of appliances accounted for approximately 80% and 76% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Furniture

We began selling furniture online in 2015 and currently offer approximately 148,000 SKUs from over 340 furniture vendors. Furniture is the second largest product category. The organization of product by type and characteristics makes for a complete shopping experience in a complicated product category.

Sales of furniture accounted for approximately 15% and 19% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

55

Other Products

We also offer a broad assortment of products in the décor, bed & bath, lighting, outdoor living and electronics categories. While these are not individually high-volume categories, they complement the appliance and furniture categories to produce a one-stop home goods offering for customers.

We also offer customers the opportunity to purchase warranties that protect their appliances beyond the manufacturers’ warranty period. Warranties are offered through third party vendors who absorb the cost of repairs and pay us a commission for selling the warranty product.

Other sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Pricing

We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest possible price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure the success this strategy. Our business model emphasizes value added products up to and including super premium products. As a result, we believe that our average selling price by product category is higher than industry norms.

Vendor/Supplier Relationships

We offer more than 1,000 vendors and over 227,000 SKUs available for purchase through our website. This depth of vendor relationships gives consumers numerous options in all product categories resulting in a true one-stop shopping destination. Our vendors and suppliers are listed in the table below.

Supplier

 

Total
Purchases
(2018)

 

Total
Purchases
(2019)

 

Percent of
Purchases
(2019)

Whirlpool

 

$

19,812,400

 

$

17,337,900

 

44.1

%

General Electric

 

 

4,214,400

 

 

2,528,000

 

6.4

%

Bosch

 

 

3,671,200

 

 

2,479,800

 

6.3

%

Electrolux

 

 

2,647,100

 

 

2,081,600

 

5.3

%

LG

 

 

2,097,900

 

 

1,980,200

 

5.0

%

Samsung

 

 

3,479,000

 

 

1,481,400

 

3.8

%

We are substantially dependent on Whirlpool for a large portion of our product purchases. Products are purchased from all suppliers, including Whirlpool, on an at-will basis. We have no long-term purchase agreements with Whirlpool or any other supplier. Relationships with suppliers are subject to change from time to time. Changes in our relationships with suppliers occur periodically and could positively or negatively impact our net sales and operating profits. We believe that we can be successful in mitigating negative effects resulting from unfavorable changes in the relationships with suppliers through, among other things, the development of new or expanded supplier relationships. Please see “Risk Factors” for a description of the risks related to our supplier relationships, including our dependence on Whirlpool.

56

Marketing

We market our products through a variety of methods, including through paid shopping and paid searches, display marketing, affiliate marketing, organic marketing, paid social media marketing and email marketing. The diagram below sets forth some of our key marketing statistics for 2019.

Paid Shopping and Paid Search

Our most effective channel is paid shopping and paid search. We utilize multiple search platforms (primarily Google) to put our products in front of consumers that are searching for products online. We have engaged a “best in class” agency and continually monitor and optimize campaigns in order to create more efficient and profitable campaign results. We specialize in a “bottom of the funnel” approach, meaning our campaigns are designed to spend more liberally with those at the end of the purchase cycle, and more conservatively with those in the beginning of the purchase journey.

Display Marketing

The majority of our display efforts are in the form of remarketing across the Google ad network. At this time, we are not focused on major branding efforts as much as we are on capitalizing on consumers who have begun their buying journey. With high average order values, we find that remarketing works effectively at bringing consumers back on the website or the phone to place an order.

Affiliate Marketing

Keeping a keen eye on nexus laws, we have scaled back our affiliate marketing in order to protect the interests of our company. We have found that the administrative burden and tax impact or revenue generated by many of the affiliates outweighed the benefits. As of the date of this prospectus, we have only one affiliate marketing relationship remaining with 200 affiliate partners.

57

Organic Marketing

Organic marketing continues to be a strong channel for our company. While we are not heavily invested in organic at this time, the channel resulted in approximately 300,000 users coming to our website in the last quarter of 2019 alone. We understand best practices in technology, programming, copywriting, link acquisition as well as many other strategies to ensure we are in a strong position with the largest search engines.

Paid Social Media

Social media is utilized sparingly to drive traffic and manage brand perception. It is our goal to not look irrelevant to consumers viewing us on social media, while at the same time minimizing spending on these channels. We have found awareness campaigns on social media to be ineffective with products at our price point. We do take advantage of the remarketing opportunities on Facebook, which work well for us by driving highly qualified traffic back to our website where that traffic is converted to customers.

Email

Using email marketing, we put relevant products and offers in front our of a growing email database of approximately 200,000 opted-in consumers multiple times per week. Our marketing team produces email content by utilizing in-house design, copy and programming resources. Messages are sent using an enterprise-level email service provider and metrics such as deliverability, open rates and click rates are constantly monitored. Messages are targeted to individuals based on numerous factors including what time they are most likely to read emails, past purchase behavior and frequency of interaction.

Additionally, we utilize a multitude of triggered email programs, such as cart and browse abandonment, to entice customers back into the funnel. We continue to pursue best practices such as offer modals and scraping the checkout in order to facilitate continued list growth. Below is a diagram representing key performance metrics for 2019.

58

Customers and Markets

Based on a study that we commissioned in 2019, our average shopper is between 40 and 60 years old and lives in a single-family home, which they own. Most of our customers are not reluctant to buy at a premium price for top quality as long as we and our products provide good value. Our most popular brands tend to be middle to upper market brands that are not found in the stores of many large retailers. A significant percentage of our customers have household income above $100,000.

Our physical store presence and warehouse is located in St Louis, Missouri, and third-party distribution, delivery and installation agreements allow us to serve, sell and ship to customers nationwide. Further efforts are underway to expand our agreements directly with manufacturers to pick up and deliver from their warehouse to reach more customers, more quickly at reduced costs. In fact, while we started many years ago as a brick and mortar only business, about 75% of our sales originate from outside the Midwest market. The diagram below represents our sales by region for 2019:

Customer Support

Our customer support team exists to sell and service customers at all parts of the buying and ownership cycle. We believe that by integrating phone support with marketing efforts, we differentiate ourselves from big box and independent retailers. Leading edge contact center technology and management is in early stage deployment and promises to increase sales close rates, decrease cancellations, increase average ticket size and create customers that purchase within the next twelve months. Current repeat purchasing is roughly 20% within a year, which demonstrates a reasonable satisfaction with the current model. We have a customer service team of nine members and call center sales team of nine members.

Our call center is now available to field inbound customer calls from 8:00 am to 6:00 pm CT, Monday through Saturday and Sunday from 12:00pm to 6:00 pm CT. Approximately 40% of all sales involve an order that was placed with a sales representative. This percentage should increase in 2020 as chat becomes a more deployed resource for our shoppers and customers.

59

Logistics

Purchasing and Inventory Management

We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system. As described above, initiatives are underway that will allow us to pick up products closer and more quickly directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses.

Shipping and Delivery

We take ownership of inventory when it is delivered to our warehouse. At this point, warehouse staff unloads the product, determines the delivery location, picks a carrier and ultimately ships the product. We primarily use R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services. We also use AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries. If a customer is outside of their service zones or requires faster delivery times, we will use one of our three or four specialty carriers to get the job done.

Returns and Exchanges

Our return and exchange policy is designed to be as worry-free and customer-friendly as possible. We offer a 30-day money back, 100% satisfaction guarantee. If a customer is not satisfied with his or her order, we will exchange or refund the full purchase price, minus all shipping costs, within 30 days of delivery. We do not charge a restocking fee when items are returned or exchanged, which we believe differentiates us from other retailers.

Technology

Technology utilization, along with the capture and analysis of data, have been cornerstones of our strategy since moving to the online marketplace. Management streamlines much of the decision-making process around operations, purchasing decisions, marketing efforts and customer experience by leveraging our customized ERP systems and sales reports.

Competition

We compete with big box retailers, independent appliance and furniture retailers, hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer companies and web only companies. As a hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer company, we have the ability to navigate the competitive offerings of each competitor, utilizing online marketing, our customer service expertise and large curated assortments to attract and retain new customers.

60

Appliances

The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share. Our primary competitors in the appliance market include:

•        Big Box Retailers:    Home Depot, Lowe’s, Best Buy and Walmart;

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon and Houzz; and

•        Specialty Retailers:    AJ Madison, Appliance Connection and US Appliance.

The shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

Furniture and Homewares

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. Our main competitors in the furniture and homewares market include:

•        Furniture Stores:    Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys, Raymour & Flanagan and Rooms To Go;

•        Big Box Retailers:    Bed Bath & Beyond, IKEA, Target and Walmart;

•        Department Stores:    JCPenney and Macy’s;

•        Specialty Retailers:    Crate and Barrel, Ethan Allen, TJX, At Home, Williams Sonoma, Restoration Hardware, Arhaus, Horchow, Room & Board and Mitchell Gold + Bob Williams; and

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon, Wayfair and eBay.

Much like the appliance market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift. We believe there may be opportunities for nationally distributed niche products, like sleeper sofas, where we could benefit from not inventorying product but marketing and then ordering on demand after payment. Similar opportunities are even more broadly available in the appliance market.

Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Name and reputation.    We believe that we enjoy a long-standing (50+ years) reputation with vendors and customers for our focus on offering a full line of appliances and other home furnishings with competitive pricing and superior customer service.

•        Strong customer relationships.    We cater to the committed shopper who is interested in purchasing top-of-the-line appliances, furniture and other home goods at low prices. We believe that these customers value our dedication to providing outstanding customer service and repeatedly use us for their home product needs.

•        Highly trained and professional staff.    We believe that our personnel are our most important asset. We have an internal sales support team of nine personnel who are trained to educate and support customers when selecting and buying products. Approximately 40% of customer orders consist of a phone conversation with a sales team member, which becomes a differentiator when competing with online only companies and with brick and with mortar outlets.

61

•        Product pricing.    We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest allowed price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure this strategy.

•        Online sales expertise.    We believe that our ability to transact online, big ticket, home delivery gives us strategic positioning and capability to sell more products to our current customer base, as well as to add new big ticket product categories.

•        Best in class customer service and marketing technology.    We believe that the investments we have made in our call center tools and the latest version of our shopping platform, combined with digital marketing optimization, should put us in position to offer a scalable, repeatable quality process that is second to none in the retail appliance industry.

Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Significantly increase marketing spend.    We plan to partner with nationally accredited advertising and marketing agencies to more efficiently utilize our advertising dollars and to increase sales through our website and our call center.

•        Expand in the commercial market.    To date, we have directed all marketing efforts toward the consumer. With remodels and new home construction, there is opportunity to market to home builders, contractors and interior designers who are making or influencing the purchasing decision for many consumers. We believe that our low price business model would be received well by this market, creating substantial revenue opportunities and more repeat business. Evidence of unmet demand and market need is ongoing with large commercial sales occurring organically each week through our web site and contact center.

•        Expand category management.    We have expanded from online appliances to furniture and other categories while maintaining management headcount. Management feels that committing dedicated resources to each category and building them out in business unit fashion will not only drive revenue but increase and improve margins.

•        Warehouse and shipping optimization.    We plan to implement a series of initiatives with key vendors to increase shipping speed to customers, cut costs and increase margins. We plan to pick up product from manufacturers’ warehouses and selectively use inventory buys to reduce costs. With access to vendor warehouse operations, we expect to take advantage of buying opportunities and capture time-sensitive customers more frequently.

•        Expanded operating hours.    Our customer support and sales hours were expanded during 2019 and we expect to expand sales hours by 20 hours per week as we move through 2020.

•        Ride the wave of online retail.    Big ticket online retail continues to grow significantly as product offerings and shopping experiences start to become superior to most brick and mortar shopping. We are making key investments in people, processes and systems that we believe will grow our customer base. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the growth in online retail.

Intellectual Property

We own several domain names, including for our www.goedekers.com website. The agreements with our suppliers generally provide us with a limited, non-exclusive license to use the supplier’s trademarks, service marks and trade names for the sole purpose of promoting and selling their products.

To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of laws and regulations, as well as contractual restrictions. We rely on the protection of laws regarding unregistered copyrights for certain content we create. We also rely on trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. To further protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our executive officers and directors.

62

Facilities

We are headquartered at 13850 Manchester Rd., St. Louis, Missouri 63011. We operate from one facility totaling 50,000 square feet, which houses our corporate headquarters, warehouse and showroom. We lease this facility pursuant to a lease agreement entered into with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of Goedeker Television, on April 5, 2019. The lease is for a term of five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, we are responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) we shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by us pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) we shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to us; (iv) we shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of our assets.

We believe that all our properties have been adequately maintained, are generally in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for our businesses.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we employed 72 full-time employees.

Department/Function

 

Employees

Accounting/Finance

 

11

Sales and Marketing

 

12

Customer Service

 

10

Human Resources

 

1

Information Technology

 

13

Product Data Management

 

7

Purchasing

 

5

Warehouse

 

13

TOTALS

 

72

None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. Except as set forth below, we are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

The asset purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television (described above under “— Corporate History and Structure” above) provided for a customary post-closing working capital adjustment to the purchase price. The amount of the adjustment was disputed by the parties and, in accordance with the terms of the asset purchase agreement, an accounting firm was mutually agreed upon to conduct an accounting to calculate the amount that the purchase price should have been adjusted. Ultimately the accounting firm determined that the purchase price should have been adjusted by $809,000, an amount which was to be paid by Goedeker Television to us. Goedeker Television did not pay us, so on or about March 23, 2020, we submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association alleging, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. We are alleging damages in the amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs.

63

Regulation

Our business is subject a variety of laws and regulations applicable to companies conducting business on the Internet. Jurisdictions vary as to how, or whether, existing laws governing areas such as personal privacy and data security, consumer protection or sales and other taxes, among other areas, apply to the Internet and e-commerce, and these laws are continually evolving. For example, certain applicable privacy laws and regulations require us to provide customers with our policies on sharing information with third parties, and advance notice of any changes to these policies. Related laws may govern the manner in which we store or transfer sensitive information or impose obligations on us in the event of a security breach or inadvertent disclosure of such information. Additionally, tax regulations in jurisdictions where we do not currently collect state or local taxes may subject us to the obligation to collect and remit such taxes, or to additional taxes, or to requirements intended to assist jurisdictions with their tax collection efforts. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and e-commerce generally could result in significant additional taxes on our business. Further, we could be subject to fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements. The continued growth and demand for e-commerce is likely to result in more laws and regulations that impose additional compliance burdens on e-commerce companies.

64

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below is information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Douglas T. Moore

 

63

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Robert D. Barry

 

76

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ellery W. Roberts

 

50

 

Chairman of the Board

Edward J. Tobin

 

63

 

Director

Ellette A. Anderson

 

43

 

Director(1)

Clark R. Crosnoe

 

51

 

Director(1)

Paul A. Froning

 

49

 

Director(1)

Glyn C. Milburn

 

49

 

Director(1)

____________

(1)      Appointed to our board of directors effective as of the closing date of this offering.

Douglas T. Moore.    Mr. Moore has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2019 and as a director since April 2020. Through his more than 25 years of retail experience, Mr. Moore has developed an understanding of strategic and tactical business issues that include store operations, merchandising, supply chain, sourcing and human resource planning. He also possesses senior management, marketing, risk assessment and retail knowledge. Prior to joining us, Mr. Moore was President and Chief Executive Officer of Med-Air Homecare, a home healthcare equipment and service provider, from November 2013 until May 2019, Principal of First Street Consulting, LLC, a retail consulting firm, from January 2011 until October 2017, and Senior Vice President of FirstSTREET for Boomers and Beyond, Inc., a leading direct marketer of products for baby boomers, from October 2017 until August 2019. From February 2012 through June 2012, Mr. Moore served as the Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer at hhgregg, Inc., a consumer electronics retail chain. Mr. Moore has served on the board of directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:LL), one of the leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring in North America, since April 2006. Mr. Moore received his undergraduate degree and M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. Mr. Moore was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the retail industry and public company board experience.

Robert D. Barry.    Mr. Barry has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception and as a director from inception until April 2020. He has served on the board of directors of 1847 Holdings since January 2014 and has served as Controller of 1847 Holdings’ subsidiary Neese, Inc., since July 2017. From April 2013 until August 2016, Mr. Barry was Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Pawn Plus Inc., a chain of five retail pawn stores in suburban Philadelphia and one pawn store in northeastern Ohio. Prior to that, Mr. Barry served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Regional Management Corp. (NYSE:RM), a consumer loan company based in Greenville, South Carolina, from March 2007 to January 2013. Prior to joining Regional Management Corp., Mr. Barry was the Managing Member of AccessOne Mortgage Company, LLC in Raleigh, North Carolina, from 1997 to 2007. During this time, he also served as part-time Chief Financial Officer for Patriot State Bank, in Fuquay-Varina, North Carolina, from March 2006 to March 2007 and Nuestro Banco, Raleigh, North Carolina, from July 2006 to March 2007. Prior to his time at AccessOne, Mr. Barry was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Regional Acceptance Corporation (NASDAQ:REGA), a consumer finance company based in Greenville, North Carolina and prior to that he was a financial institutions partner in the Raleigh, North Carolina office of KPMG LLP. Mr. Barry is a Certified Public Accountant licensed in North Carolina and Georgia. Mr. Barry was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his years of relevant financial and business expertise.

Ellery W. Roberts.    Mr. Roberts has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Roberts brings over 20 years of private equity investing experience to our company. Mr. Roberts has been the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer of 1847 Holdings since its inception on January 22, 2013 and is also the sole manager of the Manager. Mr. Roberts has also been a director of Western Capital Resources, Inc., a public company (WCRS), since May 2010. In July 2011, Mr. Roberts formed The 1847 Companies LLC, a company that is no longer active, where he began investing his own personal capital and capital of high net worth individuals in

65

select transactions. Prior to forming The 1847 Companies LLC, Mr. Roberts was the co-founder and was co-managing principal from October 2009 to June 2011 of RW Capital Partners LLC, the recipient of a “Green Light” letter from the U.S. Small Business Administration permitting RW Capital Partners LLC to raise capital in pursuit of the Small Business Investment Company license with the preliminary support of the Small Business Administration. Mr. Roberts was a founding member of Parallel Investment Partners, LP (formerly SKM Growth Investors, LP), a Dallas-based private equity fund focused on re-capitalizations, buyouts and growth capital investments in lower middle market companies throughout the United States. Previously, Mr. Roberts served as Principal with Lazard Group LLC (NYSE: LAZ), a Senior Financial Analyst at Colony Capital, Inc., and a Financial Analyst with the Corporate Finance Division of Smith Barney Inc. (now known as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC). Mr. Roberts received his B.A. degree in English from Stanford University. Mr. Roberts was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

Edward J. Tobin.    Mr. Tobin has served on our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Tobin has served as Managing Director of the Manager since January 2014. From 1997 until November 2014, Mr. Tobin was a Director of Global Emerging Markets North America, Inc., where he managed Special Situations and Venture investing. In this role, he oversaw structured finance transactions in industries such as clean tech, media, telecommunications, manufacturing, real estate and life sciences. Prior to that, Mr. Tobin was Managing Director of Lincklaen Partners, a private family investment office. Previously, he had been a portfolio manager with Neuberger and Berman and a Vice President of Nordberg Capital, Inc. Mr. Tobin received his MBA from the Wharton School, as well as a Master of Science in Engineering and a Bachelor of Science in Economics (cum laude) from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Tobin was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

Ellette A. Anderson.    Ms. Anderson will become a director on the closing date of this offering. Since August 2013, Ms. Anderson has served as Chief Executive Officer of Griffin Archer, a full-service advertising agency based in Minneapolis, MN where she is responsible for new business acquisitions, strategic planning and creative direction for their entire client portfolio. From April 2004 to August 2013, she served as a writer and associate creative director at Carmichael Lynch Advertising in Minneapolis where she helped develop the brand voice for numerous Fortune 500 companies including Subaru, Porsche, Harley-Davidson and Disney Cruise Line. She holds a B.A. degree in English Literature from the University of Kansas. Ms. Anderson was selected to serve on our board of directors due to her deep experience in the advertising and marketing industry.

Clark R. Crosnoe.    Mr. Crosnoe will become a director on the closing date of this offering. In 2009, Mr. Crosnoe founded CRC Capital LLC, a registered investment advisor and manager of the CRC Investment Fund LP, a private investment partnership focused on publicly-traded equity securities. As managing member of CRC Capital LLC, Mr. Crosnoe is responsible for strategy, oversight and the day-to-day investment decisions of the fund. The portfolio typically includes investments in the consumer, financial, healthcare, industrial and energy sectors. In 1999, Mr. Crosnoe was a founding employee of Parallel Investment Partners where he was named partner in 2003. As a partner, he was responsible for sourcing, evaluating, structuring, executing and monitoring investments, and also dedicated a substantial portion of his time to marketing activities for the firm. Mr. Crosnoe began his career in investment banking at Wasserstein Perella & Co. and also gained valuable experience at multi-billion dollar hedge fund HBK Investments. Mr. Crosnoe holds undergraduate degrees from the University of Texas at Austin and earned an MBA from Harvard Business School in 1996. He was selected to serve on our board due to his approximately 22 years of private and public investment and advisory experience.

Paul A. Froning.    Mr. Froning will become a director on the closing date of this offering. He has served on the board of directors of 1847 Holdings since April 2013. In 2009, Mr. Froning co-founded Focus Healthcare Partners LLC, a Chicago-based private equity investment, advisory and asset management firm targeting the senior housing and healthcare sectors. Prior to that, from February 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Froning was a Managing Director in the private equity department of Fortress Investment Group LLC (NYSE: FIG), a publicly-traded New York-based private investment firm. Prior to that, Mr. Froning was the Chief Investment Officer and Executive Vice President of Brookdale Senior Living Inc. (NYSE: BKD), a publicly-traded affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, from 2005 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Froning held senior investment positions at the private equity investment arms of Lazard Group LLC (NYSE: LAZ) and Security Capital Group, prior to its acquisition by GE Capital Corp., in addition to investment banking experience at Salomon Brothers, prior to its acquisition by Travelers Group, and the securities subsidiary of Principal Financial Group (NYSE: PSG). Mr. Froning has a B.A. degree from the University of Notre Dame. Mr. Froning was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his twenty years of private equity, investment and advisory experience.

66

Glyn C. Milburn.    Mr. Milburn will become a director on the closing date of this offering. Since February 2016, Mr. Milburn has served as a Partner at Jimmy Blackman & Associates, a full-service Government and Public Affairs firm, where he is responsible for business strategy, client management, communications and campaign management for a client portfolio comprised of large public safety labor unions, banking/finance companies, and hotel operators across the State of California. From April 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Milburn served as a Special Assistant in the City of Los Angeles where he held two positions in the City of Los Angeles, one in the Office of Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti’s Office of Economic Development and another in the Office of Los Angeles Councilman Dennis Zine. From August 2012 to March 2013, Mr. Milburn co-Founded Provident Investment Advisors LLC, a special investment vehicle for energy, technology and healthcare ventures, where he served as Managing Member. Mr. Milburn holds a B.A. degree in Public Policy from Stanford University. Mr. Milburn was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his valuable background in policy development, regulatory and strategic planning experience.

Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There is no arrangement or understanding between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee or officer.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, except as described below, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

•        been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

•        had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

•        been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

•        been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

67

Corporate Governance

Governance Structure

We chose to appoint a separate Chairman of the Board who is not our Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors has made this decision based on their belief that an independent Chairman of the Board can act as a balance to the Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as a non-independent director.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The board of directors oversees that the assets of our company are properly safeguarded, that the appropriate financial and other controls are maintained, and that our business is conducted wisely and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and proper governance. Included in these responsibilities is the board’s oversight of the various risks facing our company. In this regard, our board seeks to understand and oversee critical business risks. Our board does not view risk in isolation. Risks are considered in virtually every business decision and as part of our business strategy. Our board recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk. Indeed, purposeful and appropriate risk-taking is essential for our company to be competitive on a global basis and to achieve its objectives.

While the board oversees risk management, company management is charged with managing risk. Management communicates routinely with the board and individual directors on the significant risks identified and how they are being managed. Directors are free to, and indeed often do, communicate directly with senior management.

Our board administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration. Once the board establishes committees, it is anticipated that much of the work will be delegated to such committees, which will meet regularly and report back to the full board. It is anticipated that the audit committee will oversee risks related to our financial statements, the financial reporting process, accounting and legal matters, that the compensation committee will evaluate the risks and rewards associated with our compensation philosophy and programs, and that the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate risk associated with management decisions and strategic direction.

Independent Directors

[NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. Our board of directors currently consists of three (3) directors, Douglas T. Moore, Ellery W. Roberts and Edward J. Tobin, none of whom are independent within the meaning of the [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules. We have entered into independent director agreements with Ellette A. Anderson, Clark R. Crosnoe, Paul A. Froning and Glyn C. Milburn, pursuant to which they have been appointed to serve as independent directors effective as of the closing date of this offering. As a result of these appointments, we anticipate that our board of directors upon closing of this offering will consist of seven (7) directors, four (4) of whom will be independent within the meaning of the [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board intends to establish an audit committee, a compensation and nominating and corporate governance committee, each with its own charter to be approved by the board. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to make each committee’s charter available on our website at www.goedekers.com.

Until such committees are established, our entire board of directors will undertake the functions that would otherwise be undertaken by the committees. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

68

Audit Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our audit committee, with Mr. Froning serving as the chairman. We expect that Messrs. Froning and Crosnoe will qualify as “audit committee financial experts.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company.

It is expected that the audit committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; (ii) assisting the board in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) reviewing and approving the plan and scope of the internal and external audit; (iv) pre-approving any audit and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; (v) approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; (vi) reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; (vii) reviewing hedging transactions; and (viii) reviewing and assessing annually the audit committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Compensation Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Ellette A. Anderson, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our compensation committee, with Mr. Crosnoe serving as the chairman. The members of the compensation committee will also be “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers.

It is expected that the compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of our executive officers; (ii) determining the compensation of our independent directors; (iii) making recommendations to the board regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans, policies and programs; and (iv) reviewing and assessing annually the compensation committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, with Mr. Milburn serving as the chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees.

It is expected that the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) recommending the number of directors to comprise our board; (ii) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the board and soliciting recommendations for director nominees from the chairman and chief executive officer of our company; (iii) recommending to the board the director nominees for each annual stockholders’ meeting; (iv) recommending to the board the candidates for filling vacancies that may occur between annual stockholders’ meetings; (v) reviewing independent director compensation and board processes, self-evaluations and policies; (vi) reviewing and approving related party transactions; (vii) overseeing compliance with our code of ethics; and (viii) monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s methods for identifying candidates for election to our board of directors (other than those proposed by our stockholders, as discussed below) will include the solicitation of ideas for possible candidates from a number of sources — members of our board of directors, our executives, individuals personally known to the members of our board of directors, and other research. The nominating and corporate governance committee may also, from time-to-time, retain one or more third-party search firms to identify suitable candidates.

69

In making director recommendations, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider some or all of the following factors: (i) the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight; (ii) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other board members; (iii) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the board and any committee thereof; (iv) whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence; and (v) the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of our company, taking into account the needs of our company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

A stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting of stockholders if the stockholder complies with the notice and information provisions contained in our bylaws. Such notice must be in writing to our company not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders or as otherwise required by requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, stockholders furnishing such notice must be a holder of record on both (i) the date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, and reporting of violations of the code.

We are required to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to use our website as a method of disseminating this disclosure, as permitted by applicable SEC rules. Any such disclosure will be posted to our website within four (4) business days following the date of any such amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics.

70

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table — Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

All Other Compensation ($)

 

Total
($)

Douglas T. Moore,

 

2019

 

133,727

 

35,000

 

9,465

 

178,192

Chief Executive Officer(1)

 

2018

 

 

 

 

Michael Goedeker,

 

2019

 

167,709

 

 

3,396

 

171,105

former President and Chief Operating Officer(2)

 

2018

 

150,000

 

 

 

150,000

Ellery W. Roberts,

 

2019

 

 

 

 

former Chief Executive Officer(3)

 

2018

 

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Douglas T. Moore was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on August 15, 2019. The amounts included in “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Moore include reimbursement for accommodations in the amount of $6,955, reimbursement for airline tickets in the amount of $1,640, and reimbursement for car rental expenses in the amount of $870.

(2)      Mr. Goedeker served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 5, 2019 to March 2, 2020. The compensation in the table above includes the compensation that Mr. Goedeker received from our predecessor company, Goedeker Television, prior to our acquisition on April 5, 2019. The amounts included in “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Goedeker include his automobile allowance.

(3)      Mr. Roberts served as our Chief Executive Officer from our inception on January 10, 2019 to April 5, 2019.

Employment Agreements

On August 15, 2019, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Moore setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Executive Officer of our company. On April 21, 2020 we amended the employment letter agreement. This amendment will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, as amended, Mr. Moore is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 100% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives. We also agreed to grant to Mr. Moore an option to purchase 331,579 (post-split) shares of our common stock immediately following the closing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the public offering price per share paid in this offering. Vesting of the options will occur annually over a 4-year period in increments of 25% per year beginning on August 15, 2019. Mr. Moore also received or will receive relocation compensation, including a signing bonus of $35,000, reimbursement of living and accommodations in the St. Louis area for up to six months, car rental expenses for up to two months, and reimbursement of once monthly round trip airline tickets to St. Louis for either Mr. Moore or his spouse until April 2020. Mr. Moore is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Moore’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Moore may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Moore’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Moore from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

On April 21, 2020, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Financial Officer of our company. This employment letter agreement will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, Mr. Barry is entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives. Mr. Barry is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit

71

plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Barry’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Barry may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Barry’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Barry from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as President and Chief Operating Officer of our company. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Goedeker was entitled to an annual base salary of $175,000 and an annual incentive bonus to the extent that we achieved certain annual EBITDA objectives. Mr. Goedeker was also entitled an automobile allowance not to exceed $500 per month and to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. The term of the employment agreement was for three years and could be terminated by us for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ notice. On March 2, 2020, we terminated the employment agreement without cause. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Goedeker is entitled to severance, including: (i) base salary for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement, (ii) benefits under group health and life insurance plans in which he participated prior to termination for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement, (iii) all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits under employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under any pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs, and (iv) so long as we achieve our budgeted EBITDA level for the period commencing with the end of our immediately previous fiscal year through the termination date, an amount equal to the product of the bonus paid in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year, times the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of full calendar months occurring since the end of the immediately previous fiscal year through the termination date, by (y) 12. Since we did not achieve our budgeted EBITDA level for 2019, no bonus was paid. The employment agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Goedeker from owning or operating a business that competes with our company or soliciting our customers or employees for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

No executive officer named above had any unexercised options, stock that has not vested or equity incentive plan awards outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Director Compensation

No member of our board of directors received any compensation for his services as a director during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, nor do they currently receive any compensation for such services.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to establish a 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to grant restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 700,000 (post-split) shares. Cancelled and forfeited stock options and stock awards may again become available for grant under the Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, all shares remain available for issuance under the Plan.

The following summary briefly describes the principal features of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.

Awards that may be granted include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards. These awards offer our officers, employees, consultants and directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our Common Stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company.

72

Stock options give the option holder the right to acquire from us a designated number of shares of Common Stock at a purchase price that is fixed upon the grant of the option. The exercise price will not be less than the market price of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted may be either tax-qualified stock options (so-called “incentive stock options”) or non-qualified stock options.

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which may be granted alone or in tandem with options, have an economic value similar to that of options. When a SAR for a particular number of shares is exercised, the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the market price of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares under the SAR. Again, the exercise price for SARs normally is the market price of the shares on the date the SAR is granted. Under the Plan, holders of SARs may receive this payment — the appreciation value — either in cash or shares of Common Stock valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise. The form of payment will be determined by us.

Restricted shares are shares of Common Stock awarded to participants at no cost. Restricted shares can take the form of awards of restricted stock, which represent issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock subject to vesting criteria, or restricted stock units, which represent the right to receive shares of our Common Stock subject to satisfaction of the vesting criteria. Restricted shares are forfeitable and non-transferable until the shares vest. The vesting date or dates and other conditions for vesting are established when the shares are awarded.

The Plan also provides for performance compensation awards, representing the right to receive a payment, which may be in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established goals.

All of the permissible types of awards under the Plan are described in more detail as follows:

Purposes of Plan:    The purposes of the Plan are to attract and retain officers, employees and directors for our company and its subsidiaries; motivate them by means of appropriate incentives to achieve long-range goals; provide incentive compensation opportunities; and further align their interests with those of our stockholders through compensation that is based on our Common Stock.

Administration of the Plan:    The Plan is currently administered by our board of directors and will be administered by our compensation committee once it is established (which we refer to as the administrator). Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of awards. The administrator has authority to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.

Eligible Recipients:    Persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan will be those officers, employees, consultants, and directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.

Shares Available Under the Plan:    The maximum number of shares of our Common Stock that may be delivered to participants under the Plan is 1,4000,000, subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. Shares subject to an award under the Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the Plan.

Stock Options:

General.    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.

73

Option Price.    The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

Exercise of Options.    An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of Common Stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.

Expiration or Termination.    Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, such term cannot exceed ten years provided that in the case of holders of more than 10% of our voting stock, such term cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with our company or a subsidiary terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of employment, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.

Incentive and Non-Qualified Options.    As described elsewhere in this summary, an incentive stock option is an option that is intended to qualify under certain provisions of the Code, for more favorable tax treatment than applies to non-qualified stock options. Any option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option will be a non-qualified stock option. Under the Code, certain restrictions apply to incentive stock options. For example, the exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date and the term of the option may not exceed ten years. In addition, an incentive stock option may not be transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder. In addition, no incentive stock options may be granted to a holder that is first exercisable in a single year if that option, together with all incentive stock options previously granted to the holder that also first become exercisable in that year, relate to shares having an aggregate market value in excess of $100,000, measured at the grant date.

Stock Appreciation Rights:    Awards of SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with stock options. SARs provide the holder with the right, upon exercise, to receive a payment, in cash or shares of stock, having a value equal to the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the shares covered by the award over the exercise price of those shares. Essentially, a holder of a SAR benefits when the market price of the Common Stock increases, to the same extent that the holder of an option does, but, unlike an option holder, the SAR holder need not pay an exercise price upon exercise of the award.

Stock Awards:    Stock awards can also be granted under the Plan. A stock award is a grant of shares of Common Stock or of a right to receive shares in the future. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.

Cash Awards:    A cash award is an award that may be in the form of cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established performance goals and other conditions, restrictions and contingencies identified by the administrator.

Section 162(m) of the Code:    Section 162(m) of the Code limits publicly-held companies to an annual deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1.0 million for compensation paid to each of their chief executive officer and their three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) determined at the end of each year, referred to as covered employees.

Performance Criteria:    Under the Plan, one or more performance criteria will be used by the administrator in establishing performance goals. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of our company, as the administrator may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the administrator deems appropriate. In determining the actual size of an individual performance compensation award, the administrator

74

may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The administrator shall not have the discretion to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards if the performance goals have not been attained or (ii) increase a performance compensation award above the maximum amount payable under the Plan.

Other Material Provisions:    Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. Our board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by law or the rules of an applicable exchange, increase the number of shares available under the Plan, change the persons eligible for awards under the Plan, extend the time within which awards may be made, or amend the provisions of the Plan related to amendments. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.

75

CURRENT RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Persons

The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of our 2018 fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under “Executive Compensation” above). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

•        On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with the Manager, which is owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman. On April 21, 2020, we entered into an amendment to this agreement. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, we expensed $183,790 in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations” for a description of this agreement.

•        As of December 31, 2019, the Manager had funded $33,738 to us in related party advances. These advances are unsecured, bear no interest, and do not have formal repayment terms or arrangements.

•        On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares to Leonite in order to induce Leonite to extend credit to our company. The common shares were valued at $137,500.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Each of Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman and Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, may be deemed a “promoter” as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. For information regarding compensation, including items of value, that have been provided or that may be provided to these individuals, please refer to “Executive Compensation” above. 

Parent Company

As of the date of this prospectus, 1847 Holdco holds 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

76

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock (post-split) as of [            ], 2020 for (i) each of our named executive officers and directors; (ii) all of our named executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) each other stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The following table assumes that the underwriters have not exercised the over-allotment option.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of [            ], 2020. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of [            ], 2020 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o our company, 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011.

 

Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
(1)

 

Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

Douglas T. Moore,
Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

0

 

*

 

 

0

 

*   

 

Robert D. Barry,
Chief Financial Officer(2)

 

6,000,000

 

100

%

 

6,000,000

 

[            ]%

 

Ellery W. Roberts,
Chairman of the Board(2)

 

6,000,000

 

100

%

 

6,000,000

 

[            ]%

 

Edward J. Tobin,
Director

 

0

 

*

 

 

0

 

*   

 

All executive officers and directors (4 persons)

 

6,000,000

 

100

%

 

6,000,000

 

[            ]%

 

____________

*        Less than 1%

(1)      Based on 6,000,000 (post-split) shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of [            ], 2020.

(2)      Represents shares of common stock held by 1847 Holdco. Messrs. Barry and Roberts are the directors of 1847 Holdco and share voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Messrs. Barry and Roberts disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any.

We do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our company.

77

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 5,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to (i) increase our authorized common stock from 5,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, (ii) authorize 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock and (iii) change the par value of our capital stock from $0.001 to $0.0001.

The following description summarizes important terms of the classes of our capital stock following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 1,000 shares (6,000,000 post-split) of common stock and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights.    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights.    Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Other Rights.    Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights (including the number of votes per share), redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting the series. Our board of directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and which could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Warrants

On April 5, 2019, we issued a ten-year warrant to SBCC. The warrant is exercisable for shares of our most senior capital stock equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis, including all vested and unvested equity grants, for an aggregate exercise price equal to $100. The warrant contains a put right, whereby

78

at any time during the period commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the maturity date of the SBCC loan (April 5, 2023), (ii) the date on which the obligations under the SBCC loan become due and payable by acceleration, (iii) repayment in full of the borrowings under, or retirement or termination of, the SBCC loan, and (iv) a sale of the company (as defined in the warrant), SBCC shall have the right to require us to repurchase the warrant and the shares underlying the warrant for an amount equal to (x) the product of (i) the fair market value (as defined in the warrant) of the equity of our company multiplied by (ii) the number of shares represented by the warrant at the time of exercise of such put right minus (y) the exercise price ($100) plus (z) any amount payable upon repurchase of the warrant. In April 2020, we and SBCC verbally agreed in principle that SBCC will exercise its warrant for 300,000 shares of common stock immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering. We are in the process of documenting this verbal agreement.

Upon the closing of this offering, there will be up to [            ] shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. See “Underwriting — Representative’s Warrants” below for a description of the representative’s warrants.

Options

We have agreed to issue an option for the purchase of 331,579 shares of common stock Douglas T. Moore, our Chief Executive Officer, immediately following the closing of this offering. The option will have an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Charter Provisions

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, except under certain circumstances, with an interested stockholder.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of our company or changing our board of directors and management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock without further stockholder approval. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the board of directors without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of such common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it more costly to acquire or effect a change-in-control, which in turn could prevent our stockholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our bylaws permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our bylaws provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders without cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than the majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates

79

or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We are in the process of appointing VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, telephone 212-828-8436, as the transfer agent for our common stock.

80

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the conversion of convertible notes, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, we will have [            ] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, we will have [            ] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

Previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least twelve months, or at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

•        1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until ninety (90) days after the date of this prospectus before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 180 days after the closing of this offering in the case of our company, (ii) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers, and (iii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”

81

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock that is being issued pursuant to this offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder’s particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this prospectus. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal income or estate tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

As used in this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•        an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

•        an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock that are applicable to them.

This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks, securities or currencies, U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

•        a Non-U.S. Holder holding our common stock as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

82

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including stockholders of a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our common stock.

Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our common stock subject to the tax treatment described below in “— Dispositions of Our Common Stock.”

Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons. An exception may apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for, and properly claims, the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. In such case, the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will not be subject to the U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. The amount of taxable earnings and profits is generally reduced by amounts reinvested in the operations of the U.S. trade or business and increased by any decline in its equity.

Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends, and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for and properly claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence). Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax discussed above if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits” tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

83

The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

Dispositions of Our Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including U.S. withholding tax) on gain recognized on any sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•        the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

•        the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even if the Non-U.S. Holder is not treated as a resident of the United States under the Code; or

•        we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (as provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock that is owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

84

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person or is otherwise entitled to an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS (and to such Non-U.S. Holder) payments of dividends on our common stock and the amount of U.S. federal income tax, if any, withheld from those payments. In accordance with applicable treaties or agreements, the IRS may provide copies of such information returns to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to U.S. backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the U.S. backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting, but not U.S. backup withholding, will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S.-source dividends (including dividends paid on our common stock) and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition after December 31, 2018 of property that produces U.S.-source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our common stock). This withholding tax applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity complies with (i) certain information reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners and (ii) certain withholding obligations regarding certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its common stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

85

UNDERWRITING

ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., is the representative for the several underwriters of this offering, or the representative. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated [            ], 2020 with the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriters

 

Number of Shares

ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

   
   

 

Total

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all shares offered by us other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any are purchased. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, the underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by us in this prospectus are subject to various representations and warranties and other customary conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the representative of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of [            ] additional shares of common stock (equal to 15% of the common stock sold in this offering) at the public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then the underwriters will be committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of common stock.

Discounts, Commissions and Reimbursement

The underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $[            ] per share of which up to $[            ] per share may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial offering to the public, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable underwriters’ expense allowance and proceeds, before expenses, to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

     

Total

   

Per Share

 

Offering without Over-Allotment Option

 

Offering with Over-Allotment Option

Public offering price

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Underwriting discounts and commissions (7.5%)

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Non-accountable expense allowance (1%)(1)

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

____________

(1)      The non-accountable expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

86

We have paid an expense deposit of $40,000 to (or on behalf of) the underwriters, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C). We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriters equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering.

In addition, we have also agreed to reimburse certain expenses of the underwriters relating to this offering as set forth in the underwriting agreement, including the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel which shall not exceed $125,000.

We estimate the expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts, commissions and expense allowance, will be approximately $[            ].

Representative’s Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the representative warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal in the aggregate to 5% of the total shares sold in this public offering. The warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The representative, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will the representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the warrants may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in this offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the warrants and the shares of common stock underlying such warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.

Right of First Refusal

Until eighteen (18) months from the closing of this offering, the representative shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, sole financial advisor, sole underwriter and/or sole placement agent, at the representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity offerings for our company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of our company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary to the representative. The representative shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. The representative will not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any such transaction.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

87

Lock-Up Agreements

We agreed that for a period of 180 days after the closing of this offering we will not, without the prior written consent of the representative and subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly:

•        offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock;

•        file or caused to be filed any registration statement with SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our capital or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock;

•        complete any offering of our debt securities, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our capital stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In addition, each of our directors, officers and stockholders have agreed that for a period of (i) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders, without the prior written consent of the representative and subject to certain exceptions, they will not directly or indirectly:

•        offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

•        make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

•        publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities to selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

88

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares while this offering is in progress.

Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters are not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which it may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

Penalty bids permit an underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares of common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the securities and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they may in the future receive customary fees.

Offer Restrictions Outside The United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

89

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

China

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

European Economic Area — Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC, or the Prospectus Directive, as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area, or a Relevant Member State, from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

•        to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

•        to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);

•        to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of our company or any underwriter for any such offer; or

•        in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

France

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers, or AMF. The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

90

This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

Ireland

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005, or the Prospectus Regulations. The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

Israel

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority, or the ISA, nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with this offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

Italy

The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societ-$$-Aga e la Borsa), or CONSOB, pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, or Decree No. 58, other than:

•        to Italian qualified investors, or Qualified Investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999, or Regulation no. 1197l, as amended; and

•        in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

•        made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No.58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and

•        in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

91

Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended, or the FIEL, pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

Portugal

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissăo do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

Sweden

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority.

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

92

United Arab Emirates

Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

United Kingdom

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or FSMA) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005, or FPO, (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

93

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Bevilacqua PLLC, Washington, DC. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of our company appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits included with the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, Room 1580, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website address is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We also anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

94

F-1

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 1847 Goedeker Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (“the Company” or “Successor”) as of December 31, 2019, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019, and the related notes. We have also audited the accompanying balance sheet of Goedeker Television Co. (“Predecessor”) as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended and for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the Successor financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 1847 Goedeker Inc. as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Goedeker Television Co. as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended and for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Salt Lake City, UT

April 22, 2020

F-3

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2019

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

64,470

 

     

$

1,525,693

Receivables

 

 

1,862,086

 

     

 

2,635,932

Deposits with vendors

 

 

294,960

 

     

 

2,212,181

Merchandise inventory, net

 

 

1,380,090

 

     

 

3,111,594

Due from officers

 

 

 

     

 

50,634

Other assets

 

 

892,796

 

     

 

6,784

Total Current Assets

 

 

4,494,402

 

     

 

9,542,818

Property and equipment, net

 

 

185,606

 

     

 

216,286

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

2,000,755

 

     

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,976,016

 

     

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,878,844

 

     

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

698,303

 

     

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

45,000

 

     

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

14,278,926

 

     

$

9,759,104

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

2,465,220

 

     

$

2,860,159

Customer deposits

 

 

4,164,296

 

     

 

3,500,268

Advances, related party

 

 

137,500

 

     

 

Lines of credit

 

 

1,250,930

 

     

 

Current portion of notes payable, related parties

 

 

1,068,075

 

     

 

Notes payable

 

 

999,200

 

     

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

584,943

 

     

 

Warrant liability

 

 

122,344

 

     

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

422,520

 

     

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

11,215,028

 

     

 

6,360,427

Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,232,369

 

     

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,578,235

 

     

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

49,248

 

     

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

15,074,880

 

     

 

6,360,427

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Common stock, no par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 7,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

 

     

 

7,000

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1

 

     

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,272,195

 

     

 

707,049

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

(2,068,150

)

     

 

2,684,628

Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

(795,954

)

     

 

3,398,677

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(DEFICIT)

 

$

14,278,926

 

     

$

9,759,104

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 2019

Year
Ended
December 31,
2018

Product sales, net

 

$

34,668,112

 

     

$

12,946,901

 

$

56,307,960

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

28,596,129

 

     

 

11,004,842

 

 

45,409,884

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,071,983

 

     

 

1,942,059

 

 

10,898,076

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel

 

 

2,909,751

 

     

 

913,919

 

 

3,627,883

 

Advertising

 

 

1,996,507

 

     

 

714,276

 

 

2,640,958

 

Bank and credit card fees

 

 

870,877

 

     

 

329,247

 

 

1,369,557

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

271,036

 

     

 

9,675

 

 

39,639

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,741,050

 

     

 

451,214

 

 

1,330,647

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

7,789,221

 

     

 

2,418,331

 

 

9,008,684

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(1,717,238

)

     

 

(476,272

)

 

1,889,392

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs

 

 

(520,160

)

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingency

 

 

32,246

 

     

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(683,211

)

     

 

 

 

(149

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

106,900

 

     

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

15,010

 

     

 

31,007

 

 

116,135

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

 

 

(1,049,215

)

     

 

31,007

 

 

115,986

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(2,766,453

)

     

 

(445,265

)

 

2,005,378

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

(698,303

)

     

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

     

$

(445,265

)

$

2,005,378

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(2,068.15

)

     

$

(63.61

)

$

286.48

 

Diluted

 

$

(2,068.15

)

     

$

(63.61

)

$

286.48

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

1,000

 

     

 

7,000

 

 

7,000

 

Diluted

 

 

1,000

 

     

 

7,000

 

 

7,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (PREDECESSOR)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December, 2017

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

1,393,050

 

 

$

2,107,099

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(713,800

)

 

 

(713,800

)

Net income for the year ended
December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,005,378

 

 

 

2,005,378

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,684,628

 

 

$

3,398,677

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss for the period from January 1,
2019 through April 5, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(445,265

)

 

 

(445,265

)

Balance, April 5, 2019

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,239,363

 

 

$

2,953,412

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (SUCCESSOR)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, April 6, 2019

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Capital contribution by Holdco for the acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.

 

1,000

 

 

1

 

 

979,522

 

 

 

 

 

979,523

 

Issuance of warrants in connection with notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

292,673

 

 

 

 

 

292,673

 

Net loss for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

 

(2,068,150

)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

1,000

 

$

1

 

$

1,272,195

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

$

(795,954

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 2019

Year
Ended
December 31,
2018

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

     

$

(445,265

)

$

2,005,378

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

271,036

 

     

 

9,675

 

 

39,639

 

Amortization of debt discounts

 

 

599,814

 

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingent liability

 

 

(32,246

)

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of warrant liability

 

 

(106,900

)

     

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

(1,405,904

)

     

 

1,730,079

 

 

271,776

 

Deposits with vendors

 

 

(294,960

)

     

 

(73,770

)

 

(116,281

)

Merchandise inventory

 

 

471,161

 

     

 

595,466

 

 

597,981

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

167,066

 

     

 

2,784

 

 

9,716

 

Change in operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

299,245

 

     

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

(698,303

)

     

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(1,464,657

)

     

 

196,565

 

 

(654,726

)

Customer deposits

 

 

1,855,990

 

     

 

(1,404,266

)

 

(1,711,409

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(299,245

)

     

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(2,706,053

)

     

 

611,268

 

 

442,074

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(2,200

)

     

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(2,200

)

     

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from note payable

 

 

1,500,000

 

     

 

 

 

 

Repayment on notes payable

 

 

(357,207

)

     

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

 

 

650,000

 

     

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings from lines of credit

 

 

1,339,430

 

     

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for financing costs

 

 

(359,500

)

     

 

 

 

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

(713,800

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,772,723

 

     

 

 

 

(713,800

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

64,470

 

     

 

611,268

 

 

(271,726

)

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

 

     

 

1,525,693

 

 

1,797,419

 

CASH, END OF PERIOD

 

$

64,470

 

     

$

2,136,961

 

$

1,525,693

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

292,890

 

     

$

 

$

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

 

     

$

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,300,000

 

     

$

 

$

 

Debt discount on notes payable

 

$

64,286

 

     

$

 

$

 

Warrants granted on notes payable

 

$

229,673

 

     

$

 

$

 

Warrants issued for convertible notes payable

 

$

292,673

 

     

$

 

$

 

Common stock issued for noted payable

 

$

173,500

 

     

$

 

$

 

Acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.

 

$

11,399,200

 

     

$

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), which was formed in State of Delaware on March 20, 2019.

On April 5, 2019, the Company executed an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television Company, a Missouri corporation (“Goedeker”), pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of Goedeker. Holdco is a majority owned (70 percent) subsidiary of 1847 Holdings LLC (“1847 Holdings”). The sellers of Goedeker collectively own 22.5 percent of Holdco and the balance, 7.5 percent, is owned by Leonite Capital LLC, a lender involved with financing the acquisition of the Goedeker by the Company.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and are presented in US dollars.

Accounting Basis

The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting and GAAP. The Company has adopted a calendar year end.

Predecessor and Successor Reporting

The acquisition of Goedeker as described in Note 1 was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with GAAP. For the purpose of financial reporting, Goedeker was deemed to be the predecessor company and the Company is deemed to be the successor company in accordance with the rules and regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The assets and liabilities of Goedeker were recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value adjustments related to the transaction are reflected in the books of the Company, resulting in assets and liabilities of the Company being recorded at fair value at April 6, 2019. Therefore, the Company’s financial information prior to the transaction is not comparable to its financial information subsequent to the transaction.

As a result of the impact of pushdown accounting, the financial statements and certain note presentations separate the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the period before the consummation of the transaction (labeled “Predecessor”) and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”), to indicate the application of a different basis of accounting between the periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with the original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

F-9

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. The Company’s adoption of this ASU resulted in no change to the Company’s results of operations or balance sheet.

The Company collects the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed. The Company does not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if the Company did, because all the Company’s contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

The revenue that the Company recognizes arises from orders it receives from customers. The Company’s performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that it makes to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed. Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, the Company’s products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The transfer of control generally occurs at the point of shipment. Once this occurs, the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the Company recognizes revenue. Revenue from the sale of long-term service warranties are recognized net of costs to sell the contracts to the third-party warranty service company.

Transaction Price — The Company agrees with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In the Company’s contracts with customers, it allocates the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax the Company collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

If the Company continued to apply legacy revenue recognition guidance for the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2018, revenues, gross margin, and net loss would not have changed.

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of delivering merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

Substantially all the Company’s sales are to individual retail consumers.

Shipping and Handling — The Company bills its customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

Disaggregated Revenue — The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by contract type, as it believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

F-10

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company’s disaggregated revenue by sales type is as follows:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019 to
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019 to
April 5, 2019

Year Ended
December 31,
2018

Appliance sales

 

$

28,487,053

     

$

9,784,525

$

42,871,864

Furniture sales

 

 

4,405,866

     

 

2,456,085

 

10,813,453

Other sales

 

 

1,775,193

     

 

706,291

 

2,622,643

Total

 

$

34,668,112

     

$

12,946,901

$

56,307,960

Performance Obligations — The Company’s performance obligations include delivery of products and, in some instances, performance of services such as installation. Revenue for the sale of merchandise is recognized upon shipment to the customer; or in some instances, upon delivery and installation of the product which typically occur simultaneously.

Receivables

Receivables consist of credit card transactions in the process of settlement. Vendor rebates receivable represent amounts due from manufactures from whom the Company purchases products. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on the Company’s assessment of the credit history with its manufacturers, it has concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company historically collects substantially all of its outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the low-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. The Company periodically evaluates the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on its estimate of market conditions. Reserves for slow-moving and potentially obsolete inventories was $425,000 and $-0- as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

Category

 

Useful Life
(Years)

Machinery and equipment

 

10

Office equipment

 

7

Vehicles

 

5

F-11

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired identifiable intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Acquired Intangible Asset

 

Amortization
Basis

 

Expected Life
(Years)

Customer related

 

Straight-line

 

15

Marketing related

 

Straight-line

 

5

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management at least annually. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. A fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined in the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Derivative Instrument Liability

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At December 31, 2019, the Company classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument. (see Note 10).

F-12

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Income Taxes

Under the Company’s accounting policies, the Company initially recognizes a tax position in its financial statements when it becomes more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax positions that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authorities assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Although the Company believes its provisions for unrecognized tax positions are reasonable, the Company can make no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which the Company has reflected in its income tax provisions and accruals. The tax law is subject to varied interpretations, and the Company has taken positions related to certain matters where the law is subject to interpretation. Such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s income tax provisions and operating results in the period(s) in which the Company makes such determination.

Basic Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net loss applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is the basic weighted number of shares adjusted for any potentially dilutive debt or equity. As the Company had a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019, the following 895,565 potentially dilutive securities were excluded from diluted loss per share: 200,000 for outstanding warrants and 695,565 related to the convertible note payable and accrued interest. There are no such common share equivalents outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Going Concern Assessment

Management assesses going concern uncertainty in the Company’s financial statements to determine whether there is sufficient cash on hand and working capital, including available borrowings on loans, to operate for a period of at least one year from the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued, which is referred to as the “look-forward period”, as defined in GAAP. As part of this assessment, based on conditions that are known and reasonably knowable to management, management will consider various scenarios, forecasts, projections, estimates and will make certain key assumptions, including the timing and nature of projected cash expenditures or programs, its ability to delay or curtail expenditures or programs and its ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, among other factors. Based on this assessment, as necessary or applicable, management makes certain assumptions around implementing curtailments or delays in the nature and timing of programs and expenditures to the extent it deems probable those implementations can be achieved and management has the proper authority to execute them within the look-forward period.

The Company has generated losses since its acquisition and has relied on cash on hand, external bank lines of credit, issuance of third party and related party debt and the sale of a note to support cashflow from operations.

For the period April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company incurred operating losses of $2,086,150 and incurred negative cash flows from operations of $2,706,053 and negative working capital of $6,720,626. Losses from operations include approximately $673,000 of expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of the assets of the Company on April 5, 2019. Also, management believes the Company is owed $809,000 related to a working capital adjustment, which is recorded in other assets on the balance sheet and which is being disputed by Goedeker. This matter is being pursued through a legal process (See Note 8).

F-13

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Management has prepared estimates of operations for fiscal year 2020 and believes that sufficient funds will be generated from operations to fund its operations, and to service its debt obligations for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in the Company’s Form S-1 indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern.

The impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business has been considered in these assumptions; however, it is too early to know the full impact of COVID-19 or its timing on a return to more normal operations. Further, the recently enacted stimulus bill provides for economic assistance loans through the United States Small Business Administration. The Company is actively pursuing the possibility of obtaining such loans.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which the Company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.

Management believes that based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable that its forecasts, for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in this registration statement, indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern. The Company has contingency plans to reduce or defer expenses and cash outlays should operations not improve in the look forward period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of the Company’s lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s statements of income or cash flows. See Note 13 for the required disclosures relating to the Company’s lease agreements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017. ASU 2018-02 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and resulted in a decrease of approximately $748,000 to retained earnings due to the reclassification from AOCI of the effect of the corporate income tax rate change on our cash flow hedges. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F-14

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis, and does not expect the adoption will result in a material impact for future periods.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company will modify its disclosures beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to conform to this guidance. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard and the associated changes to its disclosures to have a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology for financial assets with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses. The new credit losses model must be applied to loans, accounts receivable, and other financial assets. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. The Company plans to adopt the new standard in the first quarter of 2020 using a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s statements of operations or cash flows.

The Company currently believes that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to the Company’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform with classifications adopted in the period ended December 31, 2019. Such reclassifications had no effect on net earnings or financial position.

F-15

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 3 — RECEIVABLES

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, receivables consisted of the following:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Credit card payments in process of settlement

 

$

406,838

     

$

629,498

Vendor rebates receivable

 

 

1,455,248

     

 

2,004,206

Other

 

 

     

 

2,228

Total

 

$

1,862,086

     

$

2,635,932

NOTE 4 — MERCHANDISE INVENTORY

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the inventory balances are composed of:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Appliances

 

$

1,538,552

 

     

$

2,656,386

Furniture

 

 

184,755

 

     

 

327,458

Other

 

 

81,783

 

     

 

127,750

Total merchandise inventory

 

 

1,805,090

 

     

 

3,111,594

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

(425,000

)

     

 

Merchandise inventory, net

 

$

1,380,090

 

     

$

3,111,594

Inventory and accounts receivable are pledged to secure a loan from Burnley and SBCC described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 5 — DEPOSITS WITH VENDORS

Deposits with vendors represent cash on deposit with one vendor arising from accumulated rebates paid by the vendor. The deposits are used by the vendor to seek to secure the Company’s purchases. The deposit can be withdrawn at any time up to the amount of the Company’s credit line with the vendor. Alternatively, the Company could secure their credit line with a floor plan line from a lender and withdraw all its deposits. The Company has elected to leave the deposits with the vendor on which it earns interest income. As of December 31, 2019, deposits with vendors totaled $294,960. Vendor deposits at December 31, 2018, totaling $2,212,181, belonged to Goedeker and did not convey to the Company in the April 5, 2019 acquisition.

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Equipment

 

$

7,376

 

     

$

81,242

 

Warehouse equipment

 

 

29,188

 

     

 

111,787

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

512

 

     

 

78,585

 

Transportation equipment

 

 

63,784

 

     

 

170,824

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

117,626

 

     

 

249,993

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

218,486

 

     

 

692,431

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(32,880

)

     

 

(476,145

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

185,606

 

     

$

216,286

 

F-16

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

Depreciation expense for the periods April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2018 was $33,366, $9,675, and $39,639, respectively.

All property and equipment are pledged to secure loans from Burnley and SBCC as described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following provides a breakdown of identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Customer relationships

 

$

749,000

 

     

$

Marketing related

 

 

1,368,000

 

     

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

2,117,000

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(238,156

)

     

 

Intangible assets, net

 

$

1,878,844

 

     

$

In connection with the acquisition of Goedeker, the Company identified intangible assets of $2,117,000, representing trade names and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.5 years. Amortization expense for the periods April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2018 was $238,156, $-0-, and $-0-, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2020

 

$

249,059

2021

 

 

249,059

2022

 

 

249,059

2023

 

 

249,059

2024

 

 

249,059

Thereafter

 

 

633,549

Total

 

$

1,878,844

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

On January 18, 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (the “Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets of Goedeker used in its retail appliance and furniture business (the “Goedeker Business”).

On April 5, 2019, the Company, Goedeker and the Stockholders entered into an amendment to the asset purchase agreement and closing of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker was completed.

The aggregate purchase price, recorded as a capital contribution from Holdco, was $6,200,000 consisting of: (i) $1,500,000 in cash, subject to adjustment; (ii) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000; and (iii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments (as described below). As additional consideration, Holdco agreed to issue to each of the Stockholders a number of shares of its common stock equal to a 11.25% non-dilutable interest (22.5% total) in all of the issued and outstanding stock of Holdco as of the closing date.

F-17

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The asset purchase agreement provided for an adjustment to the purchase price based on the difference between actual working capital at closing and the seller’s preliminary estimate of closing date working capital. In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, an independent CPA firm was retained by the Company and Goedeker to resolve differences in the working capital amounts. The report issued by that CPA firm determined that Goedeker owed the Company $809,000, which to date Goedeker has not paid. The $809,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. See also Note 17.

Goedeker is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent the Goedeker Business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

1.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater;

2.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater; and

3.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater.

To the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, the Company must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

To the extent Goedeker is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

The rights of Goedeker to receive any earn out payment are subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Goedeker entered into with them on April 5, 2019 in connection with the Acquisition (see Notes 9 and 10). The Company determined the fair value of the earnout on the date of acquisition was $81,494. Such amount was recorded as a contingent consideration liability within the accounts payable and accrued expense line item on the balance sheet and is revalued to fair value each reporting period until settled. The year 1 contingent liability of $32,246 was written-off in the year ending December 31, 2019 as the target was not met and the balance of the liability at December 31, 2019 is $49,248.

The provisional fair value of the purchase consideration issued to Goedeker was allocated to the net tangible assets acquired. The Company accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business under GAAP under the acquisition method of accounting, and the assets and liabilities acquired were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values and consolidated with those of the Company. The fair value of the net liabilities assumed was approximately $492,601. The excess of the aggregate fair value of the net tangible assets has been allocated to goodwill.

F-18

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The Company is currently in the process of completing the preliminary purchase price allocation as an acquisition of certain assets. The final purchase price allocation for Goedeker will be included in the Company’s financial statements in future periods. The table below shows preliminary analysis for the Goedeker asset purchase:

Provisional purchase consideration at preliminary fair value:

 

 

 

 

Note payable, net of $462,102 debt discount and $215,500 of capitalized financing costs

 

$

3,422,398

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

81,494

 

Capital contribution – Holdco

 

 

979,523

 

Amount of consideration

 

$

4,483,418

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed at preliminary fair value

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

456,182

 

Inventories

 

 

1,851,251

 

Working capital adjustment receivable and other assets

 

 

1,104,863

 

Property and equipment

 

 

216,286

 

Customer related intangibles

 

 

749,000

 

Marketing related intangibles

 

 

1,368,000

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(3,929,876

)

Customer deposits

 

 

(2,308,307

)

Net tangible assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(492,601

)

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(492,601

)

Consideration paid

 

 

4,483,415

 

Preliminary goodwill

 

$

4,976,015

 

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT

Burnley Capital LLC

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley Capital LLC (“Burnley”) for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base or (ii) $1,500,000 (provided that such amount may be increased to $3,000,000 in Burnley’s sole discretion) minus reserves established Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. The “borrowing base” means an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the product of 85% multiplied by the liquidation value of the Company’s inventory (net of all liquidation costs) identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to Burnley (ii) multiplied by the Company’s eligible inventory (as defined in the loan and security agreement), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition on April 5, 2019, the Company borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. There is no available borrowing base and the balance of the line of credit amounts to $571,997 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $660,497 and net of unamortized debt discount of $88,500.

The revolving note matures on April 5, 2022, provided that at Burnley’s sole and absolute discretion, it may agree to extend the maturity date for two successive terms of one year each. The revolving note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the LIBOR Rate (as defined in the loan and security agreement) plus 6.00% or (ii) 8.50%; provided that upon an event of default (as defined below) all loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the foregoing rate plus 3.00%. The Company shall pay interest accrued on the revolving note in arrears on the last day of each month commencing on April 30, 2019.

F-19

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

The Company may at any time and from time to time prepay the revolving note in whole or in part. If at any time the outstanding principal balance on the revolving note exceeds the lesser of (i) the difference of the total loan amount minus any reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, then the Company shall immediately prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after such net proceeds are received, prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by Goedeker of any capital stock or the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

Under the loan and security agreement, the Company is required to pay a number of fees to Burnley, including the following:

•        a commitment fee during the period from closing to the earlier of the maturity date or termination of Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily difference of the total loan amount then in effect minus the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the revolving note, which such accrued commitment fees are due and payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement terminates, commencing on the first such date to occur after the closing date;

•        an annual loan facility fee equal to 0.75% of the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), which is fully earned on the closing date for the term of the loan (including any extension) but shall be due and payable on each anniversary of the closing date;

•        a monthly collateral management fee for monitoring and servicing the revolving loan equal to $1,700 per month for the term of revolving note, which is fully earned and non-refundable as of the date of the loan and security agreement, but shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month; provided that payment of the collateral management fee may be made, at the discretion of Burnley, by application of advances under the revolving loan or directly by the Company; and

•        if the revolving loan is terminated for any reason, including by Burnley following an event of default, then the Company shall pay, as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available, an amount equal to the applicable percentage multiplied by the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), wherein the term applicable percentage means (i) 3%, in the case of a termination on or prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, (ii) 2%, in the case of a termination after the first anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the second anniversary thereof, and (iii) 0.5%, in the case of a termination after the second anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the maturity date.

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including, among others: (i) for failure to pay principal and interest on the revolving note when due, or to pay any fees due under the loan and security agreement; (ii) if any representation, warranty or certification in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith is incorrect in any material respect; (iii) for failure to perform any covenant

F-20

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

or agreement contained in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith; (iv) for the occurrence of any default in respect of any other indebtedness of more than $100,000; (v) for any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution; (vi) for the occurrence of one or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards involving in the aggregate a liability of $25,000 or more; (vii) if the Company or Holdco, or officer thereof, is charged by a governmental authority, criminally indicted or convicted of a felony under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to forfeiture of any material portion of collateral, or such entity is subject to an injunction restraining it from conducting its business; (viii) if Burnley determines that a material adverse effect (as defined in the loan and security agreement) has occurred; (ix) if a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement) occurs; (x) if there is any material damage to, loss, theft or destruction of property which causes, for more than thirty consecutive days beyond the coverage period of any applicable business interruption insurance, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities; (xi) if there is a loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew any permit if it could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and (xii) for the occurrence of any default or event of default under the term loan with SBCC (as defined below), the 9% subordinated promissory note issued to Goedeker, the secured convertible promissory note issued to Leonite (as defined below) or any other debt that is subordinated to the revolving loan.

The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The revolving note is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with Burnley, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to Burnley, and (ii) the Company entered into a deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of Burnley to receive payments under the revolving note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint (as defined below) under a subordination agreement that Burnley entered into with Northpoint.

At December 31, 2019, the Company did not meet certain loan covenants under the loan and security agreement. The agreement requires compliance with the following ratios as a percentage of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2019. The table below shows the required ratio and actual ratio for such period.

Covenant

 

Actual Ratio

 

Required Ratio

Total debt ratio

 

(4.2)x

 

4.50x

Senior debt ratio

 

(1.5)x

 

1.75x

Interest coverage ratio

 

(1.1)x

 

1.0x

In addition, the Company was not in compliance with a requirement with respect to the liquidity ratio, which is the ratio of cash and available borrowings to customer deposits. At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 0.12x compared to a requirement of 0.60x.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC described below contains the same covenants and a cross default provision, whereby a default under the Burnley loan and security agreement triggers a default under the SBCC loan and security agreement. Accordingly, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on these loan and security agreements and has classified such debt as a current liability.

There are no cross-default provisions that would require any other long-term liabilities to be classified as current. Although the 9% subordinated promissory note described below contains a cross default provision that is triggered by the acceleration of the senior debt, such cross default provision would only be triggered for a technical default like the one that occurred if the senior lender accelerated the senior debt, which has not happened.

F-21

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC

On June 24, 2019, the Company, as borrower, entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC (“Northpoint”), which was amended on August 2, 2019, for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by the Company of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. The balance of the line of credit amounts to $678,993 as of December 31, 2019.

Pursuant to the loan and security agreement, the Company shall pay the following fees to Northpoint: (i) an audit fee for each audit conducted as determined by Northpoint, equal to the out-of-pocket expense incurred by Northpoint plus any minimum audit fee established by Northpoint; (ii) a fee for any returned payments equal to the lesser of the maximum amount permitted by law or $50; (iii) a late fee for each payment not received by the 25th day of a calendar month, and each month thereafter until such payment is paid, equal to the greater of 5% of the amount past due or $25; (iv) a billing fee equal to $250 for any month for which the Company requests a paper billing statement; (v) a live check fee equal to $50 for each check that the Company sends to Northpoint for payment of obligations under the loan and security agreement; (vi) processing fees to be determined by Northpoint; and (vii) any additional fees that Northpoint may implement from time to time.

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the loan and security agreement or any other agreement entered into with Northpoint, or (iii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type.

The Northpoint loans are secured by a security interest in all of the inventory of the Company that is manufactured or sold by vendors identified in the loan and security agreement. The loan is guaranteed by Holdco.

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (“SBCC”) for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which the Company issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. The Company classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet of $122,344 and subject to remeasurement on every reporting period. The balance of the note amounts to $999,201 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $1,312,500, capitalized PIK interest of $21,204, and net of unamortized debt discount of $144,625 and unamortized warrant feature of $189,879.

The term note matures on April 5, 2023 and bears interest at the sum of the cash interest rate (defined as 11% per annum) plus the Paid-in-Kind (“PIK”) interest rate (defined as 2% per annum); provided that upon an event of default all principal, past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the cash interest rate and the PIK interest rate, in each case plus 3.00%. Interest accrued at the cash interest rate shall be due and payable in arrears on the last day of each month commencing May 31, 2019. Interest accrued at the PIK interest rate shall be automatically capitalized, compounded and added to the principal amount of the term note on each last day of each quarter unless paid in cash on or prior to the last day of each quarter; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to an event of default shall be payable on demand, and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid (including interest accrued at the PIK interest rate and not yet added to the principal amount of term note) shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all interest on term note, whether accrued at the cash interest rate or the PIK interest rate, shall be due and payable in cash on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

F-22

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE (cont.)

The Company must repay to SBCC on the last business day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last business day of June 2019, an aggregate principal amount of the term note equal to $93,750, regardless of any prepayments made, and must pay the unpaid principal on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

The Company may prepay the term note in whole or in part from time to time; provided that if such prepayment occurs (i) prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 5.0% of such prepayment, (ii) prior to the second anniversary of the closing date and on or after the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 3.0% of such prepayment, or (iii) prior to the third anniversary of the closing date and on or after the second anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 1.0% of such prepayment, in each case as liquidated damages for damages for loss of bargain to SBCC. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after such net proceeds are received, prepay the term note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by the Company of any capital stock or the receipt by Holdco of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC contains the same events of default as the loan and security agreement with Burnley, provided that the reference to the term loan in the cross-default provision refers instead to the revolving loan.

The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The term note is secured by a second priority security interest (subordinate to the revolving loan) in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with SBCC, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to SBCC, and (ii) the Company entered deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company r’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of SBCC to receive payments under the term note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint and Burnley under separate subordination agreements that SBCC entered into with them.

As noted above, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on this loan and security agreement and has classified such debt as a current liability.

NOTE 11 — NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES

As noted above, a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition was paid by the issuance by the Company to Steve Goedeker, as representative of Goedeker, of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. The note will accrue interest at 9% per annum, amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached thereto, and mature on April 5, 2023. The remaining balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $3,300,444, comprised of principal of $3,930,292 and net of unamortized debt discount of $629,848.

F-23

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 11 — NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES (cont.)

The Company has the right to redeem all or any portion of the note at any time prior to the maturity date without premium or penalty of any kind. The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a default by the Company of any of its covenants under the asset purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the asset purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under such documents, or (iii) the bankruptcy of the Company. The note also contains a cross default provision which provides that if there occurs with respect to the revolving loan with Burnley or the term loan with SBCC (A) a default with respect to any payment obligation thereunder that entitles the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (B) any other default thereunder that entitles, and has caused, the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to maturity. Since the defaults under the loans with Burnley and SBCC are not payment defaults, they fall under clause (B) above and would require Burnley or SBCC to accelerate the payment of indebtedness under their notes (which they have not done) before the cross default provisions would result in a default under this note.

The rights of the holder to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the holder entered into with them.

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company (collectively, “1847”) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Leonite”), pursuant to which 1847 issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares, (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco.

The note carries an original issue discount of $64,286 to cover Leonite’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the note. Therefore, the purchase price of the note was $650,000. Furthermore, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 shares of common stock valued at $137,500 and a debt-discount related to the warrants valued at $292,673. The Company amortized $319,031 of financing costs related to the shares and warrants in the year ended December 31, 2019. The remaining net balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $584,943, comprised of principal of $714,286 and net of unamortized original issuance discount interest of $14,451, financing costs of $38,125 and unamortized debt discount warrant feature of $76,767.

The note bears interest at the rate of the greater of (i) 12% per annum and (ii) the prime rate as set forth in the Wall Street Journal on April 5, 2019 plus 6.5% guaranteed over the holding period on the unconverted principal amount, on the terms set forth in the note (the “Stated Rate”). Any amount of principal or interest on the note which is not paid by the maturity date shall bear interest at the rate at the lesser of 24% per annum or the maximum legal amount permitted by law (the “Default Interest”).

Beginning on May 5, 2019 and on the same day of each and every calendar month thereafter throughout the term of the note, 1847 shall make monthly payments of interest only due under the note to Leonite at the Stated Rate as set forth above. 1847 shall pay to Leonite on an accelerated basis any outstanding principal amount of the note, along with accrued, but unpaid interest, from: (i) net proceeds of any future financings by 1847 Holdings, but not its subsidiaries, whether debt or equity, or any other financing proceeds, except any transaction having a specific use of proceeds requirement that such proceeds are to be used exclusively to purchase the assets or equity of an unaffiliated business and the proceeds are used accordingly; (ii) net proceeds from any sale of assets of 1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries other than sales of assets in the ordinary course of business or receipt

F-24

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (cont.)

by 1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries of any tax credits, subject to rights of Goedeker, or other financing sources of 1847 Holdings (including its subsidiaries) existing prior to the date of the note; and (iii) net proceeds from the sale of any assets outside of the ordinary course of business or securities in any subsidiary.

The note will mature 12 months from the issue date, or April 5, 2020, at which time the principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and other fees relating to the note, will be due and payable. Unless an event of default as set forth in the note has occurred, 1847 has the right to prepay principal amount of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, the note at any time prior to the maturity date at 115% of the principal amount (the “Premium”), provided, however, that if the prepayment is the result of any of the occurrence of any of the transactions described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) above then such prepayment shall be the unpaid principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due but without the Premium.

The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by 1847 of its covenants under the securities purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the securities purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under the note, or (iii) the bankruptcy of 1847. The note also contains a cross default provision, whereby a default by 1847 of any covenant or other term or condition contained in any of the other financial instrument issued by of 1847 to Leonite or any other third party after the passage all applicable notice and cure or grace periods that results in a material adverse effect shall, at Leonite’s option, be considered a default under the note, in which event Leonite shall be entitled to apply all rights and remedies under the terms of the note.

Under the note, Leonite has the right at any time at its option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of the note into fully paid and non-assessable common shares or any shares of capital stock or other securities of 1847 Holdings into which such common shares may be changed or reclassified.

Concurrently with 1847 and Leonite entering into the securities purchase agreement and as security for 1847’s obligations thereunder, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company entered into a security and pledge agreement with Leonite, pursuant to which, in order to secure 1847’s timely payment of the note and related obligations and the timely performance of each and all of its covenants and obligations under the securities purchase agreement and related documents, 1847 unconditionally and irrevocably granted, pledged and hypothecated to Leonite a continuing security interest in and to, a lien upon, assignment of, and right of set-off against, all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising assets. Such security interest is a first priority security interest with respect to the securities that 1847 Holdings owns in the Company and in 1847 Neese Inc. (another subsidiary of 1847 Holdings), and a third priority security interest with respect to all other assets.

The rights of Leonite to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Leonite entered into with them.

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of the Company at that time. The lease is for a term five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, the Company is responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) the Company shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) the Company shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to the Company; (iv) the Company shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter

F-25

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE (cont.)

of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,300,000

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(299,245

)

Net balance

 

$

2,000,755

 

   

 

 

 

Lease liability, current portion

 

$

422,520

 

Lease liability, long-term

 

 

1,578,235

 

Total operating lease liability

 

$

2,000,755

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (months)

 

 

51

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

6.5

%

Maturities of the lease liability are as follows:

For the years-ended

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

540,000

 

2021

 

 

540,000

 

2022

 

 

540,000

 

2023

 

 

540,000

 

2024

 

 

135,000

 

Total lease payments

 

 

2,295,000

 

   

 

 

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(294,245

)

Total lease liability

 

$

2,000,755

 

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC (the “Manager”), a company owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, the Company’s chairman and controlling shareholder of 1847 Holdings.

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, the Company appointed the Manager to provide certain services to it for a quarterly management fee equal to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement); provided, however, that (i) pro-rated payments shall be made in the first quarter and the last quarter of the term, (ii) if the aggregate amount of management fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining fiscal quarters in such fiscal year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal year, does not exceed 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, and (iii) if the

F-26

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES (cont.)

aggregate amount the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the parent management fee (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement) with respect to such fiscal quarter, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for such fiscal quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter, does not exceed the parent management fee calculated and payable with respect to such fiscal quarter.

The Company shall also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses of the Company which are specifically approved by the board of directors of the Company, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on behalf of Goedeker in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement.

The services provided by the Manager include: conducting general and administrative supervision and oversight of the Company’s day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and overseeing and consulting with respect to the Company’s business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

The Company expensed $183,790 in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2019. Payment of the management fee is subordinated to the payment of interest on the 9% subordinated promissory note (see Note 11), such that no payment of the management fee may be made if the Company is in default under the note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on the Company being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the 9% subordinated promissory note or the earn out payments, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000. The rights of the Manager to receive payments under the offsetting management services agreement are also subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the Manager entered into with Burnley and SBCC on April 5, 2019. Accordingly, $63,653 due the Manager is classified as an accrued liability as of December 31, 2019.

Advances

As of December 31, 2019, the Manager had funded the Company $33,738 in related party advances. These advances are unsecured, bear no interest, and do not have formal repayment terms or arrangements.

As discussed in Note 12, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares to Leonite in order to induce Leonite to extend credit to the Company. The common shares were valued at $137,500.

NOTE 15 — STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000 common shares as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 1,000 common shares issued and outstanding. Each common share entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters coming before the shareholders of the Company for a vote.

F-27

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 15 — STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (cont.)

Warrants

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued to SBCC a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100 (see Note 10).

NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $2,068,150 that may be available to reduce future years’ taxable income.

The components for the provision of income taxes include:

 

December 31,
2019

Current Federal and State

 

$

 

Deferred Federal and State

 

 

(698,000

)

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(698,000

)

A reconciliation of the statutory US Federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

December 31,
2019

Federal tax

 

21.0

%

State tax

 

4.3

%

Gain on bargain purchase

 

0.0

%

Permanent items

 

0.0

%

Rate change from TCJA

 

0.0

%

Other

 

0.0

%

Effective income tax rate

 

25.3

%

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) reduces the corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. All deferred income tax assets and liabilities, including NOL’s have been measured using the new rate under the TCJA and are reflected in the valuation of these assets as of December 31, 2019.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between amounts recorded for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for tax purposes. The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

December 31,
2019

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

191,000

 

163(j) interest limitation

 

 

338,000

 

Loss carryforward

 

 

192,000

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

721,000

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

(23,000

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(23,000

)

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

698,000

 

F-28

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The net deferred interest tax asset of $698,000 has been classified as a long-term asset.

The Company did not have prepaid or accrued taxes as of December 31, 2019. The Company has recorded no liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019.

NOTE 17 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with SFAS 165 (ASC 855-10), the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2019 to the date these financial statements were issued and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these financial statements, except as set forth below.

On or about March 23, 2020, the Company submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association relating to Goedeker’s failure to pay the amount owed for the post closing working capital adjustment under the asset purchase agreement (see Note 8). The claim alleges, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Company is alleging damages in the amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs.

On April 21, 2020, we entered into an amendment to the offsetting management services agreement with the Manager (see Note 14), pursuant to which the quarterly management fee was amended to provide for a flat fee of $62,500, as opposed to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets, which amendment will become effective upon closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

F-29

[            ] Shares of Common Stock

1847 Goedeker Inc.

____________________________

PROSPECTUS

____________________________

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

[            ], 2020

Through and including [ ], 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts, other than the SEC registration fee, [NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimates. We will pay all these expenses.

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

$

      

[NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing fee

 

 

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

 

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

 

Printing and related fees

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

Total

 

$

      

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including payment of expenses in advance of resolution of any such matter.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We are in the process of obtaining standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to us with respect to payments which we may make to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification, under certain circumstances, by the underwriter of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

II-1

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued the following securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

Upon our inception on January 10, 2019, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to 1847 Holdings at par value for a total purchase price of $1.00. On March 22, 2019, these shares were transferred to 1847 Holdco.

On April 5, 2019, we issued a ten-year warrant to SBCC in connection with the loan from SBCC. The warrant is exercisable for shares of our most senior capital stock equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis, including all vested and unvested equity grants, for an aggregate exercise price equal to $100.

The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 1847 Goedeker Inc.

3.2

 

Bylaws of 1847 Goedeker Inc.

4.1*

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant (included in Exhibit 1.1)

4.2

 

Warrant to Purchase Company Shares issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. on April 5, 2019

5.1*

 

Opinion of Bevilacqua PLLC as to the legality of the shares

10.1

 

Management Services Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC

10.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Management Services Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC

10.3

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Burnley Capital LLC and 1847 Partners LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc.

10.4

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and 1847 Partners LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc.

10.5

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Goedeker Television Co., Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker

10.6

 

Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., Goedeker Television Co. and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker

10.7

 

9% Subordinated Promissory Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative, on April 5, 2019

10.8

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Goedeker Television Co. and Burnley Capital LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.

10.9

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Goedeker Television Co. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.

10.10

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and Burnley Capital LLC

10.11

 

Revolving Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Burnley Capital LLC on April 5, 2019

10.12

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

10.13

 

Term Loan Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. on April 5, 2019

II-2

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.14

 

Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Burnley Capital LLC, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Montgomery Bank

10.15

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC

10.16

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued by 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Leonite Capital LLC on April 5, 2019

10.17

 

Security and Pledge Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC

10.18

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, by Leonite Capital LLC in favor of Burnley Capital LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.

10.19

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, by Leonite Capital LLC in favor of Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.

10.20

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 24, 2019, between Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC and 1847 Goedeker Inc.

10.21

 

Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 2, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC

10.22

 

Lease Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between S.H.J., L.L.C. and 1847 Goedeker Inc.

10.23

 

Employment Letter Agreement, dated August 15, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore

10.24

 

Amendment to Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore

10.25

 

Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Robert D. Barry

10.26

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Michael Goedeker

10.27

 

Form of Independent Director Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director

10.28

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director

10.29

 

Form of 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

10.30

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

10.31

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

14.1

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

23.1

 

Consent of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

23.2*

 

Consent of Bevilacqua PLLC (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)

99.1*

 

Audit Committee Charter

99.2*

 

Compensation Committee Charter

99.3*

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

†        Executive compensation plan or arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

II-3

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on April 22, 2020.

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

       

Douglas T. Moore
Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Douglas T. Moore and Robert D. Barry as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file a new registration statement under Rule 461, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the foregoing, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

April 22, 2020

Douglas T. Moore

 

(principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

April 22, 2020

Robert D. Barry

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

   

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

Chairman of the Board

 

April 22, 2020

Ellery W. Roberts

       

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 under the name 1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is 1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The registered agent and the address of the registered office in the State of Delaware are:

 

Vcorp Services, LLC

1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B

Wilmington, Delaware 19805

County of New Castle

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and twenty million (20,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”). All Common Stock of the Corporation shall be of the same class and shall have the same rights and preferences. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, any committee thereof established by resolution of the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE V

 

In furtherance of and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under §291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under §279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

2

 

 

The Corporation is authorized to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

The Corporation elects not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended, superseded, or replaced by a successor section, statute, or provision. No amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation, directly or indirectly, by merger or consolidation or otherwise, having the effect of amending or repealing any of the provisions of this Article IX shall apply to or have any effect on any transaction with an interested stockholder occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

ARTICLE X

 

The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*         *         *

 

3. The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this ____ day of ________, 2020.

 

  By:  
    Douglas Moore
    Chief Executive Officer

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS
OF
1847 GOEDEKER INC.

(the “Corporation”)

 

Adopted on January 10, 2019

 

 

 

Article I
Offices

 

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II

Stockholders’ Meetings

 

2.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

 

2.2 Annual Meeting.

 

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following Section 2.2(b), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.

 

 

 

 

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) Section 2.2(a), (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 2.2(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 2.2(b). To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 2.2(b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

-2-

 

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.2, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

(f) For purposes of this Section 2.2, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

2.3 Special Meetings.

 

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, (iv) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (v) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than 30% of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

 

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the Secretary of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

2.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

2.5 Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

-3-

 

 

2.6 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.7 Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 2.9, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

2.8 Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in Section 217(b) of the DGCL. If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

 

-4-

 

 

2.9 List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

2.10 Organization.

 

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if a Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2.11 Action Without Meeting.

 

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

-5-

 

 

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the Corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Article III
Directors

 

3.1 Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

 

-6-

 

 

3.2 Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.3 Election and Term of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders in the manner set forth in Section 2.5 to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

3.4 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

3.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

3.6 Removal. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to elect such director.

 

3.7 Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

-7-

 

 

3.8 Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by any of the foregoing on the written request of one third (1/3) of directors.

 

3.9 Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

3.10 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least forty-eight (48) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

3.11 Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

3.12 Quorum and Voting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with these Bylaws; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting. At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

3.13 Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if a Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior executive officer (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

3.14 Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

-8-

 

 

3.15 Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

3.16 Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, which committees shall have such power and authority and shall perform such functions as may be provided in such resolution. Each committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, provided that no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of any committee shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

-9-

 

 

Article IV
Officers

 

4.1 Officers Designated. As soon as practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary. The Board may also elect a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and a Treasurer or one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may also elect and appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall be elected and appointed for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

4.2 Term of Office. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

4.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

4.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written or electronic consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers.

 

4.5 Duties of Officers.

 

(a) Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(b) Chief Executive Officer. The powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer are: (i) to act as the general manager and chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation; (ii) to preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors or if there is no Chairman of the Board of Directors, at all meetings of the Board of Directors; (iii) to call meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and (iv) to affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation, to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation, and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

 

-10-

 

 

(c) President. The powers and duties of the President are: (i) subject to the authority granted to the Chief Executive Officer, if any, to act as the general manager of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation; (ii) to preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer or if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer; (iii) to call meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and (iv) to affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the President, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation, to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation, and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(d) Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(e) Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Board of Directors and shall have day-to-day managerial responsibility for the finances of the Corporation.

 

(f) Treasurer. The powers and duties of the Treasurer are: (i) to supervise and control the keeping and maintaining of adequate and correct accounts of the Corporation’s properties and business transactions, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares; (ii) to have the custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuable documents of the Corporation and, at his or her discretion, to cause any or all thereof to be deposited for the account of the Corporation with such depository as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors; (iii) to receive or cause to be received, and to give or cause to be given, receipts and acquittances for moneys paid in for the account of the Corporation; (iv) to disburse, or cause to be disbursed, all funds of the Corporation as may be directed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; (v)  to render to the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or to the Board of Directors, whenever either may require, accounts of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation; and (vi)  generally to do and perform all such duties as pertain to such office and as may be required by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer may direct any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer shall designate from time to time.

 

(g) Secretary. The powers and duties of the Secretary are: (i) to keep a book of minutes at the principal executive office of the Corporation, or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, of all meetings of its directors and stockholders, whether regular or special, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof; (ii) to keep the seal of the Corporation and to affix the same to all instruments which may require it; (iii) to keep or cause to be kept at the principal executive office of the Corporation, or at the office of the transfer agent or agents, a record of the stockholders of the Corporation; (iv) to keep a supply of certificates for shares of the Corporation, to fill in and sign all certificates issued or prepare the initial transaction statement or written statements for uncertificated shares, and to make a proper record of each such issuance, provided that so long as the Corporation shall have one or more duly appointed and acting transfer agents of the shares, or any class or series of shares, of the Corporation, such duties with respect to such shares shall be performed by such transfer agent or transfer agents; (v) to transfer upon the share books of the Corporation any and all shares of the Corporation, provided that so long as the Corporation shall have one or more duly appointed and acting transfer agents of the shares, or any class or series of shares, of the Corporation, such duties with respect to such shares shall be performed by such transfer agent or transfer agents; and (vi) to make service and publication of all notices that may be necessary or proper and without command or direction from anyone. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer or President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

-11-

 

 

4.6 Salaries. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board, if so authorized by the Board.

 

4.7 Employment and Other Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name or on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. The Board of Directors may, when it believes the interest of the Corporation will best be served thereby, authorize executive employment contracts which will contain such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

Article V
Shares Of Stock

 

5.1 Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

5.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

-12-

 

 

5.3 Restrictions on Transfer. The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or other disposal of or encumbering of any of the shares of stock of the Corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

5.4 Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall Transfer any of the shares of stock of the Corporation, except by a Transfer which meets the requirements set forth below:

 

(a) If a stockholder desires to sell or otherwise Transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.

 

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other Transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 5.4, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the Corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in Section 5.4(d).

 

(c) The Corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

 

(d) In the event the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the Corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the Corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the Corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

 

(e) In the event the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, subject to the Corporation’s approval and all other restrictions on Transfer located in Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, Transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the Corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said Transfer.

 

-13-

 

 

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the right of first refusal in Section 5.4(a):

 

(i) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership (“Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer);

 

(ii) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw;

 

(iii) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the Corporation or to any other stockholder of the Corporation;

 

(iv) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such Transfer, is an officer or director of the Corporation;

 

(v) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

 

(vi) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders; or

 

(vii) A Transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests.

 

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Section 5.4 and the transfer restrictions in Section 5.3, and there shall be no further Transfer of such stock except in accord with this Section 5.4 and the transfer restrictions in Section 5.3.

 

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the Corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation.

 

(h) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of securities of the Corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

 

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the Corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement or offering statement filed with, and declared effective or qualified by, as applicable, the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

-14-

 

 

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

(k) To the extent this Section 5.4 conflicts with any written agreements between the Company and the stockholder attempting to Transfer shares, such agreement shall control.

 

5.5 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

 

Article VI

indemnification

 

6.1 Directors and Executive Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (d) such indemnification is required to be made under Section 6.4.

 

6.2 Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The Corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

6.3 Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 6.5, no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an executive officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

-15-

 

 

6.4 Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Article VI shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Article VI to a director or executive officer or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (a) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (b) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the Corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the Corporation) for advances, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

6.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

6.6 Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

6.7 Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VI.

 

-16-

 

 

6.8 Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.

 

6.9 Saving Clause. If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Article VI shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

 

6.10 Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article VI, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

(b) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

(c) The term the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(d) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

(e) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article.

 

-17-

 

 

Article VII
GENErAL

 

7.1 Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

7.2 Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

7.3 Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 5.1 of these Bylaws), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

 

7.4 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

-18-

 

 

7.5 Fixing Record Dates.

 

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

7.6 Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

-19-

 

 

7.7 Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

7.8 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the Corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

7.9 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

7.10 Interpretation and Construction. Reference in these Bylaws to any provision of the DGCL shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person. All restrictions, limitations, requirements and other provisions of these Bylaws shall be construed, insofar as possible, as supplemental and additional to all provisions of law applicable to the subject matter thereof and shall be fully complied with in addition to the said provisions of law unless such compliance shall be illegal. Any article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase of these Bylaws which, upon being construed in the manner provided in this Section 7.10, shall be contrary to or inconsistent with any applicable provision of law, shall not apply so long as said provisions of law shall remain in effect, but such result shall not affect the validity or applicability of any other portions of these Bylaws, it being hereby declared that these Bylaws, and each article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, or phrase thereof, would have been adopted irrespective of the fact that any one or more articles, sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses or phrases is or are illegal.

 

Article VIII
ADOPTION, AMENDMENT OR REPEAL OF BYLAWS

 

8.1 By the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws of the Corporation.

 

8.2 By the Stockholders. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

-20-

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

OF

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Corporation’s bylaws as of the date hereof by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

The undersigned has executed this Certificate as of January 10, 2019.

 

  /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Robert D. Barry
  Secretary

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.2

 

Execution Version

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE COMPANY SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMPANY SHARES

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

April 5, 2019

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its permitted transferees, successors and registered assigns (the “Holder”), for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, is entitled to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, from 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company (“Company Shares”) equal to 5.0% (the “Aggregate Percentage”) of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, including all vested and unvested equity grants, for an aggregate price equal to $100 (the “Exercise Price”).

 

This Warrant (the “Warrant”) is issued by the Company, on the date hereof, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement by and among the Company, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and the Holder, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE.

 

1.1 Method of Exercise.

 

(a) This Warrant shall be exercisable for a period of ten (10) years beginning on the Closing Date (the “Exercise Period”). This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part during the Exercise Period by presentation and surrender hereof to the Company at its principal office at the address set forth on the signature page hereof (or at such other address as the Company may after the date hereof notify the Holder in writing), or at the office of its transfer agent or warrant agent, if any, with the Notice of Exercise, in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 (the “Notice of Exercise”), duly executed and accompanied by proper payment or provision for the aggregate Exercise Price with respect to the portion of this Warrant being exercised.

 

 
1
 
 

 

(b) Upon receipt by the Company of: (i) this Warrant and (ii) the Notice of Exercise, in proper form for exercise, together with payment or provision (as provided below) for the aggregate Exercise Price with respect to the portion of this Warrant being exercised, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Company Shares specified in the Notice of Exercise (the “Warrant Shares”), notwithstanding that the transfer books of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates (if any) representing the Warrant Shares shall not then be actually delivered to the Holder. The Holder may pay the Exercise Price with respect to the portion of this Warrant being exercised (i) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Company, (ii) by delivery of cash or check to the Company, or (iii) by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Warrant Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as defined below) as of the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price with respect to the portion of this Warrant being exercised. The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp, or similar issue taxes payable in respect of the issuance of the Warrant Shares. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of certificates (if any) representing warrants or Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder at the time of surrender for exercise, and, until the payment of such tax, shall not be required to issue such Warrant Shares. In the event of a partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver a warrant to Holder for the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant.

 

1.2 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense, shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.3 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any security or other property, (a) the fair market value of such security or other property as determined by an independent evaluator approved by both the Company and the Holder or (b) if the Company and the Holder fail to mutually approve such independent evaluator within five (5) days of the cause for the parties to determine such fair market value, each of the Company and the Holder shall appoint within three (3) days an independent evaluator having experience in the appraisal of the subject matter to be appraised or evaluated, and the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the fair market values of such security or other property as determined by the two (2) independent evaluators so appointed. Fair Market Value shall be determined without applying any minority or illiquidity discount or control premium or taking into account any transfer restrictions with respect to such security or property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Sale of the Company, Fair Market Value shall be determined based on the value received by the Company or its stockholders in such Sale of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS; NUMBER OF COMPANY SHARES.

 

2.1 Aggregate Percentage of Company Shares. Under certain conditions, the Aggregate Percentage is subject to adjustment as set forth in this Article 2. The Aggregate Percentage, after taking into consideration any prior adjustments pursuant to this Article 2, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Article 2, and thereafter, as adjusted, shall be deemed to be the Aggregate Percentage hereunder.

 

2.2 Adjustment for Pay-to-Play Transactions. In the event that the Company’s organizational documents, including the Articles of Incorporation, bylaws or any agreement among stockholders, provide, or are amended to so provide, for the amendment or modification of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Company Shares, or the reclassification, conversion or exchange of the Company Shares, in the event that a holder of Company Shares thereof fails to participate in an equity financing transaction (a “Pay-to-Play Provision”), and in the event that such Pay-to-Play Provision becomes operative in a transaction occurring after the date hereof, this Warrant shall automatically and without any action required become exercisable for that number and type of equity securities as would have been issued or exchanged, or would have remained outstanding, in respect of the Company Shares issuable hereunder had this Warrant been exercised in full prior to such event, and had the Holder participated in the equity financing to the maximum extent permitted.

 

 
2
 
 

 

2.3 Adjustments.

 

(a) Distributions. In case at any time or from time to time the Company shall make any dividend or other distribution on the Company Shares (collectively, a “Distribution”) other than in Company Shares, then the Holder shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company to receive (A) immediately and without further payment the cash, evidences of indebtedness, stock, securities, other property, options, warrants and/or other rights (or any portion thereof) to which the Holder would have been entitled by way of such Distribution as if the Holder had exercised its Warrant immediately prior to such Distribution or (B) upon the exercise or repurchase of this Warrant at any time thereafter, the number of Company Shares to be received upon exercise of such Warrant(s) determined as stated herein and, in addition, the cash, evidences of indebtedness, stock, securities, other property, options, warrants and/or other rights (or any portion thereof) to which the Holder would have been entitled by way of such Distribution and subsequent dividends and distributions through the date of exercise as if the Holder (1) had exercised its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such Distribution and (2) had retained the Distribution in respect of the underlying Company Shares and all subsequent dividends and distributions of any nature whatsoever in respect of any Company Shares or securities paid as dividends and distributions and originating directly or indirectly from such Company Shares. A reclassification of the Company Shares into the same securities and any other Company Shares shall be deemed a Distribution by the Company of such other Company Shares.

 

(b) Changes in Company Shares. In case at any time the Company shall initiate any transaction or be a party to any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, liquidation, recapitalization or reclassification of the Company’s capital stock) in connection with which any Company Shares (or any capital stock into which Company Shares may be converted or exchanged) shall be changed into or exchanged for different securities of the Company or other securities of another corporation or interests in a non-corporate entity or other property (including cash) or any combination of the foregoing (each such transaction being herein called a “Transaction”), then, to the extent the Warrant is not being redeemed in connection therewith, as a condition of the consummation of the Transaction, lawful, enforceable and adequate provision shall be made so that the Holder shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company to receive, upon exercise of its Warrant at any time on or after the consummation of the Transaction, in lieu of the Company Shares issuable upon such exercise prior to such consummation, the securities or other property (including cash) to which the Holder would have been entitled upon consummation of the Transaction if the Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto (subject to adjustments from and after the consummation date as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section 2.3). The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3(b) shall similarly apply to successive Transactions. In the event of a Transaction, Company shall give Holder 15 days’ written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant.

 

(c) Acquisitions. If the Company shall at any time while this Warrant is outstanding acquire or merge with an Independent Third Party and, in connection with such acquisition or merger, issue new Company Shares to such Independent Third Party or its owners as consideration for such acquisition or merger, the Aggregate Percentage shall be adjusted equally and pro rata with the Company Shares held by all other members immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger such that this Warrant and all Company Shares outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger are diluted ratably. As used in this Section 2.3(c), “Independent Third Party” means any entity that is neither owned by, nor an Affiliate of, (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any direct or indirect owner of more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding equity securities of the Company, or (iii) any spouse, parent, sibling or descendant (by birth or adoption) of any individual within clause (i) or (ii) of this definition.

 

 
3
 
 

 

(d) Other Action Affecting Company Shares. In case at any time or from time to time the Company shall take any action of the type contemplated in Section 2.3(a), (b), or (c) hereof but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights or other rights with equity features), then the Aggregate Percentage shall be adjusted in such manner and at such time as the Holder and the Company’s Board of Directors may in good faith determine to be equitable in the circumstances.

 

(e) Adjustment Notice. Whenever the Aggregate Percentage is to be adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Company shall forthwith deliver to the Holder a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment is to be calculated, and a description of the basis on which the Company determined the adjustment.

 

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its organizational documents or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. If Company takes any dilutive action affecting Company Shares that adversely affects the Holder’s rights under this Warrant, the Exercise Price and the number of Company Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in such a manner that such dilutive action is offset and the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant is unchanged.

 

ARTICLE 3. COVENANTS OF COMPANY.

 

3.1 Reservation of Company Shares. The Company covenants and agrees, for the period from the Issue Date to the Expiration Date, to take all reasonable action to designate, reserve and keep available from its authorized and unissued Company Shares, for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Company Shares (and other shares of capital stock into which the Company Shares may be converted or exchanged) as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of the rights under this Warrant and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Company Shares (and other shares of capital stock into which the Company Shares may be converted or exchanged) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued capital stock of the Company to a number of shares of capital stock of the Company as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

3.2 Valid Issuance. Company shall take all steps necessary to insure that all Company Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion or exercise of Company Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

 
4
 
 

 

3.3 Notice of Certain Events. If Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Company Shares, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its equity securities any additional Company Shares of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Company Shares; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash; then, in connection with each such event, Company shall give Holder (1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Company Shares will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Company Shares will be entitled to exchange their Company Shares for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.4 Information. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Company Shares, Company shall deliver to Holder (a) promptly, copies of all notices or other written communications to which Holder would be entitled if it held Company Shares as to which this Warrant was then exercisable and (b) such other financial statements required under and in accordance with any loan documents between Holder and Company, or if there are no such requirements or if the subject loan(s) are no longer are outstanding, then within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements, and within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, Company’s annual, audited financial statements.

 

3.5 Registration of Warrant Company Shares. Prior to engaging any professionals or advisors in connection with a potential initial public offering, the Company shall enter into a registration rights agreement that (a) provides Holder customary piggyback registration rights, (b) provides that the Company will pay all expenses of registration, and (c) contains otherwise customary terms regarding registration rights.

 

ARTICLE 4. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS.

 

4.1 Pre-Emptive Right. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Article 2 above, if at any time the Company authorizes, grants, issues or sells any Company Shares, in whole or in part (for instance, profits interest), options, convertible securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of Company Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder would have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Company Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the authorization, grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Company Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

 

4.2 Tag-Along Right. In the event that the Company’s organizational documents, including without limitation the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws or any agreement of stockholders, provide, or are amended to so provide, for "tag-along" rights, rights of co-sale, or similar rights to transfer Company Shares, then (a) the Company shall promptly notify the Holder in writing and (b) such rights shall automatically and without any action required apply in favor of the Holder of this Warrant to the same extent they would apply if this Warrant had been exercised in full.

 

4.3 Drag-Along Right. In the event that the Company’s organizational documents, including without limitation the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws or any agreement of stockholders, provide, or are amended to so provide, for "drag-along" rights or similar rights to transfer Company Shares, then (a) the Company shall promptly notify the Holder in writing and (b) such rights shall automatically and without any action required be deemed to bind the Holder of this Warrant to the same extent they would apply if this Warrant had been exercised in full.

 

4.4 No Voting Rights. This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise of this Warrant.

 

 
5
 
 

 

ARTICLE 5. PUT RIGHT.

 

5.1 Put Right.

 

(a) At any time during the period commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date on which the Obligations become due and payable by acceleration, (ii) repayment in full of the borrowings under, or retirement or termination of, the Loan Agreement, and (iii) a Sale of the Company (each, a “Put Trigger Event”), the Holder shall have the right (the “Put Right”) exercisable by delivery of written notice together with a surrender of this Warrant and any Warrant Shares (the “Put Notice”), to require the Company to repurchase, at the Holder’s option, this Warrant and any Warrant Shares for an amount (the “Put Right Price”) equal to (x) the product of (i) the Fair Market Value of the equity of the Company multiplied by (ii) the Aggregate Percentage represented by this Warrant and any Warrant Shares at the time of Holder’s exercise of such Put Right minus (y) the Exercise Price plus (z) any amount payable upon repurchase of this Warrant pursuant to Section 2.3(a). “Sale of the Company” means (a) a Change of Control (as defined in the Loan Agreement, (b) a transaction or series of related transactions (whether by way of merger, consolidation, issuance or of equity or otherwise) with an unaffiliated third party or a group of unaffiliated third parties, the result of which is that the holders of the Company’s capital stock (on a fully diluted basis) immediately prior to such transaction(s) and their Affiliates are, after giving effect to such transaction(s), no longer (in the aggregate) the “beneficial owners” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of more than 25% of the Company’s capital stock (on a fully diluted basis) or (c) a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition to an unaffiliated third party or a group of unaffiliated third parties, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ assets determined on a consolidated basis.

 

(b) The Company shall be obligated to purchase all Warrant Shares held by Holder (including, without limitation, any Company Shares of the Company issued upon conversion of any Warrant Shares) requested to be repurchased in the Put Notice and shall pay to Holder the Put Right Price (i) within five (5) business days after receipt of the Put Notice or (ii) in the event of a Put Notice given in connection with a Sale of the Company or a repayment in full of the borrowings under the Loan Agreement, concurrently with such Sale of the Company or repayment in full of the borrowings under the Loan Agreement (the applicable date from clause (i) or (ii), together the “Put Closing Date”) by wire transfer to the account set forth in the Put Notice. If Company does not make timely payment of the Put Right Price pursuant to this Section 5.1, interest shall accrue on the amount then due at the rate of 10% per annum from the due date until paid in full; provided that the entire Put Right Price and all accrued interest thereon must be paid no later than twelve months after receipt of the Put Notice.

 

 
6
 
 

 

ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

6.1 Legends. This Warrant and the Company Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of Company Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

6.2 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. Subject to Section 6.3, this Warrant and the Company Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion or exchange of Company Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

 

6.3 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Company Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of Company Shares, if any) at any time to any other transferee by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and the Holder, if applicable). Unless the Company is filing financial information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

6.4 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mall, postage prepaid, or by overnight courier as provided in the Loan Agreement or at such other address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case maybe, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.

 

6.5 Attorneys Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

6.7 Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the Holder with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.8 Severability. If any provision of this Warrant becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision , or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary , shall be severed from this Warrant, and such illegal, unenforceable or void provision shall be replaced with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, unenforceable or void provision. The balance of this Warrant shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 
7
 
 

 

IN WITN ESS WHEREOF, Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

       

 

By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 
  Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[Signature page to Warrant]

 

 
8
 
 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

Notice of Exercise

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ shares of _____________ stock of 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and [tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full][instructs the Company to withhold a number of such shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the purchase price of such shares].

 

 

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Name: _______________________________

 

Address: _____________________________

 

_____________________________________

 

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

       

(Signature)

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 
9
 
 

 

APPENDIX 2

 

Put Form

 

[Insert Date of Notice]

 

In accordance with Section 5.1 of the attached Warrant for the purchase of Units (the “Warrant”), the undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the Put Right as set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Warrant and demands payment of the Put Right Price in accordance with the following wire instructions:

 

[Insert wire instructions]

 

 

(Signature)

 
 

(Date)

 

 

10

 

EXHIBIT 10.1

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

AND

 

1847 PARTNERS LLC

 

Dated as of April 5, 2019

 

 
1
 
 

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (as amended, revised, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of April 5, 2019, by and between 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and 1847 PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”). Each party hereto shall be referred to as, individually, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties.”

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to appoint the Manager to perform the Services (as such term is defined herein) and, therefore, the Company has agreed to appoint the Manager to perform the Services on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. The Manager has agreed to act as Manager and to perform the Services on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.                                                                                                    

 

The Manager also acts as an external manager for 1847 Holdings LLC (the “Parent”), the Company’s parent entity, pursuant to the Management Services Agreement by and between the Manager and the Parent, dated as of April 15, 2013, as amended (the “Parent MSA”). This Agreement is an Offsetting Management Services Agreement as defined and referenced in the Parent MSA.                                 

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular; any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or an “Exhibit” refers to an Article, Section or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Agreement; and the words “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision:

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person or (ii) any officer, director, general member, member or trustee of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” or “under common control with” shall mean, with respect to any Persons, the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, or the power to elect at least 50% of the directors, managers, general members, or Persons exercising similar authority with respect to such Person.

 

 
2
 
 

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof that has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors to make a decision on the matter in question or bind the Company as to the matter in question.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York are required, permitted or authorized, by applicable law or executive order, to be closed for regular banking business.

 

Commencement Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Company Information” means any information concerning the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and their respective financial condition, business or operations that (i) relates to earnings, (ii) is competitively sensitive, (iii) relates to trade secrets, (iv) is proprietary or (v) is similar to any of the foregoing information.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Federal Securities Laws” means, collectively, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Fiscal Quarter” means each fiscal quarter of the Company for purposes of the Parent’s reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

 

Fiscal Year” means each fiscal year of the Company for purposes of the Parent’s reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States, consistently applied.

 

Gross Income” has the meaning set forth in Section 61(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of a Person, to create, issue, acquire (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, suffer, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation.

 

 
3
 
 

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any liability for borrowed money, or under any reimbursement obligation relating to a letter of credit, (ii) all indebtedness (including bond, note, debenture, purchase money obligation or similar instrument) for the acquisition of any businesses, properties or assets of any kind (other than property, including inventory, and services purchased, trade payables, other expenses accruals and deferred compensation items arising in the Ordinary Course of Business), (iii) all obligations under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, (iv) any liabilities of others described in the preceding clauses (i) to (iii) (inclusive) that such Person has guaranteed or for which such Person is otherwise legally obligated, and (without duplication) any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any liability of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

 

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a) hereof.

 

Management Fee Payment Date” means the first Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter or, in the case of the Fiscal Quarter in which this Agreement is terminated, the Termination Date.

 

Manager” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Non-Critical Services” means any Services other than the Services for which the Manager was engaged by the Company in light of the experience and expertise of the employees of the Manager.

 

Ordinary Course of Business” means, with respect to any Person, an action taken by such Person if such action is (i) consistent with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the normal day-to-day business or operations of such Person and (ii) which is not required to be specifically authorized or approved by the board of directors of such Person.

 

Parent” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Parent Management Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a) hereof.

 

Parent MSA” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Party” and “Parties” have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, company (whether general or limited), limited liability company, corporation, trust, estate, association, nominee or other entity.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) hereof.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, company, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity in which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting equity securities or interests, the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such entity.

 

Termination Date” means the date upon which this Agreement is terminated pursuant Article VIII hereof.

 

 
4
 
 

 

ARTICLE II

 

APPOINTMENT OF THE MANAGER

 

Section 2.1 Appointment

 

The Company hereby agrees to, and hereby does, appoint the Manager to perform the Services as set forth in Section 3.1 herein and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2 Term

 

The Manager shall provide Services to the Company from the Commencement Date until the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII hereof.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 3.1 Obligations of the Manager

 

(a) Subject always to the oversight and supervision of the Board of Directors and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Manager shall during the term of this Agreement perform the Services as set forth in Section 3.1(b) below and comply with the operational objectives and business plans of the Company in existence from time to time. The Company shall promptly provide the Manager with all stated operational objectives and business plans of the Company approved by the Board of Directors and any other available information reasonably requested by the Manager.

 

(b) The Manager agrees and covenants that it shall perform, or cause to be performed, the following services hereunder (as may be modified from time to time pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, the “Services”):

 

(i) conduct general and administrative supervision and oversight of the Company’s day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and

 

 
5
 
 

 

(ii) oversee and consult with respect to the Company’s business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

 

(c) In connection with the performance of the Services under this Agreement, the Manager shall have all necessary power and authority to perform, or cause to be performed, such Services on behalf of the Company.

 

(d) In connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the Manager is not permitted to engage in any activities that would cause it to become an “investment adviser” as defined in Section 202(a)(11) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor provision thereto.

 

(e) While the Manager is providing the Services under this Agreement, the Manager shall also be permitted to provide services, including services similar to the Services covered hereby, to other Persons, including Affiliates of the Manager. This Agreement and the Manager's obligation to provide the Services under this Agreement shall not create an exclusive relationship between the Manager and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the other.

 

Section 3.2 Obligations of the Company

 

(a) The Company shall, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to, do all things reasonably necessary on their part as requested by the Manager consistent with the terms of this Agreement to enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Company shall, and the Company shall cause its Subsidiaries to, take reasonable steps to ensure that:

 

(i) the officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, act in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the reasonable directions of the Manager in fulfilling the Manager’s obligations hereunder and allowing the Manager to exercise its powers and rights hereunder; and

 

(ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries provide to the Manager alt reports (including monthly management reports and all other relevant reports) that the Manager may reasonably require and on such dates as the Manager may reasonably require.

 

Section 3.3 Change of Services

 

(a) The Company and the Manager shall have the right at any time during the term of this Agreement to change the Services provided by the Manager and such changes shall in no way otherwise affect the rights or obligations of any Party hereunder.

 

 
6
 
 

 

(b) Any change in the Services shall be authorized in writing and evidenced by an amendment to this Agreement, as provided in Section 12.9 hereof. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all changes in the Services.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

POWERS OF THE MANAGER

 

Section 4.1 Powers of the Manager

 

(a) The Manager shall have no power to enter into any contract for or on behalf of the Company or otherwise subject it to any obligation, such power to be the sole right and obligation of the Company, acting through its Board of Directors and/or the Company’s officers.

 

(b) Subject to Section 4.2 and for purposes other than to delegate its duties and powers to perform the Services hereunder, the Manager shall have the power to engage any agents (including real estate agents and managing agents), valuers, contractors and advisors (including operational, accounting, financial, tax and legal advisors) that it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder, which costs therefor shall be subject to reimbursement in accordance with Section 7.2 hereto.

 

Section 4.2 Delegation

 

The Manager may delegate or appoint:

 

(a) Any of its Affiliates as its agent, at its own cost and expense, to perform any or all of the Services hereunder; or

 

(b) Any Person, whether or not an Affiliate of the Manager, as its agent, at its own cost and expense, to perform those Services hereunder which, in the sole discretion of the Manager, are Non­Critical Services; provided, however, that, in each case, the Manager shall not be relieved of any of its obligations or duties owed to the Company hereunder as a result of such delegation. The Manager shall be permitted to share Company Infom1ation with its appointed agents subject to appropriate, reasonable and customary confidentiality arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to Manager herein shall include its delegates or appointees pursuant to this Section 4.2.

 

Section 4.3 Manager’s Obligations, Duties and Powers Exclusive

 

The Company agrees that during the term of this Agreement, the obligations, duties and powers imposed on and granted to the Manager under Article III and this Article IV are to be performed or held exclusively by the Manager, subject to Section 4.2 hereof, and the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly, through its employees, Board of Directors or any other Person, as the case may be, perfo1m any of the Services except in circumstances where it is necessary to do so to comply with applicable law or as otherwise agreed by the Manager.

 

 
7
 
 

 

ARTICLE V

 

INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

Section 5.1 Books and Records of the Company

 

At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, the Manager and any Person authorized by the Manager shall have access to, and the right to inspect, for any reasonable purpose, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of five (5) years after termination hereof, the books, records and data stored in computers and all documentation of the Company pertaining to all Services performed, or to be performed, by the Manager or the Management Fee paid, or to be paid, by the Company to the Manager, in each case, hereunder. There shall be no cost or expense charged by any Party to another Party pursuant to the exercise of any right under this Section 5.1.

 

Section 5.2 Books and Records of the Manager

 

At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, the Company and any Person authorized by the Company shall have access to, and the right to inspect the books, records and data stored in computers and all documentation of the Manager pertaining to all Services performed, or to be performed, by the Manager or the Management Fee paid, or to be paid, by the Company to the Manager, in each case, hereunder. There shall be no cost or expense charged by any Party to another Party pursuant to the exercise of any right under this Section 5.2.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AUTHORITY OF THE COMPANY AND THE MANAGER

 

Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it is duly authorized with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations and duties under this Agreement. The Company represents and warrants that the engagement of the Manager has been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and is in accordance with all governing documents of the Company.

 

 
8
 
 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

MANAGEMENT FEE; EXPENSES

 

Section 7.1 Management Fee

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, for the term of this Agreement, as payment to the Manager for performing Services hereunder during any Fiscal Quarter or any part thereof, the Company shall pay a quarterly management fee (the “Management Fee”) to the Manager on each Management Fee Payment Date equal to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of Adjusted Net Assets (as defined in the Parent MSA) of the Company; provided, however, that (i) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter in which the Commencement Date occurs, the Management Fee with respect to such Fiscal Quarter or part thereof shall be equal to the product of (x) the Management Fee, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the Commencement Date to and including the last day of such Fiscal Quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Fiscal Quarter, (ii) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter in which this Agreement is terminated, the Management Fee with respect to such Fiscal Quarter or part thereof shall be equal to the product of (x) the Management Fee, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of such Fiscal Quarter to but excluding the date upon which this Agreement is terminated and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Fiscal Quarter, (iii) if the aggregate amount of Management Fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any Fiscal Year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of the Parent’s Gross Income with respect to such Fiscal Year, then the Manager agrees that the Management Fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining Fiscal Quarters in such Fiscal Year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the Subsidiaries of the Parent, until the aggregate amount of the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such Fiscal Year, does not exceed 9.5% of the Parent’s Gross Income with respect to such Fiscal Year, and (iv) if the aggregate amount the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any Fiscal Quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the management fee (before any adjustment thereto) calculated and payable under the Parent MSA (the “Parent Management Fee”) with respect to such Fiscal Quarter, then the Manager agrees that the Management Fee to be paid by the Company for such Fiscal Quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such Fiscal Quarter, does not exceed the Parent Management Fee calculated and payable with respect to such Fiscal Quarter. The Management Fee shall be paid in U.S. dollars by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the Manager from time to time.

 

(b) If the Company does not have sufficient liquid assets to timely pay the entire amount of the Management Fee due on any Management Fee Payment Date, the Company shall liquidate assets or Incur Indebtedness in order to pay such Management Fee in full on such Management Fee Payment Date; provided, however, that if the Management Fee due on any Management Fee Payment Date cannot be paid by the Company as the result of subordination provisions or other restrictions contained in financing or other agreements between the Company and its senior lenders or the senior lenders of any of its affiliates, then the Management Fee shall accrue and be paid as soon as the Company is able to pay the Management Fee without violation such subordination provision or other restrictions.

 

 
9
 
 

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment of the Management Fee shall be subordinated to the payment of interest on the Buyer Note, as defined in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, between the Company and Goedeker Television Co. (the “APA”), such that no payment of the Management Fee may be made if the Company is in default under the Buyer Note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the Management Fee will be contingent on the Company being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the Buyer Note or the Earn-Out (as defined in the APA), the annual Management Fee shall be capped at $250,000.

 

(d) In addition, payment of the Management Fee is subject to the provisions of (i) the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Burnley Capital LLC and the Manager and (ii) and the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Small Business Community Capital, L.P. and the Manager.

 

Section 7.2 Reimbursement of Expenses

 

(a) Subject to Section 7.2(b), the Company shall reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses of the Company, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually Incurred by the Manager or its Affiliates on behalf of the Company in connection with performing Services hereunder, and all costs and expenses the reimbursement of which is specifically approved by the Board of Directors.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary herein, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be obligated or responsible for reimbursing or otherwise paying for any costs or expenses relating to the Manager's overhead or to the Manager’s conduct or maintenance of its business and operations as a provider of management services.

 

(c) Any such reimbursement shall be made upon demand by the Manager in U.S. dollars by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the Manager from time to time.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TERMINATION; RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE MANAGER

 

Section 8.1 Resignation by the Manager

 

The Manager may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Company, which right shall not be contingent upon the finding of a replacement manager. However, if the Manager resigns, until the date on which the resignation becomes effective, the Manager shall, upon request of the Board of Directors, use reasonable efforts to assist the Board of Directors to find a replacement manager at no cost and expense to the Company.

 

Section 8.2 Removal of the Manager

 

The Manager may be removed by the Company at any time upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Manager, which right shall not be contingent upon the finding of a replacement manager.

 

 
10
 
 

 

Section 8.3 Termination

 

Subject to Section 12.4, this Agreement shall terminate upon the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Manager in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 hereof.

 

Section 8.4 Directions

 

After a written notice of termination has been given under this Article VIII, the Company may direct the Manager to undertake any actions necessary to transfer any aspect of the ownership or control of the assets of the Company to the Company or to any nominee of the Company and to do all other things necessary to bring the appointment of the Manager to an end, and the Manager shall comply with all such reasonable directions. 1n addition, the Manager shall, at the Company’s expense, deliver to any new manager or the Company any books or records held by the Manager under this Agreement and shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such things as may reasonably be required to permit new management of the Company to effectively assume its responsibilities.

 

Section 8.5 Payments Upon Termination

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the fees, costs and expenses payable to the Manager pursuant to Article VII hereof shall be payable to the Manager upon, and with respect to, the termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VIII. All payments made pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be made in accordance with Article VII hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNITY

 

The Company shall indemnify, reimburse, defend and hold harmless the Manager and its Affiliates and their respective successors and permitted assigns, together with their respective employees, officers, members, managers, directors, agents and representatives (collectively the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against all losses (including lost profits), costs, damages, injuries, taxes, penalties, interests, expenses, obligations, claims and liabilities joint or severable) of any kind or nature whatsoever (collectively “Losses”) that are Incurred by such Indemnified Parties in connection with, relating to or arising out of (i) the breach of any term or condition of this Agreement, or (ii) the performance of any Services hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify, reimburse, defend or hold harmless any Indemnified Party for any Losses Incurred, by such Indemnified Party in connection with, relating to or arising out of:

 

(a) a breach by such Indemnified Party of this Agreement;

 

(b) the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such Indemnified Party in the performance of any Services hereunder; or

 

(c) fraudulent or dishonest acts of such Indemnified Party with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

 
11
 
 

 

The rights of any Indemnified Party referred to above shall be in addition to any rights that such Indemnified Party shall otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Company, no Indemnified Party shall settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in, or otherwise seek to terminate any, claim, action, proceeding or investigation in respect of which indemnification could be sought hereunder unless (a) such Indemnified Party indemnifies the Company from any liabilities arising out of such claim, action, proceeding or investigation, (b) such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Company and Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, proceeding or investigation and (c) the parties involved agree that the terms of such settlement, compromise or consent shall remain confidential.

 

ARTICLE X

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER

 

Section 10.1 Limitation of Liability

 

The Manager shall not be liable for, and the Company shall not take, or permit to be taken, any action against the Manager to hold the Manager liable for, any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Company or its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by reason of the purchase, sale or retention of any security or assets) in connection with the performance of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement, except for a loss resulting from gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard on the part of the Manager in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, or its fraudulent or dishonest acts with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 10.2 Reliance of Manager

 

The Manager may take and may act and rely upon:

 

(a) the opinion or advice of legal counsel, which may be in-house counsel to the Company or the Manager, any U.S.-based law firm, or other legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors, in relation to the interpretation of this Agreement or any other document (whether statutory or otherwise) or generally in connection with the Company;

 

(b) advice, opinions, statements or information from bankers, accountants, auditors,

 

(c) valuation consultants and other Persons consulted by the Manager who are in each case believed by the Manager in good faith to be expert in relation to the matters upon which they are consulted; and

 

(d) any other document provided to the Manager in connection with the Company upon which it is reasonable for the Manager to rely.

 

The Manager shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon such opinion, advice, statement, information or document.

 

 
12
 
 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

LEGAL ACTIONS

 

The Manager shall notify the Company promptly of any claim made by any third party in relation to the assets of the Company ai1d shall send to the Company any notice, claim, summons or writ served on the Manager concerning the Company.

 

The Manager shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors, purport to accept or admit any claims or liabilities of which it receives notification on behalf of the Company or make any settlement or compromise with any third party in respect of the Company.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1 Obligation of Good Faith; No Fiduciary Duties

 

The Manager shall perform its duties under this Agreement in good faith and for the benefit of the Company. The relationship of the Manager to the Company is as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to impose on the Manager any express or implied fiduciary duties.

 

Section 12.2 Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 12.3 Compliance

 

(a) The Manager shall (and must ensure that each of its officers, agents and employees) comply with any law, including the Federal Securities Laws and the securities laws of any applicable jurisdiction, in each case, as in effect from time to time, to the extent that it concerns the functions of the Manager under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Manager shall maintain management systems, policies and internal controls and procedures that reasonably ensure that the Manager and its employees comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as comply with the internal policies, controls and procedures established by the Company from time to time, including, without limitation, those relating to trading policies, conflicts of interest and similar corporate governance measures.

 

 
13
 
 

 

Section 12.4 Effect of Termination; Survival

 

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first above written and shall continue in full force and effect thereafter until termination hereof in accordance with Article VIII. The obligations of the Company set forth in Articles VII, VIII and IX and Sections 10.1, 12.5, 12.7, 12.8, 12.9, 12.17 and 12.20 hereof shall survive such termination of this Agreement, subject to applicable law.

 

Section 12.5 Notices

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) five (5) Business Days following deposit in the mails if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile transmission, if receipt thereof is confirmed by telephone, (c) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient and (d) two Business Days following deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service, in each case addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

13850 Manchester Rd.

Ballwin, MO 63011

Attn: Robert D. Barry

Facsimile: 917-793-5950

 

If to the Manager, to:

 

c/o The 1847 Companies LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Ellery W. Roberts

Facsimile: 917-793-5950

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Bevilacqua PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Attn: Louis A. Bevilacqua

Facsimile: 202-869-0889

 

or to such other address or facsimile number as any such Party may, from time to time, designate in writing to all other Parties hereto, and any such communication shall be deemed to be given, made or served as of the date so delivered or, in the case of any communication delivered by mail, as of the date so received.

 

 
14
 
 

 

Section 12.6 Headings

 

The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

Section 12.7 Applicable Law

 

This Agreement, the legal relations between and among the Parties and the adjudication and the enforcement thereof shall be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 12.8 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

 

Subject to Section 12.20 hereof, each of the Parties hereby irrevocably acknowledges and agrees that any legal action or proceeding brought with respect to any of the obligations arising under or relating to this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts of the State of New York, County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably submits to and accepts with regard to any such action or proceeding, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each Party hereby further irrevocably waives any claim that any such courts lack jurisdiction over such Party, and agrees not to plead or claim, in any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby brought in any of the aforesaid courts, that any such court lacks jurisdiction over such Party. Each Party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, at its address for notices set forth in Section 12.5 hereof, such service to become effective ten (10) days after such mailing. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives any objection to such service of process and further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any action or proceeding commenced hereunder or under any other documents contemplated hereby that service of process was in any way invalid or ineffective. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of any Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. The foregoing consents to jurisdiction shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of New York for any purpose except as provided above and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the respective Parties.

 

Each of the Parties hereby waives any right it may have under the laws of any jurisdiction to commence by publication any legal action or proceeding with respect this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Parties hereby irrevocably waives the objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any of the courts referred to in this Section 12.8 and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim that any such court is not a convenient forum for any such suit, action or proceeding.

 

 
15
 
 

 

The Parties agree that any judgment obtained by any Party or its successors or assigns in any action, suit or proceeding referred to above may, in the discretion of such Party (or its successors or assigns), be enforced in any jurisdiction, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

The Parties agree that the remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement may be inadequate and that should any dispute arise concerning any matter hereunder, this Agreement shall be enforceable in a court of equity by an injunction or a decree of specific performance. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and nonexclusive, and shall be in addition to any other remedies which the Parties may have.

 

Each Party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation as between the Parties directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or disputes relating hereto. Each Party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other Party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other Party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other Parties have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 12.8.

 

Section 12.9 Amendment; Waivers

 

No term or condition of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of the Party against whom such amendment, modification or waiver will be enforced.

 

Any waiver granted hereunder shall be deemed a specific waiver relating only to the specific event giving rise to such waiver and not as a general waiver of any term or condition hereof.

 

Section 12.10 Remedies to Prevailing Party

 

If any action at law or equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

Section 12.11 Severability

 

Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable from the others so that if, any provision or term hereof is illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect or impair the validity of the remaining provisions and terms hereof; provided, however, that the provisions governing payment of the Management Fee described in Article VII hereof are not severable.

 

 
16
 
 

 

Section 12.12 Benefits Only to Parties

 

Nothing expressed by or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties and their respective successors or permitted assigns and the Indemnified Parties, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained, terms Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and for the benefit of no other Person.

 

Section 12.13 Further Assurances

 

Each Party hereto shall take any and all such actions, and execute and deliver such further agreements, consents, instruments and any other documents as may be necessary from time to time to give effect to the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.14 No Strict Construction

 

The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.15 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with regards to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any written or oral agreements, statements, promises, negotiations or representations not expressly set fo1ih in this Agreement are of no force and effect.

 

Section 12.16 Assignment

 

This Agreement shall not be assignable by either party except by the Manager to any Person with which the Manager may merge or consolidate or to which the Manager transfers substantially all of its assets, and then only in the event that such assignee assumes all of the obligations to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company hereunder.

 

Section 12.17 Confidentiality

 

(a) The Manager shall not, and the Manager shall cause its Affiliates and their respective agents and representatives not to, at any time from and after the date of this Agreement, directly or indirectly, disclose or use any confidential or proprietary information, including Company Information, involving or relating to (x) the Company, including any information contained in the books and records of the Company and (y) the Subsidiaries of the Company, including any information contained in the books and records of any such Subsidiaries; provided, however, that disclosure and use of any information shall be permitted (i) with the prior written consent of the Company, (ii) as, and to the extent, expressly permitted by this Agreement or any other agreement between the Manager and the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (but only to the extent that such information relates to such Subsidiaries), (iii) as, and solely to the extent, necessary or required for the performance by the Manager, any of its Affiliates or its delegates, of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, (iv) as, and to the extent, necessary or required in the operation of the Company's business or operations in the Ordinary Course of Business, (v) to the extent such information is generally available to, or known by, the public or otherwise has entered the public domain (other than as a result of disclosure in violation of this Section 12.17 by the Manager or any of its Affiliates), (vi) as, and to the extent, necessary or required by any governmental order, applicable law or any governmental authority, subject to Section 12.17(d), and (vii) as, and to the extent, necessary or required or reasonably appropriate in connection with the enforcement of any right or remedy relating to this Agreement or any other agreement between the Manager and the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

 

 
17
 
 

 

(b) The Manager shall produce and implement policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance by the Manager’s directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives with the requirements of this Section 12.17.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, confidential information includes business plans, financial information, operational information, strategic information, legal strategies or legal analysis, formulas, production processes, lists, names, research, marketing, sales information and any other information similar to any of the foregoing or serving a purpose similar to any of the foregoing with respect to the business or operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. However, the Parties are not required to mark or otherwise designate information as “confidential or proprietary information,” “confidential” or “proprietary” in order to receive the benefits of this Section 12.17.

 

(d) In the event that the Manager is required by governmental order, applicable law or any governmental authority to disclose any confidential information of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is subject to the restrictions of this Section 12.17, the Manager shall (i) notify the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in writing as soon as possible, unless it is otherwise affirmatively prohibited by such governmental order, applicable law or such governmental authority from notifying the Company or any such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Company or any such Subsidiaries to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information consistent with the requirements of such governmental order, applicable law or such governmental authority and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to limit any such disclosure to the minimum disclosure necessary or required to comply with such governmental order, applicable law or such governmental authority, in each case, at the cost and expense of the Company.

 

(e) Nothing in this Section 12.17 shall prohibit the Manager from keeping or maintaining any copies of any records, documents or other information that may contain information that is otherwise subject to the requirements of this Section 12.17, subject to its compliance with this Section 12.17.

 

(f) The Manager shall be responsible for any breach or violation of the requirements of this Section 12.17 by any of its agents or representatives.

 

Section 12.18 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 12.19 Designation

 

This Agreement is an “Offsetting Management Services Agreement” as such term is defined and used pursuant to the Parent MSA, and the Management Fee is an “Offsetting Management Fee” as such term is defined and used pursuant to the Parent MSA.

 

Section 12.20 Dispute Resolution

 

All disputes arising out of this Agreement or relating to the performance of either Party of its obligations hereunder, which disputes the Parties are unable to resolve directly between themselves, shall be settled by arbitration in New York, New York (unless the Company and the Manager agree upon another location) before three arbitrators in accordance with the rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.

 

 

* * *

 

 
18
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 
  Title:

President

 
       

 

1847 PARTNERS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts  

 

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Management Services Agreement] 

 

 

19

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of April 21, 2020, is entered into by and between 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and 1847 PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company and the Manager have previously entered in that certain Management Services Agreement, dated April 5, 2019 (the “MSA”).

 

B. The Company is in the process of filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”). In connection with the IPO, the Company and the Manager desire to amend the MSA as set forth herein effective as of the closing of the IPO.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Amendment. Section 7.1(a) of the MSA is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, for the term of this Agreement, as payment to the Manager for performing Services hereunder during any Fiscal Quarter or any part thereof, the Company shall pay a quarterly management fee to the Manager on each Management Fee Payment Date equal to $62,500 (the “Management Fee”); provided, however, that (i) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter in which the Commencement Date occurs, the Management Fee with respect to such Fiscal Quarter or part thereof shall be equal to the product of (x) the Management Fee, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the Commencement Date to and including the last day of such Fiscal Quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Fiscal Quarter, (ii) with respect to the Fiscal Quarter in which this Agreement is terminated, the Management Fee with respect to such Fiscal Quarter or part thereof shall be equal to the product of (x) the Management Fee, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of such Fiscal Quarter to but excluding the date upon which this Agreement is terminated and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Fiscal Quarter, (iii) if the aggregate amount of Management Fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any Fiscal Year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of the Parent’s Gross Income with respect to such Fiscal Year, then the Manager agrees that the Management Fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining Fiscal Quarters in such Fiscal Year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the Subsidiaries of the Parent, until the aggregate amount of the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such Fiscal Year, does not exceed 9.5% of the Parent’s Gross Income with respect to such Fiscal Year, and (iv) if the aggregate amount the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any Fiscal Quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the management fee (before any adjustment thereto) calculated and payable under the Parent MSA (the “Parent Management Fee”) with respect to such Fiscal Quarter, then the Manager agrees that the Management Fee to be paid by the Company for such Fiscal Quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the Management Fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other Subsidiaries of the Parent to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such Fiscal Quarter, does not exceed the Parent Management Fee calculated and payable with respect to such Fiscal Quarter. The Management Fee shall be paid in U.S. dollars by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the Manager from time to time.”

 

 

 

 

2. Effective Time of Amendment; Effect of Amendment. This Amendment is conditioned upon and shall only become effective upon the closing of the IPO. Except as amended as set forth above, the MSA shall continue in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the MSA, this Amendment shall prevail and govern.

 

3. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

-2-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
     
  By: /s/ Douglas Moore
  Name:  Douglas Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  1847 PARTNERS LLC
     
  By: /s/ Ellery W. Roberts
  Name:  Ellery W. Roberts
  Title: Manager

 

 

-3-

 

EXHIBIT 10.3

 

MANAGEMENT FEE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS MANAGEMENT FEE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 5, 2019 by and between BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”) and 1847 PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”).

 

The Lender, 1847 Goedeker, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation, are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated concurrently herewith (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or replaced or refinanced, from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

The Manager and Borrower are parties that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the Manager provides management services to the Borrower and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”).

 

As a condition to extending credit to the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, the Lender has required the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

The Manager is of the opinion that such execution and delivery is in its best interest to assist the Borrower in obtaining credit from the Lender.

 

ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the loans and other financial accommodations that may hereafter be made by the Lender for the benefit of the Loan Parties, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Manager hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. Definitions. All defined terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement. In addition, as used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Senior Indebtedness” means each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description which the Loan Parties may now or at any time hereafter owe to the Lender arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, and whether it is or may be direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or joint, several or joint and several, including but not limited to the indebtedness evidenced by any notes, all interest thereon, all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and any notes issued in whole or partial substitution therefor.

 

Subordinated Obligations” means each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description which the Loan Parties may now or at any time hereafter owe to the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, and whether it is or may be direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or joint, several or joint and several.

 

 
1
 
 

 

2. Subordination. The payment of all of the Subordinated Obligations is hereby expressly subordinated to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth to the payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness.

 

3. Payments. So long as any of the Senior Indebtedness remains outstanding or the Lender has the obligation to make advances or other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Manager shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, demand, receive or accept any payment from the Loan Parties in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, the Manager may accept payments of management fees (up to a maximum of $250,000 in the aggregate in any one calendar year), but only to the extent that such payments are not prohibited under, or would not cause or result in the default of any financial covenants set forth in, the Loan Agreement.

 

4. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Manager receives any payment on the Subordinated Obligations that it is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager will hold the amount so received in trust for the Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Manager where necessary) for application to then-existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due). If the Manager fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Lender, or its officers or employees or agents, on behalf of the Lender, is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney-in-fact for the Manager to make such endorsement in the Manager’s name.

 

5. Security Interests. The Manager warrants and represents that the Subordinated Obligations are unsecured and agrees that (i) the Manager hereafter will not, unless and until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and satisfied and all financial arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Lender have been terminated, accept any security therefor from the Loan Parties or any other Person for all or part of the Subordinated Obligations and (ii) in the event the Manager does obtain any security for the Subordinated Obligations, at the request of the Lender, the Manager shall execute and deliver to the Lender, and hereby authorizes the Lender to prepare and record, such termination statements and releases as the Lender shall reasonably request or require to release the Manager’s security interest or lien against such property.

 

6. Action on Subordinated Debt. The Manager will not commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Obligations, or join with any creditor (unless the Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, or take possession of, sell, or dispose of any collateral, or exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Manager with respect to any such collateral, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full.

 

 
2
 
 

 

7. Bankruptcy and Insolvency. In the event of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization or arrangement with creditors, whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy law, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of either of the Loan Parties, dissolution, liquidation or any other marshaling of the assets or liabilities of the Loan Parties, the Manager will file all claims, proofs of claim or other instruments of similar character necessary to enforce the obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of the Subordinated Obligations and will hold in trust for the Lender and promptly pay over to the Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Manager where necessary) for application to the then-existing Senior Indebtedness, any and all moneys, dividends or other assets received in any such proceedings on account of the Subordinated Obligations, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. If the Manager shall fail to take any such action, the Lender, as attorney-in-fact for the Manager, may, but shall not be obligated to, take such action on the Manager’s behalf. The Manager hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender, or any of its agents, officers or employees on behalf of the Lender, as the attorney-in-fact for the Manager to demand, sue for, collect and receive any and all such moneys, dividends or other assets and give acquittance therefor and to file any claim, proof of claim or other instrument of similar character, and to take such other action in the Lender’s own name or in the Manager’s name as the Lender may deem necessary or advisable for the enforcement of the agreements contained herein; and the Manager will execute and deliver to the Lender such other and further powers-of-attorney or instruments as the Lender may request in order to accomplish the foregoing.

 

8. Restrictive Legend; Transfer of Subordinated Obligations. The Manager will cause the Management Agreement and all notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments evidencing the Subordinated Obligations or any part thereof to contain a specific statement thereon to the effect that the indebtedness thereby evidenced is subject to the provisions of this Agreement. So long as there remains outstanding any Senior Indebtedness or the Lender has any remaining obligation to make advances or other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Manager will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, (i) assign, transfer or pledge to any other person any of the Subordinated Obligations, or (ii) agree to a discharge or forgiveness of any of the Subordinated Obligations.

 

9. Continuing Effect. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing and irrevocable subordination, and the Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Manager, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Manager and without incurring responsibility to the Manager or impairing or releasing any of the rights of the Lender or any of the Manager’s obligations hereunder:

 

(a) change the interest rate or change the amount of payment or extend the time for payment or renew or otherwise alter the terms of any Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same in any manner or create new or additional Senior Indebtedness of any type at any time and from time to time;

 

(b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property at any time securing payment of the Senior Indebtedness or any part thereof;

 

 
3
 
 

 

(c) release anyone liable in any manner for the payment or collection of the Senior Indebtedness or any part thereof;

 

(d) exercise or refrain from exercising any right against the Loan Parties or any other person (including the Manager); and

 

(e) apply any sums received by the Lender, by whomsoever paid and however realized, to the Senior Indebtedness in such manner as the Lender shall deem appropriate.

 

10. No Commitment. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to constitute or imply any commitment or obligation on the part of the Lender to make any future loans or other extensions of credit or financial accommodations to the Loan Parties.

 

11. Notice. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) personally delivered, (ii) transmitted by registered mail, postage prepaid, (iii) sent by Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, or (iv) transmitted by facsimile, in each case addressed to the party to whom notice is being given at the address as set forth by that party’s signature below, or at such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by that party. All such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given on (i) the date received if delivered personally, (ii) three business days after the date of posting if delivered by mail, (iii) the date of receipt, if delivered by Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, or (iv) the first business day after date of transmission if delivered by facsimile.

 

12. Conflict in Agreements. If the subordination provisions of any instrument evidencing Subordinated Obligations conflict with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern the relationship between the Lender on the one hand, and the Manager on the other hand.

 

13. No Waiver. No waiver shall be deemed to be made by the Lender of any of its rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing signed on behalf of the Lender, and each such waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific matter or matters to which the waiver relates and shall in no way impair the rights of the Lender or the obligations of the Manager to the Lender in any other respect at any time.

 

14. Binding Effect; Acceptance. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Manager and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its respective successors and assigns irrespective of whether this or any similar agreement is executed by any other creditor of the Loan Parties. Notice of acceptance by the Lender of this Agreement or of reliance by the Lender upon this Agreement is hereby waived by the Manager.

 

[THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
4
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lender and the Manager have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above-written.

 

Address: BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC

212 3rd Avenue N., Suite 505

Minneapolis, MN 55401

     
By: /s/ Daniel O’Rourke

 

Name:

Daniel O’Rourke  
  Title:

Authorized Officer

 
       

Address:

1847 PARTNERS LLC

 

590 Madison Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, NY 98001

 

 

 

Attn: Ellery W. Roberts

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Management Fee Subordination Agreement]

 

 
5
 
 

 

Acknowledgment by the Borrower

 

The undersigned, being the Borrower referred to in the foregoing Management Fee Subordination Agreement, hereby (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy thereof, (ii) agree to all of the terms and provisions thereof, (iii) agree to and with the Lender that it shall make no payment on the Subordinated Obligations that the Manager would not be entitled to receive under the provisions of such Agreement, (iv) agree that any such payment will constitute a default under the Senior Indebtedness, and (v) agree to mark its books conspicuously to evidence the subordination of the Subordinated Obligations effected hereby. The undersigned further acknowledge and agree that the foregoing Management Fee Subordination Agreement may be modified and amended at any time or times without notice to or the consent of the undersigned and that the undersigned is not an intended beneficiary of any of the rights, benefits or privileges granted to the Lender pursuant to such Agreement.

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 
  Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

6

 

EXHIBIT 10.4

 

Execution Version

 

This instrument and the indebtedness evidenced hereby, and the rights and remedies of the holders of this instrument, are subordinate in the manner and to the extent set forth in that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “Subordination Agreement”) dated as of April 5, 2019, by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation, 1847 Goedecker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Subordination Agreement); and each holder of this instrument, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement.

 

MANAGEMENT FEE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS MANAGEMENT FEE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 5, 2019 by and between SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”) and 1847 PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”).

 

The Lender, 1847 Goedeker, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation, are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated concurrently herewith (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or replaced or refinanced, from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

The Manager and Borrower are parties that certain Management Services Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the Manager provides management services to the Borrower and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Loan Parties”).

 

As a condition to extending credit to the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, the Lender has required the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

The Manager is of the opinion that such execution and delivery is in its best interest to assist the Borrower in obtaining credit from the Lender.

 

ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the loans and other financial accommodations that may hereafter be made by the Lender for the benefit of the Loan Parties, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Manager hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. Definitions. All defined terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement. In addition, as used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Senior Indebtedness” means each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description which the Loan Parties may now or at any time hereafter owe to the Lender arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, and whether it is or may be direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or joint, several or joint and several, including but not limited to the indebtedness evidenced by any notes, all interest thereon, all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and any notes issued in whole or partial substitution therefor.

 

 
1
 
 

Execution Version

 

Subordinated Obligations” means each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description which the Loan Parties may now or at any time hereafter owe to the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, whether such debt, liability or obligation now exists or is hereafter created or incurred, and whether it is or may be direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or joint, several or joint and several.

 

2. Subordination. The payment of all of the Subordinated Obligations is hereby expressly subordinated to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth to the payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness.

 

3. Payments. So long as any of the Senior Indebtedness remains outstanding or the Lender has the obligation to make advances or other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Manager shall not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, demand, receive or accept any payment from the Loan Parties in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, the Manager may accept payments of management fees (up to a maximum of $250,000 in the aggregate in any one calendar year), but only to the extent that such payments are not prohibited under, or would not cause or result in the default of any financial covenants set forth in, the Loan Agreement.

 

4. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Manager receives any payment on the Subordinated Obligations that it is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager will hold the amount so received in trust for the Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Manager where necessary) for application to then-existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due). If the Manager fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Lender, or its officers or employees or agents, on behalf of the Lender, is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney-in-fact for the Manager to make such endorsement in the Manager’s name.

 

5. Security Interests. The Manager warrants and represents that the Subordinated Obligations are unsecured and agrees that (i) the Manager hereafter will not, unless and until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and satisfied and all financial arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Lender have been terminated, accept any security therefor from the Loan Parties or any other Person for all or part of the Subordinated Obligations and (ii) in the event the Manager does obtain any security for the Subordinated Obligations, at the request of the Lender, the Manager shall execute and deliver to the Lender, and hereby authorizes the Lender to prepare and record, such termination statements and releases as the Lender shall reasonably request or require to release the Manager’s security interest or lien against such property.

 

 
2
 
 

 

6. Action on Subordinated Debt. The Manager will not commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Obligations, or join with any creditor (unless the Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, or take possession of, sell, or dispose of any collateral, or exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Manager with respect to any such collateral, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full.

 

7. Bankruptcy and Insolvency. In the event of any receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization or arrangement with creditors, whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy law, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of either of the Loan Parties, dissolution, liquidation or any other marshaling of the assets or liabilities of the Loan Parties, the Manager will file all claims, proofs of claim or other instruments of similar character necessary to enforce the obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of the Subordinated Obligations and will hold in trust for the Lender and promptly pay over to the Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Manager where necessary) for application to the then-existing Senior Indebtedness, any and all moneys, dividends or other assets received in any such proceedings on account of the Subordinated Obligations, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. If the Manager shall fail to take any such action, the Lender, as attorney-in-fact for the Manager, may, but shall not be obligated to, take such action on the Manager’s behalf. The Manager hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender, or any of its agents, officers or employees on behalf of the Lender, as the attorney-in-fact for the Manager to demand, sue for, collect and receive any and all such moneys, dividends or other assets and give acquittance therefor and to file any claim, proof of claim or other instrument of similar character, and to take such other action in the Lender’s own name or in the Manager’s name as the Lender may deem necessary or advisable for the enforcement of the agreements contained herein; and the Manager will execute and deliver to the Lender such other and further powers-of-attorney or instruments as the Lender may request in order to accomplish the foregoing.

 

8. Restrictive Legend; Transfer of Subordinated Obligations. The Manager will cause the Management Agreement and all notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments evidencing the Subordinated Obligations or any part thereof to contain a specific statement thereon to the effect that the indebtedness thereby evidenced is subject to the provisions of this Agreement. So long as there remains outstanding any Senior Indebtedness or the Lender has any remaining obligation to make advances or other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Loan Parties, the Manager will not, without the prior written consent of the Lender, (i) assign, transfer or pledge to any other person any of the Subordinated Obligations, or (ii) agree to a discharge or forgiveness of any of the Subordinated Obligations.

 

9. Continuing Effect. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing and irrevocable subordination, and the Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Manager, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Manager and without incurring responsibility to the Manager or impairing or releasing any of the rights of the Lender or any of the Manager’s obligations hereunder:

 

 
3
 
 

 

(a) change the interest rate or change the amount of payment or extend the time for payment or renew or otherwise alter the terms of any Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same in any manner or create new or additional Senior Indebtedness of any type at any time and from time to time;

 

(b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property at any time securing payment of the Senior Indebtedness or any part thereof;

 

(c) release anyone liable in any manner for the payment or collection of the Senior Indebtedness or any part thereof;

 

(d) exercise or refrain from exercising any right against the Loan Parties or any other person (including the Manager); and

 

(e) apply any sums received by the Lender, by whomsoever paid and however realized, to the Senior Indebtedness in such manner as the Lender shall deem appropriate.

 

10. No Commitment. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to constitute or imply any commitment or obligation on the part of the Lender to make any future loans or other extensions of credit or financial accommodations to the Loan Parties.

 

11. Notice. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) personally delivered, (ii) transmitted by registered mail, postage prepaid, (iii) sent by Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, or (iv) transmitted by facsimile, in each case addressed to the party to whom notice is being given at the address as set forth by that party’s signature below, or at such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by that party. All such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given on (i) the date received if delivered personally, (ii) three business days after the date of posting if delivered by mail, (iii) the date of receipt, if delivered by Federal Express or similar expedited delivery service, or (iv) the first business day after date of transmission if delivered by facsimile.

 

12. Conflict in Agreements. If the subordination provisions of any instrument evidencing Subordinated Obligations conflict with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern the relationship between the Lender on the one hand, and the Manager on the other hand.

 

13. No Waiver. No waiver shall be deemed to be made by the Lender of any of its rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing signed on behalf of the Lender, and each such waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific matter or matters to which the waiver relates and shall in no way impair the rights of the Lender or the obligations of the Manager to the Lender in any other respect at any time.

 

14. Binding Effect; Acceptance. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Manager and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its respective successors and assigns irrespective of whether this or any similar agreement is executed by any other creditor of the Loan Parties. Notice of acceptance by the Lender of this Agreement or of reliance by the Lender upon this Agreement is hereby waived by the Manager.

 

[THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
4
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lender and the Manager have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above-written.

 

Address:
9W Broad Street

SMALL BUSINESS COMMUITY

CAPITAL II L.P.

Samford, CT 06902

     
Attention: Crandall P. Deery By: /s/ Crandall P. Deery

 

Name:

Crandall P. Deery  
  Title: Partner  
       

Address:

1847 PARTNERS LLC

 

590 Madison Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, NY 98001

 

 

 

Attn: Ellery W. Roberts

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Management Fee Subordination Agreement]

 

 
5
 
 

 

Acknowledgment by the Borrower

 

The undersigned, being the Borrower referred to in the foregoing Management Fee Subordination Agreement, hereby (i) acknowledge receipt of a copy thereof, (ii) agree to all of the terms and provisions thereof, (iii) agree to and with the Lender that it shall make no payment on the Subordinated Obligations that the Manager would not be entitled to receive under the provisions of such Agreement, (iv) agree that any such payment will constitute a default under the Senior Indebtedness, and (v) agree to mark its books conspicuously to evidence the subordination of the Subordinated Obligations effected hereby. The undersigned further acknowledge and agree that the foregoing Management Fee Subordination Agreement may be modified and amended at any time or times without notice to or the consent of the undersigned and that the undersigned is not an intended beneficiary of any of the rights, benefits or privileges granted to the Lender pursuant to such Agreement.

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 
  Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Management Fee Subordination Agreement]

 

 

6

 

EXHIBIT 10.5

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of January 18, 2019, is entered into by and among 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC., a Missouri corporation (“Seller”), and STEVE GOEDEKER and MIKE GOEDEKER (the “Stockholders”, and each individually, a “Stockholder”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Seller is engaged in the business of owning and operating a retail appliance and furniture business (the “Business”); and

 

B. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Seller wishes to sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase, acquire and accept from Seller, free and clear of all liens and liabilities of any kind (other than Assumed Liabilities), all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to substantially all of the assets and properties owned by Seller and used in connection with the Business.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

SALE OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTION OF LIABLILITIES

 

1.1 Sale of Assets.

 

(a) Purchased Assets.

 

(i) At the Closing (as defined below), Seller shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer and Buyer shall accept and purchase all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Seller’s assets, properties, rights, interests, claims and goodwill of Seller, tangible and intangible, of every kind and description, as the same shall exist as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the assets, properties and rights of the Seller reflected in the Schedule of Purchased Assets attached hereto and labeled Schedule 1.1(a) , together with all assets, properties and rights acquired by Seller of a similar nature since the date of such Schedule, less such assets, properties and rights as may have been disposed of since said date in the ordinary course of business; but specifically excluding the Excluded Assets (the “Purchased Assets”).

 

(ii) The Purchased Assets include, without limitation, all right, title, and interest in and to all of the assets of the Seller, including all of its (a) tangible personal property (such as machinery, equipment, inventories and supplies, furniture, tools, and other mobile equipment), (b) intellectual property, goodwill associated therewith, licenses and sublicenses granted and obtained with respect thereto, and rights thereunder, remedies against infringements thereof, and rights to protection of interests therein under the laws of all jurisdictions, (c) leases, subleases, and rights thereunder with respect to both real and personal property, (d) inventory, (e) accounts, notes and other receivables, (f) purchase orders, agreements, contracts, instruments, other similar arrangements, and rights thereunder, (g) securities (other than the Buyer Note), (h) claims, deposits, rebates, discounts earned, prepayments, refunds, causes of action, choses in action, rights of recovery, rights of set off, and rights of recoupment, (i) franchises, approvals, permits, licenses, orders, registrations, certificates, variances, and similar rights obtained from governments and governmental agencies to the extent such items can be transferred, assigned, conveyed and/or delivered, (j) books, records, ledgers, files, documents, correspondence, lists, catalogs, advertising and promotional materials, studies, reports, customer lists, and other printed or written material, provided, however, that the Purchased Assets shall not include the Excluded Assets.

 

 
- 1 -
 
 

 

(b) Excluded Assets. The foregoing notwithstanding, Buyer shall not purchase, and Seller shall not be deemed to sell, (a) any cash held by the Seller in excess of $1,990,000; (b) the following two automobiles: a 2010 Lexus RX 350 and a 2015 GMC Yukon XL; (b) the consideration paid and to be paid to Seller pursuant to this Agreement; (c) all rights of Seller under this Agreement and this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents deliverable pursuant hereto (the “Transaction Documents”); and (d) those other assets which are listed in the Schedule of Excluded Assets attached hereto and labeled Schedule 1.1(b) .

 

1.2 Assumption of Liabilities.

 

(a) Assumed Liabilities. As of the Closing Date (as defined below), Buyer shall undertake, assume, and agree to perform, and otherwise pay, satisfy and discharge as of the Closing (a) all accrued expenses and accounts payable, in each case, as set forth on Schedule \* MERGEFORMAT 1.2 \* MERGEFORMAT (a) , and (b) those obligations, duties and liabilities of Seller with respect to the Assumed Contracts (as defined below), in each case only to the extent arising from and after the Closing Date and not arising from or relating to any breach by such Assumed Contracts by Seller prior to the Closing Date (the “Assumed Liabilities”). “Assumed Contracts” means all of the Contracts (including, without limitation, non-competition agreements by and between any Seller and any employee, consultant or other person and any other engagement letters, contract extensions, rebids, existing proposals, bids, opportunities pursued, purchase orders and any sales contracts in the pipeline) used in conducting or relating to the Business.

 

(b) Excluded Liabilities. Other than the Assumed Liabilities, all liabilities, liens and other obligations of Seller or any affiliates of Seller relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets arising prior to the Closing Date (collectively, the “Excluded Liabilities”), shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, fully paid, fully performed and fully discharged solely by the Seller. Excluded Liabilities shall include, without limitation: any debts, liabilities or obligations not specifically listed in Schedule 1.2(a) hereof, including (i) any liability of the Seller for income, transfer, sales, use, and all other taxes arising in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any income taxes arising because the Seller is transferring the Purchased Assets), whether imposed on Seller as a matter of law, under this Agreement or otherwise, (ii) any liability of the Seller for taxes, including taxes of any person other than the Seller, (iii) any liability of Seller with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money, (iv) any liability of Seller arising out of any threatened or pending litigation or other claim, (v) any liability, whether arising by operation of law, contract, past custom or otherwise, for unemployment compensation benefits, pension benefits, salaries, wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, sick leave, severance or termination pay, vacation and other forms of compensation or any other form of employee benefit plan (including the health benefits payable reflected on the Seller’s balance sheet), agreement (including employment agreements), arrangement or commitment payable to or for the benefit of any current or former officers, directors and other employees and independent contractors of Seller, (vi) any liabilities of any Seller to the Stockholders or any affiliates or current or former stockholders, members or other equity owners of any Seller, (vii) any liability for costs and expenses of the Seller in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby, (viii) any negative cash or book balances or any intercompany debt by and between, or by and among, Seller and any affiliate of Seller and (ix) any environmental liability. All Excluded Liabilities shall be the responsibility of Seller, and Seller and the Stockholder agree to indemnify and hold the Buyer harmless against any Excluded Liabilities, debts, obligations, claims or damages therefrom, costs and expenses.

 

 
- 2 -
 
 

 

1.3 Closing. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Closing”) will take place through the exchange of signature pages through electronic mail or otherwise on the second business day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective Parties will take at the Closing itself), or such other date and time as the Parties may mutually determine. The date and time of the Closing are referred to as the “Closing Date”.

 

1.4 Purchase Price.

 

(a) In consideration for the sale, assignment and delivery of the Purchased Assets, Buyer shall (i) pay an aggregate purchase price equal to Six Million, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($6,200,000) (the “Purchase Price”), as the same may be adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, payable in accordance with this Section 1.4 (b) on the Closing Date, (ii) assume the Assumed Liabilities and (iii) issue to Steve Goedeker and Michael Goedeker shares of the Common Stock of the Buyer equal to 11.25% each of all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Buyer as of the Closing Date (the “Buyer Shares”).

 

(b) The Purchase Price for the Purchased Assets shall by payable as follows:

 

(i) $1,500,000 in cash (the “Cash Portion”);

 

(ii) Promissory Note, in the principal amount of $4,100,000, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Buyer Note”); and

 

(iii) Up to $600,000 in Earn Out Payments in accordance with Section 1.6.

 

1.5 Purchase Price Adjustments.

 

(a) Adjustment for Outstanding Indebtedness. The Cash Portion shall be decreased by the amount of any outstanding indebtedness of the Seller or the Business for borrowed money existing as of the Closing Date (other than any indebtedness constituting an Assumed Liability) and the deducted amount shall be utilized to pay off such outstanding indebtedness.

 

(b) Working Capital Adjustment.

 

(i) The Purchase Price shall be adjusted to reflect a normal level of cash and Working Capital (as defined below) as outlined in this Section 1.5(b). “Working Capital” is defined as the sum of (x) rebates receivable, plus inventory, plus prepaid expenses less the sum of (y) accounts payable plus payroll related liabilities plus customer deposits plus accrued expenses plus any other current liabilities. The target working capital (“Target Working Capital”) shall equal -$1,802,000 (negative amount). The “Net Working Capital Adjustment” is the difference between the Closing Date Working Capital (as defined below) less the Target Working Capital.

 

(ii) Not later than five (5) business days, prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a good faith calculation and estimate (the “Preliminary Closing Statement”) of (i) the Net Working Capital Adjustment, (ii) the cash of the Business at Closing (“Closing Cash”), (iii) and the amount of Closing Cash that is in excess of $1,990,000 (the “Excess Closing Cash”) and (iv) the Seller’s calculation of the Purchase Price. The Preliminary Closing Statement, and each element of the Preliminary Closing Statement, shall be prepared in accordance with the Company’s standard accounting practices and be accompanied by reasonable supporting detail. The Purchase Price and the Excess Closing Cash set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement finally delivered pursuant to this Section 1.5(b) are referred to herein as the “Estimated Purchase Price” and the “Estimated Excess Closing Cash,” respectively.

 

 
- 3 -
 
 

 

(iii) To the extent that the Net Working Capital Adjustment set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement finally delivered pursuant to this Section 1.5(b) is a positive number, the Cash Purchase Price shall be increased on a dollar for dollar basis. To the extent that the Net Working Capital Adjustment set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement finally delivered pursuant to this Section 1.5(b) is a negative number, the Cash Purchase Price shall be decreased on a dollar for dollar basis (such Cash Purchase Price as adjusted and set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement finally delivered pursuant to this Section 1.5(b) is referred to herein as the “Estimated Cash Purchase Price.”)

 

(iv) At the Closing, (A) Excess Closing Cash shall be retained by the Seller and (B) Buyer shall (1) pay, or shall cause to be paid, the Estimated Cash Purchase Price to Seller in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts as designated by Seller by written notice to Buyer not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and (2) deliver the Buyer Note to Seller.

 

(c) Determination of Final Purchase Price.

 

(i) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a proposed good faith calculation (the “Closing Statement”) of: (A) the Net Working Capital Adjustment (the “Closing Date Net Working Capital Adjustment”), (B) the Closing Cash (the “Closing Date Cash”), (C) Excess Closing Cash (the “Excess Closing Cash Calculation”), and (D) Buyer’s calculation of the Purchase Price (the “Purchase Price Calculation”). The Closing Statement, and each element thereof, shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s standard accounting practices and be accompanied by reasonable supporting detail.

 

(ii) During the thirty (30) days immediately following Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement (the “Review Period”), Seller shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours upon reasonable notice, and in a manner so as to not interfere with the normal business operations of Seller or Buyer or any of their Affiliates, to the working papers used in connection with Buyer’s preparation of the Closing Statement. Seller may, on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, give written notice of any disagreement with Buyer’s proposed Purchase Price Calculation or the Excess Closing Cash Calculation (a “Notice of Disagreement”) to Buyer. Any Notice of Disagreement shall specify in reasonable detail the nature and amount of each disagreement so asserted as well as the reasonable basis thereof along with relevant supporting documentation and calculations (the “Disputed Items”). Unless Seller provides a Notice of Disagreement on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, (A) the Closing Date Net Working Capital Adjustment shall be deemed to set forth the final Net Working Capital Adjustment, (B) the Closing Date Cash shall be deemed to set forth the final Closing Cash, (C) the Excess Closing Cash Calculation shall be deemed to set for the final Excess Closing Cash and (D) the Purchase Price Calculation shall be deemed to set forth the final Purchase Price. If a timely Notice of Disagreement is received by Buyer, then the Closing Statement (as revised as contemplated in clause (x) or (y) below) shall become final and binding upon the parties on the earlier of (x) the date Buyer and Seller resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (y) the date any matters properly in dispute are finally resolved in writing by the Independent Auditor (as defined below); provided, that, for purposes of clarity, any items that are not so disputed on the Notice of Disagreement shall become final and binding upon the parties on the last day of the Review Period. During the thirty (30) days immediately following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement, Buyer and Seller shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences which they may have with respect to any Disputed Item. If, at the end of such thirty (30) day period, any Disputed Item specified in the Notice of Disagreement has not been resolved by Seller and Buyer, Seller and Buyer shall submit such Disputed Items to a mutually agreeable independent accounting firm (the “Independent Auditor”) for review and resolution of any such Disputed Items which remain in dispute (including such party’s proposed resolution thereof) and which were properly included in the Notice of Disagreement. The terms of appointment and engagement of the Independent Auditor shall be as agreed upon between Seller and Buyer (it being understood that the Independent Auditor shall consider only those Disputed Items as to which there is disagreement as set forth in the Notice of Disagreement and that the Independent Auditor shall be functioning as an expert and not as an arbitrator). The Independent Auditor shall be required to render a determination of the applicable dispute within thirty (30) days after referral of the Disputed Items to the Independent Auditor, which determination must be in writing and must set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis therefor. In making its determination regarding such applicable dispute, the Independent Auditor shall select, with respect to each item in dispute, an amount between Buyer’s position as set forth in the Closing Statement and Seller’s position as set forth in the Notice of Disagreement or equal to either such amount. In connection with the resolution of any dispute, the parties shall provide the Independent Auditor with access to all documents and work papers necessary to make its determination.

 

 
- 4 -
 
 

 

(iii) The fees and disbursements of the Independent Auditor shall be borne by (A) Buyer in the proportion that the aggregate dollar value of the Disputed Items submitted to the Independent Auditor that are unsuccessfully disputed by Buyer bears to the aggregate value of all such items so disputed and (B) by Seller in the proportion that the aggregate dollar value of the Disputed Items submitted to the Independent Auditor that are unsuccessfully disputed by Seller bears to the aggregate value of all such items so submitted. The determination as to each Disputed Item as determined by agreement of Buyer and Seller or by the Independent Auditor shall be final and binding on the parties hereto. The Purchase Price and Excess Closing Cash as finally determined pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) this Section 1.5(c) shall be referred to herein as the “Final Purchase Price” and the “Final Excess Closing Cash,” respectively.

 

(d) Adjustments to Estimated Purchase Price and Estimated Excess Closing Cash.

 

(i) To the extent that (A) the Final Purchase Price (as defined below) is greater than the Estimated Purchase Price (the amount of such excess, the “Purchase Price Overage”), and/or (B) the Final Excess Closing Cash is greater than the Estimated Excess Closing Cash (the amount of such excess, the “Excess Closing Cash Overage”), Buyer shall pay Seller an amount equal to the Purchase Price Overage and/or the Excess Closing Cash Overage, as applicable, within five (5) Business Days of the final determination of such amounts.

 

(ii) To the extent that (A) the Final Purchase Price is less than the Estimated Purchase Price (such amount, the “Purchase Price Shortfall”), and/or (B) the Final Excess Closing Cash is less than Estimated Excess Closing Cash (such amount, the “Excess Closing Cash Shortfall”), Seller shall pay, within five (5) Business Days, to Buyer, in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated in writing by Buyer, an amount equal to the Purchase Price Shortfall and/or the Excess Closing Cash Overage, as applicable.

 

1.6 Earn Out.

 

(a) Seller shall be entitled to receive the following payments (each, an “Earn Out Payment”) to the extent the Business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined below) targets:

 

(i) An Earn Out Payment of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), if the EBITDA of the Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the Closing Date (the “Initial Earn Out Period”) is $2,500,000 or greater;

 

 
- 5 -
 
 

 

(ii) An Earn Out Payment of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), if the EBITDA of the Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of Closing Date (the “Second Earn Out Period”) is $2,500,000 or greater; and

 

(iii) An Earn Out Payment of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), if the EBITDA of the Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Final Earn Out Period” and together with the Initial Earn Out Period and the Second Earn Out Period, the “Earn Out Periods” and each, an “Earn Out Period”) is $2,500,000 or greater.

 

(b) Within ninety (90) days following the end of each Earn Out Period, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a statement of the EBITDA of the Business for such Earn Out Period (the “Earn Out Statement”). Seller shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Earn Out Statement (the “Earn Out Review Period”) to review the calculation of EBITDA for such Earn Out Period. During the Review Period, Seller shall have the right to inspect Buyer’s books and records during normal business hours at Buyer's offices, upon reasonable prior notice and solely for purposes reasonably related to the determinations of EBITDA and the resulting Earn Out Payment. Prior to the expiration of the Review Period, Seller may object to the EBITDA calculation set forth on the Earn Out Statement by delivering a written notice of objection (an “Objection Notice”) to Buyer, which shall specify the disputed items and shall describe in reasonable detail the basis for such objection, as well as the amount in dispute. If Seller fails to deliver an Objection Notice to Buyer prior to the expiration of the Review Period, then the EBITDA calculation set forth in the Earn Out Statement shall be final and binding on the parties hereto. If Seller timely delivers an Objection Notice, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the disputed items and agree upon the resulting amount of the EBITDA and the Earn Out Payment for the applicable Earn Out Period. If the parties are unable to reach agreement within thirty (30) days, then the Parties shall forthwith refer the dispute to a nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreeable to the Seller and the Buyer for resolution, with the understanding that such firm shall resolve all disputed items within 20 days after such disputed items are referred to it. If the Buyer and the Seller are unable to agree on the choice of an accounting firm, they shall select a nationally recognized accounting firm by lot (after excluding their respective regular outside accounting firms). Each of the Seller, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other hand, shall bear one-half of the costs of such accounting firm. The decision of the accounting firm shall be deemed final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Seller and the Buyer.

 

(c) To the extent the EBITDA of the Business, as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.6(b) for any applicable Earn Out Period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, Buyer shall pay a partial Earn Out Payment to Seller in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable Earn Out Payment for such Earn Out Period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of the Business for the applicable Earn Out Period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial Earn Out Payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of the Business for any applicable Earn Out Period is equal or less than $1,500,000. For illustration purposes only, if the EBITDA for the Initial Earn Out Period is $2,000,000, then the Earn Out Payment for the Initial Earn Out Period accrued to Seller under this Agreement shall be equal to $100,000 (i.e. 50% of $200,000), exclusive of interest.

 

(d) To the extent Seller is entitled to all or a portion of an Earn Out Payment in accordance with this Section 1.6, the applicable Earn Out Payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the Closing Date (the “Earn Out Payment Date”), and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Seller is entitled to such Earn Out Payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Any accrued interest on any Earn Out Payments(s) shall be accrued and paid on the Earn Out Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Buyer shall only make payments to Seller under this Section 1.6(b) in accordance with and as permitted by the terms of the Subordination Agreement.

 

 
- 6 -
 
 

 

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “EBITDA” shall mean the earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization of the Business, for the applicable fiscal period ended, determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of calculating the Earn-Out Payment, the Management Fee described in Section 4.8 shall be added back to increase earnings and not be treated as an expense of the Buyer.

 

(f) During the Earn Out Period, the Buyer shall (i) operate the Business in the ordinary course of business substantially consistent with past practices, (ii) operate the Business as a distinct business entity or division so that its results can be verified for purposes of calculating the Earn Out Payment, and (iii) adequately fund the Business during the Earn Out Period. Furthermore, Buyer shall not, directly or indirectly, take any actions in bad faith that would have the purpose of avoiding the Earn Out Payment hereunder. The Seller shall promptly notify the Buyer in writing if the Seller believes that the Buyer is in breach of this Section 1.6(f) and shall include in such notice the specific Buyer actions that Seller believes result in the alleged breach. Upon receipt of such notice, the Seller and the Buyer shall diligently work in good faith to resolve the breach which resolution may include an amendment to this Section 1.6.

 

1.7 Treatment of Payments Under Section 1.5 and Section 1.6. For the avoidance of doubt, all payments and adjustments made under Section 1.5 and Section 1.6 shall constitute an adjustment to Purchase Price.

 

1.8 Allocation of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for the Purchased Assets shall be allocated as determined by the mutual agreement of the Buyer and the Seller. The Parties shall provide such information as any of them shall reasonably request. The Parties shall (i) prepare each report relating to the federal, state and local and other tax consequences of the purchase and sale contemplated hereby (including the filing of Internal Revenue Service Form 8594) in a manner consistent herewith and (ii) not take any position in any tax filing, return, proceeding, audit or otherwise which is inconsistent with the position of the other parties unless permitted to do so by law.

 

1.9 Further Cooperation. From time to time after the Closing, Seller and Stockholders at Buyer's reasonable request and without further consideration, agree to execute and deliver or to cause to be executed and delivered such other instruments of transfer as Buyer may reasonably request that are necessary to transfer to Buyer more effectively the right, title and interest in or to the Purchased Assets and to take or cause to be taken such further or other action as may reasonably be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the Seller nor the Stockholders shall incur any expense in connection with their respective further cooperation pursuant to this Section 1.9.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller and Stockholders. The Seller and the Stockholders jointly and severally represent and warrant to, and agree with, the Buyer as of the date hereof as follows, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.3 of this Agreement. The Disclosure Schedules will be arranged for purposes of convenience only, in sections corresponding to the Subsections of this Section 2.1 and will provide exceptions to the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1 whether or not a specific reference to such Disclosure Schedules are included in a representation and warranty contained in this Section 2.1.

 

 
- 7 -
 
 

 

(a) Organization; No Subsidiaries; Ownership of Seller. The Seller is a corporation duly-organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. The Seller does not currently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, association, or other business entity. The Seller is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. Except for the Stockholders, no other person owns any right, title or interest in or to any capital stock or other equity interest or owns any security that is exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any equity interest in the Seller.

 

(b) Binding Obligation. The Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The Board of Directors of the Seller has duly-authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby and, no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Seller are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly-executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other constituent instruments of the Seller or any ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, decree, agreement, instrument or license applicable to the Seller or to any of their respective properties or assets. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, is required by or with respect to the Seller in connection with its execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.

 

(c) Purchased Assets. Except for assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business and Excluded Assets, the Purchased Assets consist of all assets which have been used by the Seller in the Business prior to the date hereof. The Purchased Assets are sufficient for the continued conduct of the Business immediately after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(d) Title to Personal Property; Inventory. Except for assets disposed of, or to be disposed of in the ordinary course of business, the Seller has good and marketable title or a valid leasehold interest in all of the personal property included in the Purchased Assets, in each case free and clear of all mortgages, liens, security interests, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever. All inventory, finished goods, raw materials, work in progress, supplies, and other inventories of the Business (“Inventory”), consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business, except for obsolete, damaged, defective or slow-moving items that have been written off or written down to fair market value or for which adequate reserves have been established. All Inventory is owned by the Seller free and clear of all liens and no Inventory is held on a consignment basis. The quantities of each item of Inventory (whether raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of the Business.

 

(e) Real Property.

 

(i) Seller does not own any real property.

 

 
- 8 -
 
 

 

(ii) Schedule 2.1(e)(ii) sets forth the address of each Leased Real Property (as defined below) and a true, complete and correct list of all leases, subleases and other occupancy agreements (written and oral), including all amendments, extensions, guaranties and other modifications pursuant to which Seller holds any Leased Real Property (the “Real Property Leases”), including the date and the names of the parties to such Real Property Leases. Seller has previously delivered to Buyer true, complete and correct copies of all the Real Property Leases and, in the case of an oral Real Property Lease, a written summary of the material terms thereof. Seller has good and valid leasehold interest in and to all of the Leased Real Property, subject to no liens except for Permitted Liens (as defined below). With respect to each Real Property Lease: (i) no security deposit or portion thereof deposited with respect to such Real Property Lease has been applied in respect of a breach or default under such Real Property Lease which has not been redeposited in full; (ii) Seller does not owe or will owe in the future, any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees with respect to such Real Property Lease; (iii) Seller has not subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof; and (iv) there are no liens on the estate or interest created by such Real Property Lease and Seller has not collaterally assigned or granted any other security interest in such Real Property Lease. For purposes of this Agreement, “Leased Real Property” means all leasehold or subleasehold estates and other rights to use or occupy any land, buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures or other interest in real property held by Seller including the right to all security deposits and other amounts and instruments deposited by or on behalf of Seller; and “Permitted Liens” means (a) landlord’s, mechanic’s, carrier’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar statutory liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not due and payable and which shall be paid in full and released at Closing, (b) liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges, which either are not delinquent or not yet due and payable and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (c) zoning, building and other land use regulations imposed by governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Leased Real Property which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such Leased Real Property or the operation of the Business thereon, and (d) covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and other similar matters of record affecting title to the Leased Real Property which do not materially impair the occupancy or use of the Leased Real Property by Seller for the purposes for which it is currently used in connection with the Business.

 

(f) Contracts. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.1(f) and the lease relating to the Seller’s place of business, the Seller is not a party to or bound by any lease, agreement, contract or other commitment which involves the payment or receipt of more than $10,000 per year or that is not cancelable by the Seller on less than 60 days’ notice (collectively, the “Contracts”). Each contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Seller and is in full force and effect. The Seller has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it to date under the Contracts. All Contracts are in the name of the Seller, and all Contracts included in the Assumed Liabilities will be effectively transferred to the Buyer at the time of the Closing. Schedule 2.1(f) lists all Contracts included in the Purchased Assets.

 

(g) Litigation. There are no lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller or the Stockholders, threatened by or against or affecting the Seller or any of its respective properties, assets, operations or business which could adversely affect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or Buyer’s right to utilize the Purchased Assets.

 

(h) Absence of Changes or Events. Since December 31, 2018, the Business of the Seller has been operated in the ordinary course and there has not been any material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Seller or the value or condition of the Purchased Assets.

 

(i) Compliance with Laws. The Seller is not in violation with respect to its operation of the Purchased Assets of any law, order, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, except for any violation that would not have a material adverse effect on the Business or its prospects.

 

(j) Employee Benefit Plans. There are no plans of the Seller in effect for pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, severance pay, bonuses, stock options, stock purchases, or any other form of retirement or deferred benefit, or for any health, accident or other welfare plan, as to which the Buyer will become liable as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

 
- 9 -
 
 

 

(k) Environmental Matters. There have been no private or governmental claims, citations, complaints, notices of violation or letters made, issued to or threatened against the Seller by any governmental entity or private or other party for the impairment or diminution of, or damage, injury or other adverse effects to, the environment or public health resulting, in whole or in part, from the ownership, use or operation of any of the Seller’s facilities (whether owned or leased) which will be occupied or operated by Buyer as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Property”). The Seller has duly-complied with, and, to the best of Seller’s and Stockholders’s knowledge, the Property is in compliance with, the provisions of all federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws, codes and ordinances and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Seller has provided Buyer with true, accurate and complete copies of any written information in the possession of the Seller which pertains to the environmental history of the Property.

 

(l) Financial Statements. Attached hereto as Schedule 2.1(l) are true, complete and correct copies of the unaudited balance sheet and statement of income for Seller for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 (the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 being the “Most Recent Balance Sheet” and the date of such balance sheet being the “Most Recent Balance Sheet Date”) (such balance sheets and statements being referred to collectively as the “Financial Statements”). Each of the Financial Statements (including the notes thereto, if any) are true, complete and correct, have been prepared from, and are consistent with, the books and records of Seller (which are correct and complete in all material respects), and present the financial condition of the Seller in accordance with the Seller’s historical practices as of the dates thereof and the operating results and cash flows for the periods of Seller then ended. Seller does not have any indebtedness for borrowed money pertaining to the Business except for indebtedness that will be paid off at Closing in accordance with Section 1.5.

 

(m) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Seller does not have any liability or obligation, other than (a) liabilities set forth on the liabilities side of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, (b) liabilities and obligations which have arisen after the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business or (c) liabilities or obligations which are not material to Seller, the Business or the Purchased Assets.

 

(n) Taxes. Seller has timely filed all tax returns that it was required to file with the appropriate governmental authorities in all jurisdictions in which such returns are required to be filed. All such tax returns accurately and correctly reflect the taxes of Seller for the periods covered thereby and are complete in all material respects. All taxes owed by Seller, or for which Seller may be liable (whether or not shown on any tax return), have been or will be timely paid. Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any tax return. No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where Seller does not file tax returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. There are no liens on any of the Purchased Assets or assets of Seller that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any tax.

 

(o) Investment. The Seller and the Stockholders (i) understand that the Buyer Shares and the Buyer Note have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or under any state securities laws, and are being offered and sold in reliance upon federal and state exemptions for transactions not involving any public offering, (ii) are acquiring the Buyer Shares and the Buyer Note solely for their own accounts for investment purposes, and not with a view to the distribution thereof (except distribution by the Seller to the Stockholders), (iii) are sophisticated investors with knowledge and experience in business and financial matters, (iv) have received certain information concerning the Buyer and have had the opportunity to obtain additional information as desired in order to evaluate the merits and the risks inherent in holding the Buyer Shares and the Buyer Note, (v) are able to bear the economic risk and lack of liquidity inherent in holding the Buyer Shares and the Buyer Note, and (vi) are Accredited Investors, as defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 
- 10 -
 
 

 

(p) Intellectual Property Rights. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(p), neither the Seller nor the Stockholders have any patents, trademarks, copyrights or other material intellectual property rights that are used in the Business.

 

(q) Brokerage. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(q), there are and will be no claims for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on any arrangement or agreement to which Seller is a party or to which the Business or the Purchased Assets are subject for which Seller or Buyer could become obligated after the Closing.

 

(r) Labor Matters.

 

(i) Schedule 2.1(r) sets forth a true, complete and correct list of (i) all employees and contractors of Seller (collectively, the “Employees”) with the name of the employing company of each and the country and state in which the employee normally works, (ii) the position, date of hire, current annual rate of compensation (or with respect to employees compensated on an hourly or per diem basis, the hourly or per diem rate of compensation), including any bonus, contingent or deferred compensation, and estimated or target annual incentive compensation of each such person, (iii) the exempt or non-exempt classification of such person on the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable law regarding the payment of wages; and (iv) the total compensation for each executive and key employee during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, including any bonus, contingent or deferred compensation. Current and complete copies of all employment contracts or, where oral, written summaries of the terms thereof, have been delivered or made available to Buyer.

 

(ii) Seller and any affiliate of Seller (to the extent related to the Business) have not been a party to or otherwise bound by any collective bargaining agreement or relationship with any labor union, works council, trade association, or other such employee representative, have not committed any material unfair labor practice and have not, within the past three years, implemented any plant closing or layoff of employees that could implicate the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar foreign, state, provincial or local plant closing or mass layoff Law (collectively, the “WARN Act”).

 

(s) Affiliate Transactions.

 

(i) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(s), no employee, officer, director, stockholder or Stockholder of Seller or affiliate of Seller, or any person in the immediate family group of any of the foregoing (each, a “Seller Affiliate”) (i) is a party to any agreement, contract, commitment, arrangement, or transaction with Seller or that pertains to the business of Seller other than any employment, non-competition, confidentiality or other similar agreements between Seller and any person who is an officer, director or employee of Seller (each, an “Affiliate Agreement”); or (ii) owns, leases, or has any economic or other interest in any asset, tangible or intangible (including Intellectual Property Rights), that is used in, held for use in, or necessary for the operation of the business of Seller as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted (together with the Affiliate Agreements, collectively the “Affiliate Transactions”).

 

(ii) As of the Closing, there will be no outstanding or unsatisfied obligations of any kind (including inter-company accounts, notes, guarantees, loans, or advances) between Seller, on the one hand, and a Seller Affiliate on the other hand, except to the extent arising out of the post-Closing performance of an Affiliate Agreement that is in writing and is set forth on Schedule 2.1(s) (and a true, complete and correct copy of which has been provided to Buyer).

 

 
- 11 -
 
 

 

(t) Customers, Distributors and Vendors. Schedule 2.1(t) sets forth a complete and accurate list of: (a) the twenty (20) largest customers of the Business (measured by the aggregate amount purchased by the customer) during the 12-month period ended December 31, 2018 (each a “Material Customer”, and collectively, the “Material Customers”), showing the approximate total sales to each such customer during such 12-month period and the percentage of the total sales represented by such sales, and (b) the twenty (20) largest vendors of the Business (measured by the aggregate amount purchased by the Seller) during the 12-month period ended December 31, 2018 (each a “Material Vendor”, and collectively, the “Material Vendors”), showing the approximate total spend by Seller from each such vendor during such 12-month period and the percentage of total spend of Seller represented by such spend. (i) No such Material Customer or Material Vendor within the last twelve (12) months has canceled or otherwise terminated, or threatened to cancel, or to the knowledge of Seller or the Stockholders, intends to cancel or terminate, its relationship with Seller, (ii) no such Material Customer during the twelve (12) months has decreased materially or threatened to decrease or limit materially its business with Seller, or to the knowledge of Seller or the Stockholders, intends to modify materially its relationship with Seller (including changing the terms, whether related to payment, price or otherwise) and (iii) no such Material Vendor during the twelve (12) months has increased or threatened to increase the prices charged by such distributor or vendor to Seller for the goods or services provided by such vendor to Seller. The relationship of Seller with each Material Customer and Material Vendor is, to the knowledge of Seller and the Stockholders, satisfactory and there are no unresolved material disputes with any such Material Customer or Material Vendor.

 

(u) Accounts Receivable; Inventory.

 

(i) All accounts and notes receivable reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet are bona fide receivables arising in the ordinary course of business and the Sellers have no actual knowledge that any such accounts receivable are not collectible. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(u), there are no liens (other than Permitted Liens) on such receivables or any part thereof and no agreement for deduction, free goods, discount or other deferred price or quantity adjustment has been made with respect to any such receivables by Seller.

 

(v) The inventory of Seller consists of raw materials, manufactured and purchased parts and finished goods saleable or usable in the ordinary course of business. The inventory of Seller is fit and sufficient for the purposes for which it was provided or manufactured and is normal and reasonable in kind and amount in light of the normal needs of the Business as presently conducted.

 

(w) Warranty Claims. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.1(w), Seller does not provide any express warranties, guaranties or assurances of products and services. For the past five (5) years, (a) there have not been (and there is no basis for alleging) any product recalls, withdrawals or seizures with respect to any of the products marketed, sold or delivered by Seller, and (b) there have not been (and there is no basis for alleging) any material claims against Seller alleging any defects or other deficiency (whether of design, materials, workmanship, labeling instructions or otherwise) in Seller’s services or products, or alleging any failure of the products or services of Seller to meet applicable specifications, warranties or contractual commitments.

 

(x) Full Disclosure. To the best knowledge of the Seller, no representation or warranty by Seller in this Agreement and no statement contained in the Schedules to this Agreement or any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

 

 
- 12 -
 
 

 

2.2 Representations and Warranties of Buyer. The Buyer represent and warrant to, and agrees with, the Seller and the Stockholders as follows:

 

(a) Organization. The Buyer is a corporation duly incorporated and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b) Binding Obligation. The Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. All corporate acts and other proceedings required to be taken by Buyer to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly and properly taken. This Agreement has been duly-executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Buyer, or any provision of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, decree, agreement, instrument or license applicable to Buyer or to its respective property or assets. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, is required by or with respect to Buyer in connection with its execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.

 

(c) Full Disclosure. To the best knowledge of the Buyer, no representation or warranty by Buyer in this Agreement and no statement contained in any schedule to this Agreement or any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished to the Seller or the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

INTERIM COVENANTS

 

During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the Closing, the Seller and the Stockholders each agree (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or to the extent that Buyer shall otherwise consents in writing) that:

 

3.1 Ordinary Course. The Seller and the Stockholders shall carry on the Seller’s Business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and, to the extent consistent with such business, use all reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organization, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with it to the end that its goodwill and ongoing business shall be unimpaired as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.2 Access to Information. Seller shall afford to Buyer and to Buyer’s accountants, counsel and other representatives, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Closing to all its books and records, and, during such period, Seller shall furnish promptly to Buyer all information concerning its business, properties and personnel as Buyer may reasonably request. Buyer will hold such information in confidence until such time as such information otherwise becomes publicly available and in the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason Buyer shall promptly return, or cause to be returned, to Seller all nonpublic documents obtained from Seller which it would not otherwise have been entitled to obtain; and shall use the information only for purposes of the transactions contemplated hereby and not in any other manner whatsoever. Whenever Buyer desires information pursuant to this Section 3.2, Buyer shall request such information from the Seller and provide Seller with sufficient time to allow Buyer or its representatives to visit Seller’s place of business and review and copy such information.

 

 
- 13 -
 
 

 

3.3 Disclosure Schedule. The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the Seller has not yet delivered definitive disclosure schedules (the “Disclosure Schedules”) to this Agreement to the Buyer, and (ii) the Buyer has not been provided with copies of, nor had an opportunity to review, the items to be referred to on the Disclosure Schedule. The Seller shall to the Buyer all of Disclosure Schedules to the Agreement, and documents referred to thereon, in final form within 15 days of the date hereof. The Buyer shall have 15 days following delivery of such Disclosure Schedules and such documents in which to terminate this Agreement if the Buyer objects to any information contained in such Disclosure Schedules or the contents of any such document and Buyer and Seller cannot agree on mutually satisfactory modifications thereto.

 

3.4 Exclusivity. Neither the Seller nor the Stockholders shall and each shall cause their respective employees, affiliates, directors, or representatives not to, directly or indirectly, provide information regarding the Seller to, or initiate, negotiate, or hold any discussions or enter into any understanding or agreement with, any party other than the Buyer with respect to any Competitive Transaction (as defined below). To the extent such discussions or negotiations are on-going, they will be terminated. In addition, the Seller and the Stockholders each agree to immediately communicate to the Buyer the terms of any proposal relating to a Competitive Transaction received by any of the Seller or the Stockholders, or the employees, directors, or representatives of any of such parties. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Competitive Transaction” is a transaction involving, directly or indirectly, (i) the acquisition of the Seller or of all or any material portion of the assets of, or of any of the stock in, the Seller regardless of the structure of any such acquisition, or the authorization of any advisors of the Seller to take any action for the purposes of advancing any such acquisition with any party other than the Buyer, or (ii) the taking of any other action that is inconsistent with the implementation of this Agreement.

 

3.5 Notification of Certain Matters. From the date of this Agreement through the earlier of the Closing and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, Buyer and Seller shall give each other prompt notice in writing of: (a) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect which occurrence or failure could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause any of such party’s representations or warranties contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect; (b) the failure by such party to comply with or satisfy in any respect any covenant, condition or agreement required to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement; (c) any results, occurrences, facts, changes, events or effects has had, or would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have (i) a material adverse effect on the Business or the Seller or (ii) a material adverse effect on such party’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in a timely manner; or (d) any actions, suits, claims, investigations, audits or proceedings commenced or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened against the notifying party or otherwise affecting the notifying party, which relate to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

4.1 Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, all costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer, the Seller or the Stockholders in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs; provided, however, that if the Closing occurs, the Stockholders shall be responsible for and pay any and all transaction related expenses of the Seller if the Seller does not pay such expenses and none of such expenses shall be due and payable by the Seller following the Closing.

 

 
- 14 -
 
 

 

4.2 Press Release. None of the parties hereto shall issue a press release or other publicity announcing the sale of the Purchased Assets or any other aspect of the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written approval of the other party, unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or unless such disclosure is made by the Buyer or its affiliates following the Closing. The Seller and the Stockholders acknowledge that the Buyer’s parent company, 1847 Holdings LLC (the “Parent”), is required by federal securities laws to disclose the material terms of this Agreement through the filing with the SEC of a Current Report on Form 8-K and that the Parent may attach a copy of this Agreement as an exhibit to such Current Report or as an exhibit to the Parent’s next Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

4.3 Covenant Not to Compete. For a period of three years from and after the Closing (the “Noncompetition Period”), neither of the Seller nor the Stockholders will engage directly or indirectly in any business that is competitive with the Business in any geographic area in which the Business is conducted or in which the Buyer plans to conduct the Business as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that no owner of less than 1% of the outstanding stock of any publicly-traded corporation shall be deemed to engage solely by reason thereof in any of its businesses. During the Noncompetition Period, neither the Seller nor the Stockholders shall induce or attempt to induce any customer, or supplier of the Buyer or any affiliate of the Buyer to terminate its relationship with the Buyer or any affiliate of the Buyer or to enter into any business relationship to provide or purchase the same or substantially the same services as are provided to or purchased from the Business which might harm the Buyer or any affiliate of the Buyer. During the Noncompetition Period, neither the Seller nor the Stockholders shall, on behalf of any entity other than the Buyer or an affiliate of the Buyer, hire or retain, or attempt to hire or retain, in any capacity any person who is, or was at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months, an employee or officer of the Buyer or an affiliate of the Buyer. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 4.3 is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Seller nor the Stockholders shall be required to comply with this Section 4.3 at any time that the Buyer is in material breach of this Agreement, the Buyer Note or any of the other Transaction Documents; provided that the Seller and the Stockholders provide the Buyer with written notice of such material breach and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure such material breach.

 

4.4 Subordination. Seller and Stockholders acknowledge, understand and agree that the right to receive payments under the Buyer Note and any Earn Out Payments hereunder (collectively, “Subordinated Payments”) is and shall remain subordinate in right of payment to a revolving credit facility in favor of Burnley Capital or one or more of its affiliates and a term loan no greater than $1,500,000 in favor of SBCC and one or more of its affiliates (collectively, the “Senior Debt”) and, in furtherance thereof, agrees to execute and deliver to the holder of any Senior Debt (or its agent), upon request therefor by such holder (or such agent, as applicable), one or more subordination agreements in favor of the Buyer’s senior lenders (each a “Subordination Agreement”), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such holder (or agent), relating to the subordination of Sellers’ right to receive Subordinated Payments to such holder’s Senior Debt on such terms and conditions as may be required by such holders, including restrictions on the making of any Subordinated Payment if any default or event of default exists under the terms of such Senior Debt (or if the making of any payment due under any Subordinated Payment would result in any such default or event of default). Any term loan included in the definition of Senior Debt shall not exceed $1,500,000 and the $1,500,000 cap on any such term loan shall be decreased by any amounts repaid to the term loan lender under the Buyer’s term loan with such lender.

 

 
- 15 -
 
 

 

4.5 Employee Benefit Matters. Seller shall be responsible for and shall, as of the Closing Date, have fully paid and satisfied in full all other amounts owed to any Employee as of the Closing Date (including, without limitation, all amounts owed through the most recent pay date prior to the Closing Date and all amounts owed to any Employee from and after such most recent pay date through the Closing Date), including payroll, wages, salaries, severance pay, accrued vacation, any employment, incentive, compensation or bonus agreements or other benefits or payments (including without limitation all payments, obligations and other entitlements associated with any Employee Benefit Plan) relating to the period of employment by Seller, or any Affiliate of Seller (to the extent related to the Business) or on account of the termination thereof, and Seller shall indemnify Buyer and hold Buyer harmless from any liabilities or liens thereunder.

 

4.6 Tax Matters. Seller shall pay any sales, use, transfer tax or similar taxes that may arise out of or result from the transactions consummated pursuant to this Agreement or the Transaction Documents. Following the Closing, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party and at the expense of the other party, in connection with the filing of any tax returns and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer agrees to retain all books and records with respect to tax matters pertinent to Seller relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority. Seller and Buyer hereto will cooperate in the preparation and filing of all tax returns and other documents relating to transfer taxes, including any that would relate to an applicable exemption or reduction for such taxes.

 

4.7 Bylaws of the Buyer. The Stockholders acknowledge and agree that the Buyer Shares and the transfer thereof are governed by the terms and provisions of the bylaws of the Buyer and the Stockholders shall not sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Buyer Shares or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements specified in the bylaws of the Buyer. The Stockholders shall otherwise comply with the provisions of the bylaws of the Buyer as they relate to the Buyer Shares.

 

4.8 Management Fee. The Seller and the Stockholders acknowledge and agree that from and after the Closing Date, 1847 Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will charge the Buyer an annual management fee equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of adjusted net assets and which fee shall cover management consulting services to be provided by 1847 Partners LLC. Payment of the Management Fee will be subordinated to the payment of interest on the Buyer Note and the payment of interest on any other debt at the Buyer such that no payment of the management fee may be made if the Buyer is in default under the Buyer Note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on the Buyer being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. During the period that that any amounts are owed under the Seller Note or the Earn-Out, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000.

 

 
- 16 -
 
 

 

4.9 Rights to Participate in Future Stock Issuances.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.9 and applicable securities laws, if the Buyer proposes to offer or sell any New Securities (as defined below), the Buyer shall first offer such New Securities to the Stockholders. The Buyer shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to the Stockholders, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities. By notification to the Buyer within ten (10) days after the Offer Notice is given, the Stockholders may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the common stock of the Buyer then held by the Stockholders (including all shares of common stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of any derivative securities held by the Stockholders) bears to the total common stock of the Buyer then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all outstanding securities of the Buyer that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangable for, common stock). The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.9(c) shall occur within the later of thirty (30) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.9.

 

(d) If the Stockholders do not notify the Buyer of their intent to purchase New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice, the Buyer may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.9(c), offer and sell the New Securities (including that portion subject to this right of first offer) to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Buyer does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Stockholders in accordance with this Section 4.9.

 

(e) The right of first offer in this Section 4.9 shall not be applicable to Exempted Securities (as defined below).

 

(f) The right of first offer set forth in this Section 4.9 shall terminate once the Stockholders, in the aggregate, own less than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Buyer.

 

(g) For purposes of this Section 4.9, the following terms shall have the following meanings ascribed to them: “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Buyer, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities other than Exempted Securities; and “Exempted Securities” means (i) Common Stock or other securities of the Buyer issuable under the Buyer’s equity incentive plan; (ii) Common Stock or other securities issuable upon a stock split, stock dividend, or any subdivision of stock; (iii) Common Stock or other securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction; (iv) Common Stock or other securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services; (v) Common Stock or other securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another entity by the Buyer by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement; and (vi) Common Stock or other securities issued in connection with collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships.

 

 
- 17 -
 
 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

5.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation. The respective obligation of each party hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction prior to the Closing Date of the following conditions:

 

(a) Approvals. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of, or declarations or filings with, or expiration of waiting periods imposed by, any governmental entity necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been filed, occurred or been obtained.

 

(b) Legal Action. No action, suit or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened before any court or governmental body seeking to challenge or restrain the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(c) Closing Documents. The Buyer Note, Buyer Shares and all other Transaction Documents to be delivered at the Closing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of the parties.

 

5.2 Conditions of Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions unless waived by Buyer:

 

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Seller and the Stockholders set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of Seller and Stockholders to such effect.

 

(b) Performance of Obligations of Seller. The Seller shall have performed all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of each Seller to such effect.

 

(c) Satisfactory Completion of Due Diligence. The Buyer shall have completed its due diligence review of the Seller and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in its sole discretion.

 

(d) Financing. The Buyer shall have obtained on terms and conditions satisfactory to it all of the financing it needs in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and fund the working capital requirements of the Business after the Closing, including the Senior Debt described in Section 4.4.

 

(e) Minimum Working Capital. The Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer a balance sheet as of a date that is within five days of the Closing Date and the working capital of the Business as derived from such balance sheet shall be at least ($1,802,000) (negative), including a reserve for advertising and marketing expenses that is consistent with past practice.

 

(f) No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2018, there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations, business or assets of Seller.

 

(g) Consents and Actions. All requisite consents of any third parties to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained.

 

(h) Release of Security Interests. Provision satisfactory to Buyer shall have been made for the release of any security interests which encumber any of the Purchased Assets and the cost of such releases shall be borne by the Seller.

 

(i) Employment Agreement. The Buyer shall have entered into an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker that is in form and substance satisfactory to the Buyer and Michael Goedeker.

 

 
- 18 -
 
 

 

(j) Lease Agreement. The Buyer shall have entered into a lease for the Seller’s current operating premises with the landlord of such premises, which lease shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Buyer.

 

(k) Closing Deliveries. The Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer at or prior to the Closing the following documents:

 

(i) Such certificates, executed by officers of Seller, as Buyer may reasonably request.

 

(ii) Consents executed by all necessary parties to permit Buyer to assume the Seller’s interest in any contracts acquired among the Purchased Assets.

 

(iii) A bill of sale and such other documents as may be required to convey all of Seller's right, title and interest in all personal property included in the Purchased Assets.

 

(iv) Such other documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Buyer or its counsel.

 

5.3 Conditions of Obligations of Seller. The obligations of the Seller to effect the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions unless waived by Seller:

 

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and the Seller shall have received a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Buyer to such effect.

 

(b) Performance of Obligations of Buyer. Buyer shall have performed all obligations required to be performed by it and this Agreement prior to the Closing Date, and the Seller shall have received a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of Buyer to such effect.

 

(c) Employment Agreement. The Buyer shall have entered into an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker that is in form and substance satisfactory to the Buyer and Michael Goedeker.

 

(d) Lease Agreement. The Buyer shall have entered into a lease for the Seller’s current operating premises with the landlord of such premises, which lease shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Seller.

 

(e) Consents and Actions. All requisite consents of any third parties or governmental agencies to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained.

 

(f) Other Documents. The Seller shall have received the Buyer Note, the Buyer Shares and such other documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by the Seller or its counsel.

 

 
- 19 -
 
 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties of the Seller and the Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, provided that the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.1(b) (Binding Obligation), 2.1(d) (Title to Personal Property), 2.1(j) (Employee Benefit Plans), 2.1(k) (Environmental Matters) and 2.1(n) (Taxes) (such representations being referred to herein as the “Fundamental Representations”) shall continue in full force and effect for a period equal to the applicable statute of limitations. The representations and warranties of the Buyer shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect for a period equal to the applicable statute of limitations. This Section 6.1 shall survive so long as any representations, warranties or indemnification obligations of any party survive hereunder.

 

6.2 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.

 

(a) Subject to Section 6.1, in the event the Seller or the Stockholders breaches any of its respective representations, warranties, and covenants contained in this Agreement, and, if there is an applicable survival period pursuant to Section 6.1 above, provided that the Buyer makes a written claim for indemnification against the Seller and the Stockholders pursuant to Section 8.6 below within such survival period, which written claim shall, to the extent possible, specifically identify the basis for indemnification and any relevant facts forming the basis for such claim, then the Seller and the Stockholders agree to indemnify the Buyer and any affiliate of the Buyer from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences (as defined below) the Buyer or such affiliate of the Buyer may suffer through and after the date of the claim for indemnification (including any Adverse Consequences the Buyer or such affiliate of the Buyer may suffer after the end of any applicable survival period) resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the breach. For purposes of this Agreement, “Adverse Consequences” means all actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, damages, dues, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, liabilities, obligations, taxes, liens, losses, lost value, expenses, and fees, including court costs and attorneys' fees and expenses.

 

(b) In addition to the indemnification provided in Section 6.2(a), the Seller and the Stockholders agrees to indemnify the Buyer from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the Buyer and any affiliate of the Buyer may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by:

 

(i) Any Excluded Liability; and

 

(ii) Any liability of Seller which is not an Assumed Liability and which is imposed upon the Buyer under any bulk transfer law of any jurisdiction or under any common law doctrine of de facto merger or successor liability so long as such liability arises out of the ownership, use or operation of the assets of the Seller, or the operation or conduct of the Business prior to the Closing.

 

6.3 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Seller and the Stockholders.

 

(a) In the event the Buyer breaches any of its representations, warranties, and covenants contained in this Agreement, and, if there is an applicable survival period pursuant to Section 6.1 above, provided that any of the Seller or the Stockholders make a written claim for indemnification against the Buyer pursuant to Section 8.6 below within such survival period which written claim shall, to the extent possible, specifically identify the basis for indemnification and any relevant facts forming the basis for such claim, then the Buyer agrees to indemnify the Seller and the Stockholders from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the Seller and the Stockholders may suffer through and after the date of the claim for indemnification (including any Adverse Consequences the Seller and the Stockholders may suffer after the end of any applicable survival period) resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the breach.

 

 
- 20 -
 
 

 

(b) In addition to the indemnification provided in Section 6.3(a), the Buyer agrees to indemnify the Seller and the Stockholders from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences any Seller or the Stockholders may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by:

 

(i) Any Assumed Liability; or

 

(ii) Any liability (other than any Excluded Liability) asserted by a third party against any of the Seller or the Stockholders which arises out of the ownership of the Purchased Assets after the Closing or the operation by the Buyer of the business conducted with the Purchased Assets after the Closing Date.

 

6.4 Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.2(a) or Section 6.3(a), in no event shall the Buyer or the Parent have or assert any claim against the Seller or the Stockholders, or the Seller or the Stockholders have or assert any claim against the Buyer and the Parent based upon or arising out of the breach of any representation or warranty, unless, until and to the extent that the aggregate of all such claims under Section 6.2(a), in the case of claims by the Buyer, or under Section 6.3(a), in the case of claims by the Seller or the Stockholders, exceeds a Fifty Thousand Dollar ($50,000) aggregate threshold (at which point the indemnifying party will be obligated to indemnify the indemnified party from and against all such Adverse Consequences relating back to the first dollar). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the threshold limitation expressed in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to claims by the Buyer for breach by the Seller or the Stockholders of any of the Fundamental Representations. Furthermore, Buyer’s aggregate remedy with respect to any and all Adverse Consequences for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants hereunder by the Seller or the Stockholders shall not exceed $2,000,000.

 

6.5 Matters Involving Third Parties.

 

(a) If any third party shall notify any party (the “Indemnified Party”) with respect to any matter (a “Third Party Claim”) which may give rise to a claim for indemnification against any other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) under this Article 6, then the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify each Indemnifying Party thereof in writing; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying any Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder unless (and then solely to the extent) the Indemnifying Party thereby is prejudiced by such delay.

 

(b) Any Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Third Party Claim with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party so long as (A) the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing within 15 days after the Indemnified Party has given written notice of the Third Party Claim that the Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Third Party Claim, (B) the Indemnifying Party provides the Indemnified Party with evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have the financial resources to defend against the Third Party Claim and fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (C) the Third Party Claim involves only money damages and does not seek an injunction or other equitable relief, (D) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third Party Claim is not, in the good faith judgment of the Indemnified Party, likely to establish a precedential custom or practice materially adverse to the continuing business interests of the Indemnified Party (it being understood that any Third Party Claim involving a person or entity which is a customer or supplier of the Buyer following the Closing, will be deemed to involve the possibility of such a precedential custom or practice), and (E) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently.

 

 
- 21 -
 
 

 

(c) So long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense of the Third Party Claim in accordance with Section 6.5(b) above, (A) the Indemnified Party may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Third Party Claim, (B) the Indemnified Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (not to be withheld unreasonably), and (C) the Indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be withheld unreasonably).

 

(d) In the event any of the conditions in Section 6.5(b) above is or becomes unsatisfied, however, (A) the Indemnified Party may defend against, and consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to, the Third Party Claim in any manner it reasonably may deem appropriate (and the Indemnified Party need not consult with, or obtain any consent from, any Indemnifying Party in connection therewith), (B) the Indemnifying Parties will reimburse the Indemnified Party promptly and periodically for the costs of defending against the Third Party Claim (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), and (C) the Indemnifying Parties will remain responsible for any Adverse Consequences the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Third Party Claim to the fullest extent provided in this Article 6.

 

6.6 Recoupment Under Buyer Note and Earn-Out.

 

(a) If the Seller is obligated to indemnify the Buyer or any other Indemnified Person for any indemnification claim in accordance with this Article 6, Buyer may set-off the amount of such claim against the amounts due to the Seller under the Buyer Note or that would otherwise be owed to the Seller under the Earn-Out.

 

(b) If the Buyer intends to set-off any amount hereunder, Buyer shall provide not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Seller of its intention to do so, together with a reasonably detailed explanation of the basis therefor (a “Set-Off Notice”). If, within ten (10) days of its receipt of a Set-Off Notice, the Seller provides Buyer with written notice of Seller’s dispute with Buyer’s right to make such set-off, Buyer and Seller (and their respective representatives and advisors) shall meet (which may be accomplished telephonically) in good faith within five (5) days to attempt to resolve their dispute. If such dispute remains unresolved despite Buyer’s good faith attempt to meet with the Seller and resolve such dispute, Buyer may set-off under this Section 6.6 only (a) with respect to those indemnification claims that have been Finally Determined (as defined below), (b) as described in Section 6.6(c) relating to the escrow of the Earn-Out Payments or payments due under the Buyer Note or (c) with the prior written consent of the Seller.

 

(c) In the event of a dispute with respect to any indemnification claim against the Seller made in good faith pursuant to this Article 6, and the liability for and amount of Adverse Consequences therefore, Buyer may withhold any payments due to the Seller under the Buyer Note or the Earn-Out, up to the disputed amount, but only if the Buyer deposits such withheld amounts into escrow account with a mutually agreeable title company in St. Louis, Missouri in accordance with a mutually agreed upon escrow agreement, provided that if the parties cannot agree upon the terms of the escrow agreement or the escrow agent, the Buyer shall deposit the withheld payments with a court of competent jurisdiction in St. Louis, Missouri. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Finally Determined” shall mean with respect to any indemnification claim made, and the liability for and amount of Losses therefor, when the parties to such claim have so determined by mutual agreement or, if disputed, when a judgment has been issued by a court or arbitral panel having proper jurisdiction.

 

 
- 22 -
 
 

 

6.7 Sole and Exclusive Remedy. Except with respect to claims for specific performance or other equitable remedies and for claims based upon fraud, in respect of any breach of any representations, warranties, covenant agreements or obligations required to be performed on or after Closing pursuant to this Agreement, this Article VI shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for Adverse Consequences of any Indemnified Party and each Party waives all statutory, common law and other claims with respect thereto, other than claims for indemnification under this Article VI from and after the Closing with respect to breaches of this Agreement. In addition, the Buyer may only look to satisfy any indemnification claim against the Seller or the Stockholders for Adverse Consequences as a set off to the Buyer Note and the Earn-Out and shall have no other right to recover damages for Adverse Consequences.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TEMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

7.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a) by mutual consent of the Buyer, the Stockholders and the Seller;

 

(b) by any of the Buyer, the Stockholders or the Seller if there has been a material misrepresentation or breach of covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on the part of the other and such breach of a covenant or agreement has not been promptly cured after at least fourteen (14) day’s written notice is given;

 

(c) by Buyer if any of the conditions set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall not have been satisfied before the 90th day following the date that the Buyer has received Disclosure Schedules in accordance with Section 3.3 of this Agreement (the “Outside Date”), or such later date as the Buyer, the Stockholders and Seller shall mutually agree in writing;

 

(d) by the Seller or the Stockholders if any of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3 shall not have been satisfied before the Outside Date, or such later date as the Buyer, Stockholders and Seller shall mutually agree in writing.

 

7.2 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1 Sales Taxes. All sales and use taxes, if any, due under the laws of any state, any local government authority, or the federal government of the United States, in connection with the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets shall be paid by Buyer.

 

8.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

8.3 Governing Law and Arbitration. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Missouri. Any dispute shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

 
- 23 -
 
 

 

8.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

8.5 Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of his or its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the Buyer, the Stockholders and the Seller; provided, however, that the Buyer may (i) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its affiliates, (ii) designate one or more of its affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder (in any or all of which cases the Buyer nonetheless shall remain responsible for the performance of all of its obligations hereunder), and (iii) collaterally assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more lenders of the Buyer.

 

8.6 Notices.

 

(a) All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications among the Parties shall be in writing and given to the respective Parties at their respective addresses set forth on the signature page to this Agreement (or to such other address as the Party shall have furnished to the other Parties in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.6).

 

(b) All notices shall be given (i) by delivery in person (ii) by a nationally recognized next day courier service, (iii) by first class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iv) by facsimile or (v) by electronic mail to the address of the party specified on the signature page to this Agreement or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

(c) All notices shall be effective upon (i) receipt by the party to which notice is given, or (ii) on the fifth (5th) day following mailing, whichever occurs first.

 

8.7 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.8 Specific Performance. Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that the other parties would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees that the other parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
- 24 -
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer, the Stockholders and the Seller have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

BUYER:

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

SELLER:

 

GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC.

 

 

     

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

By: /s/ Steve Goedeker

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

Name:

Steve Goedeker  

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

  Title:  

 

c/o 1847 Holdings LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Ellery W. Roberts, CEO

Facsimile:

email: eroberts@1847holdings.com

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to Buyer, to:

 

BEVILACQUA PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW

Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Attention: Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.

Email: lou@bevilacquapllc.com

13850 Manchester Rd, Ballwin,

MO 63011

Attention: Steve Goedeker

Facsimile:

Email: stevegoedeker@gmail.com

 

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to Seller, to:

 

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

 

STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

     

/s/ Steve Goedeker

/s/ Mike Goedeker

STEVE GOEDEKER

 

MIKE GOEDEKER  

 

13850 Manchester Rd,

Ballwin, MO 63011

Attention: Steve Goedeker

Facsimile:

Email: stevegoedeker@gmail.com

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to the Stockholder, to:

 

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

13850 Manchester Rd,

Ballwin, MO 63011

Facsimile:

Email:

 

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to the Stockholder, to:

 

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

 

 

- 25 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.6

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of April 5, 2019, is entered into by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Buyer”), 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdco”), Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Seller”), and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (the “Stockholders”, and each individually, a “Stockholder”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Buyer, the Seller and the Stockholders have previously entered in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019 (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).

 

B. The parties hereto desire to amend the Asset Purchase Agreement as set forth herein.

 

C. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement may be amended by the Parties only by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Buyer, the Seller and the Stockholders.

 

D. Holdco is a wholly-owned subsidiary of 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the parent company of Buyer.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Amendments.

 

a. Section 1.4(a) as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“In consideration for the sale, assignment and delivery of the Purchased Assets, Buyer shall (i) pay an aggregate purchase price equal to Six Million, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($6,200,000) (the “Purchase Price”), as the same may be adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, payable in accordance with this Section 1.4(a) on the Closing Date, (ii) assume the Assumed Liabilities and (iii) issue to each of Steve Goedeker and Michael Goedeker shares of the Common Stock of Holdco equal to 11.25% non-dilutable interest in all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Holdco as of the Closing Date (the “Holdco Shares”).”

 

b. Section 2.3 is hereby added to the Asset Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

“2.3 Representations and Warranties of Holdco. Holdco represent and warrant to, and agrees with, the Seller and the Stockholders as follows:

 
 
- 1 -
 
 

 

(a) Organization. Holdco is a corporation duly incorporated and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

(b) Binding Obligation. Holdco has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. All corporate acts and other proceedings required to be taken by Holdco to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Holdco of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly and properly taken. This Agreement has been duly-executed and delivered by Holdco and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdco, enforceable against Holdco in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by Holdco of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Holdco, or any provision of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, decree, agreement, instrument or license applicable to Holdco or to its respective property or assets. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, is required by or with respect to Holdco in connection with its execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.

 

(c) Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty by Holdco in this Agreement and no statement contained in any schedule to this Agreement or any certificate or other document furnished or to be furnished to the Seller or the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.”

 

c. Section 4.7 as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Bylaws of Holdco. The Stockholders acknowledge and agree that the Holdco Shares and the transfer thereof are governed by the terms and provisions of the bylaws of Holdco and the Stockholders shall not sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Holdco Shares or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements specified in the bylaws of the Buyer. The Stockholders shall otherwise comply with the provisions of the bylaws of Holdco as they relate to the Holdco Shares.”

 

d. A new Section 4.10 is added to the Asset Purchase Agreement, which new section shall be captioned “Nonassignable Contracts” and shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4.10 Nonassignable Contracts. This Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or an attempted assignment of that certain Digital Marketing Agreement with Power Digital Marketing (the “Marketing Agreement”). The Seller shall cooperate with the Buyer in determining a reasonable arrangement designed to provide for the Buyer the benefits under the Marketing Agreement. In consideration for Seller so cooperating, Buyer shall pay to Seller on the date hereof a total of $20,000 which amount Seller shall use to pay Power Digital Marketing for amounts due under the Marketing Agreement for services to be rendered during the months of April 2019 and May 2019. Seller shall cause the Marketing Agreement to be terminated as of May 30, 2019 to ensure that Seller no longer has any obligations under the Marketing Agreement.”

 

 
- 2 -
 
 

 

e. A new Section 4.11 is added to the Asset Purchase Agreement, which new section shall be captioned “Release of Tax Lien” and shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4.11 Release of Tax Lien. The Seller hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to have released within 60 days of the Closing Date that certain Missouri Department of Revenue tax lien (Lien Number 200226705001967) and to provide Buyer with evidence of such release.”

 

f. Section 5.3(a) as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer and Holdco set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and the Seller shall have received a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Buyer and Holdco to such effect.”

 

g. Section 5.3(b) as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Performance of Obligations of Buyer and Holdco. Each of Buyer and Holdco shall have performed all obligations required to be performed by it and this Agreement prior to the Closing Date, and the Seller shall have received a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Buyer and Holdco to such effect.

 

h. Each reference to “Buyer Shares” in the Asset Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to read, and each such reference is hereby deemed to refer to, “Holdco Shares.”

 

3. Joinder. Holdco hereby agrees, effective as of the date hereof, to become a party to the Asset Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

4. Effect of Amendment. Except as amended as set forth above, the Asset Purchase Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the Asset Purchase Agreement, this Amendment shall prevail and govern.

 

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Missouri. Any dispute shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

[Signature page follows]

 
 
- 3 -
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyer, Holdco, the Seller and the Stockholders have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

BUYER:
 
1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

SELLER:
  
GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC.

 

 

       

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

By: /s/ Steve Goedeker

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Steve Goedeker  

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

  Title: President  

 

 

       

HOLDCO:

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

13850 Manchester Rd.

Ballwin, MO 63011

Attention: Steve Goedeker

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Email: tevegoedeker@gmail.com

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to Seller, to:

 

In each case:

c/o 1847 Holdings LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Robert D. Barry, CFO

Facsimile:

email:   rbarry2@nc.rr.com

bbarry@1847holdings.com

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to Buyer or Holdco, to:

  

BEVILACQUA PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW

Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Attention: Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.

Email: lou@bevilacquapllc.com

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

 
 

- 4 -

 
 

 

STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

     

/s/ Steve Goedeker

/s/ Mike Goedeker

STEVE GOEDEKER

 

MIKE GOEDEKER  

 

13850 Manchester Rd.

Ballwin, MO 63011

Attention: Steve Goedeker

Facsimile:

Email: stevegoedeker@gmail.com
     
with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to the Stockholder, to:

  

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

13850 Manchester Rd.

Ballwin, MO 63011

Facsimile:

Email:

 

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice to the Stockholder, to:

  

Carmody MacDonald

120 S. Central Avenue

Suite 1800

St. Louis, MO 63105

Attn: Donald R. Carmody

Facsimile:

Email: drc@carmodymacdonald.com

 

  
- 5 -

 

EXHIBIT 10.7

 

This instrument and the indebtedness evidenced hereby, and the rights and remedies of the holders of this instrument, are subordinate in the manner and to the extent set forth in that certain Subordination Agreement (Respecting Seller Note and Earn Out Payments) (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “Subordination Agreement”) dated as of April 5, 2019, by and among Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation, and Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Subordination Agreement); and each holder of this instrument, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement.

 

This instrument and the indebtedness evidenced hereby, and the rights and remedies of the holders of this instrument, are subordinate in the manner and to the extent set forth in that certain Subordination Agreement (Respecting Seller Note and Earn Out Payments) (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “Subordination Agreement”) dated as of April 5, 2019, by and among Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation, and Small Business Community Capital L.P., a Delaware limited liability company, to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Subordination Agreement); and each holder of this instrument, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement.

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT.

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

9% SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US $4,100,000

______________April 5, 2019

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Sellers’ Representative (the “Holder”), the principal sum of Four Million, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,100,000.00) (the “Principal”) in lawful money of the United States of America, with interest payable thereon at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum. The unpaid principal amount hereof and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be paid in full to the Holder on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of this Note (the “Maturity Date”).

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Holder, Mike Goedeker and Goedeker Television Co., Inc. (the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Company acquired all or substantially all of the assets of the Seller.

 
 
1
 
 

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Note and the terms and conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1. Principal Repayment. The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall be amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule set forth on Exhibit A to this Note (the “Amortization Schedule”) with all of the unpaid principal being fully paid on the Maturity Date, unless this Note has been earlier redeemed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a sale by 1847 Holdings LLC to an unaffiliated third party of a controlling interest in the Company (whether such sale takes place through a merger, share exchange, stock sale or other structure), the unpaid principal amount and all accrued but unpaid Interest thereon shall automatically become due and payable and the proceeds of any such sale, after the payment of obligations to the Senior Indebtedness, shall be first used to repay amounts due under this Note.

 

2. Interest.

 

(a) Computation. Interest (the “Interest”) shall accrue on the unpaid principal amount of this Note from the date hereof until such principal amount is repaid in full at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum. Interest shall be paid in accordance with the Amortization Schedule with all unpaid Interest being paid on the Maturity Date or the date of the redemption of this Note. All computations of the Interest rate hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any Interest rate provided for herein shall be determined to be unlawful, such Interest rate shall be computed at the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Any payment by the Company of any Interest amount in excess of that permitted by law shall be considered a mistake, with the excess being applied to the principal of this Note without prepayment premium or penalty.

 

(b) Taxes, Charges, and Expenses. The Company, at its own cost, shall report interest income, if any, to the IRS and/or other applicable tax authorities and to the Holder on a Form 1099-INT or other appropriate form in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall bear sole responsibility for any costs or fees in connection with the payment of Interest with respect to this Note, including, but not limited to, wire transfer fees, bank check fees and escrow agent fees.

 

3. Redemption. The Company will have the right to redeem all or any portion of the Note at any time prior to the Maturity Date without premium or penalty of any kind. The redemption price will be payable in cash and is equal to the then outstanding principal amount of this Note plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

4. Events of Default. In the event that any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 
 
2
 
 

 

(a) Non-Payment. The Company shall default in the payment of the principal of, or accrued interest on, this Note as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether by acceleration or otherwise; or

 

(b) Default in Covenants. The Company shall default in any material manner in the observance or performance of any covenants or agreements set forth in any of the Transaction Documents; or

 

(c) Breach of Representations and Warranties. The Company materially breaches any representation or warranty contained in the Transaction Documents; or

 

(d) Illegality of Note. Any court of competent jurisdiction issues an order declaring the Note or any provision thereunder to be illegal;

 

(e) Cross Default. There occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness (as defined below): (i) a default with respect to any payment obligation thereunder that then entitles the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or (ii) any other default thereunder that entitles, and has caused, the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity; or

 

(f) Bankruptcy. The Company shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company or any of its property, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) in the absence of such application, consent or acquiesce in, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company or for any part of its property; or (iv) permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of the Company, and, if such case or proceeding is not commenced by the Company or converted to a voluntary case, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Company or shall result in the entry of an order for relief;

 

then, and so long as such Event of Default is continuing for a period of two (2) business days in the case of non-payment under Section 4(a) or for a period of thirty (30) calendar days in the case of events under Sections 4(b) through 4(d) or for a period of five (5) calendar days in the case of an event under Section 4(e) (and the event which would constitute such Event of Default, if curable, has not been cured), by written notice to the Company from the Holder, all obligations of the Company under this Note shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other action nor obligation of the Holder of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and Holder may exercise any other remedies the Holder may have at law or in equity. If an Event of Default specified in Section 4(f) above occurs, the principal of, and accrued interest on, the Note shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of any Holder, become immediately due and payable.

 

5. Affirmative Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other amount is owing to the Holder hereunder, the Company will:

 
 
3
 
 

 

(a) Corporate Existence and Qualification. Take the necessary steps to preserve its corporate existence and its right to conduct business in all states in which the nature of its business requires qualification to do business;

 

(b) Compliance with Law. Comply with the charter and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of the Company, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Company or any of its property or to which each of the Company or any of its properties is subject;

 

(c) Taxes. Duly pay and discharge all taxes or other claims, which might become a lien upon any of its property except to the extent that any thereof are being in good faith appropriately contested with adequate reserves provided therefor;

 

(d) Further Assurances. The Company shall execute and deliver any and all such further documents and take any and all such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Note and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

 

6. Subordination.

 

(a) All claims of the Holder to principal, interest and any other amounts at any time owed under this Note (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”) is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, as herein set forth, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below). No payment under Junior Indebtedness shall be made by the Company, nor shall the Holder exercise any remedies under the Junior Indebtedness (including taking any legal action (whether judicial or otherwise) to collect the Junior Indebtedness), if, at the time of such payment, exercise or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) there shall exist any material “Default” or “Event of Default” under any agreements governing any of the Senior Indebtedness or (ii) the maturity of any of the Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been waived or such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full; provided, however, that (x) in the event that the holder of any Senior Indebtedness accelerates such Senior Indebtedness, then the Holder may accelerate the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and (y) if the Company is permitted under the terms of the Senior Indebtedness to pay an amount due and owing under this Note and fails to make such payment, then so long as the terms of the Senior Indebtedness do not prohibit such action, the Holder may exercise its rights to be paid such amount, but only such amount (and Holder shall not be permitted to accelerate hereunder).

 

(b) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding up or total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money, before any payment is made under Junior Indebtedness; and upon any such dissolution or winding up or liquidation or reorganization, any distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness would be entitled except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holder if received by Holder, directly to the holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or its representatives, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holder with respect to the Junior Indebtedness.

 
 
4
 
 

 

(c) If the holders of the Senior Indebtedness in good faith believe Holder may fail to timely file a proof of claim in any such proceeding, the holder(s) of the Senior Indebtedness may do so for Holder.

 

(d) In the event that any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing where the holder has actual knowledge of a Senior Indebtedness payment default shall be received by the Holder before all the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provisions made for such payment, in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money, in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

(e) The provisions hereof are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness on the one hand and the Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness on the other hand, and nothing herein shall impair, as between the Company and the Holder, the obligations of the Company under the Junior Indebtedness, which are unconditional and absolute. With this in mind, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6, if and so long as all documents governing the Senior Indebtedness permit one of the actions restricted by this Section 6, the restriction shall be waived and the restricted action permitted hereunder.

 

(f) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants hereof, regardless of any knowledge thereof any holder of the Senior Indebtedness may have or be otherwise charged with. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Holder, without incurring responsibility to the Holder and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Note or the obligations hereunder of the Holder to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or create, renew or alter, the Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner the Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which the Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing the Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any person liable or contingently liable in any manner for the payment or collection of the Senior Indebtedness; and/or (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company or any other person.

 
 
5
 
 

 

(g) Each holder of any Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of this Note, shall be entitled to rely on the subordination provisions set forth in this Note.

 

(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, the Holder shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts which would prohibit the making of any payments on the Junior Indebtedness unless and until the holder(s) of the Senior Indebtedness or their representatives send written notice to Holder of same.

 

(i) Subject to the payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

 

(j) The Holder shall confirm (in writing) the above subordination provisions if requested by any holder of the Senior Indebtedness, and shall execute and deliver such additional subordination agreements, consistent with the foregoing as any holder of Senior Indebtedness may require.

 

(k) For purposes hereof, “Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company, all indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the execution of this Note or thereafter created, to Burnley Capital and SBCC or one or more of their respective affiliates; provided, however, that any term loan included in the definition of Senior Indebtedness shall not exceed $1,500,000 and the $1,500,000 cap on any such term loan shall be decreased by any amounts repaid to the term loan lender under the Company’s term loan with such lender.

 

7. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note. If this Note shall become mutilated or defaced, or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute and deliver a new note of like principal amount in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the destroyed, lost or stolen Note. In the case of a mutilated or defaced Note, the Holder shall surrender such Note to the Company. In the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, the Holder shall furnish to the Company: (i) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and (ii) such security or indemnity (which shall not include the posting of any bond) as may be reasonably required by the Company to hold the Company harmless.

 

8. Waiver of Demand, Presentment, etc. The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereunder, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission as or with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder. The Company agrees that, in the event of an Event of Default, to reimburse the Holder for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees of one counsel) incurred in connection with the enforcement and collection of this Note.

 
 
6
 
 

 

9. Payment. All payments with respect to this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America, at the address of the Holder as of the date hereof or as designated in writing by the Holder from time to time. The receipt by the Holder of immediately available funds shall constitute a payment of principal and interest hereunder and shall satisfy and discharge the liability for principal and interest on this Note to the extent of the sum represented by such payment. Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.

 

10. Assignment. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Note shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. To complete an assignment or transfer this Note, the Holder shall deliver a completed and executed Form of Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit B and surrender and deliver this Note, duly endorsed, to the Company’s office or such other address which the Company shall designate, upon receipt of which a new Note, in substantially the form of this Note (any such new Note, a “New Note”), evidencing the portion of this Note so transferred shall be issued to the transferee and a New Note evidencing the remaining portion of this Note not so transferred, if any, shall be issued to the transferring Holder. The acceptance of the New Note by the transferee thereof shall be deemed the acceptance by such transferee of all of the rights and obligations in respect of the New Note that the Holder has in respect of this Note. Interest and principal are payable only to the registered Holder of this Note set forth on the books and records of the Company.

 

11. Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note, including, without limitation, the due date hereof, and the observance of any term hereof, may be amended, waived or modified (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

12. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if given in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

 

13. Governing Law and Arbitration. This Note shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Missouri. Any dispute shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. The provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

14. Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Note are included for convenience of reference only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Note.

 

15. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Note, and the balance of this Note shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 
 
7
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Note to be issued as of the date first above written.

 

  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
        
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry  
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

  

 

8
 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Amortization Schedule

 

Quarterly payments begin on July 1, 2019 and shall be made on each July 1, October 1 and January 1 and April 1 thereafter.

 

Quarter

 

 

Payment

 

 

Principal Paid

 

 

Interest Paid

 

 

Remaining Balance

 

1.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 164,582.49

 

 

$ 92,250.00

 

 

$ 3,935,417.51

 

2.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 168,285.60

 

 

$ 88,546.89

 

 

$ 3,767,131.91

 

3.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 172,072.02

 

 

$ 84,760.47

 

 

$ 3,595,059.89

 

4.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 175,943.64

 

 

$ 80,888.85

 

 

$ 3,419,116.25

 

5.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 179,902.37

 

 

$ 76,930.12

 

 

$ 3,239,213.88

 

6.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 183,950.18

 

 

$ 72,882.31

 

 

$ 3,055,263.70

 

7.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 188,089.06

 

 

$ 68,743.43

 

 

$ 2,867,174.64

 

8.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 192,321.06

 

 

$ 64,511.43

 

 

$ 2,674,853.58

 

9.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 196,648.28

 

 

$ 60,184.21

 

 

$ 2,478,205.30

 

10.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 201,072.87

 

 

$ 55,759.62

 

 

$ 2,277,132.43

 

11.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 205,597.01

 

 

$ 51,235.48

 

 

$ 2,071,535.42

 

12.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 210,222.94

 

 

$ 46,609.55

 

 

$ 1,861,312.48

 

13.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 214,952.96

 

 

$ 41,879.53

 

 

$ 1,646,359.52

 

14.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 219,789.40

 

 

$ 37,043.09

 

 

$ 1,426,570.12

 

15.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 224,734.66

 

 

$ 32,097.83

 

 

$ 1,201,835.46

 

16.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 229,791.19

 

 

$ 27,041.30

 

 

$ 972,044.27

 

17.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 234,961.49

 

 

$ 21,871.00

 

 

$ 737,082.78

 

18.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 240,248.13

 

 

$ 16,584.36

 

 

$ 496,834.65

 

19.

 

 

$ 256,832.49

 

 

$ 245,653.71

 

 

$ 11,178.78

 

 

$ 251,180.94

 

20.

 

 

$ 256,832.51

 

 

$ 251,180.94

 

 

$ 5,651.57

 

 

$ 0

 

Totals

 

 

$ 5,136,649.82

 

 

$ 4,100,000.00

 

 

$ 1,036,649.82

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
9
 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Assignment

 

TO: 1847 Goedeker Inc.,

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ___________________ (name), __________________________________________ (address), US$____________ of 9% Subordinated Promissory Note (“Note”) of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”), including any and all accrued and unpaid interest owing thereon, registered in the name of the undersigned on the records of the Company represented by the within certificate, and irrevocably appoints ___________________ the attorney of the undersigned to transfer the said securities on the books or register with full power of substitution.

 

DATED this ________ day of, __________________, 20 ____.

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Registered Note Holder)

 

   

 

 

 

(Print name of Registered Note Holder)

 

 

Instructions:

 

1. Signature of Holder must be the signature of the person appearing on the face of the Note.

 

 

2. If the transfer of Note is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, curator, guardian, attorney, officer of a corporation or any person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the certificate must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign satisfactory to the Company.

 

 

10

  

EXHIBIT 10.8

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

(Respecting Seller Note and Earn Out Payments)

 

This Subordination Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 5, 2019, by and between Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Subordinated Creditor”), and Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Senior Lender”). Each of the Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender may be referred to herein as a “Creditor” or collectively as the “Creditors”.

 

RECITALS:

 

A. 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco” and together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”) are now, or may hereafter be, indebted to Senior Lender as a result of extensions of credit under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B. Borrower is indebted to Subordinated Creditor under that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note of even date herewith, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Subordinated Note”).

 

C. The Subordinated Creditor is entitled to receive from Borrower “Earn Out Payments” as such term is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Earn Out Payments”), of even date herewith, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).

 

D. Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender desire to agree to their respective rights, priorities and interests regarding each of their loans to Borrower, all as set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENTS:

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing premises, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender agree as follows:

 

1. Subordination. The payment of all amounts owed under the Subordinated Note and all Earn Out Payments (collectively, the “Subordinated Indebtedness”) is hereby subordinated to the payment in full of all indebtedness owed to the Senior Lender under the Loan Agreement and all other loan documents, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created (the “Senior Indebtedness”), and no payments or other distributions whatsoever in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be made by the Loan Parties and no property or assets of the Loan Parties shall be applied to the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness, until the Senior Indebtedness shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

 
1
 
 

 

(a) Permitted Payments on Subordinated Note. So long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred and is continuing (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due payment on the Subordinated Note) and such payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive regularly scheduled quarterly payments of interest and principal (but not accelerated payments) when and as due under the Subordinated Note as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(b) Permitted Earn Out Payments. So long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred and is continuing (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due Earn Out Payment), and provided that the Loan Parties’ Chief Financial Officer has delivered to the Senior Lender a notice setting forth the Earn Out Payment then due under the Asset Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and certifying that the Borrower is in compliance a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Earn Out Payment with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement and such Earn Out Payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive such Earn Out Payment.

 

2. No Right of Action. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Seller Note, the Subordinated Creditor may accelerate all or a portion of the Subordinated Indebtedness, but will not commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor (unless the Senior Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. The Subordinated Creditor will not obtain or otherwise acquire or accept any lien in any property or assets of the Loan Parties. The Subordinated Creditor will not commence any action or proceeding with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, will not take possession of, sell, or dispose of any property or assets of the Loan Parties, and will not exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditor with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties other than to accelerate all or a portion of the Subordinated Indebtedness, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor shall be permitted to commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government at any time following the two hundredth day (200th) day after the Subordinated Creditor has provided written notice of an Event of Default (as defined in the Seller Note) to the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender; provided that such Event of Default (as so defined) is continuing and has not been cured.

 

 
2
 
 

 

3. No Security. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Indebtedness is unsecured and agrees that (i) the Subordinated Creditor hereafter will not accept any security of any kind for the Subordinated Indebtedness, and (ii) in the event the Subordinated Creditor does obtain any security for the Subordinated Indebtedness, the Subordinated Creditor shall execute and deliver to the Senior Lender, and hereby authorizes the Senior Lender to prepare and record, such termination statements and releases as the Senior Lender shall reasonably request or require to release the Subordinated Creditor’s security interest in or lien against such property. The Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees that any lien or security interest that it may now or hereafter have in any property in contravention of the preceding sentence is subject and subordinate, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, to any liens and security interests that the Senior Lender may now or hereafter have in such property to secure the Senior Indebtedness. The Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness even if the Senior Indebtedness is deemed unsecured, under-secured, subordinated, avoided or disallowed under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law.

 

4. Subordinated Indebtedness Owed Only to Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Creditor has not previously assigned any interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness, that no other entity or person owns an interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness (whether as joint holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness, participants or otherwise), and that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness is owing only to the Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor further covenants that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be owing only to the Subordinated Creditor unless it is assigned to an entity or a person who agrees with the Senior Lender to be bound by the subordination provisions set forth herein.

 

5. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Subordinated Creditor receives any payment in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness that the Subordinated Creditor is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement and the Subordinated Creditor knows, or reasonably should have known that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or receives written notice from Senior Lender of the same, the Subordinated Creditor will hold the amount so received in trust for the Senior Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application to then‑existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due), in such manner of application as the Senior Lender may deem appropriate. If the Subordinated Creditor exercises any right of setoff or takes any other action which the Subordinated Creditor is not permitted to exercise or take under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will promptly pay over to the Senior Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the amount of the claims or obligations so offset or an amount equal to any amount recovered from any such action, as applicable. If the Subordinated Creditor fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Senior Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney‑in‑fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) for the Subordinated Creditor to make such endorsement in the Subordinated Creditor’s name. The turnover of any prohibited payments by the Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Lender pursuant to this Section 5 shall not limit or restrict any other claims, actions, rights or remedies which the Senior Lender may have against the Subordinated Creditor as a result of the Subordinated Creditor’s exercising any right or taking any action which is not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 

 
3
 
 

 

6. Continuing Nature of Subordination. This Agreement shall be effective and may not be terminated or otherwise revoked by the Subordinated Creditor until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and discharged and all financing arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender have been terminated. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement of subordination, and the Senior Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Subordinated Creditor, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

7. Instrument Legend; No Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness. Any instrument evidencing the Subordinated Indebtedness will be inscribed with a legend conspicuously indicating that payment thereof is subordinated to the claims of the Senior Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Subordinated Creditor will not agree to any amendment, restatement or other modification of the Subordinated Note or of the Asset Purchase Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Senior Lender.

 

8. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Creditors (and their respective successors and assigns), and shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Lender (and its successors and assigns).

 

9. Governing Law and Construction. The validity, construction and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the state of Minnesota, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

10. Consent to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA STATE COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA; AND THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE SENIOR LENDER AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

 

 
4
 
 

 

11. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

12. No Obligation to Provide Financial Accommodations. The Subordinated Creditor acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is executed and delivered to the Senior Lender to induce the Senior Lender to make financial accommodations available to the Borrower, but this Agreement does not obligate the Senior Lender to make any financial accommodations available to the Borrower.

 

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterpart copies and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, but all such copies shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. Any party so executing this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall promptly deliver a manually executed counterpart, provided that any failure to do so shall not affect the validity of the counterpart executed by facsimile transmission.

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 
5
 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC.

       
By: /s/ Stephen Goedeker

 

Name:

Stephen Goedeker  
  Its:

President

 
       

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

Steve Goedeker

 

 

9013 Pilot

 

 

St. Louis, MO 63123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
6
 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC

       
By: /s/ Daniel O’Rourke

 

Name:

Daniel O’Rourke  
  Its:

Authorized Officer

 
       

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

212 3rd Avenue N., Suite 505

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
7
 
 

 

LOAN PARTIES’ ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the foregoing Subordination Agreement, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, to make no payments or distributions contrary to the terms and provisions thereof, and to do every other act and thing necessary or appropriate to carry out such terms and provisions.

 

 

1847 GOEDKER INC.

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry  
  Its:

Chief Financial Officer

 
       

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

 

Name:

 Robert D. Barry

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 

8

 

EXHIBIT 10.9

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

(Respecting Seller Note and Earn Out Payments)

 

This Subordination Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 5, 2019, by and between Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation (the “Subordinated Creditor”), and Small Business Community Capital L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Senior Lender”). Each of the Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender may be referred to herein as a “Creditor” or collectively as the “Creditors”.

 

RECITALS:

 

A. 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco” and together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”) are now, or may hereafter be, indebted to Senior Lender as a result of extensions of credit under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B. Borrower is indebted to Subordinated Creditor under that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note of even date herewith, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Subordinated Note”).

 

C. The Subordinated Creditor is entitled to receive from Borrower “Earn Out Payments” as such term is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Earn Out Payments”), of even date herewith, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”).

 

D. Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender desire to agree to their respective rights, priorities and interests regarding each of their loans to Borrower, all as set forth herein.

 

AGREEMENTS:

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing premises, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Subordinated Creditor and Senior Lender agree as follows:

 

1. Subordination. The payment of all amounts owed under the Subordinated Note and all Earn Out Payments (collectively, the “Subordinated Indebtedness”) is hereby subordinated to the payment in full of all indebtedness owed to the Senior Lender under the Loan Agreement and all other loan documents, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created (the “Senior Indebtedness”), and no payments or other distributions whatsoever in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be made by the Loan Parties and no property or assets of the Loan Parties shall be applied to the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness, until the Senior Indebtedness shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 
 
1
 
 

 

(a) Permitted Payments on Subordinated Note. So long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred and is continuing (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due payment on the Subordinated Note) and such payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive regularly scheduled quarterly payments of interest and principal (but not accelerated payments) when and as due under the Subordinated Note as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(b) Permitted Earn Out Payments. So long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred and is continuing (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due Earn Out Payment), and provided that the Loan Parties’ Chief Financial Officer has delivered to the Senior Lender a notice setting forth the Earn Out Payment then due under the Asset Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, and certifying that the Borrower is in compliance a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Earn Out Payment with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement and such Earn Out Payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive such Earn Out Payment.

 

2. No Right of Action. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Seller Note, the Subordinated Creditor may accelerate all or a portion of the Subordinated Indebtedness, but will not commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor (unless the Senior Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. The Subordinated Creditor will not obtain or otherwise acquire or accept any lien in any property or assets of the Loan Parties. The Subordinated Creditor will not commence any action or proceeding with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, will not take possession of, sell, or dispose of any property or assets of the Loan Parties, and will not exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditor with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties other than to accelerate all or a portion of the Subordinated Indebtedness, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor shall be permitted to commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government at any time following the two hundredth day (200th) day after the Subordinated Creditor has provided written notice of an Event of Default (as defined in the Seller Note) to the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender; provided that such Event of Default (as so defined) is continuing and has not been cured.

 
 
2
 
 

 

3. No Security. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Indebtedness is unsecured and agrees that (i) the Subordinated Creditor hereafter will not accept any security of any kind for the Subordinated Indebtedness, and (ii) in the event the Subordinated Creditor does obtain any security for the Subordinated Indebtedness, the Subordinated Creditor shall execute and deliver to the Senior Lender, and hereby authorizes the Senior Lender to prepare and record, such termination statements and releases as the Senior Lender shall reasonably request or require to release the Subordinated Creditor’s security interest in or lien against such property. The Subordinated Creditor hereby agrees that any lien or security interest that it may now or hereafter have in any property in contravention of the preceding sentence is subject and subordinate, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, to any liens and security interests that the Senior Lender may now or hereafter have in such property to secure the Senior Indebtedness. The Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness even if the Senior Indebtedness is deemed unsecured, under-secured, subordinated, avoided or disallowed under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law.

 

4. Subordinated Indebtedness Owed Only to Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Creditor has not previously assigned any interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness, that no other entity or person owns an interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness (whether as joint holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness, participants or otherwise), and that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness is owing only to the Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor further covenants that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be owing only to the Subordinated Creditor unless it is assigned to an entity or a person who agrees with the Senior Lender to be bound by the subordination provisions set forth herein.

 

5. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Subordinated Creditor receives any payment in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness that the Subordinated Creditor is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement and the Subordinated Creditor knows, or reasonably should have known that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or receives written notice from Senior Lender of the same, the Subordinated Creditor will hold the amount so received in trust for the Senior Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application to then‑existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due), in such manner of application as the Senior Lender may deem appropriate. If the Subordinated Creditor exercises any right of setoff or takes any other action which the Subordinated Creditor is not permitted to exercise or take under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will promptly pay over to the Senior Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the amount of the claims or obligations so offset or an amount equal to any amount recovered from any such action, as applicable. If the Subordinated Creditor fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Senior Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney‑in‑fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) for the Subordinated Creditor to make such endorsement in the Subordinated Creditor’s name. The turnover of any prohibited payments by the Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Lender pursuant to this Section 5 shall not limit or restrict any other claims, actions, rights or remedies which the Senior Lender may have against the Subordinated Creditor as a result of the Subordinated Creditor’s exercising any right or taking any action which is not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 
 
3
 
 

 

6. Continuing Nature of Subordination. This Agreement shall be effective and may not be terminated or otherwise revoked by the Subordinated Creditor until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and discharged and all financing arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender have been terminated. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement of subordination, and the Senior Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Subordinated Creditor, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

7. Instrument Legend; No Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness. Any instrument evidencing the Subordinated Indebtedness will be inscribed with a legend conspicuously indicating that payment thereof is subordinated to the claims of the Senior Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Subordinated Creditor will not agree to any amendment, restatement or other modification of the Subordinated Note or of the Asset Purchase Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Senior Lender.

 

8. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Creditors (and their respective successors and assigns), and shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Lender (and its successors and assigns).

 

9. Governing Law and Construction. The validity, construction and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the state of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

10. Consent to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK; AND THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE SENIOR LENDER AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT THE INDEBTEDNESS OF THE BORROWER IN FAVOR OF BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC ARISING UNDER THAT CERTAIN LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, IS INDEFEASABLY PAID IN FULL, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA STATE COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA; AND THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT .

 
 
4
 
 

 

11. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

12. No Obligation to Provide Financial Accommodations. The Subordinated Creditor acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is executed and delivered to the Senior Lender to induce the Senior Lender to make financial accommodations available to the Borrower, but this Agreement does not obligate the Senior Lender to make any financial accommodations available to the Borrower.

 

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterpart copies and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, but all such copies shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. Any party so executing this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall promptly deliver a manually executed counterpart, provided that any failure to do so shall not affect the validity of the counterpart executed by facsimile transmission.

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 
5
 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC.
           
By: /s/ Stephen Goedeker

 

Name:

Stephen Goedeker  
  Its: President  
         

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

9013 Pilot

 

 

St. Louis, MO 63123

 

 

 

 

 
 
6
 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL L.P.
         
By: /s/ Crandall P. Deery

 

Name:

Crandall P. Deery  
  Its: Partner  

 

  

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

 

 

9W Broad Street, Stamford CT 06902

 

 

Attention: Crandall P. Deery

 

 

 

 

 

 
7
 
 

 

LOAN PARTIES’ ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the foregoing Subordination Agreement, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, to make no payments or distributions contrary to the terms and provisions thereof, and to do every other act and thing necessary or appropriate to carry out such terms and provisions.

 

1847 GOEDKER INC.
 
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry
Its: Chief Financial Officer
    

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry

Its:

President

 

 
8

 

EXHIBIT 10.10

 

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of April 5, 2019,

 

among

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.,

as Borrower,

 

the other parties hereto that

are designated as Loan Parties, and

 

BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC,

as Lender

 

 
 
 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

 

 

1.2

UCC Definitions

15

 

 

1.3

Accounting Terms; GAAP

15

 

 

1.4

Terms Generally

15

 

 

1.5

Divisions

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 TERMS OF LENDING

16

 

 

2.1

Revolving Facility

16

 

 

2.2

Increase to Revolving Facility Amount

16

 

 

2.3

Requests for Revolving Loans; Disbursements of Revolving Loans.

16

 

 

2.4

Termination of Revolving Commitment

17

 

 

2.5

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

17

 

 

2.6

Prepayment of Loans.

17

 

 

2.7

Fees.

18

 

 

2.8

Interest.

19

 

 

2.9

Increased Costs

20

 

 

2.10

Taxes.

21

 

 

2.11

Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds.

21

 

 

2.12

Returned Payments

22

 

 

2.13

Extension Option

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

23

 

 

3.1

Closing Date Conditions

23

 

 

3.2

[Intentionally Omitted].

25

 

 

3.3

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 SECURITY AGREEMENT

25

 

 

4.1

Grant of Security Interest

25

 

 

4.2

Perfection of Lender’s Security Interest; Duty of Care.

26

 

 

4.3

Power of Attorney.

27

 

 

4.4

Lender’s Additional Rights Regarding Collateral

28

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

28

 

 

5.1

Existence and Power

28

 

 

5.2

Authorization; No Contravention

28

 

 

5.3

Governmental Authorization

29

 

 

5.4

Binding Effect

29

 

 

5.5

Litigation

29

 

 

5.6

No Default

29

 

 

5.7

ERISA Compliance

29

 

 

5.8

Taxes

29

 

 

5.9

Financial Condition.

30

 

 

5.10

Environmental Matters

30

 

 

5.11

Solvency

30

 

 

5.12

Labor Relations

30

 

 

5.13

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock

30

 

 

 

i

 
 

 

 

5.14

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Etc

30

 

 

5.15

Locations of Collateral and Books and Records

31

 

 

5.16

Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts

31

 

 

5.17

Full Disclosure

31

 

 

5.18

USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws

31

 

 

5.19

Properties

32

 

 

5.20

Supplier, Customer, Client, and Agent Relations

32

 

 

5.21

Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

32

 

 

5.22

Insurance

32

 

 

5.23

Compliance with Laws

32

 

 

5.24

Employee Matters

32

 

 

5.25

Investment Company Act

33

 

 

5.26

Margin Stock

33

 

 

5.27

Related Agreements

33

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

34

 

 

6.1

Financial Statements

34

 

 

6.2

Appraisals; Certificates; Other Information

35

 

 

6.3

Notices

36

 

 

6.4

Preservation of Existence, Etc

37

 

 

6.5

Maintenance of Property

37

 

 

6.6

Insurance

37

 

 

6.7

Payment of Obligations

37

 

 

6.8

Compliance with Laws

37

 

 

6.9

Inspection of Property and Books and Records

37

 

 

6.10

Use of Proceeds

38

 

 

6.11

Cash Management

38

 

 

6.12

Claims Against Collateral

39

 

 

6.13

OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act

39

 

 

6.14

[Reserved]

39

 

 

6.15

Further Assurances; Guaranty and Collateral

39

 

 

6.16

Post-Closing Items.

40

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

40

 

 

7.1

Indebtedness

40

 

 

7.2

Liens

41

 

 

7.3

Financial Covenants.

42

 

 

7.4

Compliance with ERISA

43

 

 

7.5

Consolidations and Mergers

43

 

 

7.6

Acquisitions and Investments

43

 

 

7.7

Restricted Payments

44

 

 

7.8

Capital Structure

45

 

 

7.9

Affiliate Transactions

45

 

 

7.10

Sale of Assets

45

 

 

7.11

Change in Business

45

 

 

7.12

Changes in Accounting, Name or Jurisdiction of Organization; Etc

46

 

 

7.13

No Negative Pledges

46

 

 

7.14

Sale-Leasebacks

46

 

 

7.15

Inventory

46

 

 

7.16

Related Agreements

46

 

 

7.17

Activities of Intermediate Holdings

46

 

 

7.18

Modification of Subordinated Debt Documents

46

 

 

7.19

Accounts

46

 

 
 

ii

 
 

 

ARTICLE 8 CONTINUING GUARANTY

47

 

 

8.1

Guaranty

47

 

 

8.2

Rights of the Lender

47

 

 

8.3

Certain Waivers

47

 

 

8.4

Obligations Independent

48

 

 

8.5

Subrogation

48

 

 

8.6

Termination; Reinstatement

48

 

 

8.7

Subordination

48

 

 

8.8

Stay of Acceleration

48

 

 

8.9

Condition of Borrower

48

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

49

 

 

9.1

Events of Default

49

 

 

9.2

Remedies

51

 

 

9.3

Waivers by Loan Parties

53

 

 

9.4

Notice of Disposition; Allocations

53

 

 

9.5

Rights Not Exclusive

53

 

 

9.6

Equitable Relief

53

 

 

9.7

Equity Cure.

53

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

54

 

 

10.1

Notices.

54

 

 

10.2

Waivers; Amendments.

55

 

 

10.3

Expenses; Indemnification.

56

 

 

10.4

Successors and Assigns.

57

 

 

10.5

Survival

58

 

 

10.6

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

58

 

 

10.7

Severability

58

 

 

10.8

Right of Setoff

58

 

 

10.9

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

58

 

 

10.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

59

 

 

10.11

Headings

59

 

 

10.12

USA PATRIOT Act

59

 

 

10.13

Interest Rate Limitation

60

 

 

10.14

Agreement Jointly Drafted

60

 

 

10.15

Advice of Counsel Obtained

60

 


 

iii

 
 

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1.1

Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit 3.1

Checklist

Exhibit 6.2

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 4.1.1

Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 5.7

ERISA

Schedule 5.12

Labor Relations

Schedule 5.13

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock

Schedule 5.14

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5.15

Locations of Inventory, Equipment and Books and Records

Schedule 5.16

Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts

Schedule 5.19

Property

Schedule 5.21

Intellectual Property

Schedule 7.1

Indebtedness

Schedule 7.2

Liens

Schedule 7.6

Investments

 

 

iv

 
 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), dated as of April 5, 2019 is by and among 1847 Geodeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Intermediate Holdings”), and the other parties hereto, if any, as Loan Parties, and Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”).

 

In consideration of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, and of any loans or other financial accommodations at any time made to or for the benefit of the Borrower by the Lender, Borrower, the Loan Parties party hereto and the Lender agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Defined Terms. In addition to the other terms defined in this Agreement, whenever the following capitalized terms (whether or not underscored) are used, they shall have the meanings ascribed below:

 

Affiliate” means, as to any Person (the “Subject Person”), any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Subject Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities (or other ownership interests) having voting power for the election of directors (or managers in the case of a limited liability company) of the Person or (b) otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the manage­ment and policies of the Person, whether by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party or of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party solely by reason of the provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement.

 

Availability” means, at any time, an amount equal to (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Facility Amount minus Reserves established by Lender and (ii) the Borrowing Base minus Reserves established by Lender minus (b) the Revolving Exposure.

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Loan Maturity Date and the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitment.

 

Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA to which any Loan Party incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination by Lender, an amount in Dollars equal to the sum at such time of the following: the product of 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Lender multiplied by the Borrower’s Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, as shown on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently received by Lender in accordance with Section 6.2, absent any error in such Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, that Lender may revise the Borrowing Base if (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate is not received when required under Section 6.2 (ii) Lender establishes any Reserve, or (iii) Lender excludes any previously eligible component of the Borrowing Base.

 
 
1
 
 

 

Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate, signed and certified as accurate and complete by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Minneapolis, Minnesota are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

Capital Expenditures” means all expenditures which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capital expenditures.

 

Capital Lease” means any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, is classified as a capital lease.

 

Capital Lease Obligations” means all monetary obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party under any Capital Leases.

 

Capital Stock” means all shares, interests, participations, rights to purchase, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, or limited liability company interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 C.F.R. § 240.3a11-1) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

Cash Equivalents” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) or at least “P-1” from Moody’s Investor Services (“Moody’s”), (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $250,000,000 and (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed 365 days.

 

Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation, administration, application or implementation thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or any change in the applicability of such law, rule or regulation, on the interpretation thereof, with respect to Lender, or (c) compliance by Lender with any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date.

 
 
2
 
 

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) Holdings and Leonite, collectively, shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances 70% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Intermediate Holdings on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of Leonite with respect to Holdings ownership of Intermediate Holdings), (b) Intermediate Holdings shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances 100% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of the Borrower on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of Leonite, the Lender and the Mezzanine Lender), (c) the Borrower shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances, 100% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of Leonite, the Lender and the Mezzanine Lender), or (d) Michael Goedeker, Rick Burka, or an individual acceptable to the Lender is its sole discretion shall cease to be the President of the Borrower actively involved in the Borrower’s management.

 

Charges” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.13.

 

Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement to occur on the Closing Date.

 

Closing Date Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 2019, by and among Borrower, as purchaser, and Seller, and the shareholders of the Seller, as sellers.

 

Closing Date Acquisition Documents” means the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement and the other documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection with the Closing Date Acquisition.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral” means collectively all property described in Section 4.1, all property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations.

 

Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance” means one or more collateral assignments to the Lender of the life insurance policy or policies on the life of Michael Goedecker, in form and substance acceptable to the Lender.

 

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and the related regulations, interpretations and guidance of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit 6.2.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) income and franchise taxes, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense and (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non‑cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), and (iv) extraordinary losses (excluding extraordinary losses from discontinued operations) and (v) expenses for management fees (the “Management Fees”) in an amount of up to $250,000 paid in or accrued for such period in accordance with the Sponsor Management Agreement and Management Fee Subordination Agreement for such period due and payable to the Sponsor, less (c) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent added in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary gains and (iii) non-cash gains or non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income.

 
 
3
 
 

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA, provided that, solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Management Fees shall only be included when actually paid, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date less (i) Capital Expenditures during such period not financed with Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans), (ii) federal, state and local taxes paid in cash during such period, and (iii) dividends, distributions, and redemptions made in cash during such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis for such period, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid or payable in cash and (b) scheduled principal payments with respect to Indebtedness.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis for such period, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and all net Swap Obligations related to interest rate hedges).

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of any date of determination on a consolidated basis without duplication, the sum (a) of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (b) all Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding the Mezzanine Debt) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis without duplication, the sum of all Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 

Contractual Obligations” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 
 
4
 
 

 

Control Agreement” means with respect to any collateral for which “control” within the meaning of Articles 7, 8 and 9 of the UCC is a means of perfection, an agreement acceptable to Lender and satisfying the applicable requirements of the UCC.

 

Copyrights” means, collectively, all copyrights owned by or assigned to and all copyright registrations and applications made by any Loan Party (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country) including, without limitation, the copyrights, registrations and applications listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Loan Party’s use of any copyrights, (b) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (c) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (d) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (e) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” means the rate of interest referred to in Section 2.8.3.

 

Dollars”, “dollars” and “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America unless otherwise indicated.

 

Eligible Inventory” means Inventory owned by Borrower and properly reflected as “Eligible Inventory”, in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower to Lender, except any Inventory to which any of the exclusionary criteria set forth below or in the component definitions herein applies. Lender shall have the right to establish, modify, or eliminate Reserves against Eligible Inventory from time to time in its commercially reasonable discretion. In addition, Lender reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to adjust any of the applicable criteria and to establish new criteria in its reasonable discretion. Eligible Inventory shall not include the following Inventory of Borrower:

 

(a) Inventory that is excess, obsolete, slow moving, unsaleable, shopworn or seconds;

 

(b) Inventory that is damaged, returned, rejected or otherwise unfit for sale;

 

(c) [reserved];

 

(d) Inventory that is held on consignment or consigned to others;

 

(e) Inventory that (i) is not either located on premises owned, leased or rented by a Loan Party or stored with a bailee or warehouseman (other than a processor), (ii) is stored at a leased or rented location, unless (x) a reasonably satisfactory landlord waiver has been delivered to Lender, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to Lender have been established with respect thereto, (iii) is stored with a bailee, warehouseman or processor unless (x) a reasonably satisfactory, acknowledged bailee, warehouseman, or processor letter has been received by Lender with respect thereto, or (y) Reserves reasonably satisfactory to Lender have been established with respect thereto, or (iv) is located at an owned location subject to a mortgage in favor of a lender other than Lender, unless a reasonably satisfactory mortgagee waiver has been delivered to Lender;

 
 
5
 
 

 

(f) Inventory that is not located in the United States or that is in transit, except for Inventory in transit between domestic locations of Loan Parties as to which Lender’s Liens have been perfected at origin and destination;

 

(g) Inventory that is not covered by casualty insurance reasonably acceptable to Lender;

 

(h) Inventory that is not owned by Borrower or is subject to Liens (other than Permitted Liens described in Sections 7.2.1, 7.2.3, 7.2.4 and 7.2.7) or rights of any other Person (including the rights of a purchaser that has made progress payments and the rights of a surety that has issued a bond to assure a Loan Party’s performance with respect to that Inventory);

 

(i) Inventory that is not subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Lender, except for Permitted Liens described in Section 7.2.4 (subject to Reserves);

 

(j) work-in-process Inventory;

 

(k) Inventory subject to any licensing, trademark, trade name or copyright agreements with any third parties which would require any consent of any third party for the sale or disposition of that Inventory (which consent has not been obtained) or the payment of any monies to any third party upon such sale or other disposition (to the extent of such monies);

 

(l) Inventory that consists of packing or shipping materials, or manufacturing supplies;

 

(m) Inventory that consists of tooling or replacement parts;

 

(n) Inventory that consists of display items;

 

(o) Inventory that consists of Hazardous Materials or goods that can be transported or sold only with licenses that are not readily available; and

 

(p) Inventory that is otherwise determined to be unacceptable by Lender in its reasonable discretion, upon the delivery of oral or written notice of such determination to Borrower.

 

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Loan Party and any Person under common control or treated as a single employer with, any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 
 
6
 
 

 

ERISA Event” means any of the following: (a) a reportable event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (or, unless the 30-day notice requirement has been duly waived under the applicable regulations, Section 4043(c) of ERISA) with respect to a Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the filing of a notice of reorganization, insolvency or termination (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041A of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041 of ERISA; (f) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (g) the failure to make any required contribution to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan when due; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of any ERISA Affiliate; (i) the failure of a Benefit Plan or any trust thereunder intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law to qualify thereunder; (j) a Title IV plan is in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 430(i) of the Code; (k) a Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of Section 432(b) of the Code; and (l) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of any material liability upon any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.1.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof or other payment obligation with respect thereto) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the liability of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Loan Documents or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

Excluded Taxes” means, to the extent imposed on or with respect to Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender, Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (a) imposed as a result of Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (b) that are Other Connection Taxes.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Lender.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 
 
7
 
 

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guarantor” means Intermediate Holdings, and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, and each other Person that guarantees the Obligations pursuant to a Guaranty in favor of Lender, or any one or more of them.

 

Guaranty” means Article 8 of this Agreement and each other Guaranty made by any Person in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

 

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Holdings” means 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business); (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder and all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments issued by such Person; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or Lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all Capital Lease Obligations; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product; (h) obligations, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (I) any and all Swap Agreements, and (II) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction; (i) all obligations, whether or not contingent, to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its own Capital Stock (or any Capital Stock of a direct or indirect parent entity thereof) prior to the date that is 180 days after the latest Maturity Date, valued at, in the case of redeemable preferred Capital Stock, the greater of the voluntary liquidation preference and the involuntary liquidation preference of such Capital Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (j) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness; and (k) all guarantees and contingent obligations of such Person in respect of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above.

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 
 
8
 
 

 

Intercompany Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness, together with all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, and indemnity (including any indemnification and reimbursement rights provided in this Loan Agreement) from one or more Loan Parties to or between another Loan Party, now or in the future.

 

IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor thereto.

 

LIBOR Rate” means the rate which is the Three Month London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR, identified in the Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” column on the date the interest rate is to be determined, or if that date is not a publication date, on the publication date immediately preceding. The LIBOR Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by a Lender on its loans. If the LIBOR Rate becomes temporarily unavailable, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will inform Borrower of the current LIBOR Rate upon Borrower’s request. Any changes or adjustments to the LIBOR Rate will not occur more often than each month. In the event that the LIBOR Rate at any time is a negative number, the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero. Borrower understands that each Lender may make loans based on rates other than the LIBOR Rate.

 

Licenses” means, collectively, all license and distribution agreements and covenants not to sue with any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright, whether any Loan Party is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement including, without limitation, the license and distribution agreements listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (b) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (c) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof, and (d) any other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Leonite” means Leonite Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Leonite Documents” means the (i) Securities Purchase Agreement, dated on the date hereof, among Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, the Borrower and Leonite, (ii) the Leonite Note and (iii) the other documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection with the entry into such Securities Purchase Agreement and the issuance of the Leonite Note.

 

Leonite Note” means that certain Secured Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, by Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and the Borrower in favor of Leonite in the original principal amount of $713,285.71 with an original issue discount of $64,285.71.

 

Leonite Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewith, by and between Lender and Leonite, as acknowledged by the Borrower.

 

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any promissory notes issued pursuant to the Agreement, the Security Documents, any Guaranty, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement, the Leonite Subordination Agreement, any perfection certificate, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 
 
9
 
 

 

Loan Party” means Intermediate Holdings, Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any.

 

Loans” means the loans and advances made Lender pursuant to this Agreement, including Revolving Loans.

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement” means that certain Management Fee Subordination Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Lender, Sponsor, and the Loan Parties, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Margin Stock” means any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor thereto).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other Person (other than Lender) to perform its obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, or (ii) the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender under any of the Security Documents.

 

Maturity Date” means the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

 

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.13.

 

Mezzanine Debt” means the Indebtedness of the Borrower in favor of the Mezzanine Lender evidenced by the Mezzanine Debt Documents, which Indebtedness is subject to the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement.

 

Mezzanine Debt Documents” means the Mezzanine Loan Agreement and any agreements, instruments and documents executed from time to time in connection therewith, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement.

 

Mezzanine Lender” means Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Mezzanine Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Loan Parties and Mezzanine Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement.

 

Mezzanine Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Lender, Mezzanine Lender, and the Loan Parties, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, as to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Net Orderly Liquidation Value” means, with respect to Inventory of any Person, the orderly liquidation value thereof as determined in a manner acceptable to the Lender by an appraiser acceptable to the Lender, net of all costs of liquidation thereof.

 

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum of (i) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties (other than Affiliates) in connection with such event, (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), the amount of all payments required to be made as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than Loans) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) and the amount of any reserves established to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year that such event occurred or the next succeeding year and that are directly attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by a Responsible Officer).

 

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest that accrues after the commencement of an insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding) on the Loans, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses (including fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement of an insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding), reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Loan Parties to Lender, any of its Affiliates or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents, and all other Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by any Loan Party to Lender, any of its Affiliates or any indemnified party, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party (regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding), whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several; provided, however, Excluded Swap Obligations shall in no event constitute Obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

 

OFAC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.

 

Operating Account” means the Borrower’s account number 10878157 maintained at Montgomery Bank.

 
 
10
 
 

 

Organization Documents” means, (a) for any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, (b) for any partnership, the partnership agreement and, if applicable, certificate of limited partnership, (c) for any limited liability company, the operating agreement, member control agreement and articles or certificate of formation or organization or (d) any other document setting forth or otherwise governing the manner of election or duties of the officers, directors, managers or other similar persons, or the designation, amount or relative rights, limitations and preference of the Capital Stock of a Person.

 

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

 

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.2.

 

Patents” means, collectively, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications and registrations made by any Loan Party (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country) including, without limitation, the patents, patent applications, registrations and recordings listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Loan Party’s use of any patents, (b) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (c) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (d) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (e) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, and (f) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Permitted Liens” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.2.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, corporation, institution, entity, party or Governmental Authority.

 

Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date made by Intermediate Holdings in favor of the Lender, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

 

Prepayment Event” means:

 

(a) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of any Loan Party, other than dispositions described in Section 7.10.1;

 
 
11
 
 

 

(b) a Change of Control;

 

(c) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of any Loan Party with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000;

 

(d) the issuance by Borrower of any Capital Stock, or the receipt by Borrower of any capital contribution; or

 

(e) the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1.

 

Purchase Money Obligation(s)” means purchase money Indebtedness to finance the acquisition of Capital Expenditures.

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, (a) each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant liability is incurred or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) such other person as constitutes an "eligible contract participant" under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Related Agreements” means the Mezzanine Debt Documents, the Seller Note, the Closing Date Acquisition Documents and the Leonite Documents.

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Related Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Related Agreements.

 

Releases” means any release, threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, escape, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Material into or through the environment.

 

Reportable Event” means an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the provision for 30 day notice to the PBGC under such regulations).

 

Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Reserves” means any and all reserves which Lender deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to maintain with respect to the Collateral, any component of the Borrowing Base, the Revolving Commitment, or any Loan Party.

 

Responsible Officer” means, for a Person, the chairman, chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or treasurer or any other officer of that Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

 
 
12
 
 

 

Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.7.

 

Revolving Commitment” means Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Loans hereunder.

 

Revolving Exposure” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Facility Amount” means $1,500,000, provided, however, that the Revolving Facility Amount may be increased to an amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in Lender’s sole discretion as set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Revolving Interest Rate” means the annual rate of interest that shall at all times be equal to the greater of (a) the LIBOR Rate plus 6.00% or (b) 8.50%. The Revolving Interest Rate shall change on the effective date of any change in the LIBOR Rate. The Lender may lend to its customers at rates that are at, above, or below the Revolving Interest Rate.

 

Revolving Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Revolving Loan Maturity Date” means the date that first occurs (i) April 5, 2022 (as may be extended in the Lender’s sole discretion pursuant to Section 2.12), or (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitment is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

SDN List” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.

 

Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any Control Agreements, Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance, and all other security agreements, pledge agreements, patent and trademark security agreements, lease assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, key man life insurance assignments, control agreements, guarantees and other similar agreements, by or between any one or more of any Loan Party and Lender, now or hereafter delivered to Lender pursuant to or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the UCC or comparable law) against any such Person, as debtor, in favor of Lender, as secured party.

 

Seller” means Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation.

 

Seller Debt” means, collectively, the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Seller Note and the “Earn Out Payment” as defined in the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement.

 

Seller Note” means that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, by the Borrower in favor of the Seller in the original principal amount of $4,100,000.

 

Seller Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewith, by and between Lender and the Seller, as acknowledged by the Borrower.

 

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as of such date, (a) the value of the assets of such Person (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 
 
13
 
 

 

Sponsor” means 1847 Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Services Agreement, dated as of the date of hereof, by and between the Borrower and the Sponsor.

 

Subordinated Debt Document(s)” means the Mezzanine Debt Documents, the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, the Seller Note, the Leonite Documents and any other documentation which relates to Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means any (i) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Mezzanine Debt Documents or as defined in the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement, (ii) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Seller Note or as defined in the Seller Subordination Agreement, (iii) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Leonite Note or as defined in the Leonite Subordination Agreement, and (iv) Indebtedness of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is subordinated to payment of the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

 

Subsidiary” means any Person as to which any Loan Party owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, officers, managers, trustees or other controlling Persons or an equivalent controlling interest in Lender’s judgment.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of Borrower that guarantees the Obligations.

 

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap (including without limitation a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act), forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

 

Swap Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

 

Tax or Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Title IV Plan” means a pension plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Trademarks” means, collectively, all trademarks (including service marks), logos, federal, state and any other Governmental Authority trademark registrations and applications made by any Loan Party, common law trademarks and trade names owned by or assigned to any Loan Party and all registrations and applications for the foregoing, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to any Loan Party’s use of any trademarks, (b) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof, (c) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (d) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, and (e) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 
 
14
 
 

 

Triggering Event” means (a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or (b) the occurrence of any other event the result of which Lender deems itself insecure with respect to the Collateral or the repayment of the Obligations.

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Minnesota or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

 

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.

 

1.2 UCC Definitions. The following terms have the meanings given to them in the UCC: “Account”, “Account Debtor”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claim”, “Commodity Account”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “Equipment”, “Fixtures”, “General Intangibles”, “Goods”, “Health-care-insurance Receivable”, “Instrument”, “Inventory”, “Investment Property”, “Letter-of-Credit Rights”, “Money”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Note”, “Purchase-Money Obligation” and “Supporting Obligations”, provided that “Instrument” has the meaning given in Article 9 of the UCC.

 

1.3 Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if Borrower notifies Lender that Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Lender notifies Borrower that Lender requests an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Agreement shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party at “fair value.” In addition, without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the financial statements referenced in Section 5.9 for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above. A breach of a financial covenant contained in Section 7.3 shall be deemed to have occurred as of any date of determination by Lender or as of the last day of any specified measurement period, regardless of when the financial statements reflecting such breach are delivered to Lender.

 

1.4 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless otherwise specified, references to a time of day are to Central time (daylight savings or standard as applicable). Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any act, statute, regulation, law, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such act, statute, regulation, law, agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 
 
15
 
 

 

1.5 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Capital Stock at such time.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERMS OF LENDING

 

2.1 Revolving Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in the Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base or (ii) the Revolving Facility Amount minus Reserves established by Lender at any time. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. For purposes of determining Availability hereunder, payments on the Revolving Loans shall be applied as set forth herein on the Business Day that the Lender receives such payment; provided, however, that (a) such payment must be received by the Lender by not later than 1:00 P.M. Minneapolis time on such Business Day to be credited on such Business Day and (b) for purposes of calculating interest accruing on the outstanding Revolving Loans, collected funds shall be deemed to have been applied three business days after the date they are applied to the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans.

 

2.2 Increase to Revolving Facility Amount. From time to time, in the Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, the Lender may agree to increase the Revolving Facility Amount to an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000. Any such increase shall be expressly conditioned on Lender receiving all information, documents, agreements, certificate, instruments, legal opinions, approvals, and other items as the Lender may request, and Lender shall have no obligation to agree to such increase and may decline to agree to such increase for any reason or no reason.

 

2.3 Requests for Revolving Loans; Disbursements of Revolving Loans.

 

2.3.1 To request a Revolving Loan, Borrower shall comply with the following:

 
 
16
 
 

 

2.3.1.1 Borrower shall make each request for a Revolving Loan in writing in a form approved by Lender and signed by Borrower and delivered by hand, facsimile or electronic communication.

 

2.3.1.2 Each request shall be delivered to Lender not later than 12:00 noon Minneapolis time on the Business Day of the proposed Revolving Loan.

 

2.3.1.3 Each request shall be irrevocable.

 

2.3.1.4 Each request shall specify the aggregate amount of the requested Revolving Loan, which shall not be less than $5,000, and, if applicable a breakdown of the separate wires comprising such Loan.

 

2.3.1.5 Each request shall specify the date such Revolving Loan is to be made, which shall be a Business Day.

 

2.3.2 Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to make all disbursements of Revolving Loans into the Operating Account that will be structured and utilized for that purpose. Unless other arrangements are made with, and expressly agreed to by, Lender (e.g., disbursements of Revolving Loans by wire transfer), all advances of the Revolving Loans, if made by Lender, will be credited to the Operating Account at the end of the applicable Business Day on which the advance is made.

 

2.4 Termination of Revolving Commitment. Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitment shall terminate on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date. Borrower may at any time terminate the Revolving Commitment upon (a) the payment in full of all outstanding Revolving Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (b) the payment in full of the accrued and unpaid fees (including, without limitation, the fees set forth in Section 2.7), and (c) the payment in full of all reimbursable expenses and other Obligations together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Any termination of the Revolving Commitment shall be permanent, and subject to the satisfaction of the terms in Section 2.6.6 and Section 2.7.

 

2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

2.5.1 Borrower shall pay the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

 

2.5.2 Reserved.

 

2.5.3 Lender shall maintain accounts in which it shall record the amount of each Loan made hereunder and the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable hereunder, which entries shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay all principal of and interest on the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.6 Prepayment of Loans.

 

2.6.1 Voluntary Prepayment. Subject to Section 2.6.6, Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Loan in whole or in part. Prepayments shall be accompanied by payment of fees to the extent required by Section 2.7 and accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.8.

 
 
17
 
 

 

2.6.2 Mandatory Prepayment – Excessive Borrowing. If at any time the Revolving Exposure exceeds the lesser of (i) the difference of the Revolving Facility Amount minus any Reserves and (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately prepay the Revolving Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

 

2.6.3 Reserved.

 

2.6.4 Mandatory Prepayment – Prepayment Event. In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of any Loan Party in respect of any Prepayment Event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall, immediately after such Net Proceeds are received by any Loan Party, prepay the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.6.5 below in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds.

 

2.6.5 Application of Prepayments. All amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.6.2 shall be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans without a corresponding reduction in the Revolving Facility Amount. All amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.6.3 or 2.6.4 shall be applied to the Obligations then outstanding in any order of application, as determined by Lender in its sole discretion.

 

2.6.6 Notice of Prepayment. Borrower shall notify Lender by telephone (confirmed in writing) of any prepayment hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. Minneapolis time three Business Days before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.8.4.

 

2.7 Fees.

 

2.7.1 Origination Fee. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender, a fully-earned, non-refundable origination fee of $15,000.

 

2.7.2 Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee (the “Commitment Fee”) during the Availability Period, which shall accrue at the rate equal to 0.50% per annum on the average daily difference of the Revolving Facility Amount then in effect minus the Revolving Exposure. Accrued Commitment Fees shall be due and payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which the Revolving Commitment terminates, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date. All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

2.7.3 Loan Facility Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender an annual loan facility fee (the “Loan Facility Fee”) equal to 0.75% of the Revolving Commitment. The Loan Facility Fee shall be fully earned on the Closing Date for the term of the Loan (including any Extension Term) but shall be due and payable on each anniversary of the Closing Date. If the Revolving Commitment is terminated for any reason, whether at maturity or by Lender following an Event of Default hereunder, the unpaid Loan Facility Fee shall be due and payable on the date of such termination.

 

2.7.4 Collateral Management Fee. Borrower shall pay Lender as additional interest a monthly collateral management fee (the “Collateral Management Fee”) for monitoring and servicing the Revolving Facility, equal to $1,700 per month for the term of Revolving Commitment. The Collateral Management Fee shall be fully earned and non-refundable as of the date of this Agreement, but shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month. Payment of the Collateral Management Fee may be made, at the discretion of Lender: (i) by application of Advances under the Revolving Facility hereunder, or (ii) directly by Borrower. The final payment shall be pro rated to the date of payment in full of the Obligations and shall be paid on that date as part of the Obligations.

 
 
18
 
 

 

2.7.5 Early Termination Fee. If the Revolving Commitment shall be terminated for any reason, including by the Lender following an Event of Default hereunder, Borrower shall pay to Lender, as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available hereunder an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the Revolving Commitment (the “Early Termination Fee”). As used herein, the term “Applicable Percentage” shall mean (i) 3%, in the case of a termination on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; (ii) 2%, in the case of a termination after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary thereof; and (iii) 0.5%, in the case of a termination after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to Revolving Loan Maturity Date, if any. The Borrower agrees that the Applicable Percentages are a reasonable calculation of Lender’s lost profits in view of the difficulties and impracticality of determining actual damages resulting from a termination of the Revolving Commitment.

 

2.7.6 Financial Consulting Fee. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to GVC Financial Services, LLC, a fully-earned, non-refundable financial consulting fee of $150,000.

 

2.7.7 All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to Lender (unless otherwise specified). Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

2.8 Interest.

 

2.8.1 Revolving Loans. The unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans shall bear interest at the Revolving Interest Rate.

 

2.8.2 Reserved.

 

2.8.3 Default Rate. At any time during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all Loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the applicable Revolving Interest Rate plus 3.00%, per annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

2.8.4 When Due. Borrower shall pay interest accrued on each Loan in arrears:

 

2.8.4.1 on the last day of each month commencing April 30, 2019,

 

2.8.4.2 with respect to any Loan, on such Loan’s Maturity Date,

 

provided that (a) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.8.3 shall be payable on demand, and (b) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment

 

2.8.5 Basis for Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.1, Interest on the unpaid principal of each Loan shall accrue from the date such Loan is made to the date such Loan is paid in full. If the LIBOR Rate becomes unavailable during the term of this Agreement, Lender may designate a comparable substitute rate upon notice to Borrower.

 
 
19
 
 

 

2.8.6 AHYDO. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, if (i) any portion of the Loans remains outstanding after the fifth anniversary of the initial incurrence thereof and (ii) the aggregate amount of the accrued but unpaid interest on such portion of the Loans (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of any AHYDO Testing Date (as hereinafter defined) occurring after such fifth anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual (as hereinafter defined), then all such accrued but unpaid interest on such portion of the Loans (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of such time in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual shall be paid in cash by Borrower on such AHYDO Testing Date, it being the intent of the parties hereto that the deductibility of interest under such portion of the Loans shall not be limited or deferred by reason of Section 163(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “IRC”). As used herein, the “Maximum Accrual” is an amount equal to the product of the issue price (as defined in IRC Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a)) of the Loan and its yield to maturity (as determined for purposes of Section 163(i) of the IRC), and a “AHYDO Testing Date” is any date on which interest is due and payable and the date on which any “accrual period” (within the meaning of Section 1272(a)(5) of the IRC) closes. Any accrued interest that, for any reason, has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on the Loan or any portion thereof is made.

 

2.9 Increased Costs.

 

2.9.1 If any Change in Law shall:

 

2.9.1.1 impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate);

 

2.9.1.2 subject Lender to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

2.9.1.3 impose on Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or any of the Loans;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

2.9.2 If Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting Lender or any lending office of Lender or Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s capital or on the capital of Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Commitment of Lender, or the Loans made by Lender, to a level below that which Lender or Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration Lender’s policies and the policies of Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender or Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 
 
20
 
 

 

2.9.3 A certificate of Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 2.9.1 or Section 2.9.2 shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

2.9.4 Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

 

2.10 Taxes.

 

2.10.1 Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes.

 

2.10.2 The applicable Loan Party shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of Lender timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

2.10.3 The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable or paid by Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

2.11 Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds.

 

2.11.1 Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.8 or 2.9, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m. Minneapolis, Minnesota time on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of Lender, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to Lender at the address for payment specified in writing by Lender to Borrower, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.9 and 10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. Lender shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

 

2.11.2 Any proceeds of Collateral received by Lender not constituting a mandatory prepayment (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.6), may be applied to the Obligations by the Lender in any order of application, as determined by Lender in its sole discretion.

 

2.11.3 Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes (a) Lender to make a Revolving Loan for the purpose of paying each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents and agrees that all such amounts charged shall constitute Revolving Loans and that all such Revolving Loans shall be deemed to have been requested pursuant to Section 2.3, and (b) Lender to charge any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Lender for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

 
 
21
 
 

 

2.12 Returned Payments. If after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason, then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender. The provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds. The provisions of this Section 2.12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.13 Extension Option. At the Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, the Lender may agree to extend the Revolving Loan Maturity Date for two successive terms of one year each (each an “Extension Option”) to (i) April 5, 2023 and, provided that the Extension Option in clause (i) hereof has been exercised, (ii) April 5, 2024 (each such date, an “Extended Maturity Date” and each such one-year period an “Extension Term”), respectively. The Lender shall consider, but in no way be obligated to agree to any Extension Option, after receipt by the Lender of a written notice from the Borrower informing the Lender of Borrower’s desire to exercise the Extension Option(s) as set forth herein. The Lender may condition the exercise of the Extension Option(s) with respect to any Extension Term on such conditions (including the delivery of any agreements, instruments, documents, certificates, or legal opinions, and the payment of any fees) as the Lender may so determine in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.14 Eligible Contract Participant Provisions.

 

2.14.1 Eligible Contract Participants. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) a Loan Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor (A) shall not be liable for any Excluded Swap Obligations and (B) shall not be deemed to have guaranteed any Excluded Swap Obligations and (ii) any security interest granted to the Lender by a Loan Party that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall not secure the repayment of any Excluded Swap Obligations; provided, however, that at the time any such Loan Party becomes a Qualified ECP Guarantor, the Obligations of such Loan Party shall include, without limitation, any transaction entered into under any Swap Agreement with Lender or its Affiliates and any transactions outstanding under any Swap Agreement with Lender or its Affiliates.

 

2.14.2 Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of all Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 2.14.2 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 2.14.2, or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full has occurred. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 2.14.2 constitute, and this Section 2.14.2 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 
 
22
 
 

 

2.14.3 Savings Clause. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Loan Party makes a written representation to the Lender in connection with a swap, or any master agreement governing a swap to the effect that such Loan Party is or will be an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act on the date the relevant liability is incurred or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, and such representation proves to have been incorrect when made or deemed to have been made, the Lender reserves all of its contractual and other rights and remedies, at law or in equity, including (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the right to claim, and pursue a separate cause of action, for damages as a result of such misrepresentation, provided that such Loan Party’s liability for such damages shall not exceed the amount of the Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such swap.

 

2.14.4 Eligible Contract Participants Representation. Each Loan Party represents that, as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, and is deemed to represent that on each day that a Loan Party enters into a Swap Agreement, such Loan Party is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1 Closing Date Conditions. The obligation of Lender to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which the following conditions are satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender:

 

3.1.1 Capitalization. Intermediate Holdings shall have received cash equity contributions from Holdings in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000, which shall immediately have been contributed to Borrower.

 

3.1.2 Closing Date Acquisition. The Loan Parties shall have consummated (or contemporaneously with the initial extensions of Loans shall consummate) the Closing Date Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the Closing Date Acquisition Documents and Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (i) copies of the fully executed Closing Date Acquisition Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as true, correct and complete and (ii) evidence that the Closing Date Acquisition has occurred prior to, or contemporaneously with, the closing hereunder.

 

3.1.3 Loan Documents. Lender shall have received on or before the Closing Date all of the agreements, documents, instruments, due diligence and other items set forth on the closing checklist attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

3.1.4 No Change in Condition. No material change in the condition or operations, financial or otherwise of any Loan Party shall have occurred since November 30, 2018.

 

3.1.5 Repayment of Prior Indebtedness; Satisfaction of Outstanding Letters of Credit. (i) Lender shall have received fully executed pay-off letters reasonably satisfactory to Lender confirming that all Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement will be paid in full before the Closing Date or from the proceeds of the initial Loans and all Liens upon any property of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens shall be terminated immediately upon such payment; and (ii) all letters of credit with respect to which any Loan Party has any liability shall have been cash collateralized.

 
 
23
 
 

 

3.1.6 Lien Searches. Lender shall have received written search reports with respect to financing statements, tax and judgment liens against the Seller and any Loan Party from such jurisdictions and from such Persons as the Lender may request showing that no financing statements or Liens are of record against the Seller or any Loan Party except Permitted Liens and Liens to be terminated not later than the Closing Date pursuant to pay-off letters referred to in Section 3.1.5.

 

3.1.7 Approvals. Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Loan Parties have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.1.8 Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid the fees required to be paid on the Closing Date, and shall have reimbursed Lender for all fees, costs and expenses of closing presented as of the Closing Date.

 

3.1.9 Legal, Tax and Regulatory Due Diligence. Lender and its counsel shall have completed all financial, business, legal, tax and regulatory due diligence, including without limitation all documentation required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act, in each case, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

 

3.1.10 Third Party Diligence. Lender shall have completed to its satisfaction (i) its due diligence with respect to the business, management, customers and vendors of the Loan Parties, (ii) its legal due diligence with respect to the Loan Parties, including satisfactory review of Closing Date Acquisition Documents, organizational documents and contracts with members of management, (iii) its third party financial and market due diligence, (iv) its site visits to the Loan Parties, (v) its meetings with members of management of the Loan Parties, and (vi) its review of the organizational and capital structure (including all outstanding debt and equity) of the Loan Parties and Lender shall have received copies of all third party diligence and related reports received by Sponsor.

 

3.1.11 Credit Approval. Lender shall have received formal credit approval for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.1.12 Historical Financial Information. Lender shall have received annual year-end financial statements for the Borrower and the business being acquired by Borrower pursuant to the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement (including an income statement and a balance sheet) for the prior three years.

 

3.1.13 Projections. Lender shall have received detailed five-year financial projections of the Loan Parties.

 

3.1.14 Subordinated Debt. Borrower shall have received subordinated loan proceeds in the amount of at least $1,500,000 under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, which shall each be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

3.1.15 Intercreditor Agreements. Lender shall have received an executed Mezzanine Subordination Agreement, an executed Seller Subordination Agreement, and an executed Leonite Subordination Agreement.

 
 
24
 
 

 

3.1.16 Employment and Non-Competition Agreements. Lender shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker (containing non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) has been executed.

 

3.1.17 Availability. Borrower shall have availability of at least $100,000 after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, including the repayment of all Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement, as demonstrated by a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Lender and certified by a Responsible Officer.

 

3.1.18 Other Documents. Lender shall have received such other documents as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested.

 

3.2 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

3.3 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The obligation of Lender to make a Loan, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

3.3.1 The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Loan, except for any representation or warranty that expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representation or warranty shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date);

 

3.3.2 At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

3.3.3 After giving effect to any Loan, Availability is not less than zero.

 

Each request for a Loan shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Loan Parties on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. As security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance by each Loan Party of the Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants to, and creates in favor of, Lender a continuing security interest in, and Lien on, all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to all of such Loan Party’s assets and property, tangible and intangible, real and personal, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor, of such Loan Party, including without limitation:

 

4.1.1 all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule 4.1.1 (and the Loan Parties hereby represent and warrant that all Commercial Tort Claims of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date are set forth on such Schedule), Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles (including Key Person Insurance), Goods, Health-Care-Insurance Receivables, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letters of Credit (as defined in Article 5 of the UCC), Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, and Promissory Notes;

 

4.1.2 all of such Loan Party’s Patents, patent applications, patent registrations, trade secrets, customer lists, proprietary information, inventions, Copyrights, copyright registrations, copyright applications, Trademarks (including service marks), logos, federal and state trademark registrations and applications, all of such Loan Party’s Licenses, leases, lease contracts, lease agreements, records, franchises, customer lists, insurance refunds, insurance refund claims, tax refunds, tax refund claims, pension plan refunds, and pension plan reversions;

 
 
25
 
 

 

4.1.3 all attachments, accessions, parts and appurtenances to, all substitutions for, and all replacements of any of the foregoing;

 

4.1.4 all Supporting Obligations; and

 

4.1.5 all of the products and Proceeds of all of the foregoing, including cash Proceeds and noncash Proceeds, and including Proceeds of any insurance, whether in the form of original collateral or any of the property or rights or interests in property described above in this Section.

 

4.2 Perfection of Lender’s Security Interest; Duty of Care.

 

4.2.1 Until the termination of this Agreement, each Loan Party shall perform any and all steps and take all actions requested by Lender from time to time to perfect, maintain, protect, and enforce Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, the Collateral, including (a) executing and delivering all appropriate documents and instruments as Lender may determine are necessary or desirable to perfect, preserve, or enforce Lender’s interest in the Collateral, including financing statements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (b) delivering and endorsing to Lender any warehouse receipts or other Documents covering that portion of the Collateral which, with Lender’s consent, may be located in warehouses and in respect of which warehouse receipts are issued, (c) upon the occurrence and the continuance of any Event of Default, transferring Inventory to warehouses approved by Lender, (d) placing notations on such Loan Party’s books of account to disclose Lender’s security interest and Lien therein, and (e) taking such other steps and actions as deemed necessary or desirable by Lender to perfect and enforce Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, and other rights and interests in, the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall promptly provide the Lender with written notice of all applications, if any, for new Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks (together with a listing of the issuance of registrations or letters on present applications), which new applications and issued registrations or letters shall be subject to the Lender's Lien as provided hereunder, together with, if requested by Lender, (a) a duly executed Notice of Security Interest in such new Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, and (b) such other duly executed documents as the Lender may reasonably request in order to evidence the Lender's Lien in the Copyright, Patent or Trademark which is the subject of such new application; in each case other than actions which the Lender and such Loan Party reasonably agree that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection in such Liens are excessive in relation to the benefit of the Lender of the security to be afforded thereby.

 

4.2.2 Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as all assets of such Loan Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (b) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Loan Party is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Loan Party. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender at any time and from time to time to correct or complete, or to cause to be corrected or completed, any financing statements, continuation statements or other such documents as have been filed naming such Loan Party as debtor and Lender as secured party. Each Loan Party agrees to furnish any such information to Lender promptly upon request. At Lender’s request, each Loan Party will execute notices appropriate under any applicable Requirement of Law that Lender deems desirable to evidence, perfect, or protect its security interest in and other Liens on the Collateral in such form(s) as are satisfactory to Lender. Each Loan Party will pay the cost of filing all financing statements and other notices in all public offices where filing is deemed by Lender to be necessary or desirable to perfect, protect or enforce the security interest and Lien granted to Lender hereunder. Lender is hereby authorized to give notice to any creditor, landlord or any other Person as may be necessary or desirable under applicable laws to evidence, protect, perfect, or enforce the security interest and Lien granted to Lender in the Collateral.

 
 
26
 
 

 

4.2.3 To protect, perfect, or enforce, from time to time, Lender’s rights or interests in the Collateral, Lender may, in its discretion (but without any obligation to do so), (a) discharge any Liens (other than Permitted Liens so long as no Event of Default has occurred) at any time levied or placed on the Collateral, (b) pay any insurance to the extent the Loan Parties have failed to timely pay the same, (c) maintain guards where any Collateral is located if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (d) obtain any record from any service bureau and pay such service bureau the cost thereof. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in exercising its discretion under this Section 4.2.3 will be part of the Obligations, payable on Lender’s demand and secured by the Collateral.

 

4.2.4 Lender shall have no duty of care with respect to the Collateral except that Lender shall exercise reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in Lender’s custody. Each Loan Party agrees that Lender has no obligation to take steps to preserve rights against any prior parties.

 

4.2.5 At any time and from time to time, Lender, in its own name or in the name of others, may periodically communicate with each Loan Party’s Account Debtors, customers and other obligors to verify with them, to Lender’s satisfaction, the existence, amount and terms of any sums owed by such Account Debtors, customers or other obligors to such Loan Party and the nature of any such Account Debtor’s, customer’s or other obligor’s relationship with such Loan Party.

 

4.2.6 If any Loan Party shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Loan Party shall immediately notify Lender in a writing signed by such Loan Party of the particulars thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

4.3 Power of Attorney.

 

4.3.1 Each Loan Party does hereby make, constitute and appoint Lender (or any officer or agent of Lender) as such Loan Party’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Loan Party or in the name of Lender or otherwise, for the use and benefit of Lender, but at the cost and expense of such Loan Party, (a) to indorse the name of such Loan Party on any instruments, notes, checks, drafts, money orders, or other media of payment (including payments payable under any policy of insurance on the Collateral) or Collateral that may come into the possession of Lender or any Affiliate of Lender in full or part payment of any of the Obligations; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to sign and indorse the name of such Loan Party on any invoice, freight or express bill, bill of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with any Collateral, and any instrument or document relating thereto or to any of such Loan Party’s rights therein; (c) to file financing statements pursuant to the UCC and other notices appropriate under applicable law as Lender deems necessary to perfect, preserve, and protect Lender’s rights and interests under any Security Document; (d) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to obtain the insurance referred to in Section 6.6 and endorse any drafts and cancel any insurance so obtained by Lender; (e) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to give written notice to the United States Post Office to effect change(s) of address so that all mail addressed to such Loan Party may be delivered directly to Lender; and (f) to do any and all things necessary or desirable to perfect Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, and other rights and interests in, the Collateral, to preserve and protect the Collateral and to otherwise carry out this Agreement.

 
 
27
 
 

 

4.3.2 This power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, will be irrevocable for the term of this Agreement and all transactions under this Agreement and thereafter so long as any of the Obligations remain in existence. Each Loan Party ratifies and approves all acts of such attorney, and neither Lender nor its attorney will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law. Each Loan Party will execute and deliver promptly to Lender all instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in Lender’s discretion, to further Lender’s exercise of the rights and powers granted it in this Section 4.3.

 

4.4 Lender’s Additional Rights Regarding Collateral. In addition to Lender’s other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, Lender may, in its discretion exercised in good faith, following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default: (a) exchange, enforce, waive or release any of the Collateral or portion thereof, (b) apply the proceeds of the Collateral against the Obligations and direct the order or manner of the liquidation thereof (including any sale or other disposition), as Lender may, from time to time, in each instance determine, and (c) settle, compromise, collect or otherwise liquidate any such security in any manner without affecting or impairing its right to take any other further action with respect to any security or any part thereof.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Lender that the following are, true, correct and complete:

 

5.1 Existence and Power. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, (b) has the power and authority and all licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals from each applicable Governmental Authority necessary (i) to own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under, the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, and licensed and in good standing, under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement, and by each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries of any other Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of that Person’s Organization Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or result in the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Requirement of Law in any respect; except, in each case referred to in clause (b) or clause (c), as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 
 
28
 
 

 

5.3 Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except for recordings and filings in connection with the Liens granted to Lender under the Security Documents and those obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each such Person which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms.

 

5.5 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any of their respective properties.

 

5.6 No Default. No Loan Party and no Subsidiary of any Loan Party is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or together with all such defaults, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7 ERISA Compliance. Schedule 5.7 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all material Benefit Plans. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies. Except for those that would not reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate, (i) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law, (ii) there are no existing or pending (or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Loan Party incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any Liability and (iii) no ERISA Event is reasonably expected to occur. On the Closing Date, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding.

 

5.8 Taxes. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves. No liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such Taxes.

 
 
29
 
 

 

5.9 Financial Condition.

 

5.9.1 The company-prepared financial statements of the Seller dated as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, respectively, present fairly in all material respects financial condition of Seller as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the periods covered thereby when taken as a whole. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.9.2 The Loan Parties’ financial statements, as at any time furnished to the Bank by the Borrower, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, if any, as at the dates specified therein and the results of their operations and changes in financial position for the periods ended as of the dates specified therein. As of the dates of such financial statements, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, if any, have not had any material obligation, contingent liability, liability for taxes or long-term lease obligation which is not reflected in such financial statements or in the notes thereto. Since the date of the most recent financial statements, no event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.10 Environmental Matters. Except for any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) has any Liability arising in connection with Environmental Laws or has received written notice of any (i) claim with respect to any Liability related to Environmental Laws or (ii) state, local or federal environmental investigation with respect to any real estate owned, leased or otherwise occupied by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law applicable to such Person or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law applicable to such Person.

 

5.11 Solvency. Both before and after giving effect to (a) the Loans made on or prior to the date this representation and warranty is made or remade, (b) the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans to or as directed by the Borrower, (c) the consummation of the Closing Date Acquisition and the transactions contemplated hereunder, including, without limitation, the Acquisition and the incurrence of the Subordinated Indebtedness, and (d) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, both the Loan Parties taken as a whole and the Borrower individually are Solvent.

 

5.12 Labor Relations. There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts existing, pending (or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened) against or involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party.

 

5.13 Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13, as of the Closing Date, no Loan Party and no Subsidiary of any Loan Party has any Subsidiaries, is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, or is an Affiliate of any other Person. All issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. All of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Loan Party, each Subsidiary of each Loan Party is owned by each of the Persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 5.13. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13, there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Capital Stock. Set forth in Schedule 5.13 is a true and complete organizational chart of Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries.

 

5.14 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Etc. Schedule 5.14 lists each Loan Party’s exact legal name, jurisdiction of organization, federal tax identification number, organizational identification number, if any, the location of such Loan Party’s chief executive office or sole place of business, and all jurisdictions of organization and legal names of such Loan Party for the five years preceding the Closing Date.

 
 
30
 
 

 

5.15 Locations of Collateral and Books and Records. Schedule 5.15 lists each location where any Loan Party keeps the Collateral (other than Inventory or Equipment in transit) and books and records concerning the Collateral or conducts any of its business.

 

5.16 Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts. Schedule 5.16 lists all deposit accounts and other accounts maintained by the Loan Parties with any bank or financial institution, together with the name and address of such bank or financial institution, the account number, and the type of account.

 

5.17 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in each exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials, if any, delivered by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Lender prior to the Closing Date), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

 

5.18 USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws. (a) Each Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates are in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act and (iii) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, and (b) each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all U.S. economic sanctions laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant to it. No Loan Party and no Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Loan Party (i) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person or (iii) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.

 
 
31
 
 

 

5.19 Properties. Schedule 5.19 sets forth the address of each parcel of real property that is at any time owned or leased by each Loan Party. Each of such leases and subleases is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and no default by any party to any such lease or sublease exists. Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property, free of all Liens other than those permitted by Section 7.2.

 

5.20 Supplier, Customer, Client, and Agent Relations. As of the Closing Date, there exists no condition or state of facts or circumstances relating to the Closing Date Acquisition (including, without limitation, the failure to obtain any required consent to the Closing Date Acquisition) that would reasonably be expected to prevent Borrower from conducting business with any supplier, vendor, customer, client, agent or other contractual counterparty of Borrower in substantially the same manner as previously conducted by Seller immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

5.21 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses. Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary to its business as currently conducted, and the use thereof by each Loan Party does not infringe in any material respect upon the rights of any other Person. Set forth on Schedule 5.21 are all registered Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks, and all Licenses, owned by each Loan Party. To the best of each such Loan Party’s knowledge, each such Copyright, Patent and Trademark of such Loan Party is valid, subsisting, unexpired, and enforceable and has not been abandoned. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.21 or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, none of such Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement. No Loan Party has made any assignment or agreement in conflict with the security interest in the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks of such Loan Party hereunder, except for any assignments that are being released on the Closing Date. No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority which would limit, cancel or question the validity of any Copyright, Patent or Trademark. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.21 or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, no action or proceeding is pending seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark, or which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, all applications pertaining to the Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks of such Loan Party have been duly and properly filed, and all registrations or letters pertaining to such Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks have been duly and properly filed and issued., and each Loan Party’s rights thereto are not subject to any licensing agreement or similar arrangement.

 

5.22 Insurance. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has in force and effect adequate insurance policies with respect to its business and properties and the business and properties of its Subsidiaries against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily carried or maintained by similarly situated entities engaged in similar businesses.

 

5.23 Compliance with Laws. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any requirement of Law in any jurisdictions in which Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries is now doing business, and any Governmental Authority otherwise having jurisdiction over the conduct of Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any of its respective businesses, or the ownership of any of its respective properties, which violation, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.24 Employee Matters. As of the Closing Date (a) no Loan Party, Subsidiary thereof, nor any of such Person’s employees is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, and (b) no petition for certification or union election is pending with respect to the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof and no union or collective bargaining unit has sought such certification or recognition with respect to the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof.

 
 
32
 
 

 

5.25 Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” or a “subsidiary” of an "investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

5.26 Margin Stock. Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. No portion of the Obligations is secured directly or indirectly by Margin Stock.

 

5.27 Related Agreements. Borrower has delivered to Lender a true and correct copy of the Related Agreements and the Sponsor Management Agreement pursuant hereto. Each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties party thereto and, to Borrower's knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements, has duly taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Related Agreements and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby. As of the Closing Date, the Related Transactions have been consummated (or are being consummated substantially contemporaneously with the initial credit extension hereunder) in accordance with the terms of the Related Agreements. The Related Transactions will comply with all applicable legal requirements, and all necessary governmental, regulatory, creditor, shareholder, partner and other material consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained by a Loan Party (other than with respect to lease agreements subject to consent rights due to a change in control) and, to Borrower's knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements in connection with the Related Transactions (other than the Mezzanine Lender in connection with the Mezzanine Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder) have been, prior to consummation of the Related Transactions, duly obtained and are in full force and effect. As of the date of the Related Agreements, all applicable waiting periods with respect to the Related Transactions will have expired without any action being taken by any competent governmental authority which restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Related Transactions. The execution and delivery of the Related Agreements did not, and the consummation of the Related Transactions did not, violate in a material manner, any statute or regulation of the United States (including any securities law) or of any state or other applicable jurisdiction, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental body binding on Borrower or any other Loan Party or, to Borrower's knowledge, any other party to the Related Agreements (other than the Mezzanine Lender in connection with the Mezzanine Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder), or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, to which Borrower or any other Loan Party is a party or by which Borrower or any other Loan Party is bound or, to Borrower's knowledge, to which any other party to the Related Agreements is a party or by which any such party is bound (other than the Mezzanine Lender in connection with the Mezzanine Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder). The statements and representations made in the Related Agreements by Borrower or any other Loan Party or, to Borrower's knowledge, any other Person (other than the Mezzanine Lender in connection with the Mezzanine Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder) or any report or document furnished by a Loan Party but not prepared by a Loan Party, taken as a whole, are not untrue statements of material facts or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time that such statements or representations are made. As of the Closing Date, (i) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Related Agreements made by a Loan Party is true and correct in all material respects and (ii) to Borrower's knowledge, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Related Agreements made by any Person other than a Loan Party is true and correct in all material respects. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Agreement and making the Loans hereunder in reliance upon the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt and this Section 5.27.

 
 
33
 
 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Revolving Commitment is terminated, and all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) have been paid in full in cash, each Loan Party covenants and agrees as follows:

 

6.1 Financial Statements. Each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP (provided that monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosures and are subject to normal year-end adjustments). Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

 

6.1.1 Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the annual consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, together with a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for such fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting all in reasonable detail and reviewed by independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

6.1.2 Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a copy of the company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, together with and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal quarter then ended and that portion of the fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures.

 

6.1.3 Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, a copy of the company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal month, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, together with and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal month then ended and that portion of the fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures.

 
 
34
 
 

 

6.2 Appraisals; Certificates; Other Information. The Loan Parties shall furnish to Lender:

 

6.2.1 concurrently with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a report setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding figures from the most recent projections for the current fiscal year delivered pursuant to Section 6.2.2 and, in the case of Sections 6.1.1 and 6.1.2, and (ii) a fully and properly completed Compliance Certificate which, when delivered following the end of any fiscal quarter, shall include calculation of all financial covenants, certified on behalf of Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

 

6.2.2 as soon as available and in any event no later than 30 days before the last day of each fiscal year, projections of the Loan Parties’ (and their Subsidiaries’) financial performance for the forthcoming fiscal year on a month by month basis;

 

6.2.3 as soon as available and in any event, within thirty days of each fiscal year end of Holdings, a detailed operating budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis (including a projected balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

 

6.2.4 daily, a summary of customer deposits received by the Borrower and a summary of Inventory delivered to customers relating to previously received customer deposits, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as Lender may require;

 

6.2.5 concurrently with each request for a Revolving Loan hereunder, on the second Business Day of each week, and at such other times as Lender may request, a Borrowing Base Certificate, certified on behalf of Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, setting forth the Borrowing Base as at the end of such period, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as Lender may require;

 

6.2.6 on the last Business Day of each week, and at such other times as Lender may request, a summary of the Borrower’s Inventory as of the last Business Day of the prior week, certified on behalf of Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as Lender may require;

 

6.2.7 concurrently with each request for a Revolving Loan hereunder, on the last Business Day of each week, and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements required under Section 6.1.2 hereof, a summary aging, by vendor, of each Loan Party's accounts payable and any book overdraft and an aging, by vendor, of any held checks

 

6.2.8 the Loan Parties shall permit and enable Lender to obtain appraisals in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to Lender at the Loan Parties’ sole cost and expense; provided, however, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Loan Parties shall only be obligated to reimburse the Lender for two such appraisal per year; and

 

6.2.9 copies of (i) all proposed amendments or modifications to any Mezzanine Debt Document, Seller Note, or Closing Date Acquisition Document, (ii) all material notices (including, without limitation, notices in respect of defaults) and reports delivered by any Loan Party or any other Person in connection with any Mezzanine Debt Document, Seller Note, or Closing Date Acquisition Document.

 
 
35
 
 

 

6.2.10 promptly, such additional business, financial, corporate affairs, perfection certificates and other information as Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

6.3 Notices. Borrower shall notify promptly Lender of each of the following (and, except as otherwise set forth below, in no event later than three (3) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware thereof):

 

6.3.1 the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default, or any event or circumstance that foreseeably will become a Default or Event of Default;

 

6.3.2 any Material Adverse Effect;

 

6.3.3 any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension which may exist at any time affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any of their respective property which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in liabilities in excess of $25,000;

 

6.3.4 (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of any Reportable Event under Section 4043 of ERISA, or intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice, (ii) promptly, and in any event within 10 days, after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto, and (iii) promptly, and in any event within 10 days after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that an ERISA Event will or has occurred, a notice describing such ERISA Event, and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notices received from or filed with the PBGC, IRS, Multiemployer Plan or other Benefit Plan pertaining thereto;

 

6.3.5 any change in the identity of the individuals who directly or indirectly have significant responsibility to manage, control or direct the Borrower. As requested by Lender from time to time, the Borrower agrees to execute and deliver a certification in favor of Lender setting forth information on the individuals that own and control the Borrower, including following any change in control of Borrower;

 

6.3.6 the occurrence of any default or event of default under any Subordinated Debt Document; and

 

6.3.7 any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be accompanied by a statement by a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action a Loan Party or other Person proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time.

 
 
36
 
 

 

6.4 Preservation of Existence, Etc. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its organizational existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, except, with respect to Borrower’s Subsidiaries, in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.5; and (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.5 and sales of assets permitted by Section 7.10 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.5 Maintenance of Property. Each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, and preserve all its property which is used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof.

 

6.6 Insurance. Each Loan Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of the Loan Parties and such Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (a) name Lender as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (b) include waiver of subrogation, and (c) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a lenders loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, that names Lender as the lenders loss payee thereunder and provides for at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Lender of any material modification or cancellation of such policy.

 

6.7 Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay, discharge and perform as the same shall become due and payable or required to be performed, all their respective obligations, liabilities and Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, each Loan Party shall file all tax returns and reports which are required by law to be filed by it and pay before they become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies imposed upon it or its property and all claims or demands of any kind (including, without limitation, those of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, warehouses, landlords and other like Persons) which, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon its property.

 

6.8 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Law, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.9 Inspection of Property and Books and Records. Each Loan Party shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Person. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, with respect to each owned, leased, or controlled property, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times during the continuance thereof): (a) provide access to such property to Lender and any of its Related Persons, as frequently as Lender determines to be appropriate; and (b) permit Lender and any of its Related Persons to conduct field examinations, audit, inspect and make extracts and copies (or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of such Loan Party’s books and records, and evaluate and make physical verifications of the Inventory and other Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender considers advisable, in each instance, at the Loan Parties’ expense. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits, examinations, audits and inspections shall be limited to two per calendar year by the Lender at the sole cost and expense of the Loan Parties; provided, however, that (y) any such visits, examinations, audits and inspections which are made while any Default or Event of Default has occurred is continuing shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation and shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Loan Parties and (z) any such visits, inspections or examinations which are made at the cost and expense of the Lender, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall not be limited to one per calendar year.

 
 
37
 
 

 

6.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of Revolving Loans solely for (i) the repayment of indebtedness of the Borrower existing immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement (ii) the payment of fees and expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) the Borrower’s general working capital purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law and not in violation of this Agreement. No portion of the proceeds of any Loans shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Loans or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6.11 Cash Management

  

6.11.1 The Loan Parties shall cause all of their deposit and other bank accounts to be subject to Control Agreements in favor of the Lender and acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion and the Lender shall have the right to exercise control over all such accounts as provided herein.

 

6.11.2 Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided to Lender online access to bank and other financial statements relating to all accounts of any Loan Party (including, without limitation, a listing of the receipts being collected therein).

 

6.11.3 Borrower and each other Loan Party shall deposit all customer deposits into a segregated account (the “Customer Deposit Account”) maintained solely for the deposit of customer deposits. Other than customer deposits, no other funds shall be deposited into the Customer Deposit Account. Borrower or the applicable Loan Party shall promptly transfer or cause to be transferred funds from the Customer Deposit Account to another account of the Borrower or other Loan Party that is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of the Lender upon the delivery by the Borrower or other Loan Party of Inventory to a customer for which a customer deposit received.

 

6.11.4 Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event and at all times thereafter unless otherwise agreed by Lender:

 

6.11.4.1 Lender shall be permitted to immediately exercise control over all of the deposit and other accounts of each Loan Party, including, without limitation, pursuant to any Control Agreements and to exercise any and all rights of the Lender under such Control Agreements.

 

6.11.4.2 Borrower and each other Loan Party shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Lender (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”) and Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. Subject to Lender right to maintain Reserves hereunder, at the Lender’s sole discretion, all amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account may be applied to reduce the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.1.

 
 
38
 
 

 

6.12 Claims Against Collateral. Each Loan Party shall maintain the Collateral free and clear of all Liens, except to the extent, if any, of the Permitted Liens. Each Loan Party will defend or cause to be defended the Collateral against all of the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever (except to the extent, if any, of the Permitted Liens).

 

6.13 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, fail to comply with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 5.18.

 

6.14 [Reserved].

 

6.15 Further Assurances; Guaranty and Collateral.

 

6.15.1 Promptly upon request by Lender, the Loan Parties shall take such additional actions and execute such documents as Lender may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the Security Documents any of the property, rights or interests covered by any of the Security Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to Lender the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to Lender under any Loan Document. Without limiting the foregoing, upon Lender’s request the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Lender a landlord waiver in respect of any real property location leased or used by any Loan Party, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and duly executed by all applicable parties thereto.

 

6.15.2 The Loan Parties shall cause each of their domestic Subsidiaries to guaranty the Obligations and to grant to Lender a security interest in, subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the other Security Documents, all of such Subsidiary’s property to secure such guaranty, in each case pursuant to, among such other agreements, documents or instruments as Lender may request, a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall join this Agreement as a “Loan Party” and a “Subsidiary Guarantor”. Each Loan Party shall additionally pledge or cause to be pledged to Lender (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Capital Stock of each domestic Subsidiary owned by any Loan Party and (ii) 65% of the outstanding voting stock of any foreign Subsidiary (or, if a change in law occurs after the Closing Date (including the finalization of Proposed Treasury Regulation 1.956-1 (Fed. Reg. Vol. 83, No. 214 p. 55324) without material amendments) that allows a greater percentage of voting equity interests to be pledged without a material adverse tax consequence, such greater percentage or any domestic Subsidiary wholly owned by a foreign Subsidiary.

 

6.15.3 Each Loan Party hereby grants to Lender, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Loan Party or any other Person) to, following an Event of Default, use, assign, license or sublicense any patents, trademarks, copyrights and all other intellectual property now owned (or licensed to) or hereafter acquired by such Loan Party, wherever the same may be located, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

 
 
39
 
 

 

6.16 Post-Closing Items.

 

6.16.1 Original Signature Pages and Capital Stock Certificate. As soon as is reasonably practical and in no event more than 5 Business Days following the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall deliver to Lender the Loan Parties’ original executed signature pages to the Loan Documents entered into on the Closing Date to which the Loan Parties are party, together with the original stock certificate(s) in respect of all issued and outstanding Capital Stock held by each Loan Party in its respective Subsidiary or Subsidiaries.

 

6.16.2 Insurance Endorsements. As soon as is reasonably practicable but in any event no later than 60 days following the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall deliver to Lender endorsements to the Loan Parties’ property and liability insurance policies, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender and in conformance with the requirements of Section 6.6.

 

6.16.3 Key Person Life Insurance. From and after 30 days after the Closing Date, the Borrower will maintain one or more life insurance policies on the life of Michael Goedecker having a combined death benefit in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000, with the Borrower named as beneficiary, all subject to a Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance.

 

6.16.4 Historical Financial Information. Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall provide to the Lender audited annual year-end financial statements for the Borrower and the business being acquired by Borrower pursuant to the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement (including an income statement and a balance sheet) for the prior three years.

 

6.16.5 Tax Lien Release. Within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall provide to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Lien Number 200226705001967, filed against Seller in favor of the State of Missouri on October 17, 2003 has been released and terminated.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Revolving Commitment is terminated, and all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) have been paid in full in cash, Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, observe, perform, and comply with each of the covenants set forth below in this Article 7.

 

7.1 Indebtedness. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

 

7.1.1 the Obligations;

 

7.1.2 Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 7.1;

 
 
40
 
 

 

7.1.3 the Mezzanine Debt, provided that the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement is in effect;

 

7.1.4 the Seller Debt, provided that the Seller Subordination Agreement is in effect; and

 

7.1.5 the Leonite Debt, provided that the Leonite Subordination Agreement is in effect.

 

7.2 Liens. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (“Permitted Liens”):

 

7.2.1 any Lien created under any Security Document;

 

7.2.2 Liens described in Schedule 7.2 securing Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and permitted by Section 7.1.2;

 

7.2.3 Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges which are not past due or remain payable without penalty;

 

7.2.4 carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, processors’ materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing indebtedness that is not past due or that remains payable without penalty or that is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to such Liens and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained;

 

7.2.5 Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeals bonds, bids, leases, governmental contract, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

7.2.6 easements, rights‑of‑way, zoning and other restrictions, minor defects or other irregularities in title, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, either individually or in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

 

7.2.7 Liens in favor of the Mezzanine Lender to secure amounts owed under the Mezzanine Loan Agreement, provided that the Mezzanine Subordination Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1.5 and

 

7.2.8 Liens in favor of collecting banks arising by operation of law.

 
 
41
 
 

 

7.3 Financial Covenants.

 

7.3.1 Maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 

Fiscal Quarter End Date

 

Ratio

 

June 30, 2019

 

1.75:1.00

 

September 30, 2019

 

1.75:1.00

 

December 31, 2019

 

1.75:1.00

 

March 31, 2020

 

1.50:1.00

 

June 30, 2020

 

1.50:1.00

 

September 30, 2020

 

1.50:1.00

 

December 31, 2020

 

1.50:1.00

 

March 31, 2021

 

1.25:1.00

 

June 30, 2021

 

1.25:1.00

 

September 30, 2021

 

1.25:1.00

 

December 31, 2021

 

1.15:1.00

 

March 31, 2022

 

1.15:1.00

 

June 30, 2022

 

1.00:1.00

 

September 30, 2022

 

1.00:1.00

 

December 31, 2022

 

1.00:1.00

 

March 31, 2023

 

1.00:1.00

 

 

7.3.2 Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 

Fiscal Quarter End Date

 

Ratio

 

June 30, 2019

 

4.50:1.00

 

September 30, 2019

 

4.50:1.00

 

December 31, 2019

 

4.50:1.00

 

March 31, 2020

 

4.00:1.00

 

June 30, 2020

 

4.00:1.00

 

September 30, 2020

 

4.00:1.00

 

December 31, 2020

 

4.00:1.00

 

March 31, 2021

 

3.50:1.00

 

June 30, 2021

 

3.50:1.00

 

September 30, 2021

 

3.50:1.00

 

December 31, 2021

 

3.50:1.00

 

March 31, 2022

 

3.00:1.00

 

June 30, 2022

 

3.00:1.00

 

September 30, 2022

 

3.00:1.00

 

December 31, 2022

 

3.00:1.00

 

March 31, 2023

 

2.50:1.00

 

 

7.3.3 Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

 
 
42
 
 

 

7.3.4 Minimum Consolidated Capital Expenditures. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Capital Expenditures to exceed $100,000 in any four consecutive fiscal quarters.

 

7.3.5 Year One Liquidity. Borrower shall not permit the ratio of cash plus Availability to customer deposits, determined as at the end of each month, commencing with the month ending May 31, 2019 to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 

Month End Date

 

Ratio

May 31, 2019

 

0.90:1.00

June 30, 2019

 

0.85:1.00

July 31, 2019

 

0.85:1.00

August 31, 2019

 

0.90:1.00

September 30, 2019

 

0.65:1.00

October 31, 2019

 

0.70:1.00

November 30, 2019

 

0.65:1.00

December 31, 2019

 

0.60:1.00

January 31, 2019

 

1.35:1.00

February 28, 2020

 

1.15:1.00

March 31, 2020

 

1.35:1.00

 

7.3.6 Liquidity. Borrower shall not permit the ratio of cash plus Availability to customer deposits less inventory allocated to satisfy orders connected to such customer deposits, determined as at the end of each month, commencing with the month ending April 30, 2020 to be less than 1.00:1.00.

 

7.4 Compliance with ERISA. No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on any asset of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event, that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

 

7.5 Consolidations and Mergers. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge, consolidate or divide with or into, undergo any division or enter into any plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except upon not less than five Business Days prior written notice to Lender, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge, consolidate or otherwise combine with or into, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or stock (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), or dissolve or liquidate into, a Loan Party, provided that the Borrower or such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving entity and all actions required to maintain perfected Liens on the Collateral in favor of Lender shall have been completed.

 

7.6 Acquisitions and Investments. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) purchase or acquire, or make any commitment to purchase or acquire any Capital Stock, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary, or (ii) make or commit to make any acquisition of a material portion of the assets of another Person, or of any business or division of any Person, including without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation, other combination, or division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws) or (iii) make or purchase, or commit to make or purchase, any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in any Person including the Borrower, any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (the items described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to as “Investments”), except for:

 
 
43
 
 

 

7.6.1 Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

7.6.2 Investments by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party; provided, that: (i) the Loan Parties shall accurately record all intercompany transactions on their respective books and records; (ii) at the time any such intercompany Investment is made by any Loan Party and after giving effect thereto, (A) each such Loan Party shall be Solvent; and (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

 

7.6.3 Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent Accounts in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers;

 

7.6.4 Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 7.6; and

 

7.6.5 loans or advances to employees permitted under Section 7.9.

 

7.7 Restricted Payments. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any Capital Stock, (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, fees, redemption, exchange, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, Subordinated Indebtedness, (iv) make any loans to the holders of Capital Stock of any Loan Party or to any Affiliates, lineal descendants or spouses of such holders, or trusts established for the benefit of any such Persons, or (v) pay any management, consulting, advisory, transaction or similar fees to Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (the items described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) above are referred to as “Restricted Payments”), except that:

 

7.7.1 Wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends to the Borrower;

 

7.7.2 Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock; provided that such Capital Stock is promptly pledged to Lender as Collateral hereunder;

 

7.7.3 provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may declare and make dividend payments to Intermediate Holdings, which may in turn declare and make dividend payments to Holdings, in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate for the term of this Agreement, the difference between the amount of Holding’s capital contribution to Intermediate Holdings on the Closing Date that was contributed to the Borrower on the Closing Date and $500,000; and

 

7.7.4 Borrower may make regularly scheduled payments of interest and principal with respect to (a) the Mezzanine Debt to the extent permitted under the Mezzanine Subordination Agreement, (b) the Seller Debt to the extent permitted under the Seller Subordination Agreement, (c) the Leonite Debt to the extent permitted under the Leonite Subordination Agreement; and (c) other Subordinated Indebtedness to the extent permitted under the applicable subordination agreement to which Lender is a party; and

 
 
44
 
 

 

7.7.5 Borrower may make payments to Sponsor under the Sponsor Management Agreement to the extent permitted under the Management Fee Subordination Agreement.

 

7.8 Capital Structure. Except as expressly permitted under Section 7.5, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any material changes in its equity capital structure or amend any of its organization documents in any material respect and, in each case, in any respect adverse to Lender.

 

7.9 Affiliate Transactions. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or of any such Subsidiary, except:

 

7.9.1 as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

7.9.2 in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and

 

7.9.3 pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement; and

 

7.9.4 loans or advances to employees of Loan Parties for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses and other ordinary business purposes in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

7.10 Sale of Assets. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer, undergo any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any property (including the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise, and accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

 

7.10.1 dispositions to any Person other than an Affiliate of a Loan Party of Inventory, or worn out or surplus Equipment in the ordinary course of business;

 

7.10.2 dispositions of Cash Equivalents; and

 

7.10.3 non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses granted by a Loan Party and leases or subleases (by a Loan Party as lessor or sublessor) to third parties in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

7.11 Change in Business. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any line of business substantially different from those lines of business carried on by it on the Closing Date.

 
 
45
 
 

 

7.12 Changes in Accounting, Name or Jurisdiction of Organization; Etc. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, (b) change the fiscal year or method for determining fiscal quarters of any Loan Party or of any consolidated Subsidiary of any Loan Party, (c) change its legal name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of organization, or (d) change its (i) jurisdiction of organization, (ii) chief executive office, (iii) principal place of business, or (iv) other places of business, or open any new places of business, in the case of clauses (c) or (d), without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Lender and the acknowledgement of Lender that all actions required by Lender, including those to continue the perfection of its Liens, to the extent applicable, have been completed.

 

7.13 No Negative Pledges. Except for the Mezzanine Debt Documents, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual restriction or encumbrance of any kind on the ability of any Loan Party or Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of such Loan Party’s or Subsidiary’s Capital Stock or make other payments and distributions to Borrower or any other Loan Party. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, assume or become subject to any Contractual Obligation prohibiting or otherwise restricting the existence of any Lien upon any of the Collateral in favor of Lender, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

7.14 Sale-Leasebacks. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in a sale leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction involving any of its assets.

 

7.15 Inventory. The Loan Parties shall not acquire or accept any Inventory produced in violation of Requirements of Law, including the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

 

7.16 Related Agreements. No Loan Party shall amend or otherwise modify, or waive any rights under (i) any Closing Date Acquisition Document in any manner materially adverse to Lender, (ii) any Subordinated Debt Document, except as permitted under the applicable subordination agreement to which Lender is a party or (iii) the Sponsor Management Agreement, except as permitted under the Management Fee Subordination Agreement.

 

7.17 Activities of Intermediate Holdings. Intermediate Holdings shall not (i) conduct any business other than its ownership of Capital Stock of the Borrower, activities incidental to maintenance of its company existence and other business activities necessary and relating to the foregoing, (ii) own any material assets, other than directly or indirectly Capital Stock of the Borrower, (iii) create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or liabilities other than liabilities incidental to the conduct of its business as a holding company (other than liabilities hereunder and liabilities otherwise permitted hereunder).

 

7.18 Modification of Subordinated Debt Documents. No Loan Party nor any of their Subsidiaries will agree or consent to any modification or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Subordinated Debt Documents in effect on the date hereof except as permitted by the Subordinated Debt Documents, as applicable (in each case, as such agreement is in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time with notice to the Loan Parties).

 

7.19 Accounts. No Loan Party shall maintain any operating, administrative, cash management, collection activity, or other deposit accounts other than in compliance with Section 6.11.

 
 
46
 
 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CONTINUING GUARANTY

 

8.1 Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Loan Parties to the Lender, arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). Lender’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon each Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

 

8.2 Rights of the Lender. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that Lender may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Lender in its sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other Guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of any Guarantor.

 

8.3 Certain Waivers. Each Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of Lender) of the liability of Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that any Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of Borrower or any other Loan Party; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, any requirement that the Lender marshal assets against any other Loan Party or Collateral or other property of any Loan Party or pursue any other remedy in the power of Lender whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Lender; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations.

 
 
47
 
 

 

8.4 Obligations Independent. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other Guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

 

8.5 Subrogation. No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Agreement are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Revolving Commitment is terminated. If any amounts are paid to any Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of Lender and shall forthwith be paid to Lender to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

8.6 Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under the Loan Documents are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Revolving Commitment is terminated. If a Guarantor elects to revoke this Guaranty, such revocation shall not become effective until 10 Business Days after Lender receives written notice from such Guarantor revoking this Guaranty. If this Guaranty is revoked by any Guarantor, said revocation shall have no effect on the continuing liability of such Guarantor to guarantee unconditionally the prompt payment of all Obligations which are contracted or incurred prior to the fifth Business Day after receipt of the revocation notice, including any such prior Obligations which are subsequently renewed, modified or extended after such revocation becomes effective, as well as all extensions of credit made after revocation pursuant to any commitments made prior to such revocation. Revocation of this Guaranty by any Guarantor shall not relieve any other Guarantor of any liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor is made, or Lender exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any applicable law or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not Lender is in possession of or has released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Section shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

 

8.7 Subordination. Each Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Intercompany Indebtedness of Borrower owing to such Guarantor until such time as the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Revolving Commitment is terminated. Any Intercompany Indebtedness, if the Lender so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by a Guarantor as trustee for the Lender and be paid over to the Lender on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of each Loan Party under the other provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

8.8 Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against any Guarantor or Borrower under any applicable laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor immediately upon demand by Lender.

 

8.9 Condition of Borrower. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from Borrower and any other Guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of Borrower and any such other Guarantor as each Guarantor requires, and that Lender has no duty, and no Guarantor is relying on Lender at any time, to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower or any other Guarantor.

 
 
48
 
 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

9.1.1 Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails (i) to pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of, or interest on, any Loan, including after maturity of the Loans or any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document when the same shall become due.

 

9.1.2 Representation or Warranty. Any representation, warranty or certification by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed made herein, in any other Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by any such Person, or their respective Responsible Officers, furnished at any time in connection with any Loan Document, shall have been incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of other materiality qualifiers contained therein) on or as of the date made or deemed made.

 

9.1.3 Specific Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, or 6.15 or Article 7.

 

9.1.4 Other Defaults. Other than an Event of Default described herein, any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such default or (ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Lender.

 

9.1.5 Cross Default. The occurrence of any default or event of default (however denominated) in respect of any Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount of more than $100,000 other than the Obligations.

 

9.1.6 Involuntary Proceedings. An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or for a part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 30 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered.

 

9.1.7 Voluntary Proceedings. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereinafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of any, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in Section 9.1.6, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

 
 
49
 
 

 

9.1.8 Monetary Judgments. One or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall be entered against any one or more of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability of $25,000 or more, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal.

 

9.1.9 Loan Documents; Security Documents. (i) Any material provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; (ii) any Guarantor denies its obligations under its Guaranty, revokes, for any reason, its Guaranty, or attempts to limit or terminate its obligations under its Guaranty, or any Guarantor dies, dissolves, ceases to exist, or becomes incapacitated or (iii) any Security Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such security interest shall for any reason (other than the failure of Lender to take any action within its control) cease to be a perfected and first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens that are expressly allowed to have priority over Lender’s Liens.

 

9.1.10 Indictment. Any Loan Party, or officer thereof, is charged by a Governmental Authority, criminally indicted or convicted of a felony under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to forfeiture of any material portion of Collateral.

 

9.1.11 Material Adverse Effect. The Lender shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive) and notify the Borrower that a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and the condition giving rise to such determination continues for 10 days after receipt of such notice.

 

9.1.12 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur.

 

9.1.13 Invalidity of Subordination Provisions. The subordination provisions of any agreement or instrument governing any Subordinated Indebtedness shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any Person shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations, for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions.

 

9.1.14 Dissolution. Any order, judgment or decree is entered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries decreeing the dissolution or split up of that Loan Party or that Subsidiary and such order remains undischarged or unstayed.

 

9.1.15 Solvency. Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) cease to be solvent (as represented in Section 5.11) or a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries admits in writing its present or prospective inability to pay its debts as they become due subject to applicable grace periods, if any.

 

9.1.16 Injunction. A Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency or any other Governmental Authority from conducting all or any material part of its business.

 
 
50
 
 

 

9.1.17 Damage, Strike, Casualty. Any material damage to, or loss, theft or destruction of, any Property, whether or not insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty which causes, for more than thirty (30) consecutive days beyond the coverage period of any applicable business interruption insurance, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities of Loan Parties taken as a whole if any such event or circumstance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.18 Licenses and Permits. The loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any Permit now held or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, if such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.19 Forfeiture. There is filed against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding under any federal, state or other Governmental Authority racketeering statute (including, without limitation, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.20 Subordinated Debt Defaults. The occurrence of any default or event of default (however denominated) in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

9.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

9.2.1 declare all or any portion of the Revolving Commitment to be suspended or terminated, whereupon the Revolving Commitment shall forthwith be suspended or terminated;

 

9.2.2 declare all or any portion of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable; without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Loan Party;

 

9.2.3 take possession of the Collateral and maintain such possession on any Loan Party’s premises at no cost to Lender, or remove the Collateral, or any part thereof, to such other place(s) as Lender may desire; enter any premises on which the Collateral, or any part or records thereof, may be situated and remove the same therefrom, for which action no Loan Party will assert against Lender any claim for trespass, breach of the peace or similar claim and no Loan Party will hinder Lender’s efforts to effect such removal;

 

9.2.4 require any Loan Party, at its cost, to assemble the Collateral and make it available at a place designated by Lender;

 

9.2.5 sell part or all of the Collateral at public or private sale(s), for cash, upon credit or credit bid, or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as Lender deems advisable, at Lender’s discretion, and Lender may, if Lender deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale of the Collateral from time to time by an announcement at the time and place of sale or by announcement at the time and place of such postponed or adjourned sale, without being required to give a new notice of sale, and without being obligated to make any sale of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given, and Lender may purchase any Collateral at such public or private sale(s) and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may credit bid or set off the amount of such price against the Obligations;

 
 
51
 
 

 

9.2.6 require any Loan Party, using such form as Lender may approve, to notify such Loan Party’s customers, Account Debtors and any other Persons, and to indicate on all of such Loan Party’s correspondence to such customers, Account Debtors and other Persons, that the contracts and General Intangibles must be paid to Lender directly;

 

9.2.7 sign any indorsements, assignments or other writings of conveyance or transfer in connection with any disposition of the Collateral;

 

9.2.8 (i) bring suit on any one or more of the accounts, chattel paper, instruments, documents, leases or other agreements (collectively, “Contracts”) in the name of the applicable Loan Party or Administrative Agent, and exercise all such other rights respecting the Contracts, in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, including the right to accelerate or extend the time of payment, settle, release in whole or in part any amounts owing on any Contract and issue credits in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and including proceeding against any collateral or security provided in respect of any Contract, and (ii) bring suit on any one or more of the general intangibles, in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and exercise all such other rights respecting the general intangibles, including the right to accelerate or extend the time of payment, settle, release in whole or in part any amounts owing on any general intangible and issue credits in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and including proceeding against any collateral or security provided in respect of any general intangible;

 

9.2.9 sign any indorsements, assignments or other writings of conveyance or transfer in connection with any assignment, transfer, sale or disposition of the Collateral;

 

9.2.10 apply for and have a receiver appointed over Borrower or its assets under state law (including, but not limited, to Minn. Stat. § 576.21 et. seq.) or federal law by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies under this Agreement and, as applicable, the other Loan Documents, in order to manage, protect, preserve, and sell and otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of the Borrower, and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including the compensation of the receiver, and to the payment of the Obligations until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral is finally made and consummated. Each Loan Party stipulates and agrees that the Lender may seek and obtain such orders on an expedited basis and each Loan Party hereby stipulates, agrees and consents to the immediate entry of such order(s). Each Loan Party further waives any bonding requirements associated with a receivership order or an order for claim and delivery (replevin);

 

9.2.11 make and adjust claims under insurance policies;

 

9.2.12 exercise any rights of the Lender under any Control Agreements and apply any sums in any deposit or other accounts of the Borrower to the Obligations; and/or

 

9.2.13 exercise all other rights and remedies of the Lender under any of the Loan Documents and/or applicable law, including, without limitation, the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the UCC;

 

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 9.1.6 or 9.1.7 (in the case of Section 9.1.6 upon the expiration of the period mentioned therein), the obligation of Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate and the unpaid amount of all outstanding Obligations shall automatically become due and payable without further act of Lender.

 
 
52
 
 

 

9.3 Waivers by Loan Parties. Each Loan Party acknowledges that portions of the Collateral could be difficult to preserve and dispose of and be further subject to complex maintenance and management. Accordingly, Lender, in exercising its rights under this Article 9, shall have the widest possible latitude to preserve and protect the Collateral and Lender’s security interest in and Lien thereon. Moreover, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that Lender shall have no obligation to, and such Loan Party hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any right that it may have to require Lender to, (a) clean up or otherwise prepare any of the Collateral for sale, (b) pursue any Person to collect any of the Obligations, or (c) exercise collection remedies against any Persons obligated on the Collateral. Lender’s compliance with applicable local, state or federal law requirements, in addition to those imposed by the UCC, in connection with a disposition of any or all of the Collateral will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any disposition of any or all of the Collateral under the UCC.

 

9.4 Notice of Disposition; Allocations. If any notice is required by law to effectuate any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, (a) Lender will give the applicable Loan Party written notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made, and at any such public or private sale, Lender may purchase all or any of the Collateral, and (b) Lender and each Loan Party agree that such notice will not be unreasonable as to time if given in compliance with this Agreement ten days prior to any sale or other disposition. The proceeds of the sale will be applied first to all costs and expenses of such sale including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses, and second to the payment of all Obligations in the manner and order determined by Lender in its discretion. The Loan Parties shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. Unless otherwise directed by law, Lender will return any excess to the Loan Parties.

 

9.5 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

 

9.6 Equitable Relief. Each Loan Party recognizes that, in the event such Loan Party fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy of law may prove to be inadequate relief to Lender; therefore, each Loan Party agrees that Lender, if Lender so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

9.7 Equity Cure.

 

9.7.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 7.3.3 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, at any time after such last day of such fiscal quarter until the tenth Business Day following the date on which the financial statements with respect to last fiscal month of each fiscal quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1.2, Intermediate Holdings shall have the right to receive cash capital contributions or issue Capital Stock for cash (which cash Intermediate Holdings shall promptly contribute in cash to the Borrower as common equity) (a “Specified Equity Contribution”; collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon such exercise and the receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Specified Equity Contribution and the application thereof by the Borrower to prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate amount (including principal, any accrued interest thereon and any premiums, fees or other amounts payable in respect thereof) equal to the Specified Equity Contribution, the financial covenant under Section 7.3.3 shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

 
 
53
 
 

 

9.7.1.1 Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring compliance with Section 7.3.3 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Specified Equity Contribution; and

 

9.7.1.2 if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving effect to any repayment of any Indebtedness with any portion of the Specified Equity Contribution), the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.3.3, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.3.3 as of the last day of such fiscal quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default under Section 7.3.3 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Lender of the exercise of such Cure Right prior to the date that is three Business Days after such exercise.

 

9.7.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than one time and (ii) for purposes of this Section 9.7, the Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the minimum amount required for purposes of complying with the Section 7.3.3 for the relevant period and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Specified Equity Contribution.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Specified Equity Contribution received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right and the use of proceeds thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to prepay Loans as provided in Section 9.7.1) shall be disregarded for all purposes of this Agreement (except as expressly set forth in Section 9.7.1), including for determining any financial ratio-based terms and any increase to any available basket under this Agreement or calculating compliance with any of the financial covenants hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 Notices.

 

10.1.1 Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:

 

(a)          if to any Loan Party, to Borrower at:

1847 Goedeker Inc.

c/o 1847 Partners LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Ellery W. Roberts

Fax: (917) 793-5950

Email: eroberts@1847holdings.com

Phone: (703) 234-1853

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice)

 

Bevilacqua PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW

Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Fax: (202) 860-0889

Email: lou@bevilacquapllc.com

Phone: (202) 869-0888 (ext. 100)

 
 
54
 
 

 

(b)         if to Lender at:

 

Burnley Capital LLC

212 3rd Avenue N., Suite 505

Minneapolis MN 55401

Attention: Daniel F. O’Rourke

Fax:

Email: dorourke@burnleycap.com

Phone: (617) 417-1459

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice)

 

Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.

200 S. 6th St. Suite 4000

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: Ryan Murphy & Levi J. Smith

Fax: 612-492-7077

Email: rmurphy@fredlaw.com; lsmith@fredlaw.com

Phone: (612) 492-7310; (612) 492-7489

 

All such notices and other communications (i) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received or (ii) sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent, provided that if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

10.1.2 Any party hereto may change its address, facsimile number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

10.2 Waivers; Amendments.

 

10.2.1 No failure or delay by Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of Lender hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that it would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 10.2.2, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 
 
55
 
 

 

10.2.2 Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (a) in the case of Article 8, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Loan Party and Lender, (b) in the case of this Agreement (other than any provision in Article 8), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower and Lender or (c) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Lender and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto.

 

10.3 Expenses; Indemnification.

 

10.3.1 Each Loan Party shall pay or reimburse Lender for (a) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Lender, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby shall be consummated); (b) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Lender, in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans; (c) (i) appraisals and insurance reviews, field examinations and the preparation of reports, based on the fees charged by a third party retained by Lender or the internally allocated fees for each Person employed by Lender with respect to each field examination, (ii) fees charged by third parties to review and reconcile amounts reported on Borrowing Base Certificates to the related source documents provided by Borrower, and (iii) background checks regarding senior management and/or key investors, taxes, fees and other charges for (A) lien and title searches and (B) filing financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s Liens; and (d) costs and expenses of preserving, protecting and insuring the Collateral. All of the foregoing costs and expenses may be charged to Borrower as Revolving Loans or to any deposit account.

 

10.3.2 Each Loan Party shall indemnify Lender and each Related Party of Lender (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (a) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) the failure of any Loan Party to deliver to Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence with respect to a payment made by such Loan Party for Taxes pursuant to Section 2.9.4, or (e) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 
 
56
 
 

 

10.3.3 To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each hereby waives and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereunder, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

10.3.4 All amounts due under this Section 10.3 shall be payable not later than three (3) Business Days after written demand therefor.

 

10.3.5 Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.10.3, this Section 10.3 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

10.4 Successors and Assigns.

 

10.4.1 Lender shall have the right to assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in Section 10.4.2) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

10.4.2 Lender may, without the consent of Borrower, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which Lender sells such a participation shall provide that Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement. Subject to the next sentence, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.8 and 2.9. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were Lender. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.8 or 2.9 than Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent.

 

10.4.3 Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for Lender as a party hereto. Borrower agrees to use all reasonable efforts to and reasonably cooperate in good faith with Lender and otherwise assist Lender in satisfying any conditions required of Lender in connection with a pledge or assignment under this Section 10.4.3.

 
 
57
 
 

 

10.5 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Revolving Commitment has not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.8, 2.9 , and 10.3 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Revolving Commitment or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

10.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 3.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Lender and when Lender shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

10.7 Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10.8 Right of Setoff. All cash, moneys, investment property and other properties of any Loan Party and the proceeds thereof now or hereafter held or received by Lender from or for the account of such Loan Party, including any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), account balances and credits of such Loan Party with Lender or any Affiliate of Lender at any time existing (a) are part of the Collateral, (b) will be held as security for the Obligations, and (c) may be set off and applied against any or all Obligations at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and Lender has the right at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default to refuse to allow withdrawals from any account of such Loan Party, irrespective of whether or not Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights given to Lender hereunder are cumulative with Lender’s other rights and remedies, including other rights of setoff.

 

10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

10.9.1 The Loan Documents (other than those containing a contrary express choice of law provision) and any claim or controversy arising in connection with any Loan Document shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws (but otherwise without regard to the conflict of laws provisions) of the State of Minnesota.

 
 
58
 
 

 

10.9.2 Subject to the last sentence of this Section 10.9.2, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against Lender or any of its Related Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the U.S. Federal or Minnesota state courts sitting in Hennepin County, Minnesota, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Minnesota State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

10.9.3 Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 10.9.2. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

10.9.4 Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

10.11 Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

10.12 USA PATRIOT Act. Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow Lender to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 
 
59
 
 

 

10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by Lender.

 

10.14 Agreement Jointly Drafted. The parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed against any party to this Agreement on the grounds that such party drafted this Agreement, but shall be construed as if all parties jointly prepared this Agreement, and any uncertainty or ambiguity shall not on such grounds be interpreted against any one party.

 

10.15 Advice of Counsel Obtained. Each of the parties acknowledges and represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with legal, financial, and other professional advisors as it deems appropriate in connection with its consideration and execution of this Agreement. Each undersigned party further represents and declares that in executing this Agreement, it has relied solely upon its own judgment, belief and knowledge, and the advice and recommendation of its own professional advisors, concerning the nature, extent and duration of its rights, obligations and claims; that it has reviewed its records, evaluated its position and conducted due diligence with regard to all rights, claims or causes of action whatsoever with respect to any and all other parties; and that it has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in executing this Agreement by any representations or statements made by the other party or its representatives, except those expressly contained herein.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 
 
60
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
    
1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry
Title:

Chief Financial Officer

    

 

INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS:

     

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

  

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry

Title:

President

 

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 
 
61
 
 

 

 

LENDER:
     
BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC

           
By: /s/ Daniel O’Rourke

 

Name:

Daniel O’Rourke  
  Title: Authorized Officer  

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

 

62

 

EXHIBIT 10.11

 

REVOLVING NOTE

 

$1,500,000

 

 April 5, 2019

  

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 1847 Geodeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lender”), on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date as provided in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the other Loan Parties party thereto and as defined therein, and the Lender, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100THS DOLLARS ($1,500,000.00) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, together with interest from the date hereof until this Note is fully paid on the principal amount hereunder remaining unpaid from time to time, computed in the manner, and at the rates from time to time in effect with respect to the Revolving Loan, under the Loan Agreement.  The principal hereof and interest accruing thereon shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement with respect to the Revolving Loan.

 

This Note evidences the Revolving Loan.  This Note is a Loan Document under the Loan Agreement and is entitled to the benefits and security, and is subject to the terms and conditions, of the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, acceleration upon the terms provided therein and in the other Loan Documents.  All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given in the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note is subject to voluntary and mandatory prepayment, in full or in part, in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, the Loan Agreement.  All payments of principal and interest under this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the office of the Lender or at such other place as may be designated by the Lender to the Borrower in writing.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the outstanding principal balance hereunder, together with any accrued but unpaid interest and together with all of the other Obligations, may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable at the option of the Lender and without demand or notice of every kind (which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower).

 

The Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection, including attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Loan Agreement, if this Note is not paid when due, whether or not legal proceedings are commenced.

 

Presentment or other demand for payment, notice of dishonor and protest are expressly waived.

 

 
1
 
 

  

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN DELIVERED AND ACCEPTED AT AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE AT MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA.

 

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation, or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Lender or any of its Related Parties in any way relating to this Note or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the U.S. Federal or Minnesota state courts sitting in Hennepin County, Minnesota, and the Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Minnesota State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court, pursuant to Section 10.9.2 of the Loan Agreement. The Borrower agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Note or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph.  The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

The Borrower irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1 of the Loan Agreement.  Nothing in this Note or any other Loan Document will affect the right of the Borrower or the Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

THE BORROWER WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). 

 

(Signature page follows.)

 

 
2
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year and at the place set forth above.

 

 

1847 GEODEKER INC.

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry   
  Title: Chief Financial Officer     

 

 

(Signature page to Revolving Note) 

 

 

3

 

EXHIBIT 10.12

 

Execution Version

 

  LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of April 5, 2019,

 

among

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.,

as Borrower,

 

the other parties hereto that

are designated as Loan Parties, and

 

SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II, L.P.,

as Lender

 

 
 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

 

1.2

UCC Definitions

14

 

1.3

Accounting Terms; GAAP

14

 

1.4

Terms Generally

14

 

1.5

Divisions

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 TERMS OF LENDING

15

 

2.1

Loan

15

 

2.2

Original Issue Discount

15

 

2.3

[Reserved]

15

 

2.4

[Reserved]

15

 

2.5

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

15

 

2.6

Prepayment of Loans

15

 

2.7

Fees

16

 

2.8

Interest

16

 

2.9

Increased Costs

17

 

2.10

Taxes

18

 

2.11

Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds

19

 

2.12

Returned Payments

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

19

 

3.1

Closing Date Conditions

19

 

3.2

[Intentionally Omitted]

21

 

3.3

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 SECURITY AGREEMENT

22

 

4.1

Grant of Security Interest

22

 

4.2

Perfection of Lender’s Security Interest; Duty of Care

22

 

4.3

Power of Attorney

24

 

4.4

Lender’s Additional Rights Regarding Collateral

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

25

 

5.1

Existence and Power

25

 

5.2

Authorization; No Contravention

25

 

5.3

Governmental Authorization

25

 

5.4

Binding Effect

25

 

5.5

Litigation

26

 

5.6

No Default

26

 

5.7

ERISA Compliance

26

 

5.8

Taxes

26

 

5.9

Financial Condition

26

 

5.10

Environmental Matters

26

 

5.11

Solvency

27

 

5.12

Labor Relations

27

 

5.13

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock

27

 

5.14

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Etc

27

 

5.15

Locations of Collateral and Books and Records

27

 

5.16

Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts

27

 

5.17

Full Disclosure

27

 

 

i

 
 

  

 

5.18

USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws

28

 

5.19

Properties

28

 

5.20

Supplier, Customer, Client, and Agent Relations

28

 

5.21

Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

28

 

5.22

Insurance

29

 

5.23

Compliance with Laws

29

 

5.24

Employee Matters

29

 

5.25

Investment Company Act

29

 

5.26

Margin Stock

29

 

5.27

Related Agreements

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

30

 

6.1

Financial Statements

30

 

6.2

Appraisals; Certificates; Other Information

31

 

6.3

Notices

32

 

6.4

Preservation of Existence, Etc

33

 

6.5

Maintenance of Property

33

 

6.6

Insurance

33

 

6.7

Payment of Obligations

33

 

6.8

Compliance with Laws

34

 

6.9

Inspection of Property and Books and Records

34

 

6.10

Use of Proceeds

34

 

6.11

Cash Management

34

 

6.12

Claims Against Collateral

35

 

6.13

OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act

35

 

6.14

Board Observation Rights

35

 

6.15

Further Assurances; Guaranty and Collateral

36

 

6.16

Post-Closing Items

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

37

 

7.1

Indebtedness

37

 

7.2

Liens

37

 

7.3

Financial Covenants

38

 

7.4

Compliance with ERISA

41

 

7.5

Consolidations and Mergers

41

 

7.6

Acquisitions and Investments

41

 

7.7

Restricted Payments

41

 

7.8

Capital Structure

42

 

7.9

Affiliate Transactions

42

 

7.10

Sale of Assets

43

 

7.11

Change in Business

43

 

7.12

Changes in Accounting, Name or Jurisdiction of Organization; Etc

43

 

7.13

No Negative Pledges

43

 

7.14

Sale-Leasebacks

43

 

7.15

Inventory

43

 

7.16

Related Agreements

43

 

7.17

Activities of Intermediate Holdings

44

 

7.18

Modification of Subordinated Debt Documents or Senior Debt Documents

44

 

7.19

Accounts

44

 

 

 

ii

 
 

 

ARTICLE 8 CONTINUING GUARANTY

44

 

8.1

Guaranty

44

 

8.2

Rights of the Lender

44

 

8.3

Certain Waivers

45

 

8.4

Obligations Independent

45

 

8.5

Subrogation

45

 

8.6

Termination; Reinstatement

45

 

8.7

Subordination

46

 

8.8

Stay of Acceleration

46

 

8.9

Condition of Borrower

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

46

 

9.1

Events of Default

46

 

9.2

Remedies

48

 

9.3

Waivers by Loan Parties

50

 

9.4

Notice of Disposition; Allocations

50

 

9.5

Rights Not Exclusive

51

 

9.6

Equitable Relief

51

 

9.7

Equity Cure

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

52

 

10.1

Notices

52

 

10.2

Waivers; Amendments

53

 

10.3

Expenses; Indemnification

53

 

10.4

Successors and Assigns

54

 

10.5

Survival

55

 

10.6

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

55

 

10.7

Severability

55

 

10.8

Right of Setoff

56

 

10.9

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

56

 

10.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

57

 

10.11

Headings

57

 

10.12

USA PATRIOT Act

57

 

10.13

Interest Rate Limitation

57

 

10.14

Agreement Jointly Drafted

57

 

10.15

Advice of Counsel Obtained

57

 

 

iii

 
 

  

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1.1

Form of Warrant

Exhibit 1.2

Form of Note

Exhibit 3.1

Checklist

Exhibit 6.2

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 4.1.1

Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 5.7

ERISA

Schedule 5.12

Labor Relations

Schedule 5.13

Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock

Schedule 5.14

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5.15

Locations of Inventory, Equipment and Books and Records

Schedule 5.16

Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts

Schedule 5.19

Property

Schedule 5.21

Intellectual Property

Schedule 7.1

Indebtedness

Schedule 7.2

Liens

Schedule 7.6

Investments

 

 

iv

 
 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), dated as of April 5, 2019 is by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Intermediate Holdings”), the other parties hereto as Loan Parties, and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”).

 

In consideration of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, and of any loans or other financial accommodations at any time made to or for the benefit of the Borrower by the Lender, Borrower, the Loan Parties party hereto and the Lender agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Defined Terms. In addition to the other terms defined in this Agreement, whenever the following capitalized terms (whether or not underscored) are used, they shall have the meanings ascribed below:

 

Affiliate” means, as to any Person (the “Subject Person”), any other Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Subject Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities (or other ownership interests) having voting power for the election of directors (or managers in the case of a limited liability company) of the Person or (b) otherwise to direct or cause the direction of the manage­ment and policies of the Person, whether by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall not be deemed an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party or of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party solely by reason of the provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

Agreement” means this Loan and Security Agreement.

 

Availability” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Loan Agreement.

 

Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA to which any Loan Party incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning given to such term in the Senior Loan Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

Capital Expenditures” means all expenditures which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capital expenditures.

 

Capital Lease” means any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance with GAAP, is classified as a capital lease.

 

Capital Lease Obligations” means all monetary obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party under any Capital Leases.

 
 
1
 
 

 

Capital Stock” means all shares, interests, participations, rights to purchase, options, warrants, general or limited partnership interests, or limited liability company interests or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or equivalent entity, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 C.F.R. § 240.3a11-1) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

Cash Equivalents” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) or at least “P-1” from Moody’s Investor Services (“Moody’s”), (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $250,000,000 and (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed 365 days.

 

Cash Interest Rate” means the annual rate of interest that shall at all times be equal to 11.00%.

 

Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation, administration, application or implementation thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or any change in the applicability of such law, rule or regulation, on the interpretation thereof, with respect to Lender, or (c) compliance by Lender with any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) Holdings and Leonite, collectively, shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances 70% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of Intermediate Holdings on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of Leonite with respect to Holdings ownership of Intermediate Holdings), (b) Intermediate Holdings shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances 100% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of the Borrower on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of the Lender and the Senior Lender), (c) the Borrower shall cease to own, free and clear of all Liens or other encumbrances, 100% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, on a fully diluted basis (other than Liens in favor of Leonite, the Lender and the Senior Lender), or (d) Michael Goedeker, Rick Burka, or an individual acceptable to the Lender is its sole discretion shall cease to be the President of the Borrower actively involved in the Borrower’s management.

 

Charges” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.13.

 
 
2
 
 

 

Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement to occur on the Closing Date.

 

Closing Date Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 18, 2019, by and among Borrower, as purchaser, and Seller, and the shareholders of the Seller, as sellers.

 

Closing Date Acquisition Documents” means the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement and the other documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection with the Closing Date Acquisition.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral” means collectively all property described in Section 4.1, all property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations.

 

Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance” means one or more collateral assignments to the Lender of the life insurance policy or policies on the life of Michael Goedecker, in form and substance acceptable to the Lender.

 

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and the related regulations, interpretations and guidance of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit 6.2.

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, Capital Expenditures determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) income and franchise taxes, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense and (iii) amortization, depreciation and other non‑cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), (iv) extraordinary losses (excluding extraordinary losses from discontinued operations) and (v) expenses for management fees (the “Management Fees”) in an amount of up to $250,000 paid in or accrued for such period in accordance with the Sponsor Management Agreement and Management Fee Subordination Agreement for such period due and payable to the Sponsor, less (c) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent added in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary gains and (iii) non-cash gains or non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income.

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA, provided that, solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Management Fees shall only be included when actually paid, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date less (i) Capital Expenditures during such period not financed with Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans), (ii) federal, state and local taxes paid in cash during such period, and (iii) dividends, distributions, and redemptions made in cash during such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 
 
3
 
 

 

Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis for such period, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid or payable in cash and (b) scheduled principal payments with respect to Indebtedness.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the sum of the following determined on a consolidated basis for such period, without duplication, for the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, interest expense (including, without limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and all net Swap Obligations related to interest rate hedges).

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of any date of determination on a consolidated basis without duplication, the sum (a) of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (b) all Subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis without duplication, the sum of all Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to such date.

 

Contractual Obligations” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control Agreement” means with respect to any collateral for which “control” within the meaning of Articles 7, 8 and 9 of the UCC is a means of perfection, an agreement acceptable to Lender and satisfying the applicable requirements of the UCC.

 

Copyrights” means, collectively, all copyrights owned by or assigned to and all copyright registrations and applications made by any Loan Party (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country) including, without limitation, the copyrights, registrations and applications listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Loan Party’s use of any copyrights, (b) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (c) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (d) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (e) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 
 
4
 
 

 

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” means the rate of interest referred to in Section 2.8.3.

 

Dollars”, “dollars” and “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America unless otherwise indicated.

 

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

Equity Interests means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership (or profit) interests in a Person (other than a corporation), securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing, whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Loan Party and any Person under common control or treated as a single employer with, any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

ERISA Event” means any of the following: (a) a reportable event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (or, unless the 30-day notice requirement has been duly waived under the applicable regulations, Section 4043(c) of ERISA) with respect to a Title IV Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from a Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan; (d) with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the filing of a notice of reorganization, insolvency or termination (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041A of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan (or treatment of a plan amendment as termination) under Section 4041 of ERISA; (f) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC; (g) the failure to make any required contribution to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan when due; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of any ERISA Affiliate; (i) the failure of a Benefit Plan or any trust thereunder intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law to qualify thereunder; (j) a Title IV plan is in “at risk” status within the meaning of Section 430(i) of the Code; (k) a Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of Section 432(b) of the Code; and (l) any other event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of any material liability upon any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.1.

 
 
5
 
 

 

Excluded Taxes” means, to the extent imposed on or with respect to Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender, Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (a) imposed as a result of Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (b) that are Other Connection Taxes.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Lender.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guarantor” means Intermediate Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, and each other Person that guarantees the Obligations pursuant to a Guaranty in favor of Lender, or any one or more of them.

 

Guaranty” means Article 8 of this Agreement and each other Guaranty made by any Person in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

 

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Holdings” means 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business); (c) the face amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person and without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder and all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments issued by such Person; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or Lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all Capital Lease Obligations; (g) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off balance sheet financing product; (h) obligations, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (I) any and all Swap Agreements, and (II) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction; (i) all obligations, whether or not contingent, to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its own Capital Stock (or any Capital Stock of a direct or indirect parent entity thereof) prior to the date that is 180 days after the latest Maturity Date, valued at, in the case of redeemable preferred Capital Stock, the greater of the voluntary liquidation preference and the involuntary liquidation preference of such Capital Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (j) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness; and (k) all guarantees and contingent obligations of such Person in respect of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above.

 
 
6
 
 

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

Intercompany Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness, together with all rights of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, and indemnity (including any indemnification and reimbursement rights provided in this Loan Agreement) from one or more Loan Parties to or between another Loan Party, now or in the future.

 

IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States and any successor thereto.

 

Licenses” means, collectively, all license and distribution agreements and covenants not to sue with any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright, whether any Loan Party is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement including, without limitation, the license and distribution agreements listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (b) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (c) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof, and (d) any other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Leonite” means Leonite Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Leonite Documents” means the (i) Securities Purchase Agreement, dated on the date hereof, among Holdings, Intermediate Holdings, the Borrower and Leonite, (ii) the Leonite Note and (iii) the other documents, agreements and instruments executed in connection with the entry into such Securities Purchase Agreement and the issuance of the Leonite Note.

 

Leonite Note” means that certain Secured Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, by Holdings, Intermediate Holdings and the Borrower in favor of Leonite in the original principal amount of $713,285.71 with an original issue discount of $64,285.71.

 
 
7
 
 

 

Leonite Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewith, by and between Lender and Leonite, as acknowledged by the Borrower.

 

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, any promissory notes issued pursuant to the Agreement, the Security Documents, any Guaranty, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, the Senior Subordination Agreement, the Leonite Subordination Agreement, the SBA Forms, the SBIC Side Letter, any perfection certificate, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Loan Party” means Intermediate Holdings, Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any.

 

Loan” means the loan made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement” means that certain Management Fee Subordination Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Lender, Sponsor and the Loan Parties, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Margin Stock” means any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor thereto).

 

Material Adverse Effect” means: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any other Person (other than Lender) to perform its obligations under any Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Loan Document, or (ii) the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender under any of the Security Documents.

 

Maturity Date” means the April 5, 2023.

 

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.13.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, as to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any event, (a) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum of (i) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid to third parties (other than Affiliates) in connection with such event, (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), the amount of all payments required to be made as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than Loans) secured by such asset or otherwise subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) and the amount of any reserves established to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year that such event occurred or the next succeeding year and that are directly attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by a Responsible Officer).

 
 
8
 
 

 

Note” means a promissory note to be executed by Borrower in favor of Lender in the form of Exhibit 1.2, which shall evidence the Loans made by such Lender, and any other promissory note executed by Borrower to evidence any Obligations.

 

Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest that accrues after the commencement of an insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding) on the Loans, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses (including fees and expenses that accrue after the commencement of an insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding), reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Loan Parties to Lender, any of its Affiliates or any indemnified party arising under the Loan Documents, and all other Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by any Loan Party to Lender, any of its Affiliates or any indemnified party, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any insolvency proceeding with respect to any Loan Party (regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in such insolvency proceeding), whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

 

OFAC” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.

 

Organization Documents” means, (a) for any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, (b) for any partnership, the partnership agreement and, if applicable, certificate of limited partnership, (c) for any limited liability company, the operating agreement, member control agreement and articles or certificate of formation or organization or (d) any other document setting forth or otherwise governing the manner of election or duties of the officers, directors, managers or other similar persons, or the designation, amount or relative rights, limitations and preference of the Capital Stock of a Person.

 

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

 

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.2.

 

Patents” means, collectively, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications and registrations made by any Loan Party (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country) including, without limitation, the patents, patent applications, registrations and recordings listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Loan Party’s use of any patents, (b) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (c) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (d) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (e) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, and (f) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 
 
9
 
 

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Permitted Liens” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.2.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company, corporation, institution, entity, party or Governmental Authority.

 

PIK Interest Rate” – means the annual rate of interest that shall at all times be equal to 2.00%.

 

Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date made by Intermediate Holdings in favor of the Lender, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time.

 

“Prepayment Event” means:

 

(a) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of any Loan Party, other than dispositions described in Section 7.10.1;

 

(b) a Change of Control;

 

(c) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of any Loan Party with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000;

 

(d) the issuance by Borrower of any Capital Stock, or the receipt by Borrower of any capital contribution; or

 

(e) the incurrence by any Loan Party of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1.

 

Purchase Money Obligation(s)” means purchase money Indebtedness to finance the acquisition of Capital Expenditures.

 

Related Agreements” means the Senior Debt Documents, the Seller Note, the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, and the Leonite Documents.

 
 
10
 
 

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Related Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Related Agreements.

 

Releases” means any release, threatened release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, escape, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Material into or through the environment.

 

Reportable Event” means an event described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under such regulations).

 

Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer” means, for a Person, the chairman, chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer or treasurer or any other officer of that Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

 

Restricted Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.7.

 

Revolving Loan” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Senior Loan Agreement.

 

SBA Forms” means, collectively, SBA Form 1031 (Parts A and B), SBA Form 652 and SBA Form 480.

 

SBIC Side Letter” means that certain side letter regarding SBIC regulatory matters, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, Holdings and Lender, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

SDN List” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.18.

 

Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any Control Agreements, Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance, and all other security agreements, pledge agreements, patent and trademark security agreements, lease assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, key man life insurance assignments, control agreements, guarantees and other similar agreements, by or between any one or more of any Loan Party and Lender, now or hereafter delivered to Lender pursuant to or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the UCC or comparable law) against any such Person, as debtor, in favor of Lender, as secured party.

 

Seller” means Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation.

 

Seller Debt” means, collectively, the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Seller Note and the “Earn Out Payment” as defined in the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement.

 

Seller Note” means that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, by the Borrower in favor of the Seller in the original principal amount of $4,100,000.

 
 
11
 
 

 

Seller Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement of even date herewith, by and between Lender and the Seller, as acknowledged by the Borrower.

 

Senior Debt” means the Indebtedness of the Borrower in favor of the Senior Lender evidenced by the Senior Debt Documents, which Indebtedness is subject to the Senior Subordination Agreement.

 

Senior Debt Documents” means the Senior Loan Agreement and any agreements, instruments and documents executed from time to time in connection therewith, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordination Agreement.

 

Senior Indebtedness” means any (i) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Senior Debt Documents or as defined in the Senior Subordination Agreement.

 

Senior Lender” means Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Senior Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Loan Parties and Senior Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Senior Subordination Agreement.

 

Senior Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Lender, Senior Lender, and the Loan Parties, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that, as of such date, (a) the value of the assets of such Person (both at fair value and present fair saleable value) is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person, (b) such Person is able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Sponsor” means 1847 Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Services Agreement, dated as of the date of hereof, by and between the Borrower and the Sponsor.

 

Subordinated Debt Document(s)” means the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, the Seller Note, the Leonite Documents and any other documentation which relates to Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means (i) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Seller Note or as defined in the Seller Subordination Agreement, (ii) the Indebtedness of the Loan Parties owing under the Leonite Note or as defined in the Leonite Subordination Agreement; and (iii) Indebtedness of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is subordinated to payment of the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

 

Subsidiary” means any Person as to which any Loan Party owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, officers, managers, trustees or other controlling Persons or an equivalent controlling interest in Lender’s judgment.

 
 
12
 
 

 

Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of Borrower that guarantees the Obligations.

 

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap (including without limitation a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act), forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

 

Swap Obligations” of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Swap Agreements, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Swap Agreement transaction.

 

Tax or Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Title IV Plan” means a pension plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Trademarks” means, collectively, all trademarks (including service marks), logos, federal, state and any other Governmental Authority trademark registrations and applications made by any Loan Party, common law trademarks and trade names owned by or assigned to any Loan Party and all registrations and applications for the foregoing, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed in Schedule 5.21 hereto, together with any and all (a) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to any Loan Party’s use of any trademarks, (b) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof, (c) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (d) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, and (e) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

 

Triggering Event” means (a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or (b) the occurrence of any other event the result of which Lender deems itself insecure with respect to the Collateral or the repayment of the Obligations.

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York or any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the issue of perfection of security interests.

 

USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.

 

Warrant” means that certain Warrant, dated as of the date hereof, issued by Borrower to the Lender in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1.

 
 
13
 
 

 

1.2 UCC Definitions. The following terms have the meanings given to them in the UCC: “Account”, “Account Debtor”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claim”, “Commodity Account”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “Equipment”, “Fixtures”, “General Intangibles”, “Goods”, “Health-care-insurance Receivable”, “Instrument”, “Inventory”, “Investment Property”, “Letter-of-Credit Rights”, “Money”, “Proceeds”, “Promissory Note”, “Purchase-Money Obligation” and “Supporting Obligations”, provided that “Instrument” has the meaning given in Article 9 of the UCC.

 

1.3 Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if Borrower notifies Lender that Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Lender notifies Borrower that Lender requests an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Agreement shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party at “fair value.” In addition, without limiting the foregoing, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with that reflected in the financial statements referenced in Section 5.9 for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP relating thereto, unless the parties hereto shall enter into a mutually acceptable amendment addressing such changes, as provided for above. A breach of a financial covenant contained in Section 7.3 shall be deemed to have occurred as of any date of determination by Lender or as of the last day of any specified measurement period, regardless of when the financial statements reflecting such breach are delivered to Lender.

 

1.4 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless otherwise specified, references to a time of day are to Central time (daylight savings or standard as applicable). Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any act, statute, regulation, law, agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such act, statute, regulation, law, agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

1.5 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Capital Stock at such time.

 
 
14
 
 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERMS OF LENDING

 

2.1 Loan. Lender agrees, on the terms set forth herein, to make a Loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to Borrower on the Closing Date. Any portion of the Loan that is repaid or prepaid by Borrower or any other Guarantor may not be reborrowed. The Lender’s commitment to make the Loan shall terminate on the Closing Date.

 

2.2 Original Issue Discount. Together, the Loan and the Warrant issued in accordance with this Agreement constitute an “investment unit” for the purposes of Section 1273(c)(2)(A) of the Code. In accordance with Sections 1273(c)(2)(A) and 1273(b)(2) of the Code, the issue price of the investment unit is the purchase price of the Loan. Allocating that issue price between the Loan and Warrant in proportion to their fair market value, as required by Section 1273(c)(2)(B) of the Code and Treasury Regulations 1.1273-2(h)(1), results in the Warrant having an issue price of $181,000 and the Loan having an issue price of $1,319,000. Accordingly, the original issue discount that will accrue on the Loan is $181,000. None of the parties will take any position in its tax returns or otherwise that is inconsistent with the foregoing.

 

2.3 [Reserved].

 

2.4 [Reserved].

 

2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

2.5.1 Regardless of any prepayment otherwise made, Borrower shall repay to Lender on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of June 2019, an aggregate principal amount of the Loan equal to $93,750.

 

2.5.2 Borrower shall pay the unpaid principal amount of the Loan on the Maturity Date unless payment is sooner required by this Agreement.

 

2.5.3 Lender shall maintain accounts in which it shall record the amount of the Loan made hereunder and the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable hereunder, which entries shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of Borrower to repay all principal of and interest on the Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.6 Prepayment of Loans.

 

2.6.1 Voluntary Prepayment. The Loan may be prepaid in whole or in part from time to time; provided that if such prepayment occurs (i) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay Lender an amount equal to 5.0% of such prepayment, (ii) prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date and on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay Lender an amount equal to 3.0% of such prepayment, or (iii) prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date and on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay Lender an amount equal to 1.0% of such prepayment, in each case as liquidated damages for damages for loss of bargain to Lender.

 
 
15
 
 

 

2.6.2 Reserved.

 

2.6.3 Reserved.

 

2.6.4 Mandatory Prepayment – Prepayment Event. In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of any Loan Party in respect of any Prepayment Event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall, immediately after such Net Proceeds are received by any Loan Party, prepay the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.6.5 below in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds.

 

2.6.5 Application of Prepayments. Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be applied (a) first, to the liquidated damages (if any) required by Section 2.6.1, (b) second, to accrued and unpaid Obligations other than principal and interest, (c) third, to accrued and unpaid interest, and (d) thereafter, to installments of the principal amount of the Loan then outstanding in inverse order of maturity.

 

2.6.6 Notice of Prepayment. Borrower shall notify Lender by telephone (confirmed in writing) of any prepayment hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. New York time five Business Days before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.8.4.

 

2.7 Fees.

 

2.7.1 Closing Fee. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender, a fully-earned, non-refundable origination fee of $30,000.

 

2.7.2 [Reserved].

 

2.7.3 [Reserved].

 

2.7.4 [Reserved].

 

2.7.5 [Reserved].

 

2.7.6 Financial Consulting Fee. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to GVC Financial Services, LLC, a fully-earned, non-refundable financial consulting fee of $150,000.

 

2.7.7 All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to Lender (unless otherwise specified). Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

2.8 Interest.

 

2.8.1 Loan. The Loan (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due) and all other Obligations shall bear interest at the sum of the Cash Interest Rate plus the PIK Interest Rate. Interest shall accrue from the date the Loan is advanced, until paid by Borrower. If a Loan is repaid on the same day made, one day’s interest shall accrue.

 
 
16
 
 

 

2.8.2 Reserved.

 

2.8.3 Default Rate. At any time during which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all Loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the applicable the PIK Interest Rate and the Cash Interest Rate, as applicable, in each case, plus 3.00%, per annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

2.8.4 When Due. Interest on the Loan accrued at the Cash Interest Rate shall be due and payable in arrears on the last day of each month commencing May 31, 2019. Interest on the Loan accrued at the PIK Interest Rate shall be automatically capitalized, compounded and added to the principal amount of the Loan on each last day of each quarter unless paid in cash on or prior to the last day of each quarter; provided that (a) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.8.3 shall be payable on demand, and (b) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid (including interest accrued at the PIK Interest Rate and not yet added to the principal amount of the Loan) shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all interest on the Loan, whether accrued at the Cash Interest Rate or the PIK Interest Rate, shall be due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date unless payment is sooner required by this Agreement.

 

2.8.5 Basis for Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed. Subject to the last sentence of Section 2.1, Interest on the unpaid principal of each Loan shall accrue from the date such Loan is made to the date such Loan is paid in full.

 

2.8.6 AHYDO. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Documents, if (i) any portion of the Loan remains outstanding after the fifth anniversary of the initial incurrence thereof and (ii) the aggregate amount of the accrued but unpaid interest on such portion of the Loan (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of any AHYDO Testing Date (as hereinafter defined) occurring after such fifth anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual (as hereinafter defined), then all such accrued but unpaid interest on such portion of the Loan (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of such time in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual shall be paid in cash by Borrower on such AHYDO Testing Date, it being the intent of the parties hereto that the deductibility of interest under such portion of the Loan shall not be limited or deferred by reason of Section 163(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “IRC”). As used herein, the “Maximum Accrual” is an amount equal to the product of the issue price (as defined in IRC Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a)) of the Loan and its yield to maturity (as determined for purposes of Section 163(i) of the IRC), and a “AHYDO Testing Date” is any date on which interest is due and payable and the date on which any “accrual period” (within the meaning of Section 1272(a)(5) of the IRC) closes. Any accrued interest that, for any reason, has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on the Loan or any portion thereof is made.

 

2.9 Increased Costs.

 

2.9.1 If any Change in Law shall:

 
 
17
 
 

 

2.9.1.1 impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender;

 

2.9.1.2 subject Lender to any Taxes (other than Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

2.9.1.3 impose on Lender any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or any portion of the Loan;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

2.9.2 If Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting Lender or any lending office of Lender or Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s capital or on the capital of Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, or the Loans made by Lender, to a level below that which Lender or Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration Lender’s policies and the policies of Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender or Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

2.9.3 A certificate of Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 2.9.1 or Section 2.9.2 shall be delivered to Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

2.9.4 Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

 

2.10 Taxes.

 

2.10.1 Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes.

 

2.10.2 The applicable Loan Party shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of Lender timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

2.10.3 The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify Lender, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes payable or paid by Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 
 
18
 
 

 

2.11 Payments Generally; Allocation of Proceeds.

 

2.11.1 Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.8 or 2.9, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m. New York, New York time on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of Lender, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to Lender at the address for payment specified in writing by Lender to Borrower, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.9 and 10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. Lender shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars.

 

2.11.2 Any proceeds of Collateral received by Lender not constituting a mandatory prepayment (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.6), may be applied to the Obligations by the Lender in any order of application, as determined by Lender in its sole discretion.

 

2.11.3 Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender to charge any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Lender, if applicable, for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder or any other amount due under the Loan Documents.

 

2.12 Returned Payments. If after receipt of any payment which is applied to the payment of all or any part of the Obligations, Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment or proceeds to any Person because such payment or application of proceeds is invalidated, declared fraudulent, set aside, determined to be void or voidable as a preference, impermissible setoff, or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason, then the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued and this Agreement shall continue in full force as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender. The provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by Lender in reliance upon such payment or application of proceeds. The provisions of this Section 2.12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

3.1 Closing Date Conditions. The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which the following conditions are satisfied in a manner satisfactory to Lender:

 

3.1.1 Capitalization. Intermediate Holdings shall have received cash equity contributions from Holdings in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000, which shall immediately have been contributed to Borrower.

 
 
19
 
 

 

3.1.2 Closing Date Acquisition. The Loan Parties shall have consummated (or contemporaneously with the initial extensions of Loans shall consummate) the Closing Date Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the Closing Date Acquisition Documents and Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (i) copies of the fully executed Closing Date Acquisition Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as true, correct and complete and (ii) evidence that the closing Date Acquisition has occurred prior to, or contemporaneously with, the closing hereunder.

 

3.1.3 Loan Documents. Lender shall have received on or before the Closing Date all of the agreements, documents, instruments, due diligence and other items set forth on the closing checklist attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

3.1.4 No Change in Condition. No material change in the condition or operations, financial or otherwise of any Loan Party shall have occurred since November 30, 2018.

 

3.1.5 Repayment of Prior Indebtedness; Satisfaction of Outstanding Letters of Credit. (i) Lender shall have received fully executed pay-off letters reasonably satisfactory to Lender confirming that all Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement will be paid in full before the Closing Date or from the proceeds of the initial Loans and all Liens upon any property of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens shall be terminated immediately upon such payment; and (ii) all letters of credit with respect to which any Loan Party has any liability shall have been cash collateralized.

 

3.1.6 Lien Searches. Lender shall have received written search reports with respect to financing statements, tax and judgment liens against the Seller and any Loan Party from such jurisdictions and from such Persons as the Lender may request showing that no financing statements or Liens are of record against the Seller or any Loan Party except Permitted Liens and Liens to be terminated not later than the Closing Date pursuant to pay-off letters referred to in Section 3.1.5.

 

3.1.7 Approvals. Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Loan Parties have obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons including all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.1.8 Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid the fees required to be paid on the Closing Date, and shall have reimbursed Lender for all fees, costs and expenses of closing presented as of the Closing Date.

 

3.1.9 Legal, Tax and Regulatory Due Diligence. Lender and its counsel shall have completed all financial, business, legal, tax and regulatory due diligence, including without limitation all documentation required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act, in each case, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

 

3.1.10 Third Party Diligence. Lender shall have completed to its satisfaction (i) its due diligence with respect to the business, management, customers and vendors of the Loan Parties, (ii) its legal due diligence with respect to the Loan Parties, including satisfactory review of Closing Date Acquisition Documents, organizational documents and contracts with members of management, (iii) its third party financial and market due diligence, (iv) its site visits to the Loan Parties, (v) its meetings with members of management of the Loan Parties, and (vi) its review of the organizational and capital structure (including all outstanding debt and equity) of the Loan Parties and Lender shall have received copies of all third party diligence and related reports received by Sponsor.

 

 
20
 
 

 

3.1.11 Credit Approval. Lender shall have received formal credit approval for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.1.12 Historical Financial Information. Lender shall have received annual year-end financial statements for the Borrower and the business being acquired by Borrower pursuant to the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement (including an income statement and a balance sheet) for the prior three years.

 

3.1.13 Projections. Lender shall have received detailed five-year financial projections of the Loan Parties.

 

3.1.14 Senior Debt. Borrower shall have received loan proceeds in the amount of at least $720,000 under the Senior Loan Agreement, which shall each be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

3.1.15 Intercreditor Agreements. Lender shall have received an executed Senior Subordination Agreement, Seller Subordination Agreement and Leonite Subordination Agreement.

 

3.1.16 Employment and Non-Competition Agreements. Lender shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker (containing non-competition and non-solicitation provisions) has been executed.

 

3.1.17 Net Balance Sheet Cash. Borrower shall have cash and Cash Equivalents of at least $1,990,000 after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, including the repayment of all Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement, as demonstrated by a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Senior Lender and certified by a Responsible Officer.

 

3.1.18 SBA Documents. Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, copies of the SBA Forms and the SBIC Side Letter, duly completed and, where applicable, executed, by Borrower and Holdings.

 

3.1.19 Other Documents. Lender shall have received such other documents as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested.

 

3.2 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

3.3 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The obligation of Lender to make a Loan, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

3.3.1 The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Loan, except for any representation or warranty that expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representation or warranty shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date);

 
 
21
 
 

 

3.3.2 At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

3.3.3 After giving effect to any Loan, Availability is not less than zero.

 

Each request for a Loan shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Loan Parties on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. As security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance by each Loan Party of the Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants to, and creates in favor of, Lender a continuing security interest in, and Lien on, all of such Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to all of such Loan Party’s assets and property, tangible and intangible, real and personal, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor, of such Loan Party, including without limitation:

 

4.1.1 all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule 4.1.1 (and the Loan Parties hereby represent and warrant that all Commercial Tort Claims of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date are set forth on such Schedule), Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles (including Key Person Insurance), Goods, Health-Care-Insurance Receivables, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letters of Credit (as defined in Article 5 of the UCC), Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, and Promissory Notes;

 

4.1.2 all of such Loan Party’s Patents, patent applications, patent registrations, trade secrets, customer lists, proprietary information, inventions, Copyrights, copyright registrations, copyright applications, Trademarks (including service marks), logos, federal and state trademark registrations and applications, all of such Loan Party’s Licenses, leases, lease contracts, lease agreements, records, franchises, customer lists, insurance refunds, insurance refund claims, tax refunds, tax refund claims, pension plan refunds, and pension plan reversions;

 

4.1.3 all attachments, accessions, parts and appurtenances to, all substitutions for, and all replacements of any of the foregoing;

 

4.1.4 all Supporting Obligations; and

 

4.1.5 all of the products and Proceeds of all of the foregoing, including cash Proceeds and noncash Proceeds, and including Proceeds of any insurance, whether in the form of original collateral or any of the property or rights or interests in property described above in this Section.

 

4.2 Perfection of Lender’s Security Interest; Duty of Care.

 

4.2.1 Until the termination of this Agreement, each Loan Party shall perform any and all steps and take all actions requested by Lender from time to time to perfect, maintain, protect, and enforce Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, the Collateral, including (a) executing and delivering all appropriate documents and instruments as Lender may determine are necessary or desirable to perfect, preserve, or enforce Lender’s interest in the Collateral, including financing statements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (b) delivering and endorsing to Lender any warehouse receipts or other Documents covering that portion of the Collateral which, with Lender’s consent, may be located in warehouses and in respect of which warehouse receipts are issued, (c) upon the occurrence and the continuance of any Event of Default, transferring Inventory to warehouses approved by Lender, (d) placing notations on such Loan Party’s books of account to disclose Lender’s security interest and Lien therein, and (e) taking such other steps and actions as deemed necessary or desirable by Lender to perfect and enforce Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, and other rights and interests in, the Collateral. Without limiting the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall promptly provide the Lender with written notice of all applications, if any, for new Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks (together with a listing of the issuance of registrations or letters on present applications), which new applications and issued registrations or letters shall be subject to the Lender’s Lien as provided hereunder, together with, if requested by Lender, (a) a duly executed Notice of Security Interest in such new Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender, and (b) such other duly executed documents as the Lender may reasonably request in order to evidence the Lender’s Lien in the Copyright, Patent or Trademark which is the subject of such new application; in each case other than actions which the Lender and such Loan Party reasonably agree that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection in such Liens are excessive in relation to the benefit of the Lender of the security to be afforded thereby.

 
 
22
 
 

 

4.2.2 Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as all assets of such Loan Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (b) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable law for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Loan Party is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Loan Party. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender at any time and from time to time to correct or complete, or to cause to be corrected or completed, any financing statements, continuation statements or other such documents as have been filed naming such Loan Party as debtor and Lender as secured party. Each Loan Party agrees to furnish any such information to Lender promptly upon request. At Lender’s request, each Loan Party will execute notices appropriate under any applicable Requirement of Law that Lender deems desirable to evidence, perfect, or protect its security interest in and other Liens on the Collateral in such form(s) as are satisfactory to Lender. Each Loan Party will pay the cost of filing all financing statements and other notices in all public offices where filing is deemed by Lender to be necessary or desirable to perfect, protect or enforce the security interest and Lien granted to Lender hereunder. Lender is hereby authorized to give notice to any creditor, landlord or any other Person as may be necessary or desirable under applicable laws to evidence, protect, perfect, or enforce the security interest and Lien granted to Lender in the Collateral.

 

4.2.3 To protect, perfect, or enforce, from time to time, Lender’s rights or interests in the Collateral, Lender may, in its discretion (but without any obligation to do so), (a) discharge any Liens (other than Permitted Liens so long as no Event of Default has occurred) at any time levied or placed on the Collateral, (b) pay any insurance to the extent the Loan Parties have failed to timely pay the same, (c) maintain guards where any Collateral is located if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (d) obtain any record from any service bureau and pay such service bureau the cost thereof. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in exercising its discretion under this Section 4.2.3 will be part of the Obligations, payable on Lender’s demand and secured by the Collateral.

 
 
23
 
 

 

4.2.4 Lender shall have no duty of care with respect to the Collateral except that Lender shall exercise reasonable care with respect to the Collateral in Lender’s custody. Each Loan Party agrees that Lender has no obligation to take steps to preserve rights against any prior parties.

 

4.2.5 At any time and from time to time, Lender, in its own name or in the name of others, may periodically communicate with each Loan Party’s Account Debtors, customers and other obligors to verify with them, to Lender’s satisfaction, the existence, amount and terms of any sums owed by such Account Debtors, customers or other obligors to such Loan Party and the nature of any such Account Debtor’s, customer’s or other obligor’s relationship with such Loan Party.

 

4.2.6 If any Loan Party shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Loan Party shall immediately notify Lender in a writing signed by such Loan Party of the particulars thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

4.3 Power of Attorney.

 

4.3.1 Each Loan Party does hereby make, constitute and appoint Lender (or any officer or agent of Lender) as such Loan Party’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Loan Party or in the name of Lender or otherwise, for the use and benefit of Lender, but at the cost and expense of such Loan Party, (a) to indorse the name of such Loan Party on any instruments, notes, checks, drafts, money orders, or other media of payment (including payments payable under any policy of insurance on the Collateral) or Collateral that may come into the possession of Lender or any Affiliate of Lender in full or part payment of any of the Obligations; (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to sign and indorse the name of such Loan Party on any invoice, freight or express bill, bill of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications and notices in connection with any Collateral, and any instrument or document relating thereto or to any of such Loan Party’s rights therein; (c) to file financing statements pursuant to the UCC and other notices appropriate under applicable law as Lender deems necessary to perfect, preserve, and protect Lender’s rights and interests under any Security Document; (d) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to obtain the insurance referred to in Section 6.6 and endorse any drafts and cancel any insurance so obtained by Lender; (e) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to give written notice to the United States Post Office to effect change(s) of address so that all mail addressed to such Loan Party may be delivered directly to Lender; and (f) to do any and all things necessary or desirable to perfect Lender’s security interest in, and Lien on, and other rights and interests in, the Collateral, to preserve and protect the Collateral and to otherwise carry out this Agreement.

 

4.3.2 This power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, will be irrevocable for the term of this Agreement and all transactions under this Agreement and thereafter so long as any of the Obligations remain in existence. Each Loan Party ratifies and approves all acts of such attorney, and neither Lender nor its attorney will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law. Each Loan Party will execute and deliver promptly to Lender all instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in Lender’s discretion, to further Lender’s exercise of the rights and powers granted it in this Section 4.3.

 
 
24
 
 

 

4.4 Lender’s Additional Rights Regarding Collateral. In addition to Lender’s other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, Lender may, in its discretion exercised in good faith, following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default: (a) exchange, enforce, waive or release any of the Collateral or portion thereof, (b) apply the proceeds of the Collateral against the Obligations and direct the order or manner of the liquidation thereof (including any sale or other disposition), as Lender may, from time to time, in each instance determine, and (c) settle, compromise, collect or otherwise liquidate any such security in any manner without affecting or impairing its right to take any other further action with respect to any security or any part thereof.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Lender that the following are, true, correct and complete:

 

5.1 Existence and Power. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, (b) has the power and authority and all licenses, authorizations, permits, consents and approvals from each applicable Governmental Authority necessary (i) to own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under, the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, and licensed and in good standing, under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each case referred to in clause (c) or clause (d), to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement, and by each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries of any other Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of that Person’s Organization Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or result in the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Requirement of Law in any respect; except, in each case referred to in clause (b) or clause (c), as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3 Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except for recordings and filings in connection with the Liens granted to Lender under the Security Documents and those obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

5.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each such Person which is a party thereto, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms.

 
 
25
 
 

 

5.5 Litigation. Except for as set forth on Schedule 5.5, There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any of their respective properties.

 

5.6 No Default. No Loan Party and no Subsidiary of any Loan Party is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or together with all such defaults, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7 ERISA Compliance. Schedule 5.7 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a complete and correct list of, and that separately identifies, (a) all Title IV Plans, (b) all Multiemployer Plans and (c) all material Benefit Plans. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Requirements of Law so qualifies. Except for those that would not reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate, (i) each Benefit Plan is in compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Requirements of Law, (ii) there are no existing or pending (or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened) claims (other than routine claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigation involving any Benefit Plan to which any Loan Party incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any Liability and (iii) no ERISA Event is reasonably expected to occur. On the Closing Date, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding.

 

5.8 Taxes. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Loan Party or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves. No liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such Taxes.

 

5.9 Financial Condition.

 

5.9.1 The company-prepared financial statements of the Seller dated as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, respectively, present fairly in all material respects financial condition of Seller as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the periods covered thereby when taken as a whole. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.9.2 The Loan Parties’ financial statements, as at any time furnished to the Bank by the Borrower, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, if any, as at the dates specified therein and the results of their operations and changes in financial position for the periods ended as of the dates specified therein. As of the dates of such financial statements, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, if any, have not had any material obligation, contingent liability, liability for taxes or long-term lease obligation which is not reflected in such financial statements or in the notes thereto. Since the date of the most recent financial statements, no event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.10 Environmental Matters. Except for any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) has any Liability arising in connection with Environmental Laws or has received written notice of any (i) claim with respect to any Liability related to Environmental Laws or (ii) state, local or federal environmental investigation with respect to any real estate owned, leased or otherwise occupied by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law applicable to such Person or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law applicable to such Person.

 
 
26
 
 

 

5.11 Solvency. Both before and after giving effect to (a) the Loans made on or prior to the date this representation and warranty is made or remade, (b) the disbursement of the proceeds of such Loans to or as directed by the Borrower, (c) the consummation of the Closing Date Acquisition and the transactions contemplated hereunder, including, without limitation, the Acquisition and the incurrence of the Senior Indebtedness and the Subordinated Indebtedness, and (d) the payment and accrual of all transaction costs in connection with the foregoing, both the Loan Parties taken as a whole and the Borrower individually are Solvent.

 

5.12 Labor Relations. There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns or lockouts existing, pending (or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened) against or involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party.

 

5.13 Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Capital Stock. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13, as of the Closing Date, no Loan Party and no Subsidiary of any Loan Party has any Subsidiaries, is engaged in any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, or is an Affiliate of any other Person. All issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. All of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Loan Party, each Subsidiary of each Loan Party is owned by each of the Persons and in the amounts set forth in Schedule 5.13. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13, there are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements pursuant to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be required to issue, sell, repurchase or redeem any of its Capital Stock. Set forth in Schedule 5.13 is a true and complete organizational chart of Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries.

 

5.14 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office; Etc. Schedule 5.14 lists each Loan Party’s exact legal name, jurisdiction of organization, federal tax identification number, organizational identification number, if any, the location of such Loan Party’s chief executive office or sole place of business, and all jurisdictions of organization and legal names of such Loan Party for the five years preceding the Closing Date.

 

5.15 Locations of Collateral and Books and Records. Schedule 5.15 lists each location where any Loan Party keeps the Collateral (other than Inventory or Equipment in transit) and books and records concerning the Collateral or conducts any of its business.

 

5.16 Deposit Accounts and Other Accounts. Schedule 5.16 lists all deposit accounts and other accounts maintained by the Loan Parties with any bank or financial institution, together with the name and address of such bank or financial institution, the account number, and the type of account.

 

5.17 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in each exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Loan Documents (including the offering and disclosure materials, if any, delivered by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Lender prior to the Closing Date), contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not materially misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

 
 
27
 
 

 

5.18 USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws. (a) Each Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates are in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act and (iii) other federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, and (b) each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all U.S. economic sanctions laws, executive orders and implementing regulations as promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and all regulations issued pursuant to it. No Loan Party and no Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Loan Party (i) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (ii) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person or (iii) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is the target of U.S. economic sanctions prohibitions such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be prohibited under U.S. law.

 

5.19 Properties. Schedule 5.19 sets forth the address of each parcel of real property that is at any time owned or leased by each Loan Party. Each of such leases and subleases is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and no default by any party to any such lease or sublease exists. Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property, free of all Liens other than those permitted by Section 7.2.

 

5.20 Supplier, Customer, Client, and Agent Relations. As of the Closing Date, there exists no condition or state of facts or circumstances relating to the Closing Date Acquisition (including, without limitation, the failure to obtain any required consent to the Closing Date Acquisition) that would reasonably be expected to prevent Borrower from conducting business with any supplier, vendor, customer, client, agent or other contractual counterparty of Borrower in substantially the same manner as previously conducted by Seller immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

5.21 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses. Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property necessary to its business as currently conducted, and the use thereof by each Loan Party does not infringe in any material respect upon the rights of any other Person. Set forth on Schedule 5.21 are all registered Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks, and all Licenses, owned by each Loan Party. To the best of each such Loan Party’s knowledge, each such Copyright, Patent and Trademark of such Loan Party is valid, subsisting, unexpired, and enforceable and has not been abandoned. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.21 or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, none of such Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement. No Loan Party has made any assignment or agreement in conflict with the security interest in the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks of such Loan Party hereunder, except for any assignments that are being released on the Closing Date. No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority which would limit, cancel or question the validity of any Copyright, Patent or Trademark. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.21 or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, no action or proceeding is pending seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark, or which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, all applications pertaining to the Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks of such Loan Party have been duly and properly filed, and all registrations or letters pertaining to such Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks have been duly and properly filed and issued., and each Loan Party’s rights thereto are not subject to any licensing agreement or similar arrangement.

 
 
28
 
 

 

5.22 Insurance. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has in force and effect adequate insurance policies with respect to its business and properties and the business and properties of its Subsidiaries against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily carried or maintained by similarly situated entities engaged in similar businesses.

 

5.23 Compliance with Laws. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any requirement of Law in any jurisdictions in which Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries is now doing business, and any Governmental Authority otherwise having jurisdiction over the conduct of Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any of its respective businesses, or the ownership of any of its respective properties, which violation, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.24 Employee Matters. As of the Closing Date (a) no Loan Party, Subsidiary thereof, nor any of such Person’s employees is subject to any collective bargaining agreement, and (b) no petition for certification or union election is pending with respect to the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof and no union or collective bargaining unit has sought such certification or recognition with respect to the employees of any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof.

 

5.25 Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” or a “subsidiary” of an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

5.26 Margin Stock. Neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. No portion of the Obligations is secured directly or indirectly by Margin Stock.

 

5.27 Related Agreements. Borrower has delivered to Lender a true and correct copy of the Related Agreements and the Sponsor Management Agreement pursuant hereto. Each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties party thereto and, to Borrower’s knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements, has duly taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Related Agreements and the consummation of transactions contemplated thereby. As of the Closing Date, the Related Transactions have been consummated (or are being consummated substantially contemporaneously with the initial credit extension hereunder) in accordance with the terms of the Related Agreements. The Related Transactions will comply with all applicable legal requirements, and all necessary governmental, regulatory, creditor, shareholder, partner and other material consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained by a Loan Party (other than with respect to lease agreements subject to consent rights due to a change in control) and, to Borrower’s knowledge, each other party to the Related Agreements in connection with the Related Transactions (other than the Senior Lender in connection with the Senior Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder) have been, prior to consummation of the Related Transactions, duly obtained and are in full force and effect. As of the date of the Related Agreements, all applicable waiting periods with respect to the Related Transactions will have expired without any action being taken by any competent governmental authority which restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Related Transactions. The execution and delivery of the Related Agreements did not, and the consummation of the Related Transactions did not, violate in a material manner, any statute or regulation of the United States (including any securities law) or of any state or other applicable jurisdiction, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental body binding on Borrower or any other Loan Party or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other party to the Related Agreements (other than the Senior Lender in connection with the Senior Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder), or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, to which Borrower or any other Loan Party is a party or by which Borrower or any other Loan Party is bound or, to Borrower’s knowledge, to which any other party to the Related Agreements is a party or by which any such party is bound (other than the Senior Lender in connection with the Senior Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder). The statements and representations made in the Related Agreements by Borrower or any other Loan Party or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person (other than the Senior Lender in connection with the Senior Debt Documents, as to which Borrower makes no representation hereunder) or any report or document furnished by a Loan Party but not prepared by a Loan Party, taken as a whole, are not untrue statements of material facts or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time that such statements or representations are made. As of the Closing Date, (i) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Related Agreements made by a Loan Party is true and correct in all material respects and (ii) to Borrower’s knowledge, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Related Agreements made by any Person other than a Loan Party is true and correct in all material respects. Borrower acknowledges that Lender is entering into this Agreement and making the Loans hereunder in reliance upon the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt and this Section 5.27.

 
 
29
 
 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) have been paid in full in cash, each Loan Party covenants and agrees as follows:

 

6.1 Financial Statements. Each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP (provided that monthly financial statements shall not be required to have footnote disclosures and are subject to normal year-end adjustments). Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

 

6.1.1 Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the annual consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, together with a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for such fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting all in reasonable detail and reviewed by independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 
 
30
 
 

 

6.1.2 Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, a copy of the company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, together with and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal quarter then ended and that portion of the fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures.

 

6.1.3 Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not later than 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, a copy of the company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal month, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for such fiscal month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, together with and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal month then ended and that portion of the fiscal year then ended, including the notes thereto, all certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being complete and correct and fairly presenting, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position and the results of operations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures.

 

6.2 Appraisals; Certificates; Other Information. The Loan Parties shall furnish to Lender:

 

6.2.1 concurrently with each delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a report setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding figures from the most recent projections for the current fiscal year delivered pursuant to Section 6.2.2 and, in the case of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), (ii) a fully and properly completed Compliance Certificate which, when delivered following the end of any fiscal quarter, shall include calculation of all financial covenants, certified on behalf of Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

 

6.2.2 as soon as available and in any event no later than 30 days before the last day of each fiscal year, projections of the Loan Parties’ (and their Subsidiaries’) financial performance for the forthcoming fiscal year on a month by month basis;

 

6.2.3 as soon as available and in any event, within thirty days of each fiscal year end of Holdings, a detailed operating budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis (including a projected balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

 

6.2.4 daily, a summary of customer deposits received by the Borrower and a summary of Inventory delivered to customers relating to previously received customer deposits, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as Lender may require;

 

6.2.5 [reserved];

 
 
31
 
 

 

6.2.6 on the last Business Day of each week, and at such other times as Lender may request, a summary of the Borrower’s Inventory as of the last Business Day of the prior week, certified on behalf of Borrower by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by such supporting detail and documentation as Lender may require;

 

6.2.7 [reserved];

 

6.2.8 the Loan Parties shall permit and enable Lender to obtain appraisals in form and substance and from appraisers reasonably satisfactory to Lender at the Loan Parties’ sole cost and expense; provided, however, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Loan Parties shall only be obligated to reimburse the Lender for two such appraisal per year; and

 

6.2.9 copies of (i) all proposed amendments or modifications to any Senior Debt Document, Seller Note, or Closing Date Acquisition Document, (ii) all material notices (including, without limitation, notices in respect of defaults) and reports delivered by any Loan Party or any other Person in connection with any Senior Debt Document, Seller Note, or Closing Date Acquisition Document.

 

6.2.10 promptly, such additional business, financial, corporate affairs, perfection certificates and other information as Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

6.3 Notices. Borrower shall notify promptly Lender of each of the following (and, except as otherwise set forth below, in no event later than three (3) Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware thereof):

 

6.3.1 the occurrence or existence of any Default or Event of Default, or any event or circumstance that foreseeably will become a Default or Event of Default;

 

6.3.2 any Material Adverse Effect;

 

6.3.3 any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension which may exist at any time affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or any of their respective property which would reasonably be expected to result, either individually or in the aggregate, in liabilities in excess of $25,000;

 

6.3.4 (i) on or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of any Reportable Event under Section 4043 of ERISA, or intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice, (ii) promptly, and in any event within 10 days, after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto, and (iii) promptly, and in any event within 10 days after any officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that an ERISA Event will or has occurred, a notice describing such ERISA Event, and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notices received from or filed with the PBGC, IRS, Multiemployer Plan or other Benefit Plan pertaining thereto;

 
 
32
 
 

 

6.3.5 any change in the identity of the individuals who directly or indirectly have significant responsibility to manage, control or direct the Borrower. As requested by Lender from time to time, the Borrower agrees to execute and deliver a certification in favor of Lender setting forth information on the individuals that own and control the Borrower, including following any change in control of Borrower;

 

6.3.6 the occurrence of any default or event of default under any Subordinated Debt Document; and

 

6.3.7 any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other labor disruption against or involving any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party if the same would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be accompanied by a statement by a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action a Loan Party or other Person proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time.

 

6.4 Preservation of Existence, Etc. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its organizational existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as applicable, except, with respect to Borrower’s Subsidiaries, in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.5; and (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by Section 7.5 and sales of assets permitted by Section 7.10 and except as would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.5 Maintenance of Property. Each Loan Party shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, and preserve all its property which is used or useful in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof.

 

6.6 Insurance. Each Loan Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of the Loan Parties and such Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (a) name Lender as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (b) include waiver of subrogation, and (c) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a lenders loss payable clause or endorsement, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, that names Lender as the lenders loss payee thereunder and provides for at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Lender of any material modification or cancellation of such policy.

 

6.7 Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay, discharge and perform as the same shall become due and payable or required to be performed, all their respective obligations, liabilities and Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, each Loan Party shall file all tax returns and reports which are required by law to be filed by it and pay before they become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies imposed upon it or its property and all claims or demands of any kind (including, without limitation, those of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, warehouses, landlords and other like Persons) which, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon its property.

 
 
33
 
 

 

6.8 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Law, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.9 Inspection of Property and Books and Records. Each Loan Party shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Person. Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, with respect to each owned, leased, or controlled property, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in which event no notice shall be required and Lender shall have access at any and all times during the continuance thereof): (a) provide access to such property to Lender and any of its Related Persons (including a representative of the U.S. Small Business Administration), as frequently as Lender determines to be appropriate; and (b) permit Lender and any of its Related Persons to conduct field examinations, audit, inspect and make extracts and copies (or take originals if reasonably necessary) from all of such Loan Party’s books and records, and evaluate and make physical verifications of the Inventory and other Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Lender considers advisable, in each instance, at the Loan Parties’ expense. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits, examinations, audits and inspections shall be limited to two per calendar year by the Lender at the sole cost and expense of the Loan Parties; provided, however, that (y) any such visits, examinations, audits and inspections which are made while any Default or Event of Default has occurred is continuing shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation and shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Loan Parties and (z) any such visits, inspections or examinations which are made at the cost and expense of the Lender, regardless of whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall not be limited to one per calendar year.

 

6.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan solely for (i) the repayment of indebtedness of the Borrower existing immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement (ii) the payment of fees and expenses associated with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (iii) the Borrower’s general working capital purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law and not in violation of this Agreement. No portion of the proceeds of any Loans shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Loans or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6.11 Cash Management.

 

6.11.1 The Loan Parties shall cause all of their deposit and other bank accounts to be subject to Control Agreements in favor of the Lender and acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion and the Lender shall have the right to exercise control over all such accounts as provided herein.

 

6.11.2 Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided to Lender online access to bank and other financial statements relating to all accounts of any Loan Party (including, without limitation, a listing of the receipts being collected therein).

 

6.11.3 Borrower and each Loan Party shall deposit all customer deposits into a segregated account (the “Customer Deposit Account”) maintained solely for the deposit of customer deposits. Other than customer deposits, no other funds shall be deposited into the Customer Deposit Account. Borrower or the applicable Loan Party shall promptly transfer or cause to be transferred funds from the Customer Deposit Account to another account of the Borrower or other Loan Party that is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of the Lender upon the delivery by the Borrower or other Loan Party of Inventory to a customer for which a customer deposit received.

 
 
34
 
 

 

6.11.4 Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event and at all times thereafter unless otherwise agreed by Lender.

 

6.11.4.1 Lender shall be permitted to immediately exercise control over all of the deposit and other accounts each Loan Party, including, without limitation, pursuant to any Control Agreements and to exercise any and all rights of the Lender under such Control Agreements.

 

6.11.4.2 Borrower and each other Loan Party shall direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Lender (either such account, the “Cash Collateral Account”) and Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account. Subject to Lender right to maintain Reserves hereunder, at the Lender’s sole discretion, all amounts received in the Cash Collateral Account may be applied to reduce the Obligations as set forth in Section 2.1.

 

6.12 Claims Against Collateral. Each Loan Party shall maintain the Collateral free and clear of all Liens, except to the extent, if any, of the Permitted Liens. Each Loan Party will defend or cause to be defended the Collateral against all of the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever (except to the extent, if any, of the Permitted Liens).

 

6.13 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, fail to comply with the laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 5.18.

 

6.14 Board Observation Rights. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow two (2) representatives designated by the Lender (such representatives, the “Board Observers”) to attend and participate in all meetings and other activities of the governing body of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, including all committees and sub- committees thereof. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) give the Lender notice of all such meetings, at the same time as furnished to the directors, managers, or partners, as applicable, of Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, (b) provide to each Board Observer all notices, documents and information furnished to the directors, managers, members, or partners, as applicable, of each entity, whether at or in anticipation of a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise, at the same time furnished to such directors, managers, members, or partners, as applicable, (c) notify each Board Observer and permit each such Board Observer to participate by telephone in, emergency meetings of each such governing body and all committees and sub-committees thereof, (d) provide each Board Observer copies of the minutes of all such meetings at the time such minutes are furnished to the members of the applicable governing body, (e) cause regularly-scheduled meetings of the applicable governing bodies to be held, and (f) to the extent there are any in person meetings of any governing body of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or any committee or sub-committee thereof), the Board Observers shall be permitted to attend such meeting in person. The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Board Observers in connection with attendance at or participation in meetings, in an amount not to exceed such Board Observers’ actual travel costs.6.15 Further Assurances; Guaranty and Collateral

 
 
35
 
 

 

6.15 Further Assurances; Guaranty and Collateral.

 

6.15.1 Promptly upon request by Lender, the Loan Parties shall take such additional actions and execute such documents as Lender may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by any of the Security Documents any of the property, rights or interests covered by any of the Security Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to Lender the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to Lender under any Loan Document. Without limiting the foregoing, upon Lender’s request the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Lender a landlord waiver in respect of any real property location leased or used by any Loan Party, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and duly executed by all applicable parties thereto.

 

6.15.2 The Loan Parties shall cause each of their domestic Subsidiaries to guaranty the Obligations and to grant to Lender a security interest in, subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the other Security Documents, all of such Subsidiary’s property to secure such guaranty, in each case pursuant to, among such other agreements, documents or instruments as Lender may request, a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall join this Agreement as a “Loan Party” and a “Subsidiary Guarantor”. Each Loan Party shall additionally pledge or cause to be pledged to Lender (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the Capital Stock of each domestic Subsidiary owned by any Loan Party and (ii) 65% of the outstanding voting stock of any foreign Subsidiary (or, if a change in law occurs after the Closing Date (including the finalization of Proposed Treasury Regulation 1.956-1 (Fed. Reg. Vol. 83, No. 214 p. 55324) without material amendments) that allows a greater percentage of voting equity interests to be pledged without a material adverse tax consequence, such greater percentage or any domestic Subsidiary wholly owned by a foreign Subsidiary.

 

6.15.3 Each Loan Party hereby grants to Lender, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Loan Party or any other Person) to, following an Event of Default, use, assign, license or sublicense any patents, trademarks, copyrights and all other intellectual property now owned (or licensed to) or hereafter acquired by such Loan Party, wherever the same may be located, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof.

 

6.16 Post-Closing Items.

 

6.16.1 Original Signature Pages and Capital Stock Certificate. As soon as is reasonably practical and in no event more than 5 Business Days following the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall deliver to Lender the Loan Parties’ original executed signature pages to the Loan Documents entered into on the Closing Date to which the Loan Parties are party, and shall deliver to Senior Lender together with the original stock certificate in respect of all issued and outstanding Capital Stock held by each Loan Party in its respective Subsidiary or Subsidiaries.

 

6.16.2 Insurance Endorsements. As soon as is reasonably practicable but in any event no later than 60 days following the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall deliver to Lender endorsements to the Loan Parties’ property and liability insurance policies, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender and in conformance with the requirements of Section 6.6.

 
 
36
 
 

 

6.16.3 Key Person Life Insurance. From and after 30 days after the Closing Date, the Borrower will maintain one or more life insurance policies on the life of Michael Goedecker having a combined death benefit in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000, with the Borrower named as beneficiary, all subject to a Collateral Assignment of Life Insurance.

 

6.16.4 Tax Lien Release. Within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall provide to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Lien No. 113974, filed against Seller in favor of the State of Missouri on October 17, 2013 has been released and terminated.

 

6.16.5 Historical Financial Information. Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall provide to the Lender audited annual year-end financial statements for the Borrower and the business being acquired by Borrower pursuant to the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement (including an income statement and a balance sheet) for the prior three years.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification Obligations to the extent no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted) have been paid in full in cash, Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, observe, perform, and comply with each of the covenants set forth below in this Article 7.

 

7.1 Indebtedness. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, permit to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

 

7.1.1 the Obligations;

 

7.1.2 Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 7.1;

 

7.1.3 the Senior Debt, provided that the Senior Subordination Agreement is in effect;

 

7.1.4 the Seller Debt, provided that the Seller Subordination Agreement is in effect; and

 

7.1.5 the Leonite Debt, provided that the Leonite Subordination Agreement is in effect.

 

7.2 Liens. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (“Permitted Liens”):

 

7.2.1 any Lien created under any Security Document;

 

7.2.2 Liens described in Schedule 7.2 securing Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and permitted by Section 7.1.2;

 
 
37
 
 

 

7.2.3 Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges which are not past due or remain payable without penalty;

 

7.2.4 carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, processors’ materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing indebtedness that is not past due or that remains payable without penalty or that is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently prosecuted, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to such Liens and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained;

 

7.2.5 Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeals bonds, bids, leases, governmental contract, trade contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) or to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

7.2.6 easements, rights‑of‑way, zoning and other restrictions, minor defects or other irregularities in title, and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, either individually or in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

 

7.2.7 Liens in favor of the Senior Lender to secure amounts owed under the Senior Loan Agreement, provided that the Senior Subordination Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.1.5 and

 

7.2.8 Liens in favor of collecting banks arising by operation of law.

 

7.3 Financial Covenants.

 

7.3.1 Maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 
 
38
 
 

 

Fiscal Quarter End Date 

 

Ratio 

June 30, 2019 

 

1.75:1.00 

September 30, 2019 

 

1.75:1.00 

December 31, 2019 

 

1.75:1.00 

March 31, 2020 

 

1.50:1.00 

June 30, 2020 

 

1.50:1.00 

September 30, 2020 

 

1.50:1.00 

December 31, 2020 

 

1.50:1.00 

March 31, 2021 

 

1.25:1.00 

June 30, 2021 

 

1.25:1.00 

September 30, 2021 

 

1.25:1.00 

December 31, 2021 

 

1.15:1.00 

March 31, 2022 

 

1.15:1.00 

June 30, 2022 

 

1.00:1.00 

September 30, 2022 

 

1.00:1.00 

December 31, 2022 

 

1.00:1.00 

March 31, 2023 

 

1.00:1.00 

 

7.3.2 Maximum Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 

Fiscal Quarter End Date 

 

Ratio

June 30, 2019 

 

4.50:1.00 

September 30, 2019 

 

4.50:1.00 

December 31, 2019 

 

4.50:1.00 

March 31, 2020 

 

4.00:1.00 

June 30, 2020 

 

4.00:1.00 

September 30, 2020 

 

4.00:1.00 

December 31, 2020 

 

4.00:1.00 

March 31, 2021 

 

3.50:1.00 

June 30, 2021 

 

3.50:1.00 

September 30, 2021 

 

3.50:1.00 

December 31, 2021 

 

3.50:1.00 

March 31, 2022 

 

3.00:1.00 

June 30, 2022 

 

3.00:1.00 

September 30, 2022 

 

3.00:1.00 

December 31, 2022 

 

3.00:1.00 

March 31, 2023 

 

2.50:1.00 

 

 
39
 
 

 

7.3.3 Minimum Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined as at the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019, to be less than 1.00 to 1.00.

 

7.3.4 Minimum Consolidated Capital Expenditures. Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Capital Expenditures to exceed $100,000 in any four consecutive fiscal quarters.

 

7.3.5 Year One Liquidity. Borrower shall not permit the ratio of cash plus Availability to customer deposits, determined as at the end of each month, commencing with the month ending May 31, 2019 to be greater than the levels set forth below.

 

Month End Date 

 

Ratio

May 31, 2019 

 

0.90:1.00 

June 30, 2019 

 

0.85:1.00 

July 31, 2019 

 

0.85:1.00 

August 31, 2019 

 

0.90:1.00 

September 30, 2019 

 

0.65:1.00 

October 31, 2019 

 

0.70:1.00 

November 30, 2019 

 

0.65:1.00 

December 31, 2019 

 

0.60:1.00 

January 31, 2019 

 

1.35:1.00 

February 28, 2020 

 

1.15:1.00 

March 31, 2020 

 

1.35:1.00 

 

7.3.6 Liquidity. Borrower shall not permit the ratio of cash plus Availability to customer deposits less inventory allocated to satisfy orders connected to such customer deposits, determined as at the end of each month, commencing with the month ending April 30, 2020 to be less than 1.00:1.00.

 
 
40
 
 

 

7.4 Compliance with ERISA. No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (a) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on any asset of a Loan Party or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (b) any other ERISA Event, that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party shall cause or suffer to exist any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Benefit Plan.

 

7.5 Consolidations and Mergers. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, merge, consolidate or divide with or into, undergo any division or enter into any plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except upon not less than five Business Days prior written notice to Lender, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge, consolidate or otherwise combine with or into, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or stock (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), or dissolve or liquidate into, a Loan Party, provided that the Borrower or such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving entity and all actions required to maintain perfected Liens on the Collateral in favor of Lender shall have been completed.

 

7.6 Acquisitions and Investments. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) purchase or acquire, or make any commitment to purchase or acquire any Capital Stock, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary, or (ii) make or commit to make any acquisition of a material portion of the assets of another Person, or of any business or division of any Person, including without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation, other combination, or division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws) or (iii) make or purchase, or commit to make or purchase, any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or any other investment in any Person including the Borrower, any Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (the items described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to as “Investments”), except for:

 

7.6.1 Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

7.6.2 Investments by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party; provided, that: (i) the Loan Parties shall accurately record all intercompany transactions on their respective books and records; (ii) at the time any such intercompany Investment is made by any Loan Party and after giving effect thereto, (A) each such Loan Party shall be Solvent; and (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

 

7.6.3 Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent Accounts in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers or customers;

 

7.6.4 Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 7.6; and

 

7.6.5 loans or advances to employees permitted under Section 7.9.

 

7.7 Restricted Payments. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any Capital Stock, (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, fees, redemption, exchange, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, Subordinated Indebtedness or Senior Indebtedness, (iv) make any loans to the holders of Capital Stock of any Loan Party or to any Affiliates, lineal descendants or spouses of such holders, or trusts established for the benefit of any such Persons, or (v) pay any management, consulting, advisory, transaction or similar fees to Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (the items described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) above are referred to as “Restricted Payments”), except that:

 
 
41
 
 

 

7.7.1 Wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends to the Borrower;

 

7.7.2 Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock; provided that such Capital Stock is promptly pledged to Lender as Collateral hereunder;

 

7.7.3 provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may declare and make dividend payments to Intermediate Holdings, which may in turn declare and make dividend payments to Holdings, in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate for the term of this Agreement, the difference between the amount of Holding’s capital contribution to Intermediate Holdings on the Closing Date that was contributed to the Borrower on the Closing Date and $500,000; and

 

7.7.4 Borrower may make regularly scheduled payments of interest and principal with respect to (a) the Senior Debt to the extent permitted under the Senior Subordination Agreement, (b) the Seller Debt to the extent permitted under the Seller Subordination Agreement, (c) the Leonite Debt to the extent permitted under the Leonite Subordination Agreement; and (c) other Subordinated Indebtedness to the extent permitted under the applicable subordination agreement to which Lender is a party; and

 

7.7.5 Borrower may make payments to Sponsor under the Sponsor Management Agreement to the extent permitted under the Management Fee Subordination Agreement.

 

7.8 Capital Structure. Except as expressly permitted under Section 7.5, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any material changes in its equity capital structure or amend any of its organization documents in any material respect and, in each case, in any respect adverse to Lender.

 

7.9 Affiliate Transactions. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or of any such Subsidiary, except:

 

7.9.1 as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

7.9.2 in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the business of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

 

7.9.3 the Sponsor Management Agreement; and

 

7.9.4 loans or advances to employees of Loan Parties for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses and other ordinary business purposes in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 
 
42
 
 

 

7.10 Sale of Assets. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer, undergo any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any property (including the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, whether in a public or a private offering or otherwise, and accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

 

7.10.1 dispositions to any Person other than an Affiliate of a Loan Party of Inventory, or worn out or surplus Equipment in the ordinary course of business;

 

7.10.2 dispositions of Cash Equivalents; and

 

7.10.3 non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses granted by a Loan Party and leases or subleases (by a Loan Party as lessor or sublessor) to third parties in the ordinary course of business not interfering with the business of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

7.11 Change in Business. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any line of business substantially different from those lines of business carried on by it on the Closing Date.

 

7.12 Changes in Accounting, Name or Jurisdiction of Organization; Etc. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, (b) change the fiscal year or method for determining fiscal quarters of any Loan Party or of any consolidated Subsidiary of any Loan Party, (c) change its legal name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of organization, or (d) change its (i) jurisdiction of organization, (ii) chief executive office, (iii) principal place of business, or (iv) other places of business, or open any new places of business, in the case of clauses (c) or (d), without at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Lender and the acknowledgement of Lender that all actions required by Lender, including those to continue the perfection of its Liens, to the extent applicable, have been completed.

 

7.13 No Negative Pledges. Except for the Senior Debt Documents, no Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual restriction or encumbrance of any kind on the ability of any Loan Party or Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distribution on any of such Loan Party’s or Subsidiary’s Capital Stock or make other payments and distributions to Borrower or any other Loan Party. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, assume or become subject to any Contractual Obligation prohibiting or otherwise restricting the existence of any Lien upon any of the Collateral in favor of Lender, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

7.14 Sale-Leasebacks. No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in a sale leaseback, synthetic lease or similar transaction involving any of its assets.

 

7.15 Inventory. The Loan Parties shall not acquire or accept any Inventory produced in violation of Requirements of Law, including the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

 

7.16 Related Agreements. No Loan Party shall amend or otherwise modify, or waive any rights under (i) any Closing Date Acquisition Document in any manner materially adverse to Lender, (ii) any Subordinated Debt Document, except as permitted under the applicable subordination agreement to which Lender is a party or (iii) the Sponsor Management Agreement, except as permitted under the Management Fee Subordination Agreement.

 
 
43
 
 

 

7.17 Activities of Intermediate Holdings. Intermediate Holdings shall not (i) conduct any business other than its ownership of Capital Stock of the Borrower, activities incidental to maintenance of its company existence and other business activities necessary and relating to the foregoing, (ii) own any material assets, other than directly or indirectly Capital Stock of the Borrower, (iii) create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or liabilities other than liabilities incidental to the conduct of its business as a holding company (other than liabilities hereunder and liabilities otherwise permitted hereunder).

 

7.18 Modification of Subordinated Debt Documents or Senior Debt Documents. No Loan Party nor any of their Subsidiaries will agree or consent to any modification or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Senior Debt Documents or the Subordinated Debt Documents in effect on the date hereof except as permitted by the Senior Subordination Agreement, the Seller Subordination Agreement, or the Leonite Subordination Agreement, as applicable (in each case, as such agreement is in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time with notice to the Loan Parties).

 

7.19 Accounts. No Loan Party shall maintain any operating, administrative, cash management, collection activity, or other deposit accounts other than in compliance with Section 6.11.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CONTINUING GUARANTY

 

8.1 Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Loan Parties to the Lender, arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). Lender’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon each Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.

 

8.2 Rights of the Lender. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that Lender may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Lender in its sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other Guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of any Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of any Guarantor.

 
 
44
 
 

 

8.3 Certain Waivers. Each Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of Lender) of the liability of Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that any Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of Borrower or any other Loan Party; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, any requirement that the Lender marshal assets against any other Loan Party or Collateral or other property of any Loan Party or pursue any other remedy in the power of Lender whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Lender; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations.

 

8.4 Obligations Independent. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other Guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.

 

8.5 Subrogation. No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Agreement are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. If any amounts are paid to any Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of Lender and shall forthwith be paid to Lender to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

8.6 Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under the Loan Documents are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. If a Guarantor elects to revoke this Guaranty, such revocation shall not become effective until 10 Business Days after Lender receives written notice from such Guarantor revoking this Guaranty. If this Guaranty is revoked by any Guarantor, said revocation shall have no effect on the continuing liability of such Guarantor to guarantee unconditionally the prompt payment of all Obligations which are contracted or incurred prior to the fifth Business Day after receipt of the revocation notice, including any such prior Obligations which are subsequently renewed, modified or extended after such revocation becomes effective, as well as all extensions of credit made after revocation pursuant to any commitments made prior to such revocation. Revocation of this Guaranty by any Guarantor shall not relieve any other Guarantor of any liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor is made, or Lender exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any applicable law or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not Lender is in possession of or has released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Section shall survive termination of this Guaranty.

 
 
45
 
 

 

8.7 Subordination. Each Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Intercompany Indebtedness of Borrower owing to such Guarantor until such time as the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Any Intercompany Indebtedness, if the Lender so requests, shall be collected, enforced and received by a Guarantor as trustee for the Lender and be paid over to the Lender on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of each Loan Party under the other provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

8.8 Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against any Guarantor or Borrower under any applicable laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor immediately upon demand by Lender.

 

8.9 Condition of Borrower. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from Borrower and any other Guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of Borrower and any such other Guarantor as each Guarantor requires, and that Lender has no duty, and no Guarantor is relying on Lender at any time, to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of Borrower or any other Guarantor.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9.1 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

9.1.1 Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails (i) to pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of, or interest on, any Loan, including after maturity of the Loans or any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document when the same shall become due.

 

9.1.2 Representation or Warranty. Any representation, warranty or certification by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries made or deemed made herein, in any other Loan Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by any such Person, or their respective Responsible Officers, furnished at any time in connection with any Loan Document, shall have been incorrect in any material respect (without duplication of other materiality qualifiers contained therein) on or as of the date made or deemed made.

 

9.1.3 Specific Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, or 6.15 or Article 7.

 

9.1.4 Other Defaults. Other than an Event of Default described herein, any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such default or (ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Lender.

 
 
46
 
 

 

9.1.5 Cross Default. The occurrence of any default or event of default (however denominated) in respect of any Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount of more than $100,000 other than the Obligations.

 

9.1.6 Involuntary Proceedings. An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party or for a part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 30 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered.

 

9.1.7 Voluntary Proceedings. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereinafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of any, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in Section 9.1.6, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

 

9.1.8 Monetary Judgments. One or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards shall be entered against any one or more of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability of $25,000 or more, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal.

 

9.1.9 Loan Documents; Security Documents. (i) Any material provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; (ii) any Guarantor denies its obligations under its Guaranty, revokes, for any reason, its Guaranty, or attempts to limit or terminate its obligations under its Guaranty, or any Guarantor dies, dissolves, ceases to exist, or becomes incapacitated or (iii) any Security Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such security interest shall for any reason (other than the failure of Lender to take any action within its control) cease to be a perfected and second priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens that are expressly allowed to have priority over Lender’s Liens.

 

9.1.10 Indictment. Any Loan Party, or officer thereof, is charged by a Governmental Authority, criminally indicted or convicted of a felony under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to forfeiture of any material portion of Collateral.

 

9.1.11 Material Adverse Effect. The Lender shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive) and notify the Borrower that a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and the condition giving rise to such determination continues for 10 days after receipt of such notice.

 

9.1.12 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur.

 
 
47
 
 

 

9.1.13 Invalidity of Subordination Provisions. The subordination provisions of any agreement or instrument governing any Subordinated Indebtedness shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any Person shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations, for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions.

 

9.1.14 Dissolution. Any order, judgment or decree is entered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries decreeing the dissolution or split up of that Loan Party or that Subsidiary and such order remains undischarged or unstayed.

 

9.1.15 Solvency. Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) cease to be solvent (as represented in Section 5.11) or a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries admits in writing its present or prospective inability to pay its debts as they become due subject to applicable grace periods, if any.

 

9.1.16 Injunction. A Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency or any other Governmental Authority from conducting all or any material part of its business.

 

9.1.17 Damage, Strike, Casualty. Any material damage to, or loss, theft or destruction of, any Property, whether or not insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty which causes, for more than thirty (30) consecutive days beyond the coverage period of any applicable business interruption insurance, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities of Loan Parties taken as a whole if any such event or circumstance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.18 Licenses and Permits. The loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any Permit now held or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, if such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.19 Forfeiture. There is filed against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding under any federal, state or other Governmental Authority racketeering statute (including, without limitation, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970), which action, suit or proceeding could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.1.20 Senior Debt Defaults. The occurrence of any default or event of default (however denominated) in respect of any Senior Indebtedness.

 

9.1.21 Subordinated Debt Defaults. The occurrence of any default or event of default (however denominated) in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

9.2 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

9.2.1 [Reserved];

 
 
48
 
 

 

9.2.2 declare all or any portion of the Obligations to be immediately due and payable; without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Loan Party;

 

9.2.3 take possession of the Collateral and maintain such possession on any Loan Party’s premises at no cost to Lender, or remove the Collateral, or any part thereof, to such other place(s) as Lender may desire; enter any premises on which the Collateral, or any part or records thereof, may be situated and remove the same therefrom, for which action no Loan Party will assert against Lender any claim for trespass, breach of the peace or similar claim and no Loan Party will hinder Lender’s efforts to effect such removal;

 

9.2.4 require any Loan Party, at its cost, to assemble the Collateral and make it available at a place designated by Lender;

 

9.2.5 sell part or all of the Collateral at public or private sale(s), for cash, upon credit or credit bid, or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as Lender deems advisable, at Lender’s discretion, and Lender may, if Lender deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale of the Collateral from time to time by an announcement at the time and place of sale or by announcement at the time and place of such postponed or adjourned sale, without being required to give a new notice of sale, and without being obligated to make any sale of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given, and Lender may purchase any Collateral at such public or private sale(s) and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may credit bid or set off the amount of such price against the Obligations;

 

9.2.6 require any Loan Party, using such form as Lender may approve, to notify such Loan Party’s customers, Account Debtors and any other Persons, and to indicate on all of such Loan Party’s correspondence to such customers, Account Debtors and other Persons, that the contracts and General Intangibles must be paid to Lender directly;

 

9.2.7 sign any indorsements, assignments or other writings of conveyance or transfer in connection with any disposition of the Collateral;

 

9.2.8 (i) bring suit on any one or more of the accounts, chattel paper, instruments, documents, leases or other agreements (collectively, “Contracts”) in the name of the applicable Loan Party or Administrative Agent, and exercise all such other rights respecting the Contracts, in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, including the right to accelerate or extend the time of payment, settle, release in whole or in part any amounts owing on any Contract and issue credits in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and including proceeding against any collateral or security provided in respect of any Contract, and (ii) bring suit on any one or more of the general intangibles, in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and exercise all such other rights respecting the general intangibles, including the right to accelerate or extend the time of payment, settle, release in whole or in part any amounts owing on any general intangible and issue credits in the name of the applicable Loan Party or the Lender, and including proceeding against any collateral or security provided in respect of any general intangible;

 

9.2.9 sign any indorsements, assignments or other writings of conveyance or transfer in connection with any assignment, transfer, sale or disposition of the Collateral;

 

9.2.10 apply for and have a receiver appointed over Borrower or its assets under state law (including, but not limited, to Minn. Stat. § 576.21 et. seq.) or federal law by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies under this Agreement and, as applicable, the other Loan Documents, in order to manage, protect, preserve, and sell and otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of the Borrower, and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership, including the compensation of the receiver, and to the payment of the Obligations until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral is finally made and consummated. Each Loan Party stipulates and agrees that the Lender may seek and obtain such orders on an expedited basis and each Loan Party hereby stipulates, agrees and consents to the immediate entry of such order(s). Each Loan Party further waives any bonding requirements associated with a receivership order or an order for claim and delivery (replevin);

 
 
49
 
 

 

9.2.11 make and adjust claims under insurance policies;

 

9.2.12 exercise any rights of the Lender under any Control Agreements and apply any sums in any deposit or other accounts of the Borrower to the Obligations; and/or

 

9.2.13 exercise all other rights and remedies of the Lender under any of the Loan Documents and/or applicable law, including, without limitation, the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the UCC;

 

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 9.1.6 or 9.1.7 (in the case of Section 9.1.6 upon the expiration of the period mentioned therein), the obligation of Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate and the unpaid amount of all outstanding Obligations shall automatically become due and payable without further act of Lender.

 

9.3 Waivers by Loan Parties. Each Loan Party acknowledges that portions of the Collateral could be difficult to preserve and dispose of and be further subject to complex maintenance and management. Accordingly, Lender, in exercising its rights under this Article 9, shall have the widest possible latitude to preserve and protect the Collateral and Lender’s security interest in and Lien thereon. Moreover, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that Lender shall have no obligation to, and such Loan Party hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any right that it may have to require Lender to, (a) clean up or otherwise prepare any of the Collateral for sale, (b) pursue any Person to collect any of the Obligations, or (c) exercise collection remedies against any Persons obligated on the Collateral. Lender’s compliance with applicable local, state or federal law requirements, in addition to those imposed by the UCC, in connection with a disposition of any or all of the Collateral will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any disposition of any or all of the Collateral under the UCC.

 

9.4 Notice of Disposition; Allocations. If any notice is required by law to effectuate any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, (a) Lender will give the applicable Loan Party written notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made, and at any such public or private sale, Lender may purchase all or any of the Collateral, and (b) Lender and each Loan Party agree that such notice will not be unreasonable as to time if given in compliance with this Agreement ten days prior to any sale or other disposition. The proceeds of the sale will be applied first to all costs and expenses of such sale including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses, and second to the payment of all Obligations in the manner and order determined by Lender in its discretion. The Loan Parties shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. Unless otherwise directed by law, Lender will return any excess to the Loan Parties.

 
 
50
 
 

 

9.5 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

 

9.6 Equitable Relief. Each Loan Party recognizes that, in the event such Loan Party fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy of law may prove to be inadequate relief to Lender; therefore, each Loan Party agrees that Lender, if Lender so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

9.7 Equity Cure.

 

9.7.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.1, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 7.3.3 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, at any time after such last day of such fiscal quarter until the tenth Business Day following the date on which the financial statements with respect to last fiscal month of each fiscal quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1.2, Intermediate Holdings shall have the right to receive cash capital contributions or issue Capital Stock for cash (which cash Intermediate Holdings shall promptly contribute in cash to the Borrower as common equity) (a “Specified Equity Contribution”; collectively, the “Cure Right”), and upon such exercise and the receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Specified Equity Contribution and the application thereof by the Borrower to prepay the outstanding Loans in an aggregate amount (including principal, any accrued interest thereon and any premiums, fees or other amounts payable in respect thereof) equal to the Specified Equity Contribution, the financial covenant under Section 7.3.3 shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

 

9.7.1.1 Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring compliance with Section 7.3.3 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Specified Equity Contribution; and

 

9.7.1.2 if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving effect to any repayment of any Indebtedness with any portion of the Specified Equity Contribution), the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.3.3, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.3.3 as of the last day of such fiscal quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default under Section 7.3.3 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Lender of the exercise of such Cure Right prior to the date that is three Business Days after such exercise.

 

9.7.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than one time and (ii) for purposes of this Section 9.7, the Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the minimum amount required for purposes of complying with the Section 7.3.3 for the relevant period and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Specified Equity Contribution.

 
 
51
 
 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Specified Equity Contribution received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right and the use of proceeds thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to prepay Loans as provided in Section 9.7.1) shall be disregarded for all purposes of this Agreement (except as expressly set forth in Section 9.7.1), including for determining any financial ratio-based terms and any increase to any available basket under this Agreement or calculating compliance with any of the financial covenants hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 Notices.

 

10.1.1 Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:

 

 

(a)

if to any Loan Party, to Borrower at:

1847 Goedeker Inc.

c/o 1847 Partners LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Ellery W. Roberts

Fax: (917) 739-5950

 

Email: eroberts@1847holdings.com

Phone: (703) 234-1853

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice)

 

 

 

Bevilacqua PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW

Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Fax: (202) 860-0889

Email: lou@bevilacquapllc.com

Phone: (202) 869-0888 (ext. 100)

 

 

(b)

if to Lender at:

 

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

9W Broad Street, Stamford, CT 06902

Attention: Crandall P. Deery

Email: cdeery@sbccfund.com

Phone: (203) 551-9199

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice)

 

 

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

35 W. Wacker drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

Attn: Alan Roth

Facsimile: 312-558-5700

 
 
52
 
 

 

All such notices and other communications (i) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received or (ii) sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent, provided that if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

10.1.2 Any party hereto may change its address, facsimile number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

10.2 Waivers; Amendments.

 

10.2.1 No failure or delay by Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of Lender hereunder and under any other Loan Document are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that it would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 10.2.2, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

10.2.2 Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (a) in the case of Article 8, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Loan Party and Lender, (b) in the case of this Agreement (other than any provision in Article 8), pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Borrower and Lender or (c) in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Lender and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto.

 

10.3 Expenses; Indemnification.

 

10.3.1 Each Loan Party shall pay or reimburse Lender for (a) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by Lender and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for Lender, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of the Loan Documents (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby shall be consummated); (b) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for Lender, in connection with the enforcement, collection or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans; (c) (i) appraisals and insurance reviews, field examinations and the preparation of reports, based on the fees charged by a third party retained by Lender or the internally allocated fees for each Person employed by Lender with respect to each field examination, (ii) fees charged by third parties to review and reconcile amounts reported on Borrowing Base Certificates to the related source documents provided by Borrower, and (iii) background checks regarding senior management and/or key investors, taxes, fees and other charges for (A) lien and title searches and (B) filing financing statements and continuations, and other actions to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s Liens; and (d) costs and expenses of preserving, protecting and insuring the Collateral.

 
 
53
 
 

 

10.3.2 Each Loan Party shall indemnify Lender and each Related Party of Lender (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (a) the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) the failure of any Loan Party to deliver to Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence with respect to a payment made by such Loan Party for Taxes pursuant to Section 2.9.4, or (e) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, penalties, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 

10.3.3 To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each hereby waives and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereunder, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

10.3.4 All amounts due under this Section 10.3 shall be payable not later than three (3) Business Days after written demand therefor.

 

10.3.5 Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.10.3, this Section 10.3 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

10.4 Successors and Assigns.

 

10.4.1 Lender shall have the right to assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in Section 10.4.2) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 
 
54
 
 

 

10.4.2 Lender may, without the consent of Borrower, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that (i) Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which Lender sells such a participation shall provide that Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement. Subject to the next sentence, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.8 and 2.9. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.8 as though it were Lender. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.8 or 2.9 than Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent.

 

10.4.3 Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for Lender as a party hereto. Borrower agrees to use all reasonable efforts to and reasonably cooperate in good faith with Lender and otherwise assist Lender in satisfying any conditions required of Lender in connection with a pledge or assignment under this Section 10.4.3.

 

10.5 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Sections 2.8, 2.9 , and 10.3 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

10.6 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 3.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Lender and when Lender shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

10.7 Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 
 
55
 
 

 

10.8 Right of Setoff. All cash, moneys, investment property and other properties of any Loan Party and the proceeds thereof now or hereafter held or received by Lender from or for the account of such Loan Party, including any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), account balances and credits of such Loan Party with Lender or any Affiliate of Lender at any time existing (a) are part of the Collateral, (b) will be held as security for the Obligations, and (c) may be set off and applied against any or all Obligations at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and Lender has the right at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default to refuse to allow withdrawals from any account of such Loan Party, irrespective of whether or not Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights given to Lender hereunder are cumulative with Lender’s other rights and remedies, including other rights of setoff.

 

10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

10.9.1 The Loan Documents (other than those containing a contrary express choice of law provision) and any claim or controversy arising in connection with any Loan Document shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws (but otherwise without regard to the conflict of laws provisions) of the State of New York.

 

10.9.2 Subject to the last sentence of this Section 10.9.2, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against Lender or any of its Related Parties in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the U.S. Federal or New York state courts sitting in Manhattan, New York, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

10.9.3 Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 10.9.2. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

10.9.4 Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 
 
56
 
 

 

10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

10.11 Headings. Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

10.12 USA PATRIOT Act. Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow Lender to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by Lender in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by Lender.

 

10.14 Agreement Jointly Drafted. The parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed against any party to this Agreement on the grounds that such party drafted this Agreement, but shall be construed as if all parties jointly prepared this Agreement, and any uncertainty or ambiguity shall not on such grounds be interpreted against any one party.

 

10.15 Advice of Counsel Obtained. Each of the parties acknowledges and represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with legal, financial, and other professional advisors as it deems appropriate in connection with its consideration and execution of this Agreement. Each undersigned party further represents and declares that in executing this Agreement, it has relied solely upon its own judgment, belief and knowledge, and the advice and recommendation of its own professional advisors, concerning the nature, extent and duration of its rights, obligations and claims; that it has reviewed its records, evaluated its position and conducted due diligence with regard to all rights, claims or causes of action whatsoever with respect to any and all other parties; and that it has not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in executing this Agreement by any representations or statements made by the other party or its representatives, except those expressly contained herein.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 
57
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS:

 

  

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Robert D. Barry

Title:

President

 

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

 
58
 
 

 

LENDER:
    

SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II, L.P.

 

   

 

By:

Small Business Community Capital, LLC

Its:

General Partner

 

 

  

 

By: /s/ Crandall P. Deery

Name:

Crandall P. Deery
Title: Partner

 

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

 
59

 

EXHIBIT 10.13

 

Execution Version

 

This instrument and the indebtedness evidenced hereby, and the rights and remedies of the holders of this instrument, are subordinate in the manner and to the extent set forth in that certain Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof, the “Subordination Agreement”) dated as of April 5, 2019, by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation, 1847 Goedecker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Subordination Agreement); and each holder of this instrument, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound by the provisions of the Subordination Agreement.

 

TERM LOAN NOTE

 

$1,500,000

 

April 5, 2019

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and intending to be legally bound, the undersigned, 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (Borrower”), promises to pay, in lawful money of the United States of America, to the order of SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Lender”), at the address set forth in Section 10.1.1 of the Loan Agreement, the maximum aggregate principal sum of up to One Million Five Hundred Thousands and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) or such lesser sum which represents the principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility established pursuant to the provisions of that certain Loan Agreement dated of even date herewith, between Borrower and Lender (as it may be supplemented, restated, superseded, amended or replaced from time to time, “Loan Agreement”). The outstanding principal balance hereunder shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement. The outstanding principal balance of this Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date. The actual amount due and owing from time to time hereunder shall be evidenced by Lender's records of receipts and disbursements with respect to the Term Loan Facility, which shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of the amount. All capitalized terms used herein without further definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement.

 

Borrower further agrees to pay interest on the outstanding principal balance hereunder from time to time at the rates set forth in the Loan Agreement. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days but charged for the actual number of days elapsed, and shall be due and payable as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

This Term Loan Note is that certain Term Loan Note referred to in the Loan Agreement.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, the unpaid principal balance of this Term Loan Note along with all accrued and unpaid interest and unpaid Expenses shall become, or may be declared, immediately due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement. The obligations evidenced by this Term Loan Note are secured by the Collateral.

 

 
1
 
 

 

This Term Loan Note may be prepaid only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement.

 

Borrower hereby waives protest, demand, notice of nonpayment and all other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Term Loan Note.

 

This Term Loan Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law). The provisions of this Term Loan Note are to be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect or impair the remaining provisions of this Term Loan Note which shall continue in full force and effect. No modification hereof shall be binding or enforceable against Lender unless approved in writing by Lender.

 

BORROWER (AND LENDER BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION WITH ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING WITH RESPECT TO RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY DISCUSSIONS, NEGOTIATIONS OR COMMUNICATIONS INVOLVING OR RELATED TO ANY PROPOSED RENEWAL, EXTENSION, AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, RESTRUCTURE, FORBEARANCE, WORKOUT, OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

[EXECUTION PAGES FOLLOW]

 

 
2
 
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE OF TERM LOAN NOTE]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Borrower has executed these presents the day and year first above written.

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation

       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 
  Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

3

 

EXHIBIT 10.14

 

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT

(Access Restricted after Notice)

 

This Deposit Account Control Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of the date specified on the initial signature page of this Agreement, is entered into by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“First Lien Secured Party”), Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Second Lien Secured Party”; and collectively with Burnley, the “Secured Parties”) and Montgomery Bank (“Bank”), and sets forth the rights of each Secured Party and the obligations of Bank with respect to the deposit accounts of Company at Bank identified at the end of this Agreement as the Collateral Accounts (each hereinafter referred to individually as a “Collateral Account” and collectively as the “Collateral Accounts”). Each account designated as a Collateral Account includes, for purposes of this Agreement, and without the necessity of separately listing subaccount numbers, all subaccounts presently existing or hereafter established for deposit reporting purposes and integrated with the Collateral Account by an arrangement in which deposits made through subaccounts are posted only to the Collateral Account.

 

1. Secured Parties’ Interest in Collateral Accounts. Each Secured Party represents that it is either (i) a lender who has extended credit to Company and has been granted a security interest in the Collateral Accounts or (ii) such a lender and the agent for a group of such lenders. Company hereby confirms the security interest granted by Company to each Secured Party in all of Company’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral Accounts and all sums now or hereafter on deposit in or payable or withdrawable from the Collateral Accounts (the “Collateral Account Funds”).

 

 

2. Secured Parties’ Control over Collateral Accounts. Bank, Secured Parties and Company each agree that Bank will comply with instructions given to Bank by the Notice Agent (as defined below) directing disposition of funds in the Collateral Accounts (“Disposition Instructions”) without further consent by Company. Except as otherwise required by law, Bank will not agree with any third party to comply with instructions for disposition of funds in the Collateral Accounts originated by such third party. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Notice Agent” means the First Lien Secured Party until such time as Bank has received written notice from First Lien Secured Party stating in substance that henceforth Second Lien Secured Party will be Notice Agent (the “Change Notice”). For the avoidance of doubt, there shall at all times be only one Notice Agent.

 

 

3. Company Access to Collateral Accounts. Notwithstanding the provisions of the “Secured Party Control” section of this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees that Company will be allowed access to the Collateral Accounts and Collateral Account Funds until Bank receives, and has had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed two (2) Business Days, as defined in Section 6 below) to act on, written notice from the Notice Agent directing that Company no longer have access to any Collateral Accounts or Collateral Account Funds (an “Access Termination Notice”). Company irrevocably authorizes Bank to comply with any Access Termination Notice and/or Disposition Instructions even if Company objects to them in any way, and agrees that Bank may pay any and all Collateral Account Funds to Notice Agent in response to any Disposition Instructions. Company further agrees that after Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, Company will not have access to any Collateral Accounts or Collateral Account Funds.

 

 

4. Transfers in Response to Disposition Instructions. Notwithstanding the provisions of the “Secured Party Control” section of this Agreement, unless Bank separately agrees in writing to the contrary, Bank will have no obligation to disburse funds in response to Disposition Instructions other than by automatic standing wire. Bank agrees that on each Business Day after it receives and has had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed two (2) Business Days) to act on an Access Termination Notice and corresponding Disposition Instructions it will transfer to the account specified at the end of this Agreement as the Destination Account or, if no account is specified, to such account as Notice Agent specifies in the Access Termination Notice (in either case, the “Destination Account”) the full amount of the collected and available balance in the Collateral Accounts at the beginning of such Business Day. Any disposition of funds which Bank makes in response to Disposition Instructions is subject to Bank’s standard policies, procedures and documentation governing the type of disposition made; provided, however, that in no circumstances will any such disposition require Company’s consent. To the extent any Collateral Account is a certificate of deposit or time deposit, Bank will be entitled to deduct any applicable early withdrawal penalty prior to disbursing funds from such account in response to Disposition Instructions.

 

 

5. Lockboxes. To the extent items deposited to a Collateral Account have been received in one or more post office lockboxes maintained for Company by Bank (each a “Lockbox”) and processed by Bank for deposit, Company acknowledges that Company has granted each Secured Party a security interest in all such items (the “Remittances”). Company agrees that after Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, Company will have no further right or ability to instruct Bank regarding the receipt, processing or deposit of Remittances, and that Notice Agent alone will have the right and ability to so instruct Bank. Company and each Secured Party acknowledge and agree that Bank’s operation of each Lockbox, and the receipt, retrieval, processing and deposit of Remittances, will at all times be governed by the applicable treasury management services agreement, if any.

 

 

6. Balance Reports and Bank Statements. Bank agrees, at the request of either Secured Party on any day on which Bank is open to conduct its regular banking business, other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday (each a “Business Day”), to make available to such Secured Party a report (“Balance Report”) showing the opening available balance in the Collateral Accounts as of the beginning of such Business Day, by a transmission method determined by Bank, in Bank’s sole discretion. Company expressly consents to this transmission of information. After Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, Bank will, on receiving a written request from Notice Agent, send to Notice Agent by United States mail, at the address indicated for Notice Agent after its signature to this Agreement, duplicate copies of all periodic statements on the Collateral Accounts which are subsequently sent to Company.

 

 
1
 
 

 

7. Returned Items. Secured Parties and Company understand and agree that the face amount (“Returned Item Amount”) of each Returned Item will be paid by Bank debiting the Collateral Account to which the Returned Item was originally credited, without prior notice to Secured Parties or Company. As used in this Agreement, the term “Returned Item” means (i) any item deposited to a Collateral Account and returned unpaid, whether for insufficient funds or for any other reason, and without regard to timeliness of the return or the occurrence or timeliness of any drawee’s notice of non-payment; (ii) any item subject to a claim against Bank of breach of transfer or presentment warranty under the Uniform Commercial Code (as adopted in the applicable state) or Regulation CC (12 C.F.R. §229), as in effect from time to time; (iii) any automated clearing house (“ACH”) entry credited to a Collateral Account and returned unpaid or subject to an adjustment entry under applicable clearing house rules, whether for insufficient funds or for any other reason, and without regard to timeliness of the return or adjustment; (iv) any credit to a Collateral Account from a merchant card transaction, against which a contractual demand for chargeback has been made; and (v) any credit to a Collateral Account made in error. Company agrees to pay all Returned Item Amounts immediately on demand, without setoff or counterclaim, to the extent there are not sufficient funds in the applicable Collateral Account to cover the Returned Item Amounts on the day Bank attempts to debit them from the Collateral Account. After Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, the Secured Party that is the Notice Agent at the time that the Returned Item Amounts are incurred agrees to pay all Returned Item Amounts within fifteen (15) calendar days after demand, without setoff or counterclaim, to the extent that (i) the Returned Item Amounts are not paid in full by Company within five (5) calendar days after demand on Company by Bank, and (ii) such Notice Agent has received proceeds from the corresponding Returned Items under this Agreement; provided, that such Notice Agent shall not be obligated to pay Returned Items Amounts and Settlement Item Amounts in an amount in excess of the aggregate amount of Collateral Account Funds received by such Notice Agent under this Agreement.

 

 

8. Settlement Items. Secured Parties and Company understand and agree that the face amount (“Settlement Item Amount”) of each Settlement Item will be paid by Bank debiting the applicable Collateral Account, without prior notice to Secured Parties or Company. As used in this Agreement, the term “Settlement Item” means (i) each check or other payment order drawn on or payable against any controlled disbursement account or other deposit account at any time linked to any Collateral Account by a zero balance account connection or other automated funding mechanism (each a “Linked Account”), which Bank cashes or exchanges for a cashier’s check or official check in the ordinary course of business prior to receiving an Access Termination Notice and having had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed two (2) Business Days) to act on it, and which is presented for settlement against the Collateral Account (after having been presented against the Linked Account) after Bank receives the Access Termination Notice, (ii) each check or other payment order drawn on or payable against a Collateral Account, which, on the Business Day Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, Bank cashes or exchanges for a cashier’s check or official check in the ordinary course of business after Bank’s cutoff time for posting, (iii) each ACH credit entry initiated by Bank, as originating depository financial institution, on behalf of Company, as originator, prior to Bank having received an Access Termination Notice and having had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed two (2) Business Days) to act on it, which ACH credit entry settles after Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, and (iv) any other payment order drawn on or payable against a Collateral Account or any Linked Account, which Bank has paid or funded prior to receiving an Access Termination Notice and having had a reasonable opportunity to act on it, and which is first presented for settlement against the Collateral Account in the ordinary course of business after Bank receives the Access Termination Notice and has transferred Collateral Account Funds to Secured Party under this Agreement. Company agrees to pay all Settlement Item Amounts immediately on demand, without setoff or counterclaim, to the extent there are not sufficient funds in the applicable Collateral Account to cover the Settlement Item Amounts on the day they are to be debited from the Collateral Account. After Bank receives an Access Termination Notice, the Secured Party that is the Notice Agent at the time the Settlement Item Amounts are incurred agrees to pay all Settlement Item Amounts within fifteen (15) calendar days after written demand, without setoff or counterclaim, to the extent that (i) the Settlement Item Amounts are not paid in full by Company within five (5) calendar days after demand on Company by Bank, (ii) such Notice Agent has received Collateral Account Funds under this Agreement; provided, that such Notice Agent shall not be obligated to pay Returned Items Amounts and Settlement Item Amounts in an amount in excess of the aggregate amount of Collateral Account Funds received by such Notice Agent under this Agreement.

 

 
2
 
 

 

9. Bank Fees. Company agrees to pay all Bank’s fees and charges for the maintenance and administration of the Collateral Accounts and for the treasury management and other account services provided with respect to the Collateral Accounts and any Lockboxes (collectively “Bank Fees”), including, but not limited to, the fees for (a) Balance Reports provided on the Collateral Accounts, (b) funds transfer services received with respect to the Collateral Accounts, (c) lockbox processing services, (d) Returned Items, (e) funds advanced to cover overdrafts in the Collateral Accounts (but without Bank being in any way obligated to make any such advances), and (f) duplicate bank statements. The Bank Fees will be paid by Bank debiting one or more of the Collateral Accounts on the Business Day that the Bank Fees are due, without notice to either Secured Party or Company. If there are not sufficient funds in the Collateral Accounts to cover fully the Bank Fees on the Business Day Bank attempts to debit them from the Collateral Accounts, such shortfall or the amount of such Bank Fees will be paid by Company to Bank, without setoff or counterclaim, within five (5) calendar days after demand from Bank.

 

 

10. Account Documentation. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, each Secured Party and Company agree that the Collateral Accounts will be subject to, and Bank’s operation of the Collateral Accounts will be in accordance with, the terms of Bank’s applicable deposit account agreement governing the Collateral Accounts (“Account Agreement”). All documentation referenced in this Agreement as governing any Collateral Account or the processing of any Remittances is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Account Documentation”. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement are inconsistent with any of the terms of the Account Documentation, the terms of this Agreement shall control

 

 

11. Partial Subordination of Bank’s Rights. Bank hereby subordinates to the security interest or liens of each Secured Party in the Collateral Accounts (i) any security interest or liens which Bank may have or acquire in the Collateral Accounts, and (ii) any right which Bank may have or acquire to set off or otherwise apply any Collateral Account Funds against the payment of any indebtedness from time to time owing to Bank from Company, except for debits to the Collateral Accounts permitted under this Agreement for the payment of Returned Item Amounts, Settlement Item Amounts or Bank Fees.

 

 

12. Bankruptcy Notice; Effect of Filing. If Bank at any time receives notice of the commencement of a bankruptcy case or other insolvency or liquidation proceeding by or against Company, Bank will continue to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that any action required of Bank under this Agreement is prohibited under applicable bankruptcy laws or regulations or is stayed pursuant to the automatic stay imposed under the United States Bankruptcy Code or by order of any court or agency. With respect to any obligation of either Secured Party hereunder which requires prior demand on Company, the commencement of a bankruptcy case or other insolvency or liquidation proceeding by or against Company will automatically eliminate the necessity of such demand on Company by Bank, and will immediately entitle Bank to make demand on each Secured Party with the same effect as if demand had been made on Company and the time for Company’s performance had expired.

 

 

13. Legal Process, Legal Notices and Court Orders. Bank will comply with any legal process, legal notice or court order it receives in relation to a Collateral Account if Bank determines in its sole discretion that the legal process, legal notice or court order is legally binding on it.

 

 

14. Indemnification. Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank, its officers, directors, employees, and agents (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively “Losses and Liabilities”) Bank may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with (a) Bank complying with any binding legal process, legal notice or court order referred to in the immediately preceding section of this Agreement, (b) Bank following any instruction or request of either Secured Party, including but not limited to any Access Termination Notice or Disposition Instructions, or (c) Bank complying with its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such Losses and Liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent such obligations of indemnity are not satisfied by Company within five (5) Business Days after written demand on Company by Bank, the Secured Party that is the Notice Agent at the time such Losses and Liabilities are incurred will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and the other Indemnified Parties against any and all Losses and Liabilities Bank may suffer or incur as a result of Bank following any written instruction or written request of such Notice Agent, except to the extent such Losses and Liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

 
3
 
 

 

15. Bank’s Responsibility. This Agreement does not create any obligations of Bank, and Bank makes no express or implied representations or warranties with respect to its obligations under this Agreement, except for those expressly set forth herein. In particular, Bank need not investigate whether either Secured Party is entitled under such Secured Party’s agreements with Company to give an Access Termination Notice or Disposition Instructions. Bank may rely on any and all notices and communications it believes are given by the appropriate party. Bank will not be liable to Company, either Secured Party or any other party for any Losses and Liabilities caused by (i) circumstances beyond Bank’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, computer malfunctions, interruptions of communication facilities, labor difficulties, acts of God, wars, or terrorist attacks) or (ii) any other circumstances, except to the extent that such Losses and Liabilities are directly caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In no event will any party be liable for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages, whether or not the likelihood of such damages was known to such party, and regardless of the form of the claim or action, or the legal theory on which it is based.

 

 

16. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by (i) each Secured Party acting together, (ii) Second Lien Secured Party acting as Notice Agent or (iii) Bank at any time by giving thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice of such termination to the other parties to this Agreement at their contact addresses specified after their signatures to this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated immediately upon written notice from both Secured Parties acting together, or Second Lien Secured Party acting as Notice Agent, to Bank on termination or release of such Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral Accounts; provided that any notice from such Secured Party with respect to termnation or release must contain such Secured Party’s acknowledgement of the termination or release of its security interest in the Collateral Accounts. Company’s and each Secured Party’s respective obligations to report errors in funds transfers and bank statements and to pay Returned Items Amounts, Settlement Item Amounts, and Bank Fees, as well as the indemnifications made, and the limitations on the liability of Bank accepted, by Company and each Secured Party under this Agreement will continue after the termination of this Agreement with respect to all the circumstances to which they are applicable, existing or occurring before such termination, and any liability of any party to this Agreement, as determined under the provisions of this Agreement, with respect to acts or omissions of such party prior to such termination will also survive such termination; provided that the obligation of each Secured Party to pay Returned Item Amounts, Settlement Item Amounts and Bank Fees under Sections 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall terminate on the date which is one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the date of termination of this Agreement, except with respect to written claims made to such Secured Party prior to the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) calendar day period. Upon any termination of this Agreement which occurs after Bank has received an Access Termination Notice and has had a reasonable opportunity (not to exceed two (2) Business Days) to act on it, (i) Bank will transfer all collected and available balances in the Collateral Accounts on the date of such termination in accordance with Notice Agent’s written instructions, and (ii) Bank will close any Lockbox and forward any mail received at the Lockbox unopened to such address as is communicated to Bank by Notice Agent under the notice provisions of this Agreement for a period of three (3) months after the effective termination date, unless otherwise arranged between Notice Agent and Bank, provided that Bank’s fees with respect to such disposition must be prepaid directly to Bank at the time of termination by cashier’s check payable to Bank or other payment method acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

 
4
 
 

 

17. Modifications, Amendments, and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any provision thereof waived, except in a writing signed by all the parties to this Agreement.

 

 

18. Notices. All notices from one party to another must be in writing, must be delivered to Company, each Secured Party and/or Bank at their contact addresses specified after their signatures to this Agreement, or any other address of any party communicated to the other parties in writing, and will be effective on receipt. Any notice sent by a party to this Agreement to another party must also be sent to all other parties to this Agreement. Bank is authorized by Company and each Secured Party to act on any instructions or notices received by Bank if (a) such instructions or notices purport to be made in the name of Notice Agent, (b) Bank reasonably believes that they are so made, and (c) they do not conflict with the terms of this Agreement as such terms may be amended from time to time, unless such conflicting instructions or notices are supported by a court order.

 

 

19. Successors and Assigns. Neither Company nor either Secured Party may assign or transfer its rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement to any person or entity without the prior written consent of Bank, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Secured Party may transfer its rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement to (i) a transferee to which, by contract or operation of law, such Secured Party transfers substantially all of its rights, duties and obligations under the financing or other arrangements between such Secured Party and Company, or (ii) if such Secured Party is acting as a representative in whose favor a security interest is created or provided for, a transferee that is a successor representative; provided that as between Bank and such Secured Party, such Secured Party will not be released from its rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement unless and until Bank receives any such transferee’s binding written agreement to assume all of such Secured Party’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder. Bank may not assign or transfer its rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement to any person or entity without the prior written consent of each Secured Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that no such consent will be required if such assignment or transfer takes place as part of a merger, acquisition or corporate reorganization affecting Bank.

 

 

20. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the office of Bank that maintains the Collateral Accounts is located, without regard to conflict of laws principles. This state will also be deemed to be Bank’s jurisdiction, for purposes of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as it applies to this Agreement.

 

 

21. Severability. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement are inconsistent with, or prohibited or unenforceable under, any applicable law or regulation, they will be deemed ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability, and will be deemed modified and applied in a manner consistent with such law or regulation. Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed unenforceable or invalid in any jurisdiction will not affect the enforceability or validity of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the same provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which will be an original with the same effect as if the signatures were on the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier or electronic image scan transmission (such as a “pdf” file) will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of the Agreement.

 

 

23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Account Documentation, contains the entire and only agreement among all the parties to this Agreement and between Bank and Company, on the one hand, and Bank and each Secured Party, on the other hand, with respect to (a) the interest of each Secured Party in the Collateral Accounts and Collateral Account Funds, and (b) Bank’s obligations to each Secured Party in connection with the Collateral Accounts and Collateral Account Funds.

 

 

24. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION OR DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

 
5
 
 

 

This Agreement has been signed by the duly authorized officers or representatives of Company, Secured Parties and Bank on the date specified below.

 

Date: April 5, 2019

 

Collateral Account Numbers:

10878157 (Operating Account)

10878173 (Customer Deposit Account)

10878181 (Interest Account)

10878203 (Payroll Account)

 

COMPANY:

 

FIRST LIEN SECURED PARTY:

 

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDECKER INC.

BURNLEY CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

By:

/s/ Daniel O’Rourke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

Name:

Daniel O’Rourke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

Title:

CEO

 

 

Address for Notices:

Address for Notices:

 

 

c/o 1847 Partners LLC

 

Burnley Capital LLC

 

 

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

 

212 3rd Avenue N., Suite 505

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

Minneapolis MN 55401

 

 

Attn: Ellery W. Roberts

 

Attention: Daniel F. O’Rourke

 

 

Fax: (917) 793-5950

 

Email: dorourke@burnleycap.com

 

 

Phone: (617) 417-1459

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE]

 

 
6
 
 

 

 

SECOND LIEN SECURED PARTY:

 

SMALL BUSINESS COMMUNITY CAPITAL II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Crandall P. Deery

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Crandall P. Deery

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

9W Broad Street, Stamford, CT 06902

 

 

 

 

Attention: Crandall P. Deery

 

 

 

 

Email: cdeery@sbccfund.com

 

 

 

 

Phone: (203) 551-9199

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE]

 

 
7
 
 

 

MONTGOMERY BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Russel Inman

 

 

 

 

Name:

Russel Inman

 

 

 

 

Title:

Cash Management Officer

 

Address for Notices:

 

Montgomery Bank

 

13303 Manchester Rd.

 

Des Peres, MO 63131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

EXHIBIT 10.15

 

1847 HOLDINGS LLC

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of April 5, 2019 by and between 1847 HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“the “Company”), 1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC., a Delaware corporation and majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Holdco”), 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco (“1847 Goedeker” and collectively with the Company and Holdco, “1847”) and LEONITE CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”).

 

RECITAL

 

A. The parties hereto are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon the exemption from securities registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Rule 506(b) promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act;

 

B. The Purchaser desires to purchase from 1847, and 1847 desires to issue and sell to the Purchaser, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, a Secured Convertible Promissory Note of 1847, in the aggregate principal amount of Seven Hundred Fourteen Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Five and 71/100 Dollars ($714,285.71) (the “Principal Amount,”) and together with any note(s) issued in replacement thereof or as a dividend thereon or otherwise with respect thereto in accordance with the terms thereof, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note;

 

C. The Note carries an original issue discount of Sixty-Four Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Five and 71/100 Dollars ($64,285.71.00) (the “OID”), to cover the Purchaser’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees, monitoring, and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Note, which is included in the principal balance of the Note. Thus, the purchase price of this Note shall be $650,000.00, computed by subtracting the OID from the Principal Amount.

 

D. 1847 wishes to issue to the Purchaser, as additional consideration for the purchase of the Note, (i) a warrant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to purchase 200,000 of the Company’s Common Shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (the “Warrant”), both as further provided herein; (ii) shares of common stock equal to 7.5% non-dilutable interest of Holdco (“Equity Interest”); and (iii) 50,000 of the Company’s Common Shares (the “Commitment Shares”).

 

 
1
 
 

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth below, 1847 and the Purchaser, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.  AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE NOTE

 

1.1 Purchase of the Note. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, for consideration of Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000.00) in cash and in immediately available funds (the “Consideration”), the Purchaser agrees to subscribe for and purchase from 1847 on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), and 1847 agrees to issue and sell to the Purchaser, (i) the Note, (ii) the Warrant, (iii) the Equity Interest and (iv) the Commitment Shares.

 

1.2 Form of Payment. At the Closing (as hereinafter defined), the Purchaser shall pay the Consideration.

 

2. CLOSING AND DELIVERY

 

2.1 Closing Date. Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions thereto set forth in Section 6 and Section 7 below, the date and time of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be 4:00 PM, Eastern Time on the date first written above, or such other mutually agreed upon time.

 

2.2 Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date at such location as may be agreed to by the parties (including via exchange of electronic signatures).

 

2.3 Delivery. At the Closing, or as promptly as commercially reasonable thereafter, in addition to the delivery by the Purchaser of the Consideration and the delivery by 1847 to the Purchaser of the Note, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Purchaser the Warrant and the Commitment Shares and Holdco shall issue and deliver to the Purchaser the Equity Interest.

 

 
2
 
 

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES THE COMPANY

 

Except as set forth in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedule delivered to the Purchaser concurrently herewith and attached hereto as Schedule I (the “Disclosure Schedule”) or as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials (as defined below), the 1847 hereby makes the following representations and warranties as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the Purchaser:

 

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. Company and each of its Subsidiaries (as defined below) is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. Each of Company and its Subsidiaries has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in (i) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Subscription Document, (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business or financial condition of Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) adversely impair the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Subscription Document (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

3.2 Corporate Power. 1847 has all requisite corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement and enter into the security and pledge agreement of even date herewith (the “Security and Pledge Agreement”) in the form of Exhibit C and the other instruments, documents and agreements being entered into at the Closing (each a “Subscription Document” and collectively, the “Subscription Documents”) and to carry out and perform its respective obligations under the terms of the Subscription Documents, including, to issue the Note, with respect to Holdco, to issue the Equity Interest and with respect to the Company, to issue the Warrants and the Commitment Shares.

 

3.3 Subsidiaries and Affiliates. Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and correct description of all of Company’s Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the capitalization (including options, warrants and other such equity), pro forma as of the date hereof reflecting all pending acquisitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Subsidiary” means, with respect to Company, any corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such corporation or entity (regardless of whether or not at the time, in the case of a corporation, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by Company or one or more of its Affiliates, provided, however, that such term does not include any subsidiary formed by the Company that is not and has not been active and operational, and the term “Affiliate” means, as to any person (the “Subject Person”), any other person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the Subject Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through representation on such person’s board of directors or other management committee or group, by contract or otherwise.

 
 
3
 
 

 

3.4 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of each of the Company, 1847 Goedeker and Holdco, its respective directors and its respective stockholders necessary for the authorization of the Subscription Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance of all respective obligations under the Subscription Documents, including the issuance and delivery of the Note, the Equity Interest, the Commitment Shares, the Warrants and the reservation of the equity securities issuable upon conversion of the Note and the exercise of the Warrants (collectively, the “Underlying Securities”) has been taken or will be taken prior to the issuance of such Underlying Securities. The Subscription Documents, when executed and delivered by 1847 shall constitute valid and binding obligations of 1847 enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, the relief of debtors and, with respect to rights to indemnity, subject to federal and state securities laws. The Underlying Securities, when issued in compliance with the provisions of the Subscription Documents, will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of any liens, encumbrances, security interests or other adverse claim (a “Lien”) and issued in compliance with all applicable federal and securities laws.

 

3.5 Governmental Consents. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other foreign, federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco, of the Subscription Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) applicable Blue Sky filings, (b) such as have already been obtained or such exemptive filings as are required to be made under applicable securities laws, (c) such other filings that have been made pursuant to applicable state securities laws and post-sale filings pursuant to applicable state and federal securities laws which the Company undertakes to file within the applicable time periods. Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 4 hereof, 1847 has taken all action necessary to exempt: (i) the issuance and sale of the Note, the Warrant and the Commitment Shares, (ii) the issuance of the Equity Interest, (iii) the issuance of the Underlying Securities upon due conversion of the Note and due exercise of the Warrant, and (iv) the other transactions contemplated by the Subscription Documents from the provisions of any preemptive rights, stockholder rights plan or other “poison pill” arrangement, any anti-takeover, business combination or control share law or statute binding on the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco, or to which the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco, or any of its respective assets and properties may be subject and any provision of its respective Articles of Incorporation or Certificate of Incorporation, as the case may be, or its respective Bylaws, or other organizational documentation, as the case may be, that is or could reasonably be expected to become applicable to the Purchaser as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation, the issuance of the Note, the Equity Interest, the Commitment Shares, the Warrant, and the Underlying Securities (collectively, the “Securities”) and the ownership, disposition or voting of the Securities by the Purchaser or the exercise of any right granted to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the other Subscription Documents.

 

3.6 Compliance with Laws. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties, which violation would materially and adversely affect the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or operations of Company and its Subsidiaries.

 
 
4
 
 

 

3.7 Compliance with Other Instruments. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation or default of any term of its organizational documents, or of any provision of any mortgage, indenture or contract to which it is a party and by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ, other than such violations that would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco. Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance of the Subscription Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Documents will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with, or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, decree, order or writ or an event that results in the creation of any Lien upon any assets of 1847 or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties. The sale of the Note, the issuance of the Commitment Shares and the Warrant and the subsequent issuance of the Underlying Securities are not and will not be subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal that have not been properly waived or complied with.

 

3.8 Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Section 4 hereof, the offer, issue, and sale of Securities are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, and have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit, or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”) is applicable to 1847 or, to 1847’s knowledge, any person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1) of the Securities Act, except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable.

 

3.9 Capitalization. Company has authorized 500,000,000 Common Shares and 1,000 allocation shares. Holdco has authorized 5,000 shares of Common Stock. All outstanding shares of capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws. Except for the Equity Interests, the Warrant, the Commitment Shares and the Underlying Securities or as otherwise listed in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding options, warrants, script rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of common stock, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of common stock, or securities or rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock. There are no price based anti-dilution or price adjustment provisions contained in any security issued by Company or Holdco (or in any agreement providing rights to security holders) and the issue and sale of the Securities will not obligate Company or Holdco to issue shares of Common Shares or Common Stock, respectively, or other securities to any person (other than the Purchaser) and will not result in a right of any holder of 1847’s securities to adjust the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price under such securities. Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock of each Subsidiary free and clear of any Liens, and all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights.

 
 
5
 
 

 

3.10 SEC Reports; Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has filed all reports and registration statements required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the two years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period as the Company was required by law to file such material) (the foregoing materials, including the exhibits thereto, being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports” and, together with the Disclosure Schedule to this Agreement, the “Disclosure Materials”). As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, and none of the SEC Reports, when filed, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Except as indicated in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, the financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (“GAAP”), except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.

 

3.11 Material Changes. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or that could result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or required to be disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting or the identity of its auditors, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, and (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate, except pursuant to existing Company stock-based plans or agreements.

 

 
6
 
 

 

3.12 Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule , there is no action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign) (collectively, an “Action”) which: (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Subscription Documents or the Securities or (ii) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by governmental authority involving the Company or any Subsidiary or any of its respective current or former directors or officers.

 

3.13 Labor Relations. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreements or other agreements with labor organizations. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary has violated in any material respect any laws, regulations, orders or contract terms, affecting the collective bargaining rights of employees, labor organizations or any laws, regulations or orders affecting employment discrimination, equal opportunity employment, or employees’ health, safety, welfare, wages and hours. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.14 Regulatory Permits. Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such permits would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (“Material Permits”), and neither Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit.

 

3.15 Title to Assets. Except as set forth in Section 3.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them that is material to the business of Company and the Subsidiaries and good and marketable title in all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by Company and the Subsidiaries and Liens for the payment of federal, state or other taxes, the payment of which is neither delinquent nor subject to penalties. Any real property and facilities held under lease by Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases of which Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance.

 
 
7
 
 

 

3.16 Taxes.

 

(a) Except as otherwise itemized in Section 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, Company and its Subsidiaries have timely and properly filed all tax returns required to be filed by them for all years and periods (and portions thereof) for which any such tax returns were due, except where the failure to so file would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all such filed tax returns are accurate in all material respects; the Company has timely paid all taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on filed tax returns), except where the failure to so pay would not have exceeded $10,000 in the aggregate or have a Material Adverse Effect; there are no pending assessments, asserted deficiencies or claims for additional taxes that have not been paid; the reserves for taxes, if any, reflected in the financial statements are adequate, and there are no Liens for taxes on any property or assets of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens for taxes not yet due and payable); there have been no audits or examinations of any tax returns by any (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; or (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental or administrative division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, organization, unit, body or entity) and any court or other tribunal (a “Governmental Body”), and the Company or its Subsidiaries have not received any notice that such audit or examination is pending or contemplated; no claim has been made by any Governmental Body in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file tax returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction; to the knowledge of the Company, no state of facts exists or has existed which would constitute grounds for the assessment of any penalty or any further tax liability beyond that shown on the respective tax returns; and there are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitation for the assessment or collection of any tax.

 

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any tax-sharing agreement or similar arrangement with any other Person.

 

(c) The Company has made all necessary disclosures required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4. The Company has not been a participant in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

 

(d) No payment or benefit paid or provided, or to be paid or provided, to current or former employees, directors or other service providers of the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco will fail to be deductible for federal income tax purposes under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

3.17 Patents and Trademarks. Company and the Subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other similar rights that are necessary or material for use in connection with their respective businesses and which the failure to so have could have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Rights”). Neither Company nor any Subsidiary has received a written notice that the Intellectual Property Rights used by Company or any Subsidiary violates or infringes upon the rights of any Person. All such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable. Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to protect Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ rights in their Intellectual Property Rights and confidential information (the “Confidential Information”). Each employee, consultant and contractor who has had access to Confidential Information which is necessary for the conduct of Company’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted has executed an agreement to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and has executed appropriate agreements that are substantially consistent with the Company’s standard forms thereof. Except under confidentiality obligations, there has been no material disclosure of any of Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ Confidential Information to any third party.

 
 
8
 
 

 

3.18 Environmental Matters. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any Governmental Body relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate; and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened investigation that might lead to such a claim.

 

3.19 Insurance. Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business without a significant increase in cost.

 

3.20 Transactions with Affiliates and Employees. Except as disclosed in the Company’s audited financial statements or the Disclosure Materials, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner, in each case in excess of $10,000 other than (a) for payment of salary or consulting fees for services rendered, (b) reimbursement for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (c) for other employee benefits, including stock option agreements under any stock option plan of Company.

 

3.21 Brokers and Finders. No person, with the exception of Craft Capital, will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Documents, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon Company, any Subsidiary or the Purchaser for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company.

 
 
9
 
 

 

3.22 Questionable Payments. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of their respective current or former stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or other persons acting on behalf of Company or any Subsidiary, has on behalf of Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with their respective businesses: (a) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to any governmental officials or employees from corporate funds; (c) established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded fund of corporate monies or other assets; (d) made any false or fictitious entries on the books and records of Company or any Subsidiary; or (e) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of any nature.

 

3.23 Solvency. None of the Company, 1847 Goedeker or Holdco has (a) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of any involuntary petition by its creditors; (c) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of its assets; (d) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of its assets; (e) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due; or (f) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

 

3.24 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly: (a) used any funds, or will use any proceeds from the sale of the Securities, for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (b) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (c) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or made by any person acting on their behalf of which the Company is aware) or any members of their respective management which is in violation of any legal requirement, or (d) has violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder which was applicable to Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

3.25 Disclosures. Neither the Company, 1847 Goedeker, Holdco nor any person acting on their behalf has provided the Purchaser or its agents or counsel with any information that constitutes or might constitute material, non-public information, other than the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby. The written materials delivered to the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Documents do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 
 
10
 
 

 

3.26 Transfer Agent. Company represents and warrants that it will not replace its transfer agents without Purchaser’s permission so long as the Note is outstanding. Company acknowledges that this is extremely material to the Note and the investment is made on the basis of the assumption that this will not happen.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

 

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. The Purchaser represents that it is acquiring the Note solely for its own account and beneficial interest for investment and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Note or any part thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, and does not presently have reason to anticipate a change in such intention.

 

4.2 Information and Sophistication. Without lessening or obviating the representations and warranties of 1847 set forth in Section 3, the Purchaser hereby: (a) acknowledges that it has received all the information it has requested from 1847 and it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Note, (b) represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from 1847 regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Note and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given the Purchaser and (c) further represents that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

 

4.3 Ability to Bear Economic Risk. The Purchaser acknowledges that investment in the Note involves a high degree of risk, and represents that it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Note for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

 

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Act.

 

4.5 Existence; Authorization. The Purchaser is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, having full power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as conducted. The principal place of business of the Purchaser is as shown on the Accredited Investor Questionnaire. The Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to deliver this Agreement, perform its obligations set forth herein, and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and has obtained the necessary authorization to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform his, her or its obligations herein and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement, assuming the due execution and delivery hereof by the Company, 1847 Goedeker and Holdco, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

 

4.6 No Regulatory Approval. The Purchaser understands that no state or federal authority has scrutinized this Agreement or the Note offered pursuant hereto, has made any finding or determination relating to the fairness for investment in the Note, or has recommended or endorsed the Note, and that the Note has not been registered or qualified under the Act or any state securities laws, in reliance upon exemptions from registration thereunder. The Note may not, in whole or in part, be resold, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless it is registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available, and unless the proposed disposition is in compliance with the restrictions on transferability under federal and state securities laws.

 

4.7 Purchaser Received Independent Advice. The Purchaser confirms that the Purchaser has been advised to consult with the Purchaser’s independent attorney regarding legal matters concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and to consult with independent tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser understands that any anticipated United States federal or state income tax benefits may not be available and, further, may be adversely affected through adoption of new laws or regulations or amendments to existing laws or regulations. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that 1847 is providing no warranty or assurance regarding the ultimate availability of any tax benefits to the Purchaser by reason of the subscription.

 

 
11
 
 

 

4.8 Legends. The Purchaser understands that until such time as the Note, the Warrant, and, upon the conversion of the Note and the exercise of the Warrant in accordance with its respective terms, the Underlying Securities, and the Commitment Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A under the Securities Act or Regulation S without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, the Securities may bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop- transfer order may be placed against transfer of the certificates for such Securities):

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE CONVERTIBLE OR EXERCISABLE (IF APPLICABLE), HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144, RULE 144A OR REGULATION S UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

 

5. FURTHER AGREEMENTS; POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

5.1 Warrant. As consideration for entering into this Agreement, Company shall issue to the Purchaser a warrant for 200,000 shares of the authorized shares of the Company’s Common Shares (the “Warrant”). The Warrant shall have a term of sixty (60) months, be exercisable at a price equal to the $1.25 per share and shall contain full-ratchet anti-dilution protection provisions.

 

5.2 Use of Proceeds. Company shall use the proceeds of sale and issuance of the Note solely to fund the expenses of the purchase of the assets of Goedeker Television Co., Inc. (“GI”).

 

5.3 Equity Interest. Holdco shall issue the Equity Interest to Purchaser.

 

5.4 Form D; Blue Sky Laws. 1847 agrees to file a Form D with respect to the Securities as required under Regulation D and to provide a copy thereof to the Purchaser promptly after such filing. Company shall take such action as Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Securities for sale to the Purchaser at the applicable closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “blue sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification), and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Purchaser on or prior to the initial closing.

 
 
12
 
 

 

5.5 Most Favored Nations. If, after the Issue Date, Company or any Subsidiary issues any other security with any term reasonably believed by the Purchaser to be more favorable to the holder of such security or with a term in favor of the holder of such security that was not similarly provided to the Purchaser in the Note (“Other Securities”), the Company shall notify the Purchaser in writing of such additional or more favorable term. At the Purchaser’s option, such more favorable term or condition shall become a part of the Subscription Documents with the Purchaser. The Company will provide such notice to the Purchaser within three (3) business days following the issuance of such Other Securities. In the event the Purchaser determines that the terms of the Other Securities are preferable to the terms of the Note, the Purchaser will notify the Company in writing within five 5 days following Purchaser’s receipt of such notice from the Company. Within three (3) business days after receipt of such written notice from the Purchaser, but in any event within 10 days, the Company will amend and restate the Subscription Documents to include the more favorable term or condition and thereby grant to the Purchaser such preferential rights of the holders of such Other Securities. The types of terms contained in Other Securities that may be more favorable to the holder of such security include, but are not limited to, terms addressing conversion discounts, prepayment rate, conversion lookback periods, interest rates, original issue discounts, stock sale price, private placement price per share, and warrant coverage.

 

5.6 Restrictions on Activities. Commencing as of the date first above written, and so long as 1847 has an obligation under the Note, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, without the Purchaser’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld: (a) change the nature of its business; (b) sell, divest, acquire, change the structure of any material assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or (c) solicit any offers for, respond to any unsolicited offers for, or conduct any negotiations with any other person or entity in respect of any variable rate debt transactions (i.e., transactions were the conversion or exercise price of the security issued by the Company varies based on the market price of the Common Shares) or merchant cash advance transactions action in which it sells future receivables at a discount or a substantially similar transaction., whether a transaction similar to the one contemplated hereby or any other investment.

 

5.7 Sale of Assets; Issuance of Equity or Debt. Should 1847 sell any material assets, or issue and equity or debt, including the sale of any Subsidiary, 1847 shall use the net proceeds of any such sale to repay the Note.

 

5.8 Usury. To the extent it may lawfully do so, 1847 hereby agrees not to insist upon or plead or in any manner whatsoever claim, and will resist any and all efforts to be compelled to take the benefit or advantage of, usury laws wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, in connection with any action or proceeding that may be brought by the Purchaser in order to enforce any right or remedy under the Note. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Note, it is expressly agreed and provided that the total liability of 1847 under the Note for payments which under New York law are in the nature of interest shall not exceed the maximum lawful rate authorized under applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”), and, without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall any rate of interest or default interest, or both of them, when aggregated with any other sums which under New York law in the nature of interest that 1847 may be obligated to pay under the Note exceed such Maximum Rate. It is agreed that if the maximum contract rate of interest allowed by New York law and applicable to the Note is increased or decreased by statute or any official governmental action subsequent to the date hereof, the new maximum contract rate of interest allowed by law will be the Maximum Rate applicable to the Note from the effective date thereof forward, unless such application is precluded by applicable law. If under any circumstances whatsoever, interest in excess of the Maximum Rate is paid by 1847 to the Purchaser with respect to indebtedness evidenced by the Note, such excess shall be applied by the Purchaser to the unpaid principal balance of any such indebtedness or be refunded to 1847, the manner of handling such excess to be at the Purchaser’s election.

 
 
13
 
 

 

5.9 Registration Rights.

 

(a) Piggy-Back Registration. Company shall give the Purchaser at least 30 days’ prior written notice of each filing by Company of a registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or on any successor forms thereto) with the SEC. If requested by the Purchaser in writing within 20 days after receipt of any such notice, Company shall, at Company’s sole expense (other than the underwriting discounts, if any, payable in respect of the shares sold by the Purchaser), register all or, at Purchaser’s option, any portion of the Commitment Shares and Underlying Securities (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”) concurrently with the registration of such other securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the public offering and sale of the Registrable Securities through the securities exchange, if any, on which the Common Shares is being sold or on the over-the-counter market, and will use its reasonable best efforts through its officers, directors, auditors, and counsel to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable. If the managing underwriter of any such offering shall determine and advise Company that, in its opinion, the distribution of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration concurrently with the securities being registered by Company would materially adversely affect the distribution of such securities by Company then Company will include in such registration first, the securities that Company proposes to sell and second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, to the extent permitted by the managing underwriter.

 

(b) In the event of a registration pursuant to these provisions, Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities so registered to be registered or qualified for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Purchaser may reasonably request; provided, however, that Company shall not be required to qualify to do business in any state by reason of this section in which it is not otherwise required to qualify to do business.

 

(c) Company shall keep effective any registration or qualification contemplated by this section and shall from time to time amend or supplement each applicable registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, application, document and communication for such period of time as shall be required to permit the Purchaser to complete the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities covered thereby.

 

(d) In the event of a registration pursuant to the provisions of this section, Company shall furnish to the Purchaser such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case, including all exhibits), of each prospectus contained in such registration statement and each supplement or amendment thereto (including each preliminary prospectus), all of which shall conform to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and such other documents, as the Purchaser may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 
 
14
 
 

 

(e) Company shall notify the Purchaser within three (3) business days after such registration statement has become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

 

(f) Company shall advise the Purchaser within three (3) business days after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and within three (3) business days take action using its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued.

 

(g) Company shall within three (3) business days notify the Purchaser at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the reasonable request of the Purchaser prepare and furnish to it such number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities or securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made. The Purchaser shall suspend all sales of the Registrable Securities upon receipt of such notice from Company and shall not re-commence sales until they receive copies of any necessary amendment or supplement to such prospectus, which shall be delivered to the Purchaser within 30 days of the date of such notice from Company.

 

(h) If requested by the underwriter for any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, Company and the Purchaser will enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriter for such offering, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to Company, Company’s counsel and the Purchaser’ counsel, and the underwriter, and such agreement shall contain such representations and warranties by Company and the Purchaser and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in an underwriting agreement with respect to secondary distributions solely by selling stockholders, including, without limitation, indemnities substantially to the effect and to the extent provided below.

 
 
15
 
 

 

(i) The rights of the Purchaser under this Section 5.9 shall apply equally to the filing by Company of an offering statement on Form 1-A under Regulation A promulgated under the Act and, if Company files such an offering statement instead of a registration statement, all references to (A) registration statement shall be deemed to be references to offering statement, (B) prospectus shall be deemed to be references to offering circular, and (C) effective date of a registration statement shall be deemed to be references to qualification date of an offering statement. The Purchaser’s rights under this Section 5.9 shall automatically terminate once the Purchaser has sold all of the Registrable Securities or all of the Registrable Securities may be resold by the Purchaser under Rule 144 of the Act without limitation as to the volume of Registrable Securities to be sold.

 

5.10 Legal Counsel Opinions.

 

(a) Upon the request of the Purchaser from to time to time, Company shall be responsible (at its cost) for promptly supplying to Company’s transfer agent and the Purchaser a customary legal opinion letter of its counsel (the “Legal Counsel Opinion”) to the effect that the resale of the Registrable Securities by the Purchaser or its affiliates, successors and assigns is exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act pursuant to Rule 144 (provided the requirements of Rule 144 are satisfied and provided the Registrable Securities are not then registered under the 1933 Act for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement). Should Company’s legal counsel fail for any reason to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, the Purchaser may (at Company’s cost) secure another legal counsel to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, and Company will instruct its transfer agent to accept such opinion. Company shall not impede the removal by its stock transfer agent of the restricted legend from any Common Shares certificate upon receipt by the transfer agent of a Rule 144 Opinion Letter. Company HEREBY AGREES THAT IT MAY NEVER TAKE THE POSITION THAT IT IS A “SHELL COMPANY” IN CONNECTION WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE.

 

5.11 Listing. Company will, so long as the Purchaser owns any of the Securities, maintain the listing and trading of its Common Shares on the OTC Pink or any equivalent exchange or electronic quotation system and will comply in all respects with Company’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws or rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and such exchanges, as applicable, as well as with the SEC. Company shall promptly provide to the Purchaser copies of any notices it receives from the OTCQB and any other exchanges or electronic quotation systems on which the Common Shares is then traded regarding the continued eligibility of the Common Shares for listing on such exchanges and quotation systems.

 
 
16
 
 

 

5.12 Information and Observer Rights

 

(a) As long as the Purchaser owns at least five percent (5%) of the Securities originally purchased hereunder, Company covenants to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by Company pursuant to the Exchange Act. As long as the Purchaser at least five percent (5%) of the Securities originally purchased hereunder, if Company is not required to file reports pursuant to such laws, it will prepare and furnish to the Purchaser and simultaneously make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Purchaser to sell the Securities under Rule 144. Company further covenants that it will take such further action as any holder of Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Purchaser to sell the Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144. If Company fails to remain current in its reporting obligations or to provide currently publicly available information in accordance with Rule 144(c) and such failure extends for a period of more than fifteen Trading Days (the date which such five Trading Day-period is exceeded, being referred to as “Event Date”), then in addition to any other rights the Purchaser may have hereunder or under applicable law, on each such Event Date and on each monthly anniversary of each such Event Date (if the applicable Event shall not have been cured by such date) until the information failure is cured, Company shall pay to the Purchaser an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) of purchase price paid for the Securities held by the Purchaser at the Event Date with a maximum amount of liquidated damages payable hereunder being capped at One Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($150,000.00). The partial liquidated damages pursuant to the terms hereof shall apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of an information failure (except in the case of the first Event Date).

 

(b) As long as the Purchaser owns any Securities, if the Purchaser notifies Company that it wishes to attend meetings of Company’s Board of Directors, Company shall invite a designated representative of the Purchaser to attend all meetings of Company’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, and subject to the Purchaser’s having informed Company that it wishes to attend, Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest.

 

5.13 Confidentiality. The Purchaser agrees that the it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 5.13 by the Purchaser), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Purchaser without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Purchaser by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that the Purchaser may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from the Purchaser, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.13; (iii) to any existing or prospective affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of the Purchaser in the ordinary course of business, provided that the Purchaser informs such person that such information is confidential and directs such person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Purchaser notifies the Company within three (3) business days of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 
 
17
 
 

 

5.14 Restrictions. Unless approved by the Purchaser, Company and each Subsidiary shall not enter into an agreement to effect any sale of securities involving, or convert any securities previously issued under, a Variable Rate Transaction or a merchant cash advance transaction in which it sells future receivables at a discount, or a substantially similar transaction. The term “Variable Rate Transaction” means a transaction in which Company or any Subsidiary (i) issues or sells any convertible securities either (A) at a conversion, exercise or exchange rate or other price that is based upon and/or varies with the trading prices of, or quotations for, the shares of Common Shares at any time after the initial issuance of such convertible securities, or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such convertible securities or upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the market for the Common Shares, other than pursuant to a customary “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, or (ii) enters into any agreement (including, without limitation, an “equity line of credit” or an “at-the-market offering”) whereby Company or any Subsidiary may sell securities at a future determined price (other than standard and customary “preemptive” or “participation” rights). The Purchaser shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against Company and its Subsidiaries to preclude any such issuance, which remedy shall be in addition to any right to collect damages.

 

5.15 Participation Rights. In the event Company proposes to offer and sell its securities in an Equity Financing (defined below), the Purchaser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in the purchase of the securities being offered in such Equity Financing up to an amount equal to the Principal Amount until the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date (as defined in the Note), (ii) the date that the Note and all accrued but unpaid interest shall have been repaid in full, and (iii) the closing date of an Equity Financing in which all, or any remaining portion, of the outstanding principal amount of the Note along with accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall have been converted, in full, into, and on the same terms as, the securities being offered in such Equity Financing (the “Participation Right”). For the avoidance of doubt, an “Equity Financing” shall mean Company’s sale of its Common Shares or any securities conferring the right to purchase Company’s Common Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for (with or without additional consideration), Company’s Common Shares or the offer or sale of any debt. In connection with each Participation Right, Company shall provide written notice to the Purchaser of the terms and conditions of the Equity Financing at least ten business days prior to the anticipated first closing of such Equity Financing (the “EF Notice”). If the Purchaser shall elect to exercise its Participation Right, it shall notify Company, in writing, of such election at least two business days prior to the anticipated closing date set forth in the EF Notice (the “Participation Notice”). In the event the Purchaser does not return a Participation Notice to Company within such two-business day period, the Participation Right granted hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force and effect; provided, however, that such Participation Right shall be reinstated if the anticipated closing referenced in the EF Notice does not occur prior to ten business days following the anticipated first closing date specified in such EF notice.

 
 
18
 
 

 

5.16 Breach of Covenants. The Company acknowledges and agrees that if the Company breaches any covenants set forth in this Section 5 and such breach continues for a period of ten (10) days, in addition to any other remedies available to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, it will be considered an Event of Default under Section 4.3 of the Note.

 

5.17 Transfer Agent Instructions. Company shall issue irrevocable instructions to Company’s transfer agent to issue certificates, registered in the name of the Purchaser or its nominee, upon issuance of the Equity Interest or exercise of the Warrant, in such amounts as specified from time to time by the Purchaser to Company in accordance with the terms thereof (the “Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions”). In the event that Company proposes to replace its transfer agent, Company shall provide, prior to the effective date of such replacement, a fully executed Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions in a form as initially delivered pursuant to this Agreement (including but not limited to the provision to irrevocably reserved shares of Common Shares in the Reserved Amount (as defined in the Note)) signed by the successor transfer agent to Company and Company. Prior to registration of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act or the date on which the Registrable Securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of Securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, all such certificates shall bear the restrictive legend specified in Section 4.8 of this Agreement. Company warrants that: (i) no instruction other than the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions referred to in this Section 5.17 will be given by Company to its transfer agent and that the Securities shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books and records of Company as and to the extent provided in this Agreement and the Note; (ii) it will not direct its transfer agent not to transfer or delay, impair, and/or hinder its transfer agent in transferring (or issuing)(electronically or in certificated form) any certificate for Securities to be issued to the Purchaser upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note as and when required by the Note and this Agreement; (iii) it will not fail to remove (or directs its transfer agent not to remove or impairs, delays, and/or hinders its transfer agent from removing) any restrictive legend (or to withdraw any stop transfer instructions in respect thereof) on any certificate for any Securities issued to the Purchaser upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to the Note as and when required by the Note and this Agreement and (iv) it will provide any required corporate resolutions and issuance approvals to its transfer agent within 6 hours of each conversion of the Note. Nothing in this Section shall affect in any way the Purchaser’s obligations and agreement set forth in Section 4.9 hereof to comply with all applicable prospectus delivery requirements, if any, upon re-sale of the Securities. If the Purchaser provides Company, at the cost of Company, with (i) an opinion of counsel in form, substance and scope customary for opinions in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Securities may be made without registration under the 1933 Act and such sale or transfer is effected or (ii) the Purchaser provides reasonable assurances that the Securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144, Company shall permit the transfer, and, in the case of the Securities, promptly instruct its transfer agent to issue one or more certificates, free from restrictive legend, in such name and in such denominations as specified by the Purchaser. Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Purchaser, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transactions contemplated hereby. Accordingly, Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Section 5.17 may be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Company of the provisions of this Section, that the Purchaser shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any breach and requiring immediate transfer, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 
 
19
 
 

 

5.18 Further Assurances. The Purchaser agrees and covenants that at any time and from time to time it will execute and deliver to the Company such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require within three (3) business days of any such request in order to carry out the full intent and purpose of this Agreement and to comply with state or federal securities laws or other regulatory approvals.

 

6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Note to the Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions thereto, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

 

(a) The Purchaser shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Company.

 

(b) The Purchaser shall have delivered the Consideration in accordance with Section 1.2 above.

 

(c) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date, as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and the Purchaser shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Purchaser at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d) No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 
 
20
 
 

 

7. CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE

 

The obligation of the Purchaser hereunder to purchase the Note, on the Closing Date, is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Purchaser’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Purchaser at any time in its sole discretion:

 

(a) The Company shall have executed this Agreement and delivered the same to the Purchaser.

 

(b) The Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser the duly executed Note in such denominations as the Purchaser shall request and in accordance with Section 1.2 above.

 

(c) Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser the Warrant.

 

(d) Company shall have delivered executed Subscription Documents or such other instruments as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e) Purchaser has filed a Uniform Commercial Financing Statement evidencing a first priority security interest in the equity interests that the Company owns in Holdco and its other subsidiary, 1847 Neese Inc., and a third, priority security interest in all of the assets of 1847 Goedeker that is subordinate to the prior rights of the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Note) and Company has provided the necessary documents to perfect Purchaser’s first priority security in such equity interests owned by Company and third priority security interest in all the assets of 1847 Goedeker.

 

(f) The Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, shall have been delivered to and acknowledged in writing by Company’s Transfer Agent.

 

(g) The representations and warranties of 1847 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of Closing Date, as though made at such time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) and 1847 shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by 1847 at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(h) No litigation, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by or in any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or any self-regulatory organization having authority over the matters contemplated hereby which prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 
 
21
 
 

 

(i) No event shall have occurred which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on 1847 including but not limited to a change in the Exchange Act reporting status of the Company or the failure of the Company to be timely in its Exchange Act reporting obligations.

 

(j) Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser (i) a certificate evidencing the formation and good standing of Company and each of its Subsidiaries in such entity’s jurisdiction of formation issued by the Secretary of State (or comparable office) of such jurisdiction, as of a date within ten (10) days of the Closing Date; (ii) resolutions adopted by each of Company’s Board of Managers, 1847 Goedeker’s Board of Directors, and Holdco’s Board of Directors, at a duly called meeting or by unanimous written consent authorizing this Agreement and all other documents, instruments and transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) lien searches for Company dated within ten (10) days of the Closing Date and again as of the Closing Date.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Binding Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

8.2 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in Rockland County, New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof (certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.

 

8.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 
 
22
 
 

 

8.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

8.5 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to 1847 at 590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor, New York New York, 10022, Attn: Ellery Roberts, Chief Executive Officer, and to Purchaser at the addresses set forth on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other addresses as the Company or Purchaser may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

8.6 Modification; Waiver. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to departure therefrom shall be effective only upon the written consent of the parties hereto. Any provision of the Note may be amended or waived by the written consent of the parties thereto.

 

8.7 Expenses. The Company and the Purchaser shall each bear its respective expenses and legal fees incurred with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein; provided, however, that the Purchaser may retain $10,000 of the Consideration to cover its expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.8 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Purchaser, upon any breach or default of the Company under the Subscription Documents shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character by Purchaser of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver by any Purchaser of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing and that all remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to the Purchaser, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

8.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
23
 
 

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Securities Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

1847 HOLDINGS LLC

 

PURCHASER:

 

LEONITE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

By:

/s/ Avi Geller

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

Name:

Avi Geller

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

Chief Investment Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

590 Madison Ave.

21st Floor

New York New York 10022

 

Address:

1 Hillcrest Center Dr, Suite 232

Spring Valley, NY 10977

 

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Barry

 

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Barry

 

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

[Leonite Securities Purchase Agreement – Signature page]

 

 

24

 

EXHIBIT 10.16

 

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUER WILL MAKE AVAILABLE TO ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE, (2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE, (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE, AND (4) ANY OTHER INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY U.S. TREASURY REGULATIONS UPON RECEIVING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: 590 MADISON AVENUE, 21ST FLOOR, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022.

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE MAKER, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT.

 

Principal Amount: $714,285.71 Issue Date: April, 2019

Purchase Price: $650,000.00

Original Issue Discount: $64,285.71

 

 

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 1847 HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“EFSH”), 1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC., a Delaware corporation and majority-owned subsidiary of EFSH (“Holdco”), and 1847 GOEDEKER INC. a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco (“GI” and with EFSH and Holdco, collectively hereinafter called “Borrower”) jointly and severally hereby promises to pay to the order of LEONITE CAPITAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or registered assigns (the “Holder”) the principal sum of Seven Hundred Fourteen Thousand Two Hundred Eighty-Five and 71/100 Dollars ($714,285.71) (the “Principal Amount”), together with interest on the Principal Amount at the rate of the greater of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum and (ii) the prime rate as set forth in the Wall Street Journal on the date hereof plus six and one-half percent (6.5%) guaranteed over the holding period (the “Stated Rate”) on the unconverted Principal Amount, on the dates set forth below or upon acceleration or otherwise, as set forth herein (the “Note”). The consideration to the Borrower for this Note is Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000.00) (the “Consideration”). Holder shall pay the Consideration on the Issue Date. The maturity date (“Maturity Date”) shall be twelve (12) months from the Issue Date (the “Term”). The principal sum, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest and other fees shall be due and payable in accordance with the payment terms set forth in Article I herein. Subject to Section 5.8 below, this Note may not be prepaid in whole or in part except as otherwise explicitly set forth herein. Any amount of principal, interest, other amounts due hereunder or penalties on this Note, which is not paid by the Maturity Date, shall bear interest at the lesser of the rate of twenty four percent (24%) per annum or the maximum legal amount permitted by law, from the due date thereof until the same is paid (“Default Interest”). Interest shall commence accruing on the date that the Note is fully paid and shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. All payments due hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America. All payments shall be made at such address as the Holder shall hereafter give to the Borrower by written notice made in accordance with the provisions of this Note. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a business day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a business day and, in the case of any interest payment date which is not the date on which this Note is paid in full, the extension of the due date thereof shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of interest due on such date. As used in this Note, the term “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the city of New York, New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.

 
 
1
 
 

 

This Note carries an original issue discount of $64,285.71 (the “OID”), to cover the Holder’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees, monitoring, and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Note, which is included in the principal balance of this Note. Thus, the purchase price of this Note shall be $650,000.00, computed as follows: The Principal Amount minus the OID.

 

It is further acknowledged and agreed that the Principal Amount owed by Borrower under this Note shall be increased by the amount of all reasonable expenses incurred by the Holder in connection with the enforcement of this Note. All such expenses shall be deemed added to the Principal Amount hereunder to the extent such expenses are paid by the Holder.

 

This Note shall be a senior secured obligation of EFSH and a subordinated secured obligation of Holdco and GI, with, except as expressly provided in the Security and Pledge Agreement (as defined below) a first priority security interest over all current and future Indebtedness of EFSH and a third priority over all current and future Indebtedness (as defined below) of Holdco and GI. The obligations of the Borrower under this Note are secured pursuant to the terms of the security and pledge agreement (the “Security and Pledge Agreement”) by and between the Borrower and the Holder.

 

This Note is issued by the Borrower to the Holder pursuant to the terms of that certain Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated as of the Issue Date. Each capitalized term used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement. As used herein, the term “Trading Day” means any day that the Common Shares are listed for trading or quotation on the OTCQB, or any other exchanges or electronic quotation systems on which the Common Shares are then traded (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

This Note is free from all taxes, liens, claims and encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof and shall not be subject to preemptive rights or other similar rights of shareholders or members, as applicable, of Borrower and will not impose personal liability upon the holder thereof.

 

 
2
 
 

 

The following additional terms shall also apply to this Note:

 

ARTICLE I. PAYMENTS

 

1.1 Payments.

 

(a) Maturity. The Principal Amount ($714,285.71), as well as any accrued and unpaid interest, penalties, if any, and other fees relating to the Note, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

(b) Monthly Payments.

 

Beginning on May 5, 2019 (the “Initial Monthly Payment Date”) and on the same day of each and every calendar month thereafter throughout the term of this Note (the “Monthly Payment Dates”), Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only due under this Note to the Holder at the Stated Rate as set forth above (each, a “Monthly Payment Amount”).

 

(c) Payments from Future Funding Sources. The Borrower shall pay to the Holder on an accelerated basis, any outstanding Principal Amount of the Note, along with accrued, but unpaid interest, from the sources of capital below, it being acknowledged and agreed by Holder that Borrower shall have the right to make Bona Fide payments to vendors with Common Shares:

 

 

(1) Future Financing Proceeds – one hundred percent (100%) of the net cash proceeds of any future financings by EFSH, but not its subsidiaries, whether debt or equity, or any other financing proceeds, such as cash advances, royalties or earn-out payments provided, however, that this provision is not applicable if the transaction generating the future financing proceeds has a specific use of proceeds requirement that such proceeds are to be used exclusively to purchase the assets or equity of an unaffiliated business and the proceeds are used accordingly; and

 

 

 

 

(2) Other Future Receipts - all net proceeds from any sale of assets of Borrower or any of its subsidiaries other than sales of assets in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or its subsidiaries or receipt by Borrower or any of its subsidiaries of any tax credits, subject to rights of Goedeker Television, Inc. (the “Seller”), or other financing sources of the Borrower (including its subsidiaries) existing prior to the date of this Note and set forth on Schedule 1.1(b).

 

(d) Subsidiary Sale. The Borrower shall pay to the Holder on an accelerated basis, any outstanding Principal Amount of the Note, along with accrued, but unpaid interest, from the net proceeds to the Borrower resulting from the sale of any assets outside of the ordinary course of business or securities in any subsidiary, including but not limited to, 1847 Neese, Inc. (“1847 Neese”).

 
 
3
 
 

 

(e) Prepayment. Unless an Event of Default shall occur, Borrower shall have the right to prepay the Principal Amount, as well as any accrued and unpaid interest, at any time prior to the Maturity Date at 115% of the Principal Amount; provided, however, that if the prepayment is the result of any of the occurrence of any of the transactions described in 1.1(c) or (d) then such prepayment shall be the unpaid Principal Amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due but without the penalty or premium set forth in this subsection (e).

 

ARTICLE II. CONVERSION RIGHTS

 

2.1 Conversion Right. The Holder shall have the right at any time, at the Holder’s option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of this Note into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares of EFSH or other securities into which such Common Shares shall hereafter be changed or reclassified (each, a “Conversion Share”) at the conversion price (the “Conversion Price”) determined as provided herein (a “Conversion”); provided, however, that in no event shall the Holder be entitled to convert any portion of this Note in excess of that portion of this Note upon conversion of which the sum of (1) the number of Common Shares beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates (other than Common Shares which may be deemed beneficially owned through the ownership of the unconverted portion of the Note or the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other security of EFSH subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitations contained herein, and, if applicable, net of any shares that may be deemed to be owned by any person not affiliated with the Holder who has purchased a portion of the Note from the Holder) and (2) the number of Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of the portion of this Note with respect to which the determination of this proviso is being made, would result in beneficial ownership by the Holder and its affiliates of more than 4.99% of the outstanding Common Shares. For purposes of the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, beneficial ownership shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Regulations 13D-G thereunder, except as otherwise provided in clause (1) of such proviso, provided, further, however, that the limitations on conversion may be waived (up to a maximum of 9.99%) by the Holder upon, at the election of the Holder, not less than 61 days’ prior notice to EFSH, and the provisions of the conversion limitation shall continue to apply until such 61st day (or such later date, as determined by the Holder, as may be specified in such notice of waiver). The number of Common Shares to be issued upon each conversion of this Note shall be determined by dividing the Conversion Amount (as defined below) by the applicable Conversion Price then in effect on the date specified in the notice of conversion, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Notice of Conversion”), delivered to EFSH by the Holder in accordance with Section 2.4 below; provided that the Notice of Conversion is submitted by facsimile or e-mail (or by other means resulting in, or reasonably expected to result in, notice) to EFSH before 6:00 p.m., New York, New York time on such conversion date (the “Conversion Date”). The term “Conversion Amount” means, with respect to any conversion of this Note, the sum of (1) the principal amount of this Note to be converted in such conversion plus (2) at the Holder’s option, accrued and unpaid interest; provided, however, that at the option of Holder, the accrued and unpaid interest can be converted prior to any other amounts under the Note, if any, on such principal amount at the interest rates provided in this Note to the Conversion Date plus (3) at the Holder’s option, Default Interest, if any, on the amounts referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (1) and/or (2) plus (4) the Holder’s expenses relating to a Conversion, plus (5) at the Holder’s option, any amounts owed to the Holder pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4(g) hereof.

 
 
4
 
 

 

2.2 Conversion Price.

 

(a) Calculation of Conversion Price. The Conversion Price shall be $1.00 per share (the “Fixed Conversion Price”) (subject to adjustment as further described herein); provided that at any time after any Event of Default (as defined herein) under this Note, the Conversion Price shall immediately be equal to the lesser of (i) the Fixed Conversion Price less forty percent (40%); and (ii) the lowest weighted average price of the Common Shares during the twenty-one (21) consecutive Trading Day period immediately preceding the Trading Day that the Borrower receives a Notice of Conversion or (iii) the discount to market based on subsequent financings with other investors. Holder agrees that, should an Event of Default occur and Holder desires to convert at the price set forth in subsection (ii) above, it shall provide EFSH with ninety (90) days prior written notice of its desire to convert and EFSH shall have the opportunity during such ninety (90) day period to cure the Event of Default. If such Event of Default shall be cured during the ninety (90) day period, Holder shall not have the right to convert under subsection (ii) above.

 

(b) Fixed Conversion Price Adjustments.

 

(1) Common Share Distributions and Splits. If EFSH, at any time while this Note is outstanding: (i) pays a distribution on its Common Shares or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions payable in Common Shares on its Common Shares; (ii) subdivides outstanding Common Shares into a larger number of shares; or (iii) issues, in the event of a reclassification of shares of Common Shares, any Common Shares of EFSH, then the Fixed Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of Common Shares (excluding any treasury shares of EFSH) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event. A similar equitable adjustment shall be made in the case of a reverse split or other combination of outstanding Common Shares into a fewer number of outstanding Common Shares.

 

(2) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Note is outstanding, (i) EFSH effects any merger or consolidation of EFSH with or into another person, (ii) EFSH effects any sale of all or substantially all of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions, (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer (whether by EFSH or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property, or (iv) EFSH effects any reclassification of the Common Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property (in any such case, a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent conversion of this Note, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the same kind and amount of securities, cash or property as it would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction if it had been, immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction, the holder of 1 Common Share (the “Alternate Consideration”). For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Fixed Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of 1 Common Share in such Fundamental Transaction, and EFSH shall apportion the Fixed Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration.

 
 
5
 
 

 

(3) Anti-dilution Adjustment. If at any time while this Note is outstanding, EFSH sells or grants (or has sold or granted, as the case may be) any option to purchase or sells or grants any right to reprice, or otherwise disposes of or issues (or has sold or issued, as the case may be, or announces any sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition), any Common Shares or other securities convertible into, exercisable for or otherwise entitled the any person or entity the right to acquire Common Shares at an effective price per share that is lower than the then Fixed Conversion Price (such lower price, the “Base Conversion Price” and such issuances, collectively, a “Dilutive Issuance”) (it being agreed that if the holder of the Common Shares or other securities so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled to receive Common Shares at an effective price per share that is lower than the Fixed Conversion Price, such issuance shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Conversion Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance, and the Base Conversion Price shall then be adjusted to equal the lowest of such issuance price), then the Fixed Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price equal the Base Conversion Price as it may be adjusted as provided for above. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such Common Shares or other securities are issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment will be made under this Section 2.2(b)(4) in respect of an Exempt Issuance. For purposes of this Section 2.2(b)(4) an “Exempt Issuance” means an issuance of Common Shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares (i) upon the exercise or exchange of any securities issued hereunder under the Warrants and/or other securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Common Shares issued and outstanding on the date of this Note, (ii) to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, EFSH or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of EFSH, (iii) to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of EFSH, (iv) to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors of EFSH, (v) pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or other entity by EFSH by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or pursuant to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of EFSH, (vi) to third parties in connection with collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of EFSH, or (vii) shares with respect to which the Holder waives its anti-dilution rights granted hereby; provided, however, that any such issuance described in (iii) through (vi) shall only be to a person (or to the equity holders of a person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an employee, director, consultant or advisor, in the case of (ii) above, or an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of EFSH in the case of (iii) through (vi) above and shall provide to EFSH additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but in none of (ii) through (vi) above shall not include a transaction in which EFSH is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities. In the event of an issuance of securities involving multiple tranches or closings, any adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)(4) shall be calculated as if all such securities were issued at the initial closing.

 
 
6
 
 

 

(4) Notice to the Holder. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 2.2(b), EFSH shall within two (2) business days deliver to the Holder a notice setting forth the Fixed Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

2.3 Authorized Shares. EFSH covenants that during the period the conversion right exists, EFSH will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Shares a sufficient number of shares, free from preemptive rights, to provide for the issuance of Common Shares upon the full conversion of this Note and exercise of the Warrants. EFSH is required at all times to have authorized and reserved five (5) times the number of shares that is actually issuable upon full conversion of the Note (based on the Conversion Price of the Note in effect from time to time, which, if cannot be determined shall be estimated in good faith by EFSH) it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties that for the initial issuance of the Note 3,571,428 of Common Shares is sufficient and will be reserved (the “Reserved Amount”). The Reserved Amount shall be increased from time to time in accordance with EFSH’s obligations hereunder. EFSH represents that upon issuance, such shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. In addition, if EFSH shall issue any securities or make any change to its capital structure which would change the number of Common Shares into which the Note shall be convertible at the then current Conversion Price, Borrower shall at the same time make proper provision so that thereafter there shall be a sufficient number of Common Shares authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, for conversion of the outstanding Note, including but not limited to authorizing additional shares or effectuating a reverse split. EFSH (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably instructed its transfer agent by letter, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B to issue certificates for the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note and exercise of the Warrants, and (ii) agrees that its issuance of this Note shall constitute full authority to its officers and agents who are charged with the duty of executing Common Share certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for Common Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Note.

 

If, at any time EFSH does not maintain the Reserved Amount it will be considered an Event of Default under Section 3.2 of the Note.

 

2.4 Method of Conversion.

 

(a) Mechanics of Conversion. Subject to Section 2.1, this Note may be converted by the Holder in whole or in part, at any time on or after the Maturity Date, by (A) submitting to EFSH a Notice of Conversion (by facsimile, e-mail or other reasonable means of communication dispatched on the Conversion Date prior to 4:00 p.m., New York, New York time) and (B) subject to Section 2.4(b), surrendering this Note at the principal office of EFSH.

 
 
7
 
 

 

(b) Surrender of Note Upon Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Note to EFSH unless the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note is so converted. The Holder and EFSH shall maintain records showing the principal amount so converted and the dates of such conversions or shall use such other method, reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and EFSH, so as not to require physical surrender of this Note upon each such conversion. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, such records of EFSH shall, prima facie, be controlling and determinative in the absence of manifest error. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

(c) Payment of Taxes. EFSH shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Common Shares or other securities or property on conversion of this Note in a name other than that of the Holder (or in street name), and EFSH shall not be required to issue or deliver any such shares or other securities or property unless and until the person or persons (other than the Holder or the custodian in whose street name such shares are to be held for the Holder’s account) requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to EFSH the amount of any such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of Borrower that such tax has been paid.

 

(d) Delivery of Common Shares Upon Conversion. Upon receipt by EFSH from the Holder of a facsimile transmission or e-mail (or other reasonable means of communication) of a Notice of Conversion meeting the requirements for conversion as provided in this Section 2.4, EFSH shall issue and deliver or cause to be issued and delivered to or upon the order of the Holder certificates for Common Shares issuable upon such conversion by the end of the next business day after such receipt (the “Deadline”) (and, solely in the case of conversion of the entire unpaid principal amount hereof, surrender of this Note) in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(e) Obligation of EFSH to Deliver Common Shares. Upon receipt by EFSH of a Notice of Conversion, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Shares issuable upon such conversion, the outstanding principal amount and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on this Note shall be reduced to reflect such conversion, and, unless EFSH defaults on its obligations under this Article II, all rights with respect to the portion of this Note being so converted shall forthwith terminate except the right to receive the Common Shares or other securities, cash or other assets, as herein provided, on such conversion. If the Holder shall have given a Notice of Conversion as provided herein, EFSH’s obligation to issue and deliver the certificates for Common Shares shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the absence of any action by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision thereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the enforcement of any other obligation of EFSH to the holder of record, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder of any obligation to EFSH, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of EFSH to the Holder in connection with such conversion. The Conversion Date specified in the Notice of Conversion shall be the Conversion Date so long as the Notice of Conversion is received by EFSH before 9:00 p.m., New York, New York time, on such date.

 
 
8
 
 

 

(f) Delivery of Common Shares by Electronic Transfer. In lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Common Shares issuable upon conversion, provided EFSH is participating in the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) Fast Automated Securities Transfer (“FAST”) program, upon request of the Holder and its compliance with the provisions contained in Section 2.1 and in this Section 2.4, EFSH shall use its best efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Common Shares issuable upon conversion to the Holder by crediting the account of Holder’s Prime Broker with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission (“DWAC”) system.

 

(g) Failure to Deliver Common Shares Prior to Deadline. Without in any way limiting the Holder’s right to pursue other remedies, including actual damages and/or equitable relief, the parties agree that if delivery of the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note is not delivered by the fifth (5th) Trading Day following the Deadline (other than a failure due to the circumstances described in Section 2.3 above, which failure shall be governed by such Section) EFSH shall pay to the Holder $500 per day in cash, for each day beyond the Deadline that EFSH fails to deliver such Common Shares. Such cash amount shall be paid to Holder by the fifth day of the month following the month in which it has accrued or, at the option of the Holder (by written notice to EFSH by the first day of the month following the month in which it has accrued), shall be added to the principal amount of this Note, in which event interest shall accrue thereon in accordance with the terms of this Note and such additional principal amount shall be convertible into Common Shares in accordance with the terms of this Note. EFSH agrees that the right to convert is a valuable right to the Holder, and as such, EFSH will not take any actions to hamper, delay or prevent any Holder conversion of the Note. The damages resulting from a failure, attempt to frustrate, interference with such conversion right are difficult if not impossible to qualify. Accordingly, the parties acknowledge that the liquidated damages provision contained in this Section 2.4(g) are justified.

 

(h) Brokerage Account Restrictions. If the Common Shares issued upon conversion of this Note cannot be delivered to a brokerage account due to the low trading price of the Common Shares as a result of restrictions imposed by such depository, EFSH agrees to take such action, including a reverse share split, required to remove any restrictions on depositing the Common Shares into a brokerage account or required to satisfy any requirements for deposit of the Common Shares into such brokerage account.

 

2.5 Concerning the Common Shares. The Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note may not be sold or transferred unless (i) such shares are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or (ii) EFSH or its transfer agent shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel (which opinion shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions) to the effect that the shares to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration or (iii) such shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or a successor rule) (“Rule 144”) or (iv) such shares are transferred to an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of EFSH who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the shares only in accordance with this Section 2.5 and who is an Accredited Investor. Except as otherwise provided (and subject to the removal provisions set forth below), until such time as the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note have been registered under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, each certificate for Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note that has not been so included in an effective registration statement or that has not been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption that permits removal of the legend, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:

 
 
9
 
 

 

 

“NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”

 

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed and EFSH shall issue to the Holder a new certificate therefore free of any transfer legend if (i) EFSH or its transfer agent shall have received an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Common Shares may be made without registration under the Act, which opinion shall be accepted by EFSH (which acceptance shall be subject to and conditioned on any requirements, if any, of the its transfer agent, the exchange on which EFSH is then trading or other applicable laws, rules or regulations) so that the sale or transfer is effected or (ii) in the case of the Common Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note, such security is registered for sale by the Holder under an effective registration statement filed under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold. In the event that EFSH does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Holder with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, at the Deadline, it will be considered an Event of Default pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Note; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, if EFSH is legally unable to accept such opinion as a result of any of EFSH’s transfer agent requirements, the requirements of the exchange on which EFSH is then traded, or other applicable laws, rules or regulations EFSH’s non-acceptance shall not be an Event of Default.

 
 
10
 
 

 

Status as Shareholder. Upon submission of a Notice of Conversion by a Holder, (i) the shares covered thereby (other than the shares, if any, which cannot be issued because their issuance would exceed such Holder’s allocated portion of the Reserved Amount or Maximum Share Amount) shall be deemed converted into Common Shares and (ii) the Holder’s rights as a Holder of such converted portion of this Note shall cease and terminate, excepting only the right to receive certificates for such Common Shares and to any remedies provided herein or otherwise available at law or in equity to such Holder because of a failure by EFSH to comply with the terms of this Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder has not received certificates for all Common Shares prior to the tenth (10th) business day after the expiration of the Deadline with respect to a conversion of any portion of this Note for any reason, then (unless the Holder otherwise elects to retain its status as a holder of Common Shares by so notifying EFSH) the Holder shall regain the rights of a Holder of this Note with respect to such unconverted portions of this Note and EFSH shall, as soon as practicable, return such unconverted Note to the Holder or, if the Note has not been surrendered, adjust its records to reflect that such portion of this Note has not been converted. In all cases, the Holder shall retain all of its rights and remedies (including, without limitation, (i) the right to receive Conversion Default Payments pursuant to Section 2.3 to the extent required thereby for such Conversion Default and any subsequent Conversion Default and (ii) the right to have the Conversion Price with respect to subsequent conversions determined in accordance with Section 2.3) for EFSH’s failure to convert this Note.

 

ARTICLE III. RANKING, CERTAIN COVENANTS AND POST CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

 

3.1 Warrants. EFSH shall issue to the Holder warrants (the “Warrants”) exercisable for 200,000 Common Shares. The Warrants shall have a term of five (5) years, be exercisable at a price of $1.25 per share and shall contain full-ratchet anti-dilution protection provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no exercise adjustment shall be made with respect to any Exempt Issuance.

 

3.2 Equity Interest. Borrower shall issue to Holder a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco.

 

3.3 Distributions on Common Shares. So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not without the Holder’s written consent (a) pay, declare or set apart for such payment, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property or other securities) on the Common Shares (or other capital securities of the Borrower) other than dividends on Common Shares solely in the form of additional Common Shares or (b) directly or indirectly or through any subsidiary make any other payment or distribution in respect of Common Shares (or other securities representing its capital) except for distributions that comply with Section 3.7 below.

 
 
11
 
 

 

3.4 Restrictions on Variable Rate Transactions. Unless approved by the Holder, Borrower and each subsidiary shall not enter into an agreement to effect any sale of securities involving, or convert any securities previously issued under, a Variable Rate Transaction. The term “Variable Rate Transaction” means a transaction in which Borrower or any subsidiary (i) issues or sells any convertible securities either (A) at a conversion, exercise or exchange rate or other price that is based upon and/or varies with the trading prices of, or quotations for, the Common Shares at any time after the initial issuance of such convertible securities, or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such convertible securities or upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Borrower or the subsidiary, as the case may be, or the market for the Common Shares, other than pursuant to a customary “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, or (ii) enters into any agreement (including, without limitation, an “equity line of credit” or an “at-the-market offering”) whereby Borrower or any subsidiary may sell securities at a future determined price (other than standard and customary “preemptive” or “participation” rights). The Holder shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against Borrower and its Subsidiaries to preclude any such issuance, which remedy shall be in addition to any right to collect damages.

 

3.5 Restrictions on Certain Transactions. So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note and unless approved by the Holder, the Borrower shall not (a) change the nature of its business; or (b) sell, divest, change the structure of any material assets of the Borrower or any subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.6 Sale of Assets; Issuance of Equity or Debt. Should Borrower sell any material assets, issue any equity or debt, Borrower shall use the net proceeds of any such sale to repay the Note.

 

3.7 Restriction on Common Share Repurchases. So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, Borrower shall not without the Holder’s written consent redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (whether for cash or in exchange for property or other securities or otherwise) in any one transaction or series of related transactions any Common Shares (or other securities representing its capital) of Borrower or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such shares; except for the repurchase of shares at a nominal price in connection with rights under an agreement with an employee or consultant of the Borrower whose shares have been forfeited as a result of such employee or consultant’s ceasing to provide services to the Borrower.

 

3.8 Use of Proceeds. Borrower agrees to use the proceeds of the Consideration solely for the purchase of the assets of the Seller pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Acquisition Agreement”), between GI and the Seller.

 
 
12
 
 

 

3.9 Ranking and Security. The obligations of Borrower under this Note shall constitute a first priority security interest and rank senior with respect to any and all Indebtedness existing prior to or incurred as of or following the Issue Date except for Indebtedness (i) in favor of the Seller arising under the 9% Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of the date hereof, by GI in favor of the Seller (the “Seller Debt”), (ii) the senior revolving credit facility arising under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between GI and Burnley Capital LLC (the “Burnley Debt”), (iii) the term loan facility arising under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between GI and Small Business Community Capital, L.P. (the “SBCC Debt”), and (iv) the existing senior debt (or any replacement debt of equal amount) at the Borrower’s subsidiary, Neese, Inc. (such Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) (iii) and (iv) being the “Senior Indebtedness”). The obligations of the Borrower under this Note are secured pursuant to the Security and Pledge Agreement and the General Security Agreement. So long as the Borrower shall have any obligation under this Note, the Borrower shall not (directly or indirectly through any subsidiary or affiliate) incur or suffer to exist or guarantee any Indebtedness (other than the Senior Indebtedness) that is senior to or pari passu with (in priority of payment and performance) the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. As used herein, the term “Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness of the Borrower for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, including any type of letters of credit, but not including deferred purchase price obligations in place as of the Issue Date or obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) all obligations of the Borrower evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (c) purchase money indebtedness hereafter incurred by the Borrower to finance the purchase of fixed or capital assets, including all capital lease obligations of the Borrower which do not exceed the purchase price of the assets funded, (d) all guarantee obligations of the Borrower in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above that the Borrower would not be permitted to incur or enter into, and (e) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above that the Borrower is not permitted to incur or enter into that are secured and/or unsecured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured and/or unsecured by) any lien or encumbrance on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by the Borrower, whether or not the Borrower has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation.

 

3.10 Further Investment. For a period of twelve (12) months after the date hereof, Holder shall have the right to participate in any future offering by the Borrower up to the Principal Amount.

 

3.11 Restrictions on Merchant Cash Advance Transactions. So long as Borrower has any obligations under this Note, it shall not enter into a merchant cash advance transaction in which it sells future receivables at a discount or a substantially similar transaction.

 

 
13
 
 

 

3.12 Subordination Provisions. For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder shall have (A) a senior secured, first priority security interest in (i) the shares of Holdco owned by EFSH and (ii) the shares of 1847 Neese owned by EFSH, and (B) a third priority security interest in all of the assets of GI that is subordinate to the prior rights of the Senior Indebtedness. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Holder agrees to subordinate its rights under this Note to the prior rights of the Senior Indebtedness as follows:

 

(a) All claims of the Holder to principal, interest and any other amounts at any time owed under this Note (collectively, “Junior Indebtedness”) is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, as herein set forth, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. No payment under Junior Indebtedness shall be made by the Borrower, nor shall the Holder exercise any remedies under the Junior Indebtedness (including taking any legal action (whether judicial or otherwise) to collect the Junior Indebtedness), if, at the time of such payment, exercise or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) there shall exist any material “Default” or “Event of Default” under any agreements governing any of the Senior Indebtedness or (ii) the maturity of any of the Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been waived or such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full; provided, however, that (x) in the event that the holder of any Senior Indebtedness accelerates such Senior Indebtedness, then the Holder may accelerate the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and (y) if the Borrower is permitted under the terms of the Senior Indebtedness to pay an amount due and owing under this Note and fails to make such payment, then so long as the terms of the Senior Indebtedness do not prohibit such action, the Holder may exercise its rights to be paid such amount, but only such amount (and Holder shall not be permitted to accelerate hereunder).

 

(b) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Borrower of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding up or total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all Senior Indebtedness of the Borrower shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money, before any payment is made under Junior Indebtedness; and upon any such dissolution or winding up or liquidation or reorganization, any distribution of assets of the Borrower of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness would be entitled except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Borrower or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holder if received by Holder, directly to the holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or its representatives, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holder with respect to the Junior Indebtedness.

 

(c) If the holders of the Senior Indebtedness in good faith believe Holder may fail to timely file a proof of claim in any such proceeding, the holder(s) of the Senior Indebtedness may do so for Holder.

 

(d) In the event that any payment or distribution of assets of the Borrower of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing where the holder has actual knowledge of a Senior Indebtedness payment default shall be received by the Holder before all the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provisions made for such payment, in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money, in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 
 
14
 
 

 

(e) The provisions hereof are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness on the one hand and the Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness on the other hand, and nothing herein shall impair, as between the Borrower and the Holder, the obligations of the Borrower under the Junior Indebtedness, which are unconditional and absolute. With this in mind, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 3.12, if and so long as all documents governing the Senior Indebtedness permit one of the actions restricted by this Section 3.12, the restriction shall be waived and the restricted action permitted hereunder.

 

(f) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Borrower or any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder of the Senior Indebtedness, or any noncompliance by the Borrower with the terms, provisions and covenants hereof, regardless of any knowledge thereof any holder of the Senior Indebtedness may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

(g) Each holder of any Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of this Note, shall be entitled to rely on the subordination provisions set forth in this Note.

 

(h) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.12, the Holder shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts which would prohibit the making of any payments on the Junior Indebtedness unless and until the holder(s) of the Senior Indebtedness or their representatives send written notice to Holder of same in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.

 

(i) Subject to the payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, Holder as holder of the Junior Indebtedness shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Borrower applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

 

(j) The Holder shall confirm (in writing) the above subordination provisions if requested by any holder of the Senior Indebtedness, and shall execute and deliver such additional subordination agreements, consistent with the foregoing as any holder of Senior Indebtedness may require.

 

3.13 Restrictions on Additional Indebtedness. So long as Borrower has any obligations under this Note, Borrower will not increase its existing Senior Indebtedness or incur additional Senior Indebtedness without the prior consent of Holder, which such consent shall not be unreasonable withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower may incur up to (i) $1,500,000 in connection with the Burnley Debt; (ii) $1,500,000 in connection with the SBCC Debt; and (iii) $4,100,000 under the Seller Note plus up to $600,000 under the Seller earn out.

 
 
15
 
 

 

ARTICLE IV. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

It shall be considered an event of default if any of the following events listed in this Article IV (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur; provided, however, that, except in the case of the Events of Default listed in Sections 4.1, 4.7, 4.10, 4.14 or 4.20 below, the Borrower shall be have five (5) business days to cure such Event of Default unless a lesser number of days is required pursuant to the provisions of this Article IV:

 

4.1 Failure to Pay Principal or Interest. The Borrower fails to pay the principal hereof or interest thereon when due on this Note, whether at maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise.

 

4.2 Failure to Reserve Shares. EFSH fails to reserve a sufficient amount of Common Shares as required under the terms of this Note (including the requirements of Section 2.3 of this Note) (and such breach continues for a period of five (5) days), fails to issue Common Shares to the Holder (or announces or threatens in writing that it will not honor its obligation to do so) upon exercise by the Holder of the conversion rights of the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Note, fails to transfer or cause its transfer agent to transfer (issue) (electronically or in certificated form) Common Shares issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note, EFSH directs its transfer agent not to transfer or delays, impairs, and/or hinders its transfer agent in transferring (or issuing) (electronically or in certificated form) Common Shares to be issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note, or fails to remove (or directs its transfer agent not to remove or impairs, delays, and/or hinders its transfer agent from removing) any restrictive legend (or to withdraw any stop transfer instructions in respect thereof) on any Common Shares issued to the Holder upon conversion of or otherwise pursuant to this Note as and when required by this Note (or makes any written announcement, statement or threat that it does not intend to honor the obligations described in this paragraph) and any such failure shall continue uncured (or any written announcement, statement or threat not to honor its obligations shall not be rescinded in writing) for three (3) business days after the Holder shall have delivered a Notice of Conversion. It is an obligation of EFSH to remain current in its obligations to its transfer agent. It shall be an event of default of this Note, if a conversion of this Note is delayed, hindered or frustrated due to a balance owed by EFSH to its transfer agent. If at the option of the Holder, the Holder advances any funds to EFSH’s transfer agent in order to process a conversion, such advanced funds shall be paid by EFSH to the Holder within five (5) business days of a demand from the Holder, either in cash or as an addition to the balance of the Note, and such choice of payment method is at the discretion of EFSH.

 

4.3 Breach of Covenants. Borrower, or the relevant related party, as the case may be, breaches any material covenant, post-closing obligation or other material term or condition contained in this Note, or in the related Warrants, Purchase Agreement, Security and Pledge Agreement, Affidavit of Confession of Judgment, Term Sheet or any other collateral documents (together, the “Transaction Documents”) and such breach continues for a period of ten (10) days.

 

4.4 Breach of Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty of the Borrower made herein or in any agreement, statement or certificate given pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, shall be false or misleading in any material respect when made and the breach of which has (or with the passage of time will have) a material adverse effect on the rights of the Holder with respect to this Note and the other Transaction Documents.

 
 
16
 
 

 

4.5 Receiver or Trustee. Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee for it or for a substantial part of its property or business, or such a receiver or trustee shall otherwise be appointed.

 

4.6 Judgments. Any money judgment, writ or similar process shall be entered or filed against Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any of its property or other assets for more than $50,000, and shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of twenty (20) days unless otherwise consented to by the Holder.

 

4.7 Bankruptcy. Bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings, voluntary or involuntary, for relief under any bankruptcy law or any law for the relief of debtors shall be instituted by or against Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower. With respect to any such proceedings that are involuntary, Borrower shall have a 60 day cure period in which to have such involuntary proceedings dismissed.

 

4.8 Delisting of Common Shares. If at any time on or after the date in which Borrower’s Common Shares are listed or quoted on the OTCQB or an equivalent U.S. replacement exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE MKT, Borrower shall fail to maintain the listing or quotation of the Common Shares on the OTCQB or an U.S. equivalent replacement exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE MKT.

 

4.9 Failure to Comply with the Exchange Act. EFSH shall fail to comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (including but not limited to becoming delinquent in its filings), and/or EFSH shall cease to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act

 

4.10 Liquidation. Any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of Borrower or any substantial portion of its business.

 

4.11 Cessation of Operations. Any cessation of operations by the Borrower or the Borrower admits it is otherwise generally unable to pay its debts as such debts become due, provided, however, that any disclosure of the Borrower’s ability to continue as a “going concern” shall not be an admission that the Borrower cannot pay its debts as they become due.

 

4.12 Maintenance of Assets. The failure by Borrower to maintain any intellectual property rights, personal, real property or other assets which are necessary to conduct its business (whether now or in the future), to the extent that such failure would result in a material adverse condition or material adverse change in or affecting the business operations, properties or financial condition of Borrower or any of its subsidiaries (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 
 
17
 
 

 

4.13 Financial Statement Restatement. Borrower restates any financial statements for any date or period from two years prior to the Issue Date of this Note and until this Note is no longer outstanding, if the result of such restatement would, by comparison to the unrestated financial statement, have constituted a material adverse effect on the rights of the Holder with respect to this Note.

 

4.14 Failure to Execute Transaction Documents or Complete the Transaction. The failure of the Borrower to execute any of the Transaction Documents or to complete the transaction for the full Principal Amount of the Note, as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

4.15 Illegality. Any court of competent jurisdiction issues an order declaring this Note, any of the other Transaction Documents or any provision hereunder or thereunder to be illegal.

 

4.16 Cross-Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or the other related or companion documents, a breach or default by the Borrower of any covenant or other term or condition contained in any of the other financial instrument, including but not limited to all promissory notes, currently issued, or hereafter issued, by the Borrower, to the Holder or any other third party (the “Other Agreements”), after the passage of all applicable notice and cure or grace periods, that results in a Material Adverse Effect shall, at the option of the Holder, be considered a default under this Note, in which event the Holder shall be entitled to apply all rights and remedies of the Holder under the terms of this Note by reason of a default under said Other Agreement or hereunder.

 

4.17 Variable Rate Transactions. Borrower (i) enters into a Variable Rate Transaction (as defined below) (ii) issues Common Shares (or convertible securities or purchase rights) pursuant to an equity line of credit of the Borrower or otherwise in connection with a Variable Rate Transaction (whether now existing or entered into in the future) or (iii) adjusts downward the “floor price” at which Common Shares (or convertible securities or purchase rights) may be issued under an equity line of credit or otherwise in connection with a Variable Rate Transaction (whether now existing or entered into in the future).

 

4.18 Merchant Cash Advance Transactions. Borrower enters into a merchant cash advance transaction in which it sells future receivables at a discount or a substantially similar transaction.

 
 
18
 
 

 

4.19 Remedies Upon Default.

 

(a) Subject to applicable cure periods specifically provided for herein, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default specified in this Article IV, exercisable through the delivery of written notice to the Borrower by the Holder (the “Default Notice”) (provided, however, that no Default Notice need be provided by the Holder and no notice and no cure period shall apply in the case of the Events of Default specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.7, 4.10, 4.14), this Note shall become immediately due and payable and the Borrower shall pay to the Holder, in full satisfaction of its obligations hereunder, an amount (the “Default Amount”) equal to the Principal Amount then outstanding plus accrued interest (including any Default Interest) through the date of full repayment. Upon an uncured Event of Default, (i) all amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable, all without demand, presentment or notice, all of which hereby are expressly waived by the Borrower, together with all costs, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, of collection and (ii) the Holder shall be entitled to exercise all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including, without limitation, those set forth in Section 4.21 below. Upon an Event of Default specified in Sections 4.9, 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15 above, in addition to other remedies set forth herein, a liquidated damages charge equal to 25% of the outstanding Principal Amount will be assessed, either in form of a cash payment or as an addition to the balance due under the Note, provided, however, that with respect to the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 4.9, 4.14 or 4.15, the Borrower shall have ninety (90) days to cure such Event of Default before such liquidated damages charge equal to 25% of the outstanding Principal Amount becomes due and payable to the Holder. From and during the continuance of an Event of Default interest shall accrue hereunder at a rate equal to the lesser of 24% and the maximum legal rate.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Borrower shall incur a monthly monitoring fee (“Monitoring Fee”) in the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per month commencing in the month in which the Event of Default occurs and continuing until the Event of Default is cured in order to cover the Holder’s costs of monitoring and legal expenses and other expenses incurred by Holder.

 

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default specified in this Note, and in addition to any other right or remedy of the Holder hereunder, under the Purchase Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and empowers Holder or its legal counsel, each as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, to appear ex parte and without notice to the Borrower to confess judgment against the Borrower for the unpaid amount of this Note as evidenced by the Affidavit of Confession of Judgment signed by the Borrower as of the Issue Date and to be completed by the Holder or its counsel pursuant to the foregoing power of attorney (which power is coupled with an interest), a copy of which is attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “Affidavit”). The Affidavit shall set forth the amount then due hereunder, plus attorney’s fees and cost of suit, and to release all errors, and waive all rights of appeal. The Borrower waives the right to contest Holder’s rights under this Article IV, including without limitation the right to any stay of execution and the benefit of all exemption laws now or hereafter in effect. No single exercise of the foregoing right and power to confess judgment will be deemed to exhaust such power, whether or not any such exercise shall be held by any court to be invalid, voidable, or void, and such power shall continue undiminished and may be exercised from time to time as the Holder may elect until all amounts owing on this Note have been paid in full.

 

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default specified in this Note, Borrower shall not pay any management fees (the “Management Fees”) due to 1847 Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Manager”) under (i) the Management Services Agreement dated as of the date hereof between GI and the Manager, or (ii) the Management Services Agreement dated March 3, 2017, between 1847 Neese and the Manager, in each case pursuant to which the Manager provides management services thereunder, and instead will pay such Management Fees to the Holder to make payments against outstanding amounts hereunder.

 
 
19
 
 

 

ARTICLE V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of the Holder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privileges. All rights and remedies existing hereunder are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

5.2 Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be (i) personally served, (ii) deposited in the mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or (iv) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, facsimile, or electronic mail addressed as set forth below or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed effective (a) upon hand delivery, upon electronic mail delivery, or delivery by facsimile, with accurate confirmation generated by the transmitting facsimile machine, at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Borrower, to:

 

1847 HOLDINGS LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor

New York, New York 10022

ATTN: Ellery W. Roberts

e-mail: eroberts@1847holdings.com

 

If to the Holder:

 

LEONITE CAPITAL, LLC

1 Hillcrest Center Dr., Suite 232

Spring Valley, NY 10977

ATTN: Avi Geller

e-mail: avi@leonitecap.com

Cc: Siegfied@leonitecap.com

 
 
20
 
 

 

5.3 Amendments. This Note and any provision hereof may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and the Holder. The term “Note” and all reference thereto, as used throughout this instrument, shall mean this instrument as originally executed, or if later amended or supplemented, then as so amended or supplemented.

 

5.4 Assignability. This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to be the benefit of the Holder and its successors and assigns. Each transferee of this Note must be an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) of the 1933 Act).

 

5.5 Cost of Collection. If default is made in the payment of this Note, the Borrower shall pay the Holder hereof costs of collection, including attorneys’ fees.

 

5.6 Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Note shall be brought only in the state and/or federal courts located in Rockland County, New York. The parties to this Note hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. THE BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney's fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Note or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

5.6 Certain Amounts. Whenever pursuant to this Note the Borrower is required to pay an amount in excess of the outstanding principal amount (or the portion thereof required to be paid at that time) plus accrued and unpaid interest plus Default Interest on such interest, the Borrower and the Holder agree that the actual damages to the Holder from the receipt of cash payment on this Note may be difficult to determine and the amount to be so paid by the Borrower represents stipulated damages and not a penalty.

 
 
21
 
 

 

5.7 Remedies. The Borrower acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder, by vitiating the intent and purpose of the transaction contemplated hereby. Accordingly, the Borrower acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Note will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Borrower of the provisions of this Note, that the Holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, and in addition to the penalties assessable herein, to an injunction or injunctions restraining, preventing or curing any breach of this Note and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

5.8 Optional Redemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, provided there is no Event of Default, the Borrower may redeem any amount outstanding under this Note, prior to the Maturity Date, by making a payment to the Holder of an amount in cash equal to 115% of the outstanding principal amount being redeemed under the Note, plus all unpaid interest thereon; provided, however, that if the prepayment is the result of any of the occurrence of any of the transactions described in 1.1(c) or (d) then such prepayment shall be the unpaid Principal Amount plus interest and other amounts due but without penalty or premium as set forth in this Section 5.8.

 

5.9 Usury. To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Borrower hereby agrees not to insist upon or plead or in any manner whatsoever claim, and will resist any and all efforts to be compelled to take the benefit or advantage of, usury laws wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, in connection with any action or proceeding that may be brought by the Holder in order to enforce any right or remedy under this Note. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Note, it is expressly agreed and provided that the total liability of the Borrower under this Note for payments which under New York law are in the nature of interest shall not exceed the maximum lawful rate authorized under applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”), and, without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall any rate of interest or default interest, or both of them, when aggregated with any other sums which under New York law in the nature of interest that the Borrower may be obligated to pay under this Note exceed such Maximum Rate. It is agreed that if the maximum contract rate of interest allowed by New York law and applicable to this Note is increased or decreased by statute or any official governmental action subsequent to the date hereof, the new maximum contract rate of interest allowed by law will be the Maximum Rate applicable to this Note from the effective date thereof forward, unless such application is precluded by applicable law. If under any circumstances whatsoever, interest in excess of the Maximum Rate is paid by the Borrower to the Holder with respect to indebtedness evidenced by this Note, such excess shall be applied by the Holder to the unpaid principal balance of any such indebtedness or be refunded to the Borrower, the manner of handling such excess to be at the Holder’s election.

 

5.10 Section 3(a)(10) Transactions. If at any time while this Note is outstanding, the Borrower enters into a transaction structured in accordance with, based upon, or related or pursuant to, in whole or in part, Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act, then a liquidated damages charge of 25% of the outstanding principal balance of this Note at that time, will be assessed and will become immediately due and payable to the Holder, either in the form of cash payment or as an addition to the balance of the Note, as determined by mutual agreement of the Borrower and Holder.

 
 
22
 
 

 

5.11 Terms of Future Financings. Except with respect to a future issuance of securities the proceeds of which are used to repay this Note in full, so long as this Note is outstanding, upon any issuance by Borrower or any of its subsidiaries of any security with any term reasonably believed by Holder to be more favorable to the holder of such security or with a term in favor of the holder of such security that was not similarly provided to the Holder in this Note, Borrower shall notify the Holder of such additional or more favorable term. At the Holder’s option, such more favorable term or condition shall become a part of the Transaction Documents with the Holder. The types of terms contained in another security that may be more favorable to the holder of such security include, but are not limited to, prepayment rate, interest rates, original issue discounts, share sale price, private placement price per share, and warrant coverage.

 

5.12 Piggy Back Registration Rights. If the Borrower proposes to register any of its Common Shares (other than pursuant to a Registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form), it will give prompt written notice to the Holder of its intention to effect such registration (the “Incidental Registration”). Within ten business days of receiving such written notice of an Incidental Registration, the Holder may make a written request (the “Piggy-Back Request”) that the Borrower include in the proposed Incidental Registration all, or a portion, of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holder. As used herein, Registrable Securities shall mean the Reserved Amount. In addition, the Borrower will use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in any Incidental Registration all Registrable Securities which the Borrower has been requested to register pursuant to any timely Piggy-Back Request to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered. Additionally, Borrower shall include on the next registration statement Borrower files with SEC (or on the subsequent registration statement if such registration statement is withdrawn) the Registerable Securities.

 

5.13 Right of First Refusal. If at any time while this Note is outstanding, the Borrower has a bona fide offer of capital or financing from any third party that the Borrower intends to act upon, then the Borrower must first offer such opportunity to the Holder to provide such capital or financing to the Borrower on the same terms as each respective third party’s terms. Should the Holder be unwilling or unable to provide such capital or financing to the Borrower within 10 Trading Days from Holder’s receipt of written notice of the offer (the “Offer Notice”) from the Borrower, then the Borrower may obtain such capital or financing from that respective third party upon the exact same terms and conditions offered by the Borrower to the Holder, which transaction must be completed within 60 days after the date of the Offer Notice. If the Borrower does not receive the capital or financing from the respective 3rd party within 60 days after the date of the respective Offer Notice, then the Borrower must again offer the capital or financing opportunity to the Holder as described above, and the process detailed above shall be repeated. The Offer Notice must be sent via electronic mail to avi@leonitecap.com.

 

[signature page to follow]

 

 
23
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be signed in its name by its duly authorized officer on the date first written above.

 

1847 HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Robert B. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[Leonite Secured Convertible Promissory Note – Signature page]

 

 

24

 

EXHIBIT 10.17

 

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

This SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into on April 5, 2019 by and between 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“EFSH”), 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdco”) and 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“1847 Goedeker” and, together with EFSH and Holdco, the “Debtor”) and Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its permitted endorsees, transferees and assigns (collectively, the “Secured Party”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Concurrently herewith, the Debtor and the Secured Party have entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) and certain other agreements, pursuant to which the Debtor issued that certain senior secured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $714,285.71 (the “Note”) to the Secured Party.

 

B. The Debtor now enters into this Agreement with the Secured Party as security for Debtor’s Obligations (as defined below).

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their respective promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. Terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement that are defined in Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the state of Delaware (the “UCC”) (such as “account,” “adverse claim,” “chattel paper,” “deposit account,” “document,” “equipment,” “fixtures,” “general intangibles,” “goods,” “instruments,” “inventory,” “investment property,” “proceeds,” and “supporting obligations”) shall have the respective meanings given such terms in Division 9 of the UCC. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined elsewhere herein or in the Securities Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Collateralmeans all of the collateral identified on Exhibit A hereto, as well as all of Debtor’s tangible and intangible personal property assets, including, but not limited to, all of the following: (i) all accounts, insurance receivables, cash and currency, chattel paper, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, instruments, intellectual property, inventory, investment property, Negotiable Collateral, loans receivable, motor vehicles, Pledged Equity, goods, supporting obligations, Debtor’s Books, and such other assets of Debtor as may hereafter arise or Debtor may hereafter acquire or in which the Secured Party may from time-to-time obtain a security interest, and (ii) the proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, proceeds of insurance covering the foregoing or any portion thereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Collateral does not include any “hazardous waste” as that term is defined under 42 U.S.C. section 6903(5), as such section may be from time to time amended, or under any regulations thereunder.

 

Debtor’s Booksmeans and includes all of Debtor’s books and records in any medium or form, including, but not limited to, all records, ledgers and computer programs, disk or tape files, thumb drives, material stored in the “cloud”, printouts and other information indicating, summarizing or evidencing the Collateral.

 
 
1
 
 

 

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

Event of Defaulthas the meaning specified in Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

Negotiable Collateralmeans and includes all of Debtor’s presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising letters of credit, advices of credit, promissory notes, drafts, instruments, documents, Equity Interests in any entity, leases of personal property and chattel paper, as well as Debtor’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Obligationsmeans and includes any and all present or future indebtedness or obligations of Debtor owing to the Secured Party under the Note and the other Subscription Documents, including, without limitation, (i) any amendments to any of the foregoing and (ii) all interest and other payments required thereunder that are not paid when due, and (iii) all of the Secured Party Expenses which Debtor is required to pay or reimburse by this Agreement, by law, or otherwise.

 

Permitted Liensmeans (i) statutory liens of landlords and liens of carriers, warehousemen, bailees, mechanics, materialmen and other like liens imposed by law, created in the ordinary course of business and securing amounts not yet due (or which are being contested in good faith, by appropriate proceedings or other appropriate actions which are sufficient to prevent imminent foreclosure of such liens), and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained by Debtor in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) , (ii) deposits made (and the liens thereon) in the ordinary course of business of Debtor (including, without limitation, security deposits for leases, indemnity bonds, surety bonds and appeal bonds) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits or to secure the performance of tenders, bids, contracts (other than for the repayment or guarantee of borrowed money or purchase money obligations), statutory obligations and other similar obligations arising as a result of progress payments under government contracts, (iii) liens for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained by Debtor in accordance with GAAP, (iv) purchase money liens relating to the acquisition of equipment, machinery or other goods of Debtor approved in writing by the Secured Party (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (v) liens in favor of the Secured Party under the Subscription Documents, and (vi) liens in favor of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

 

Pledged Equity” means, with respect to Debtor, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of any subsidiary that is directly owned, or will be owned, by Debtor, in each case together with the certificates (or other agreements or instruments), if any, representing such shares, and all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(1) all Equity Interests representing a dividend thereon, or representing a distribution or return of capital upon or in respect thereof, or resulting from a stock split, revision, reclassification or other exchange therefor, and any subscriptions, warrants, rights or options issued to the holder thereof, or otherwise in respect thereof; and

 
 
2
 
 

 

(2) in the event of any consolidation or merger involving the issuer thereof and in which such issuer is not the surviving person, all shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the successor person formed by or resulting from such consolidation or merger, to the extent that such successor person is a direct subsidiary of a Debtor.

 

The term “Pledged Equity” specifically includes, but is not limited to, all rights of Debtor embodied in or arising out of the Debtor’s status as a shareholder or member, consisting of: (a) all economic rights, including without limitation, all rights to share in the profits and losses and all rights to receive distributions of the assets; and (b) all governance rights, including without limitation, all rights to vote, consent to action and otherwise participate in the management.

 

Secured Party Expensesmeans and includes (i) all costs or expenses required to be paid by Debtor under this Agreement that are instead paid or advanced by the Secured Party, including without limitation, all taxes, insurance, satisfaction of liens, securities interests, encumbrances or other claims at any time levied or placed on the Collateral, (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred to correct any default or enforce any provision of this Agreement, or in gaining possession of, maintaining, disabling, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale or advertising to sell all or any part of the Collateral, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, and (iii) all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) incurred by the Secured Party in enforcing or defending this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.

 

2. Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and vice versa, to the part include the whole, “including” is not limiting, and “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section references are to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.

 

3. Creation of Security Interest. In order to secure Debtor’s timely payment of the Obligations and timely performance of each and all of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement and any other document, instrument or agreement executed by Debtor or delivered by Debtor to the Secured Party in connection with the Obligations, Debtor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grant, pledge and hypothecate to the Secured Party a continuing security interest in and to, a lien upon, assignment of, and right of set-off against, all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral. Such security interest shall be a first priority security interest with respect to the Pledged Equity that EFSH owns in Holdco and in 1847 Neese, Inc. (such Pledged Equity is referred to herein as the “First Priority Pledged Equity”), and a third priority security interest with respect to all other Pledged Equity and Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness have a first and second priority security interest in the Pledged Equity and the Collateral other than the First Priority Pledged Equity. Such security interest shall attach to all Collateral without further act on the part of the Secured Party or Debtor.

 
 
3
 
 

 

4. Filings; Further Assurances.

 

(a) General. The Secured Party is authorized to file a UCC-1 Financing Statement with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and in any other jurisdictions where the Secured Party chooses to file, with respect to the Debtor. Debtor also authorize the filing by the Secured Party of such other UCC financing statements, continuation financing statements, fixture filings, filing appropriate notices in federal registries including the United States Patent and Trademark Office, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, assignments, assignments of rents, motor vehicle lien acknowledgments and other documents as the Secured Party may reasonably require in order to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce its security interest in the Collateral or any portion thereof and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, if so requested by the Secured Party at any time hereafter, Debtor shall promptly execute and deliver to the Secured Party such fixture filings, agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, assignments, motor vehicle lien acknowledgments and other documents as the Secured Party may reasonably require from such Debtor in order to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce its rights under this Agreement. Debtor shall promptly deliver to the Secured Party all certificates and instruments constituting the First Priority Pledged Equity in suitable form for transfer by delivery and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. Debtor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Secured Party as such Debtor’s true and lawful attorney with power, upon Debtor’s failure or refusal to promptly comply with its obligations in this Section 4(a), to sign the name of Debtor on any of the above-described documents or on any other similar documents which need to be executed, recorded or filed in order to perfect, maintain, protect or enforce the Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral. Debtor further agrees to enter into such control agreements with the Secured Party and such third parties as may be necessary to obtain a first priority security interest with respect to the First Priority Pledged Equity, and a third priority security interest with respect to all other Pledged Equity and Collateral which, in each case, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness have a first and second priority security interest, including deposit accounts, and agrees to use best efforts to obtain the assent of the third parties to said agreements.

 

(b) Additional Matters. Without limiting the generality of Section 4(a), Debtor will at the reasonable written request of the Secured Party, appear in and defend any action or proceeding which is reasonably expected to have a material and adverse effect with respect to such Debtor’s title to, or the security interest of the Secured Party in, the Collateral.

 

5. Representations, Warranties and Agreements. Debtor represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

(a) No Other Encumbrances. Debtor has good and marketable title to its Collateral, free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances and rights of any kind, except the Liens in favor of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or otherwise scheduled pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement or as otherwise approved in writing by the Secured Party, and has the right to pledge, sell, assign or transfer the same. There exists no adverse claim with respect to the Pledged Equity.

 

(b) Authorization of Pledged Equity. All Pledged Equity is duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and, to the extent applicable, nonassessable and is not subject to the preemptive rights of any person.

 

(c) Security Interest/Priority. This Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Secured Party in the Collateral of Debtor pursuant to the terms set forth herein and, when properly perfected by filing shall constitute a valid and perfected first priority security interest with respect to the First Priority Pledged Equity, and a third priority security interest with respect to (i) Collateral owned by EFSH (including all uncertificated Pledged Equity consisting of partnership or limited liability company interests that do not constitute securities, other than the First Priority Pledged Equity) and (ii) Collateral owned by 1847 Goedeker, in which, in each case, certain holders of the Senior Indebtedness have a first priority security interest, to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing under the UCC, free and clear of all liens except for Permitted Liens and liens permitted by the Securities Purchase Agreement. The taking possession by the Secured Party of the certificated securities (if any) evidencing the First Priority Pledged Equity will perfect and establish the first priority of the Secured Party’s security interest in all the First Priority Pledged Equity evidenced by such certificated securities and such instruments.

 
 
4
 
 

 

(d) Consents; Etc. There are no restrictions in any organizational document governing any Pledged Equity or any other document related thereto which would limit or restrict (i) the grant of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement on such Pledged Equity, (ii) the perfection of such security interest or (iii) the exercise of remedies in respect of such perfected security interest in the Pledged Equity as contemplated by this Agreement. Except for (i) the filing or recording of UCC financing statements, (ii) the filing of appropriate notices with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, other applicable federal registries and local registries regarding assignments of rents and fixture filings, (iii) obtaining control to perfect the security interests created by this Agreement (to the extent required under Section 4 hereof), (iv) such actions as may be required by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities, and (v) consents, authorizations, filings or other actions which have been obtained or made, no consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or governmental authority and no consent of any other person (including, without limitation, any stockholder, member or creditor of Debtor), is required for (A) the grant by Debtor of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereby or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Debtor, (B) the perfection of such security interest (to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing under the UCC, the granting of control (to the extent required by Section 4(a) hereof) or by filing an appropriate notice with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or other applicable registry) or (C) the exercise by the Secured party of the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) Right to Inspect the Collateral. The Secured Party shall have the right, during usual business hours of the applicable Debtor and upon reasonable advance notice, to inspect and examine the Collateral. Debtor agrees that any reasonable expenses incurred by the Secured Party in connection with this Section 5(e) during the continuance of an Event of Default shall constitute Secured Party Expenses.

 

(f) Negative Covenants. Except for sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, Debtor shall not (i) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, relocate or transfer, any of the Collateral, except dispositions of Collateral that is worn out, obsolete or no longer necessary in the business of Debtor, (ii) allow any liens on or grant security interests in the Collateral except the Permitted Liens or (iii) change any of their names or add any new fictitious name without the written consent of the Secured Party.

 

(g) Relocation of Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business of Debtor, and the addresses at which the Collateral is located 590 Madison Avenue, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10022, and such other address as indicated on Schedule 5(e) hereto. Debtor shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Secured Party, relocate such principal place of business or the Collateral, with no relocation being permitted outside the United States in any event.

 

(h) Further Information. Debtor shall promptly supply the Secured Party with such information concerning Debtor’s business as the Secured Party may reasonably request from time-to-time hereafter, and shall within five (5) business days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Secured Party of any event which constitutes an Event of Default.

 

(i) Solvency. Debtor is now and shall be at all times hereafter able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

(j) Secured Party Expenses. Debtor shall, within fifteen (15) business days of written demand from the Secured Party accompanied by adequate documentation of such expenses, reimburse the Secured Party for all sums expended by it which constitute Secured Party Expenses and, in the event that Debtor does not pay any Secured Party Expenses payable to a third party within fifteen (15) business days after notice thereof, then the Secured Party may immediately and without further notice pay such Secured Party Expenses on Debtor’s behalf. All such expenses shall become a part of the Obligations and, at the Secured Party’s option, will (i) be payable on demand or (ii) be added to the balance of the Note and be payable proportionately with any installment payments that become due during the remaining term of the Note or, (iii) at Secured Party’s option, may be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the maturity of the Note. This Agreement shall also secure payment of those amounts.

 
 
5
 
 

 

(k) Commercial Tort Claims. Debtor have no pending commercial tort claim (as a plaintiff) against any individual or entity (a “Commercial Claim”). Debtor shall promptly deliver to the Secured Party notice of any Commercial Claim that a Debtor may bring against any individual or entity, together with such information with respect thereto as the Secured Party may reasonably request. Within ten (10) days after a written request by the Secured Party, Debtor shall grant the Secured Party a security interest in any pending Commercial Claim to the extent such security interest is permitted by applicable law.

 

(l) Reliance by the Secured Party; Representations Cumulative. Each representation, warranty and agreement contained in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been relied on by the Secured Party regardless of any investigation made or information possessed by the Secured Party. The representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any and all other representations, warranties and agreements set forth in the Subscription Documents or any other documents created after the Closing Date and signed by Debtor.

 

6. Events of Default. The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Note shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Debtor under this Agreement.

 

7. Rights and Remedies.

 

(a) Rights and Remedies of the Secured Party.

 

(i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice of election and without demand, the Secured Party may cause any one or more of the following to occur, all of which are authorized by Debtor:

 

(A) The Secured Party may make such payments and do such acts as it reasonably considers necessary to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Debtor agree to promptly assemble and make available the Collateral if the Secured Party so requires. Debtor authorize the Secured Party to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and pay, purchase, contest or compromise any encumbrance, claim, right or lien which, in the reasonable opinion of the Secured Party, appears to be prior or superior to its security interest in violation of this Agreement, and to pay all reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(B) The Secured Party shall be automatically deemed to be granted a license or other appropriate right to use, without charge or representation or warranty, Debtor’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, and any other property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral.

 

(C) The Secured Party may ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral.

 
 
6
 
 

 

(D) The Secured Party may sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both (which in the case of a private sale of Pledged Equity, shall be to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own accounts, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof), by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Debtor’s premises) as is commercially reasonable (it not being necessary that the Collateral be present at any such sale). In the case of a sale of Pledged Equity, the Secured party shall have no obligation to delay sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933. Debtor further acknowledges and agrees that any offer to sell any Pledged Equity which has been (i) publicly advertised on a bona fide basis in a newspaper or other publication of general circulation in the financial community of New York, New York (to the extent that such offer may be advertised without prior registration under the Securities Act of 1933), or (ii) made privately in the manner described above shall be deemed to involve a “public sale” under the UCC, notwithstanding that such sale may not constitute a “public offering” under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Secured Party may, in such event, bid for the purchase of such securities

 

(E) The Secured Party shall be entitled to give notice of the disposition of the Collateral as follows: (1) the Secured Party shall give Debtor a notice in writing of the time and place of public sale, or, if the sale is a private sale or some other disposition other than a public sale is to be made of the Collateral, the time on or after which the private sale or other disposition is to be made, (2) the notice shall be personally delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to Debtor at least ten (10) days before the date fixed for the sale, or at least ten (10) days before the date on or after which the private sale or other disposition is to be made, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value in which case the Secured Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such notice to Debtor as far in advance of such disposition as is practicable.

 

(F) The Secured Party may purchase all or any portion of the Collateral at any public sale by credit bid or other appropriate payment therefor.

 

(G) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Secured Party shall have the following rights and remedies regarding the appointment of a receiver: (1) the Secured Party may have a receiver appointed as a matter of right, (2) the receiver may be an employee of the Secured Party and may serve without bond, and (3) all fees of the receiver and his or her attorney shall be Secured Party Expenses and become part of the Obligations and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Rate specified in the Note from the date of expenditure until repaid.

 

(H) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Secured Party, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. The Secured Party may at any time, in its reasonable discretion, transfer any Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee(s) and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Obligations or apply it to payment of the Obligations in such order of preference as the Secured Party may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, loans receivable, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, the Secured Party may demand, collect, issue receipts for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or otherwise realize on the Collateral as the Secured Party may determine (in its reasonable discretion), whether or not the Obligations are then due. For these purposes, the Secured Party may, on behalf of and in the name of Debtor, (1) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Debtor, (2) change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent, and (3) endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to the payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, the Secured Party may notify account debtors and Debtor on any Collateral to make payments directly to the Secured Party.

 
 
7
 
 

 

(ii) The Secured Party may deduct from the proceeds of any sale of the Collateral all Secured Party Expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement and exercise of any of the rights and remedies of the Secured Party provided for herein, irrespective of whether suit is commenced. If such deduction does not occur (in the Secured Party’s reasonable discretion), upon demand, Debtor shall pay all of such Secured Party Expenses. Any deficiency which exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided herein will be paid immediately by Debtor, and any excess that exists will be returned, without interest and subject to the rights of third parties, to Debtor by the Secured Party; provided, however, that if any excess exists at a time when any of the Obligations remain outstanding, such excess shall instead remain as part of the Collateral and continue to be subject to the security interest in Section 3(a) above until such time as all of the Obligations have been fully satisfied or otherwise terminated.

 

(iii) Voting and payment Rights in Respect of the Pledged Equity.

 

(A) So long as no Event of Default shall exist, Debtor may (1) exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Equity of such Debtor or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Securities Purchase Agreement and (2) receive and retain any and all dividends (other than stock dividends and other dividends constituting Collateral which are addressed hereinabove), principal or interest paid in respect of the Pledged Equity to the extent they are allowed under the Securities Purchase Agreement; and

 

(B) During the continuance of an Event of Default, (1) all rights of an Debtor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (A)(1) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Secured Party which shall then have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, (2) all rights of an Debtor to receive the dividends, principal and interest payments which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to clause (A)(2) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon be vested in the Secured Party which shall then have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, principal and interest payments, and (3) all dividends, principal and interest payments which are received by a Debtor contrary to the provisions of clause (B)(2) above shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Debtor, and shall be forthwith paid over to the Secured Party as Collateral in the exact form received, to be held by the Secured Party as Collateral and as further collateral security for the Secured Obligations.

 

(b) Rights and Remedies Cumulative. The rights and remedies of the Secured Party under this Agreement and any other agreements and documents delivered or executed in connection with the Obligations shall be cumulative. The Secured Party shall also have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as are provided under applicable law, or in equity. No exercise by the Secured Party of any one right or remedy shall be deemed an election.

 
 
8
 
 

 

8. Additional Waivers. The Secured Party shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency or other person whomsoever, except to the extent that such loss, damage, liability, cost or expense has resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Secured Party or its affiliates. If the Secured Party at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an Event of Default, the Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if the Secured Party takes such action for that purpose as Debtor shall request or as the Secured Party, in its reasonable discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Debtor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. The Secured Party shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve, or maintain any security interest given to secure the Obligations.

 

9. Notices. All notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement shall be made in writing as provided in the Note, such notices shall be delivered to the addresses indicated herein. Each party shall provide written notice to the other party of any change in address.

 

10. Choice of Law. The validity of this Agreement, its construction, interpretation and enforcement, and the rights of the parties hereunder and concerning the Collateral, shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York as applied to contracts made and to be fully performed in such state, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof, except to the extent that the validity, perfection or enforcement of a security interest hereunder in respect of any Collateral is governed by the laws of the state of New York or some other state, in which case such laws shall govern.

 

11. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE DEBTOR WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

12. General Provisions.

 

(a) Effectiveness. This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective against Debtor when executed by Debtor and the Secured Party.

 

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted endorsees, transferees and assigns of the Secured Party. Debtor shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, and any such assignment shall be absolutely void.

 

(c) Section Headings. Section headings are for convenience only.

 

(d) Interpretation. No uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against the Secured Party or Debtor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of the parties.

 

(e) Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 
 
9
 
 

 

(f) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the agreements and documents referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter covered herein and supersede all prior agreements, negotiations and understandings, written or oral, with respect to such subject matter. No provision of this Agreement shall be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by Debtor and the Secured Party.

 

(g) Good Faith. The parties intend and agree that their respective rights, duties, powers, liabilities and obligations shall be performed, carried out, discharged and exercised reasonably and in good faith.

 

(h) Waiver and Consent. No delay or omission on the part of the Secured Party in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by the Secured Party of a provision of this Agreement or any other agreement between or among the parties shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of the Secured Party’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by the Secured Party, nor any course of dealing between the Secured Party and Debtor, shall constitute a waiver of any of the Secured Party’s rights or of any of Debtor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of the Secured Party is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by the Secured Party in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the reasonable discretion of the Secured Party.

 

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

(j) Termination. Upon full satisfaction or other termination of the Obligations (i) the Secured Party shall release and return to Debtor all of the Collateral and any and all certificates and other documentation representing or relating to the Collateral and (ii) the security interests provided for under this Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect. At Debtor’s expense, the Secured Party shall take all actions reasonably requested by Debtor in connection with the foregoing.

 

(k) Consent of Debtor as Issuers of Pledged Equity. Debtor/issuer of Pledged Equity party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees to the grant of the security interests in such Pledged Equity pursuant to this Agreement, together with all rights accompanying such security interest as provided by this Agreement and applicable law, notwithstanding any anti-assignment provisions in any operating agreement, limited partnership agreement or similar organizational or governance documents of such issuer.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 
 
10
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized persons on the date first written above.

 
 

The Debtor:

 

1847 HOLDINGS LLC

       
  By: /s/ Ellery W. Roberts

 

Name:

Ellery W. Roberts  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
       

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Secured Party:

 

LEONITE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Avi Geller

 

 

Name:

Avi Geller

 

 

Title:

Chief Investment Officer

 

 

 
11
 
 

 

Schedule 5(e)

 

Locations of Collateral/Addresses of Debtor

 

1847 Holdings LLC

590 Madison Ave.

21st Floor

New York New York 10022

 

1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.

590 Madison Ave.

21st Floor

New York New York 10022

 

1847 Goedeker Inc.

13850 Manchester Road

Ballwin, MO 63011

 
 
12
 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COLLATERAL

 

1. All accounts, chattel paper, contracts, contract rights, accounts receivable, tax refunds, tax credits, Notes receivable, Pledged Equity, documents, choses in action and general intangibles, including, but not limited to, proceeds of inventory and returned goods and proceeds from the sale of goods and services, and all rights, liens, securities, guaranties, remedies and privileges related thereto, including the right of stoppage in transit and rights and property of any kind forming the subject matter of any of the foregoing;

 

2. All certificates of deposit and all time, savings, demand, or other deposit accounts in the name of Debtor or in which Debtor has any right, title or interest, including but not limited to all sums now or at any time hereafter on deposit, and any renewals, extensions or replacements of and all other property which may from time to time be acquired directly or indirectly using the proceeds of any of the foregoing;

 

3. All inventory and equipment of every type or description wherever located, including, but not limited to all raw materials, parts, containers, work in process, finished goods, goods in transit, wares, merchandise, furniture, fixtures, hardware, machinery, tools, parts, supplies, automobiles, trucks, other intangible property of whatever kind and wherever located associated with the Debtor's business, tools and goods returned for credit, repossessed, reclaimed or otherwise reacquired by Debtor;

 

4. All documents of title and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, exchange or substitution for or addition to any of the foregoing including, but not limited to, any documents of title;

 

5. All know-how, information, labels, permits, patents, copyrights, goodwill, trademarks, trade names, licenses and approvals held by Debtor, including all other intangible property of Debtor;

 

6. All assets of any type or description that may at any time be assigned or delivered to or come into possession of Debtor for any purpose for the account of Debtor or as to which Debtor may have any right, title, interest or power, and property in the possession or custody of or in transit to anyone for the account of Debtor, as well as all proceeds and products thereof and accessions and annexations thereto; and

 

7. All proceeds (including but not limited to insurance proceeds) and products of and accessions and annexations to any of the foregoing.

 
 
13

 

EXHIBIT 10.18

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

(Respecting Leonite Note)

 

This Subordination Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 5, 2019, by the Leonite Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Subordinated Creditor”), in favor of Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Senior Lender”). Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

RECITALS:

 

A. 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco” and together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”) are now, or may hereafter be, indebted to Senior Lender as a result of extensions of credit under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B. Borrower is indebted to Subordinated Creditor under the Leonite Note, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Subordinated Note”).

 

C. To induce Senior Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement, and to extend financial accommodations to the Loan Parties, the Subordinated Creditor is willing to enter into this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS:

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing premises, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Subordinated Creditor agrees as follows:

 

1. Subordination of Payment and Liens.

 

(a) The payment of all amounts owed under the Subordinated Note (the “Subordinated Indebtedness”) are hereby subordinated to the payment in full of all indebtedness owed to the Senior Lender under the Loan Agreement and all other loan documents, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created (the “Senior Indebtedness”). No payments or other distributions whatsoever in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be made by the Loan Parties and no property or assets of the Loan Parties shall be applied to the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness, until the Senior Indebtedness shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due payment on the Subordinated Note) and such payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive regularly scheduled monthly payments of interest (but not accelerated payments) when and as due under the Subordinated Note as in effect on the date hereof.

 
 
1
 
 

 

(b) The Liens of the Subordinated Creditor on the Collateral, including all Liens of the Subordinated Creditor on any Equity Interest of any Loan Party, are hereby subordinated to the Liens of the Senior Lender arising under the Loan Documents or otherwise arising in connection with the Senior Indebtedness regardless of the respective dates of attachment or perfection of the Lien of the Subordinated Creditor and the Lien of the Senior Lender.

 

2. No Right of Action. The Subordinated Creditor will not demand payment of or otherwise accelerate the Subordinated Indebtedness or commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor (unless the Senior Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. The Subordinated Creditor will not obtain or otherwise acquire or accept any lien in any property or assets of the Loan Parties unless it is subordinated to the prior lien of the Senior Lender. The Subordinated Creditor will not commence any action or proceeding with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, will not take possession of, sell, or dispose of any property or assets of the Loan Parties, and will not exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditor with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated.

 

3. Subordinated Indebtedness Owed Only to Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Creditor has not previously assigned any interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness, that no other entity or person owns an interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness (whether as joint holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness, participants or otherwise), and that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness is owing only to the Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor further covenants that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be owing only to the Subordinated Creditor unless it is assigned to an entity or a person who agrees with the Senior Lender to be bound by the subordination provisions set forth herein.

 
 
2
 
 

 

4. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Subordinated Creditor receives any payment in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness that the Subordinated Creditor is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will hold the amount so received in trust for the Senior Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application to then‑existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due), in such manner of application as the Senior Lender may deem appropriate. If the Subordinated Creditor exercises any right of setoff or takes any other action which the Subordinated Creditor is not permitted to exercise or take under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will promptly pay over to the Senior Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the amount of the claims or obligations so offset or an amount equal to any amount recovered from any such action, as applicable. If the Subordinated Creditor fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Senior Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney‑in‑fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) for the Subordinated Creditor to make such endorsement in the Subordinated Creditor’s name. The turnover of any prohibited payments by the Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Lender pursuant to this Section 4 shall not limit or restrict any other claims, actions, rights or remedies which the Senior Lender may have against the Subordinated Creditor as a result of the Subordinated Creditor’s exercising any right or taking any action which is not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 

5. Continuing Nature of Subordination. This Agreement shall be effective and may not be terminated or otherwise revoked by the Subordinated Creditor until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and discharged and all financing arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender have been terminated. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement of subordination, and the Senior Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Subordinated Creditor, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

6. Instrument Legend; No Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness. Any instrument evidencing the Subordinated Indebtedness will be inscribed with a legend conspicuously indicating that payment thereof is subordinated to the claims of the Senior Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Subordinated Creditor will not agree to any amendment, restatement or other modification of the Subordinated Note or of the other Leonite Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Senior Lender, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

7. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Subordinated Creditor (and the Subordinated Creditor’s successors and assigns), and shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Lender (and its successors and assigns).

 

8. Governing Law and Construction. The validity, construction and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the state of Minnesota, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 
 
3
 
 

 

9. Consent to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR MINNESOTA STATE COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA; AND THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE SENIOR LENDER AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

 

10. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11. No Obligation to Provide Financial Accommodations. The Subordinated Creditor acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is executed and delivered to the Senior Lender to induce the Senior Lender to make financial accommodations available to the Borrower, but this Agreement does not obligate the Senior Lender to make any financial accommodations available to the Borrower.

 

(Signature page follows)

 
 
4
 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
  LEONITE CAPITAL LLC
       
  By: /s/ Avi Geller

 

Name:

Avi Geller  
  Its: CIO  
       

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

1 Hillcrest Center Drive Suite 232

 

 

Spring Valley, NY 10977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
5
 
 

 

LOAN PARTIES’ ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the foregoing Subordination Agreement, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, to make no payments or distributions contrary to the terms and provisions thereof, and to do every other act and thing necessary or appropriate to carry out such terms and provisions.

 
  1847 GOEDKER INC.
       
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry  
  Its: Chief Financial Officer  
       

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 
6

 

EXHIBIT 10.19

 

Execution Version

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

(Respecting Leonite Note)

 

This Subordination Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of April 5, 2019, by the Leonite Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Subordinated Creditor”), in favor of Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Senior Lender”). Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

RECITALS:

 

A. 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco” and together with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”) are now, or may hereafter be, indebted to Senior Lender as a result of extensions of credit under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender (as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B. Borrower is indebted to Subordinated Creditor under the Leonite Note, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Subordinated Note”).

 

C. To induce Senior Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement, and to extend financial accommodations to the Loan Parties, the Subordinated Creditor is willing to enter into this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS:

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the foregoing premises, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Subordinated Creditor agrees as follows:

 

1. Subordination of Payment and Liens.

 

(a) The payment of all amounts owed under the Subordinated Note (the “Subordinated Indebtedness”) are hereby subordinated to the payment in full of all indebtedness owed to the Senior Lender under the Loan Agreement and all other loan documents, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or created (the “Senior Indebtedness”). No payments or other distributions whatsoever in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be made by the Loan Parties and no property or assets of the Loan Parties shall be applied to the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Indebtedness, until the Senior Indebtedness shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no “Default” or “Event of Default” (each as defined in the Loan Agreement or any other loan document evidencing Senior Indebtedness) has occurred (or would result on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the then due payment on the Subordinated Note) and such payments were reflected in the business plan most recently delivered to the Senior Lender by the Borrower, Borrower may pay and the Subordinated Creditor may receive regularly scheduled monthly payments of interest (but not accelerated payments) when and as due under the Subordinated Note as in effect on the date hereof.

 
 
1
 
 

 

Execution Version

 

(b) The Liens of the Subordinated Creditor on the Collateral, including all Liens of the Subordinated Creditor on any Equity Interest of any Loan Party, are hereby subordinated to the Liens of the Senior Lender arising under the Loan Documents or otherwise arising in connection with the Senior Indebtedness regardless of the respective dates of attachment or perfection of the Lien of the Subordinated Creditor and the Lien of the Senior Lender.

 

2. No Right of Action. The Subordinated Creditor will not demand payment of or otherwise accelerate the Subordinated Indebtedness or commence any action or proceeding against the Loan Parties to recover all or any part of the Subordinated Indebtedness, or join with any creditor (unless the Senior Lender shall so join) in bringing any proceeding against the Loan Parties under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt, arrangement of debt, receivership, liquidation or insolvency law or statute of the federal or any state government, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated. The Subordinated Creditor will not obtain or otherwise acquire or accept any lien in any property or assets of the Loan Parties unless it is subordinated to the prior lien of the Senior Lender. The Subordinated Creditor will not commence any action or proceeding with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, will not take possession of, sell, or dispose of any property or assets of the Loan Parties, and will not exercise or enforce any right or remedy available to the Subordinated Creditor with respect to any property or assets of the Loan Parties, unless and until the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full and all commitments of the Senior Lender to make loans and other credit accommodations to the Loan Parties have been terminated.

 

3. Subordinated Indebtedness Owed Only to Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor warrants and represents that the Subordinated Creditor has not previously assigned any interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness, that no other entity or person owns an interest in the Subordinated Indebtedness (whether as joint holders of the Subordinated Indebtedness, participants or otherwise), and that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness is owing only to the Subordinated Creditor. The Subordinated Creditor further covenants that all of the Subordinated Indebtedness shall continue to be owing only to the Subordinated Creditor unless it is assigned to an entity or a person who agrees with the Senior Lender to be bound by the subordination provisions set forth herein.

 

4. Receipt of Prohibited Payments. If the Subordinated Creditor receives any payment in respect of the Subordinated Indebtedness that the Subordinated Creditor is not entitled to receive under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will hold the amount so received in trust for the Senior Lender and will forthwith turn over such payment to the Senior Lender in the form received (except for the endorsement of the Subordinated Creditor where necessary) for application to then‑existing Senior Indebtedness (whether or not due), in such manner of application as the Senior Lender may deem appropriate. If the Subordinated Creditor exercises any right of setoff or takes any other action which the Subordinated Creditor is not permitted to exercise or take under the provisions of this Agreement, the Subordinated Creditor will promptly pay over to the Senior Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the amount of the claims or obligations so offset or an amount equal to any amount recovered from any such action, as applicable. If the Subordinated Creditor fails to make any endorsement required under this Agreement, the Senior Lender is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney‑in‑fact (which appointment is coupled with an interest) for the Subordinated Creditor to make such endorsement in the Subordinated Creditor’s name. The turnover of any prohibited payments by the Subordinated Creditor to the Senior Lender pursuant to this Section 4 shall not limit or restrict any other claims, actions, rights or remedies which the Senior Lender may have against the Subordinated Creditor as a result of the Subordinated Creditor’s exercising any right or taking any action which is not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 
 
2
 
 

 

Execution Version

 

5. Continuing Nature of Subordination. This Agreement shall be effective and may not be terminated or otherwise revoked by the Subordinated Creditor until all of the Senior Indebtedness shall have been fully paid and discharged and all financing arrangements between the Loan Parties and the Senior Lender have been terminated. This Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement of subordination, and the Senior Lender may, without notice to or consent by the Subordinated Creditor, modify any term of the Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon this Agreement.

 

6. Instrument Legend; No Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness. Any instrument evidencing the Subordinated Indebtedness will be inscribed with a legend conspicuously indicating that payment thereof is subordinated to the claims of the Senior Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Subordinated Creditor will not agree to any amendment, restatement or other modification of the Subordinated Note or of the other Leonite Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Senior Lender, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

7. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Subordinated Creditor (and the Subordinated Creditor’s successors and assigns), and shall inure to the benefit of the Senior Lender (and its successors and assigns).

 

8. Governing Law and Construction. The validity, construction and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the state of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 
 
3
 
 

 

Execution Version

 

9. Consent to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK; AND THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE SENIOR LENDER AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

 

10. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE SUBORDINATED CREDITOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11. No Obligation to Provide Financial Accommodations. The Subordinated Creditor acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is executed and delivered to the Senior Lender to induce the Senior Lender to make financial accommodations available to the Borrower, but this Agreement does not obligate the Senior Lender to make any financial accommodations available to the Borrower.

 

(Signature page follows)

 

 
4
 
 

 

Execution Version

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED this Subordination Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
 

LEONITE CAPITAL LLC

       
  By: /s/ Avi Geller

 

Name:

Avi Geller  
  Its: CIO  
       

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

1 Hillcrest Center Drive Suite 232

 

 

Spring Valley, NY 10977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN PARTIES’ ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of the foregoing Subordination Agreement, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, to make no payments or distributions contrary to the terms and provisions thereof, and to do every other act and thing necessary or appropriate to carry out such terms and provisions.

 
  1847 GOEDKER INC.
       
  By: /s/ Robert D. Barry

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry  
  Its: Chief Financial Officer  
       

 

1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

 

 

Name:

Robert D. Barry

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 
5

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Loan and Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of June 24, 2019 between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) and Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Lender”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Loans.

Lender may from time to time advance funds (each, a Loan) for acquisition, financing and/or refinancing by Borrower of inventory (individually and collectively Inventory”) and for such other purposes as are acceptable to Lender. Borrower understands and agrees that each Loan will be solely at Lender’s discretion, and Borrower expressly disclaims any right to expect otherwise as a result of any course of dealing between Borrower or Lender, any particular need for any such Loan by Borrower, Lender’s dealings with others, Lender’s arrangements with any Vendor, or otherwise. Lender may establish a credit limit for Borrower and may adjust such credit limit from time to time. Such credit limit does not constitute a commitment or committed line of credit from Lender. To be eligible for a Loan, Inventory must be: (a) serialized, unless otherwise agreed to by Lender; (b) adequately described on an invoice issued to Borrower by a manufacturer or distributor approved by Lender (each, a Vendor). (c) approved by Lender, in Lender’s discretion, for financing pursuant to a program authorized by the applicable Vendor; and (d) encumbered by a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Lender.

 

2. Payment.

 

(a) Promise to Pay. Lender may provide to Borrower, in a manner chosen by Lender from time to time, one or more of the following: a statement of financial transaction, a program letter, an approval letter, a billing statement, or other documentation identifying Inventory, the amount of the Loan for such Inventory, and the applicable interest rates and financial terms for such Loan (individually and collectively, a Schedule”). Borrower’s failure to notify Lender in writing of any objection to a particular Schedule within ten (10) days of the date such Schedule is first made available to Borrower shall constitute Borrower’s: (a) acceptance of all terms thereof; (b) agreement that Lender is financing that Inventory at Borrower’s request; and (c) agreement that that Schedule will be incorporated herein by reference. The amount of the Loan for an item of Inventory shall be deemed to be the original invoice cost (Invoice Cost) of that item of Inventory as listed on the applicable Schedule. Borrower promises to pay to Lender the amount of each Loan pursuant to each applicable Schedule, together with interest and charges on the Invoice Cost and/or fees on the account as specified in each applicable Schedule and this Agreement (collectively, the Total Debt”). If Borrower timely objects to the terms of any Schedule and such objection is not resolved within three (3) business days, Borrower will pay Lender for such Inventory, and the terms of such Schedule shall be deemed for all purposes to be, in accordance with the most recent terms for similar Inventory to which Borrower has not objected. Regardless of the payment terms contained in any Schedule, if Lender determines at any time that the Total Debt outstanding exceeds the value of Borrower’s inventory for which Lender has an enforceable first lien security interest, then Borrower will upon demand by Lender pay the amount of such excess to Lender for application to the Obligations. Borrower assigns to Lender all present and future price protection payments, discounts, rebates, credits, factory holdbacks and incentive payments owed to Borrower by a Vendor. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Vendor to pay these directly to Lender. All payments hereunder and under each Schedule shall be made payable to Lender and delivered to the address specified by Lender from time to time or paid in such manner as Lender may specify from time to time. As to all payments made by or on behalf of Borrower with respect to its Obligations, Lender may apply any payments received to the Obligations, or any portion thereof in any manner and in any order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, notwithstanding contrary instructions received. Application of payments made on Borrower’s account may occur up to two (2) business days after deposit into Lender’s account to allow for clearance of funds. Any payment deposited after 3:00pm prevailing time in Atlanta, Georgia into Lender’s account will be deemed to have been deposited into Lender’s account the next business day.

Page 1 of 6

 

 

(b) Interest. The Schedule for a Loan will include the applicable per annum interest rates for that Loan. Any late payment interest rate listed on that Schedule may be charged to that Loan upon any payment under this Agreement or under any Schedule being past due and until such payment is made. Any maturity rate of interest listed on that Schedule may be charged to that Loan when the maturity date set forth on that Schedule has passed. Any applicable default rate of interest listed on that Schedule may be charged to that Loan upon the occurrence of any Default. If Borrower timely objects to the terms of any Schedule and such objection is not resolved within three (3) business days, the applicable interest rates for that Loan shall be in accordance with the most recent terms for similar Inventory to which Borrower has not objected; provided, however, if there are no prior terms, until resolution by the parties hereto, interest shall accrue at LIBOR (which is subject to change) plus twelve percent (12%) per annum. As used in this Agreement and all Schedules, LIBORmeans a variable rate adjusted monthly that for any calendar month is equal to the greater of (i) the highest interest rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/1000th of 1%) published on the website bloomberg.com during the calendar month prior to such calendar month as the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate for United States dollar deposits (or, if such page shall cease to be publicly available or, if the information/description contained on such page, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall cease to accurately reflect such London Interbank Offered Rate, then such rate as reported by any publicly available recognized source of similar market data selected by Lender that, in Lender’s reasonable judgment, accurately reflects such London Interbank Offered Rate) and (ii) any “Minimum LIBOR” rate set forth in any applicable Schedule. Interest shall accrue and be payable monthly, in arrears, and shall be due and payable by the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which such interest accrues. Interest shall be calculated based upon a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such calendar month. Lender may adjust any rate of interest hereunder upon prior notice to and acceptance by Borrower (which notice may, but shall not be required to, be included in a Schedule), which acceptance shall be conclusively evidenced by Borrower’s request for Loans following Lender providing notice to Borrower of the adjusted rate of interest. The adjusted rate of interest shall become effective as of the first day of the month following the month in which Borrower accepts the adjusted rate of interest. It is the intention of Lender not to charge interest pursuant to any Schedule at a rate in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law. In making such determination, interest on any outstanding credit amount shall be spread over the entire period that such credit amount is outstanding. If any interest rate provided for in this Agreement exceeds the legally permitted rate, the rate will automatically be reduced to the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. Any interest paid by Borrower to Lender in excess of the highest rate permitted by applicable law will be applied to reduce the outstanding principal of the Obligations, and if no Obligations remain outstanding, will be refunded to Borrower.

 

(c) Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to Lender each of the following fees if assessed by Lender: (i) an “Audit Fee” for each audit conducted as determined by Lender, which shall be equal in each case to the Lender’s actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such audit or any minimum audit fee amount established by Lender (with audits to be conducted as frequently as Lender, in its sole discretion, deems prudent); (ii) a “Returned Payment Fee”, in each case in which Lender receives a check, ACH electronic payment or other amount in payment of Obligations and such payment is returned or rejected by Lender’s bank for insufficient funds or for any other reason, even if it is paid subsequently, in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum amount permitted by law or (b) $50.00; and (iii), a “Late Fee” for each payment that is not received by Lender by the 25th day of a calendar month, and on the 25th day of each successive calendar month thereafter until such past due amount is received by Lender, in an amount equal to the greater of (a) five percent (5%) of the amount past due for such payment and (b) $25; (iv) a “Billing Fee” in an amount equal to $250.00 for each month that Borrower requests a paper billing statement or a paper statement of financial transaction; (v) a “Live Check Fee” in an amount equal to $50.00 for each check or similar instrument that Borrower sends to Lender for payment of Obligations or for any other payment of Obligations by Borrower to Lender other than electronic payments initiated on a website provided by Lender; (vi) a “Processing Fee” on each item of Inventory in an amount to be specified in the applicable Schedule; and (vii) any such additional fees and/or changes to the above-listed fees as Lender shall implement from time to time in connection with the servicing and/or administration of Borrower’s account with Lender, to be effective as of the notice date, or such other future date as Lender shall advise, and in each case upon prior notice to and acceptance by Borrower (which notice may, but shall not be required to, be included in a Schedule), which acceptance shall be conclusively evidenced by Borrower’s request for Loans following Lender sending notice to Borrower of a particular additional and/or changed fee. Delivery of any such notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a printed notice. Borrower further agrees to pay Lender the maximum fees permitted by applicable law in respect of any requests from Borrower for accounting, listings of Collateral, statements of account, or explanations of surpluses or deficiencies. All of the foregoing fees constitute compensation to Lender for services rendered and are not interest or a charge for the use of money.

 

Page 2 of 6

 

 

3. Collateral.

In order to secure all present and future obligations, whether under this Agreement or any other current or future agreement, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all inventory of Borrower manufactured, distributed, or sold by Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.; Samsung Electronics America, Inc.; and/or their respective affiliates or bearing any trade names, trademarks, or logos of Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.; Samsung Electronics America, Inc.; and/or their respective affiliates, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located; all returns, repossessions, exchanges, substitutions, replacements, attachments, parts, accessories and accessions of any of the foregoing; all price protection payments, discounts, rebates, credits, factory holdbacks and incentive payments related to any of the foregoing; supporting obligations to any of the foregoing; and products and proceeds in whatever form of any of the foregoing (including without limitation all goods, money, checks, accounts, deposit accounts, chattel paper, instruments, documents, and general intangibles arising from any of the foregoing) (collectively, the Collateral”). Borrower agrees that the Collateral shall at all times remain personal property, shall not become affixed to or form a part of any real estate without the consent of Lender, and shall be located at Borrower’s place(s) of business or at any other locations otherwise approved in writing by Lender from time to time. Lender retains the right to demand additional protection for the approval of a new location for Inventory, which includes, but is not limited to, a properly executed landlord/lienholder waiver(s). Borrower shall not remove any of the Collateral from such location(s) (except for moving Collateral between or among approved locations). Borrower shall take all actions that Lender from time to time reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to protect and perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto which, among other things, list the Collateral and provide any other information required to evidence the agreements set forth herein, or as may be amended from time to time, or for sufficiency or filing office acceptance. Borrower also ratifies its authorization for Lender to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. Both Borrower and Lender intend for Borrower to sell the Inventory, but only in the ordinary course of its business as Borrower normally sells such Inventory. Therefore, Borrower may sell any item of Inventory provided that: (a) no Default exists and (b) the price obtained for such item of Inventory is not less than the unpaid Total Debt attributable thereto. Borrower will hold in trust for Lender all of the proceeds of any sale of Inventory, and Borrower will immediately remit the unpaid Invoice Cost of such item of Inventory to Lender. Upon demand by Lender, Borrower shall immediately remit to Lender the full unpaid Invoice Cost of any item of Inventory (which amount shall be applied in repayment of the Loan(s) relating to such item of Inventory or otherwise as determined by Lender in its sole discretion) as to which (i) Borrower receives any deposit or similar amount from a contemplated purchaser and/or (ii) Borrower enters into a contract to sell such item of Inventory. The immediately preceding two sentences shall not apply to any Inventory financed by Lender under a scheduled payment or other non-“pay as sold” program. Borrower shall bear the entire risk of loss or destruction of, or damage to, the Collateral. Borrower will procure and continuously maintain “all risk” property insurance covering each item of Collateral for the full replacement value thereof and with such loss payable and other endorsements as Lender may require, plus such other insurance as Lender may specify from time to time. Borrower shall immediately notify Lender of any loss, theft or damage to any Collateral. Lender may alter the insurance requirements under this Section 3, as Lender reasonably deems necessary, by giving written notice to Borrower. Borrower hereby agrees that Lender may act as Borrower’s representative in making, adjusting and settling claims with respect to the Collateral under any such insurance policies, and endorsing Borrower’s name on any drafts, checks or other instruments drawn by an insurer and relating to the Collateral. Until Borrower’s presentation of proper evidence of valid insurance meeting the requirements of this Section 3 in a form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, or in the event of Borrower’s failure to secure and maintain insurance as herein required, Lender may, to protect and insure the Collateral, at its sole option, secure such insurance on behalf of Borrower, and Borrower hereby promises to pay to Lender on demand any amounts expended by Lender for such insurance. Insurance purchased by Lender may include coverage beyond those required by this Section 3. Lender’s affiliates may act as insurance carrier, premium finance company and/or insurance administrator, and may be compensated through premium charges, commissions, premium rebates and Bees. Borrower acknowledges that any insurance obtained by Lender is solely for the benefit of Lender and may be more expensive than insurance obtained by Borrower. Lender will promptly discontinue any insurance purchased by Lender upon Borrower’s presentation of proper evidence of valid insurance meeting the requirements of this Section 3. Lender’s acceptance of policies in lesser amounts in one instance shall not be a waiver of Borrower’s obligations hereunder in any other instances. BORROWER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT: (a) LENDER IS NOT THE MANUFACTURER OR THE SELLER OF THE INVENTORY; AND (b) LENDER HAS NOT MADE ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE INVENTORY OF ANY NATURE OR KIND WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE INVENTORY, ITS FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS OR ITS NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THE RIGHTS OF OTHERS. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS AGAINST LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE INVENTORY WHETHER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE. BORROWER AGREES THAT ITS OBLIGATIONS TO LENDER WITH RESPECT TO INVENTORY FINANCED BY LENDER SHALL BE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL AT ALL TIMES AFTER LENDER HAS ADVANCED OR COMMITTED TO ADVANCE ALL OR ANY PART OF THE INVOICE COST OF SUCH INVENTORY TO THE SELLER THEREOF. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, BORROWER WILL NOT DELAY PAYMENT OF ANY OBLIGATIONS TO LENDER, OR ASSERT ANY DEFENSE OR SET-OFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OBLIGATIONS, DUE TO A DISPUTE BETWEEN BORROWER AND A VENDOR OF INVENTORY AND REGARDLESS OF ANY DISCOUNT OR ALLOWANCE PROVIDED BY A VENDOR TO BORROWER.

 

Page 3 of 6

 

 

4. Borrower’s Representations. Warranties and Covenants.

Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that: the execution of and performance by Borrower under the terms of this Agreement, each Schedule and related financing documents have been approved for Borrower by all necessary corporate or other action as applicable; Borrower is duly formed and is in good standing and qualified to do business in its state of organization (if applicable) and in the state(s) in which its place(s) of business is (are) located; the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not contravene any of Borrower’s organizational documents or any other agreement, document or instrument to which Borrower is a party; this Agreement is a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of Borrower; Borrower lawfully possesses and owns each item of Collateral financed or refinanced by Lender for Borrower; the Collateral is free from, and will remain free from, all liens or other encumbrances, except for the security interest granted hereby and any security interests that are junior in priority to the security interest granted hereby; if Borrower acquires any inventory from a Vendor with funds advanced under this Agreement, then all of Borrower’s inventory acquired from such Vendor is free from, and will remain free from, all liens or other encumbrances, except for the security interest granted hereby; Borrower is a merchant engaged in the business of selling the Inventory and other personal property of a kind similar to the Inventory; all information supplied and statements made by Borrower in any financial statement or other document delivered to Lender at any time is, and shall be, true, correct, complete and genuine when delivered; the Borrower is not a party to or the subject of any lawsuit, governmental investigation or proceeding or material dispute with any party, except as previously disclosed in writing to Lender; the Financial Statements and other information provided by Borrower to Lender in the credit application or otherwise have not materially changed from the date of submission of such information through the date of Borrower’s signing of this Agreement; and the Financial Statements and other information provided by any guarantor of Borrower (or by any other party liable for any of Borrower’s and/or its affiliates obligations to Lender and/or its affiliates) in the credit application or otherwise have not materially changed from the date of submission of such information through the date of Borrower’s signing of this Agreement. Each request for a Loan by Borrower will be a reaffirmation of Borrower’s representations and warranties contained herein as of the date of such request.

 

Borrower agrees: that the Borrower will not change its principal residence (if Borrower is an individual), its chief executive office (if Borrower is not a registered organization), or its State of organization (if Borrower is a registered organization organized under State law) without prior written consent from Lender; that Borrower will not change its name or entity type without prior consent from Lender; that Borrower will not merge or consolidate with any other party or sell, transfer, abandon, or otherwise dispose of a substantial part of Borrower’s assets (other than the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business); to defend, at Borrower’s own expense, any action, proceeding or claim affecting the Collateral; to give notice to Lender of (i) any defect or non-conformity in any shipment of the Inventory financed by Lender, or any claim of a right to reject or revoke acceptance of such Inventory for any reason, no later than five (5) days after delivery of such Inventory and (ii) any event or circumstance that has caused, or would reasonably be expected to cause, a material adverse effect on the Borrower, its business or its financial prospects, immediately upon becoming aware of such event or circumstance; to pay promptly all taxes, assessments, license fees and other public or private charges when levied or assessed against the Collateral, this Agreement, any Schedule, or payments to be made in connection therewith (such obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement); to pay all transportation and storage charges on the Collateral, and pay all rents and other amounts, if any, for the use of premises on which Borrower keeps any Collateral; to obtain, upon the request of Lender, waivers of interest and/or non-disturbance agreements from landlords, lienholders, warehousemen and/or bailors as to locations where any Collateral is located; that if a certificate of title is required by law with respect to any item of Collateral, Borrower shall obtain such certificate and shall note the security interest of Lender thereon and shall do everything necessary or expedient to preserve or perfect the security interest of Lender therein; that Borrower will not misuse, fail to keep in good repair, secrete or, except with Lender’s prior written consent, rent, lend, assign or otherwise transfer any of the Collateral, or use the Collateral for any purpose other than in accordance with accepted industry practices; that Lender may enter upon Borrower’s premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Collateral and Borrower’s books and records pertaining to the Collateral with the full cooperation and assistance of Borrower; to take all such actions reasonably requested by Lender to further implement and give effect to the agreements contained in this Agreement; and to indemnify and hold harmless Lender and its affiliates from any claims, losses, costs and expenses asserted by Borrower, any customer of Borrower or any other party relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any Collateral; to deliver to Lender, within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, Borrower’s balance sheet, and statement of income (“Financial Statements”) certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and as presenting fairly the financial condition of Borrower as of the date thereof and for the period then ended; to deliver to Lender upon request by Lender (i) copies of Borrower’s quarterly Financial Statements certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as presenting fairly the financial condition of Borrower as of the date thereof and for the period then ended, (ii) copies of Borrower’s monthly Financial Statements certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as presenting fairly the financial condition of Borrower as of the date thereof and for the period then ended, (iii) a report of the Collateral in a form and substance acceptable to Lender including without limitation a detailed listing of Borrower’s inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and sales journals and that is certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as being true, correct, complete and genuine; and (iv) such other financial statements or information regarding Borrower or the Collateral, as Lender reasonably may request from time to time.

 

Page 4 of 6

 

 

5. Power of Attorney.

To facilitate and carry out the purposes of this Agreement and Borrower’s obligations to Lender, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender and its affiliates, as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution, to do the following acts on behalf of Borrower: to prepare, execute and deliver in the name of Borrower security agreements, financing statements, Certificates of Title and Statements of Origin relating to the Collateral; to endorse Borrower’s name upon any notes, checks, drafts, money orders and other forms of instruments made payable to Borrower; and generally to perform all acts and do all things necessary to preserve and protect the Collateral and Lender’s rights and interest therein and to otherwise accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including the making of affidavits and the acknowledgment of instruments as fully as if done by the Borrower. The foregoing powers are coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable without the prior written consent of Lender, as long as any Obligations remain outstanding.

 

6. Default.

Borrower and Lender acknowledge that time is of the essence in this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, Default means any one or combination of the following: (a) any of Borrower’s obligations to Lender and/or any affiliate of Lender under this Agreement, any Schedule or any other agreement are not paid or performed as required; (b) there occurs a default by any affiliate of Borrower under any agreement with Lender and/or any affiliate of Lender; (c) there occurs a default by Borrower under any agreement with another lender, (d) there occurs a material default by Borrower under any material agreement to which Borrower is a party; (e) any sale or other disposition of the Inventory is made by Borrower other than in compliance with Section 3 of this Agreement, (f) Borrower breaches any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein or in any other instrument or agreement delivered by Borrower to Lender or any affiliate of Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other transaction; (g) Borrower dies, ceases to do business as a going concern or there occurs a material change in the ownership or management of Borrower’s business; (g) any of the Inventory is lost, damaged or destroyed and Borrower fails to pay to Lender within five (5) days thereafter (the Grace Period) the unpaid Invoice Cost of such Inventory; however, If Lender seeks payment for any Inventory from the proceeds of the insurance described in Section 3 of this Agreement, then the Grace Period will not begin for such Inventory until Lender gives notice to Borrower that Borrower must make payment for such Inventory; (i) Borrower becomes insolvent or bankrupt Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver; a trustee or a receiver is appointed for Borrower or for a substantial part of its property without its consent; bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings are instituted by or against Borrower; or any of the foregoing occurs with respect to any guarantor or other party liable for any of Borrower’s and/or its affiliates obligations to Lender and/or its affiliates; (j) all or any part of the Inventory is attached, levied or seized upon in any proceeding and such process is not discharged within ten (10) days; (k) Lender believes that the prospect of payment or performance of Borrower’s and/or its affiliates obligations to Lender and/or its affiliates is impaired, whether by reason of a material adverse change in the business prospects or financial condition of Borrower or otherwise, or, in good faith, believes that the Collateral is insufficient security for Borrower’s obligations to Lender; (1) any guarantor, surety or endorser for any of Borrower’s and/or its affiliate’s obligations to Lender and/or its affiliates dies, defaults under any agreement with, or in favor of; Lender or any affiliate of Lender, or any guaranty of the obligations secured hereby is terminated; or (m) Lender believes that the prospect of payment or performance of the obligations of any guarantor, surety or endorser for any of Borrower’s and/or its affiliate’s obligations to Lender and/or its affiliates is impaired, whether by reason of a material adverse change in the business prospects or financial condition or otherwise.

 

7. Remedies.

If a Default occurs, the indebtedness herein described and all other debts then owing by Borrower to Lender and/or its affiliates under this Agreement or any other present or future agreement (the Oblieations) shall, if Lender shall so elect, become immediately due and payable, provided, however, that upon the institution of any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings filed by or against Borrower, the Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable without notice or demand of any kind. Furthermore, if a Default occurs, Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies of a Lender under the Uniform Commercial Code and any other applicable laws. Borrower agrees that Lender may, by itself or through an agent, without notice to any person and without judicial process of any kind, enter into any premises or upon any land owned, leased or otherwise under the apparent control of Borrower where Lender believes the Collateral may be, and disassemble, render unusable and/or repossess all or any items of the Collateral. Borrower expressly waives all rights to possession of the Collateral after default and all claims for injuries suffered through or loss caused by such entering and/or repossession by Lender. Borrower shall, upon demand by Lender, assemble the Collateral and return it to Lender at a place designated by Lender. Borrower agrees that the repurchase of any item of Collateral by the manufacturer or any distributor thereof shall constitute a commercially reasonable private sale of the Collateral by Lender, if the price obtained is equal to: (a) the then outstanding Invoice Cost of such item of Collateral, minus (b) the sum of all (i) unpaid principal curtailments on the Collateral (which Borrower agrees will approximate the depreciation of the Collateral) and (ii) amounts incurred, if any, to restore such item of Collateral to the equivalent of unused condition. Expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling and the like shall include attorney’s fees and other legal expenses and shall be the responsibility of Borrower. Borrower is also responsible to pay all other costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses in connection with or arising out of any deficiency suit, collection actions or otherwise following a Default. All such costs and expenses are payable by Borrower on demand by Lender and constitute part of the Obligations. Borrower understands that Lender’s rights are cumulative and not alternative. Borrower hereby expressly waives notice of non-payment, presentment, protest, dishonor, default, intent to accelerate the maturity hereof and acceleration of the maturity hereof.

 

8. Termination.

Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by prior written notice received by the other party. If Lender terminates this Agreement, Borrower agrees that (i) if Borrower is not in default hereunder, forty five (45) days prior notice of termination is reasonable and sufficient (although this provision shall not be construed to mean that shorter periods may not, in particular circumstances, also be reasonable and sufficient) and (ii) if Borrower is in default hereunder, Lender may elect to terminate this Agreement immediately upon the giving of written notice to Borrower. All outstanding, non-contingent Obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Until all Obligations are performed or satisfied in full, any termination of this Agreement shall not affect Lender’s security interest in the Collateral and all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties, and representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any other documents relating to or executed in connection with This Agreement shall continue to be effective. Lender shall not be required to record any terminations or satisfactions of any of Lender’s liens on the Collateral unless and until all Obligations are performed or satisfied in full.

Page 5 of 6

 

 

9. Miscellaneous.

Borrower authorizes Lender to give credit information about Borrower to Lender’s subsidiaries, affiliates, and agents and to Vendors. Borrower can prevent Lender from sharing credit information, other than information about Lender’s transactions or experience with Borrower, by giving written notice to Lender requesting Lender to not share such information. Lender may correct patent errors and fill in blanks herein. Lender may, in its sole discretion, waive a default or cure a default at Borrower’s expense. Any such waiver in any particular instance or any waiver of a particular default shall not be a waiver of any other defaults at the same time or at any other time. No provision of this Agreement shall be varied or modified by any prior or subsequent statement, conduct or act of any of the parties, except by a writing specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by all parties hereto. No course of dealing, course of performance„ or usage of trade shall be considered in the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement. Borrower waives any right it may have to introduce evidence of any such course of dealing course of performance or usage of trade. Any provision of this Agreement held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable than not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement, and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Agreement and each applicable Schedule contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any provisions hereof contrary to, prohibited by, or invalid under applicable law shall be inapplicable hereto, deemed omitted here from, and shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof. The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement Borrower acknowledges that it has read and understood this Agreement and received a true copy hereof, and waives notice of Lender’s acceptance hereof. Lender’s failure to charge or accrue interest or any other fees provided herein shall not be deemed a waiver by Lender of its claim thereto. This Agreement and any related instruments and documents may be endorsed, assigned and transferred in whole or in part by Lender, and any such holder and/or assignee of this Agreement shall succeed to and be possessed of the rights of Lender under this Agreement to the extent transferred and assigned. The rights and obligations of Borrower may not be assigned without the prior written consent of Lender. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, heirs and personal representatives. All notices, demands and requests required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by either: (i) personal delivery-, (ii) nationally recognized overnight express courier; (iii) facsimile, email or other electronic transmission, or (iv) certified mail, return receipt requested, with all postage and other costs of such delivery paid or prepaid. Delivery shall be deemed to have been made on the earliest of the date of personal delivery, the date one business day after dispatch by overnight express service, the date of confirmation of the facsimile or email transmission as provided by the transmitting equipment or the date five days after the date of mailing by certified mail. Unless and until notice is provided to the contrary, notices shall be addressed to the respective addresses set forth below or to any other or additional persons and addresses as the parties may from time to time designate in a writing sent as provided above. Any claim which Borrower may have against Lender arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein must be asserted by Borrower within one (1) year of it accruing or else it shall be deemed waived. Borrower agrees that such period is reasonable and sufficient for it to investigate and act upon any such claim. This Agreement shall be governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without reference to conflict of laws principles. Borrower consents to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the State of Georgia for all purposes in connection with this Agreement. Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert any objection to the jurisdiction of any of such Courts, including the objection of inconvenient forum. Borrower further consents that any process or notice of motion or other application to any of said Courts or a Judge thereof, or any notice in connection with any proceedings hereunder, may be served inside or outside the State of or the District of Georgia by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last known address or by personal service provided a reasonable time for appearance is allowed, or in such other manner as may be permissible under the Rules of said Courts. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS WITH REGARD TO DISPUTES IN ANY WAY DIRECTLY AND/OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.

 

Borrower and Lender have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

NORTHPOINT COMMERCIAL FINANCE LLC   1874 Goedeker Inc.
       
By: /s/ KAREN S. PERKINS   By: /s/ Robert D. Barry
Print Name: KAREN S. PERKINS   Print Name: Robert D. Barry
Title: SR. UNDERWRITER   Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Address for notices:   Address for notices:
     
600 Northwinds   13850 Manchester Road
11675 Rainwater Drive, Suite 450   Ballwin, MO 63011
Alpharetta, GA 30009   ATTN ROBERT BARIS

 

 

Page 6 of 6

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this Amendment”) is dated as of August 2, 2019 between 1847 Goedeker Inc. (“Borrower”) and Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC (“Lender”).

 

Borrower and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 24, 2019 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the Loan Agreement”).

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged. Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

 

1. The Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 3 and replacing it with the following:

 

In order to secure all present and future obligations, whether under this Agreement or any other current or future agreement, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in all inventory of Borrower manufactured, distributed, or sold by Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.; Samsung Electronics America, Inc.; Broan Nutone LLC; Dacor, Inc.; Fisher & Paykel Appliances Limited; Sharp Electronics Corporation; Dynamic Cooking Systems, Inc.; Miele, Incorporated; Felix Storch, Inc.; Elica S.p.A.; MOEN Incorporated; Wolf Steel LTD.; and/or any affiliates of any of the foregoing or bearing any trade names, trademarks, or logos of Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.; Samsung Electronics America, Inc.; Broan-Nutone LLC; Dacor, Inc.; Fisher & Paykel Appliances Limited; Sharp Electronics Corporation; Dynamic Cooking Systems, Inc.; Miele, Incorporated; Felix Storch, Inc.; Elica S.p.A.; MOEN Incorporated; Wolf Steel LTD.; and/or any affiliates of any of the foregoing, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located; all returns, repossessions, exchanges, substitutions, replacements, attachments, parts, accessories and accessions of any of the foregoing; all price protection payments, discounts, rebates, credits, factory holdbacks and incentive payments related to any of the foregoing; supporting obligations to any of the foregoing; and products and proceeds in whatever form of any of the foregoing (including without limitation all goods, money, checks, accounts, deposit accounts, chattel paper, instruments, documents, and general intangibles arising from any of the foregoing) (collectively, the Collateral ).

 

2. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Loan Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and the Loan Agreement is hereby ratified and reaffirmed in all respects. This Amendment is not intended to be, nor shall it be construed to create, a novation or accord and satisfaction.

 

3. Each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby. All terms governing the Loan Agreement shall govern this Amendment. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment have the same meaning given to those terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

  1874 GOEDEKER INC.
   
  By: /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Print Name: Robert D. Barry
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

  NORTHPOINT COMMERCIAL FINANCE LLC
   
  By: /s/ KAREN S. PERKINS
  Print Name: KAREN S. PERKINS
  Title: SR. UNDERWRITER

EXHIBIT 10.22

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Lease Agreement (“Lease”) is entered into by and between the undersigned Landlord and Tenant on this the 5th day of April, 2019, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

ARTICLE 1. BASIC PROVISIONS AND CERTAIN DEFINED LEASE TERMS

 

1.1 When used herein, the following terms shall have the indicated meanings:

 

 

A. Landlord: S.H.J., L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

Address of Landlord: 120 S. Central Ave. Suite 1800, St. Louis, MO 63105

 

 

 

 

B. Tenant: 1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

 

 

 

Address of Tenant: 13850 Manchester Road, St. Louis, MO 63011

 

 

 

 

C. Leased Premises: Land and improvements located thereon located in the County of St. Louis and commonly known as 13850 Manchester Rd., St. Louis, Missouri 63011, which is more particularly described and/or depicted in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

  

 

 

D. Lease Term: Beginning on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Termination Date.

 

  

 

 

E. Commencement Date: April 5, 2019.

 

 

 

 

F. Termination Date: Five years after commencement date unless otherwise terminated as permitted herein.

 

 

 

 

G.

Lease Year: A period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning on the Commencement Date.

 

 

 

 

H.

Rent:

 

 

 

 

 

Base Rent: $540,000 per year ($45,000 per month)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Rent:

 

 

(1) Initial Tax Payment $8,617.50 to be adjusted according to Article 4.

 

 

 

 

(2) Initial Insurance Payment: $1,726 to be adjusted according to Article 4.

 

 

I. Security Deposit: $45,000.

 

 

 

 

J. Permitted Use: Operation of appliance store together with related existing display, warehouse, and office use.

 

 

 

 

K. Parking: Tenant shall be permitted the non-exclusive use of the parking lot located on the Leased Premises, in compliance with all laws and any reasonable rules and regulations of Landlord.
 

1.2 Each of the foregoing Basic Provisions and Certain Defined Lease Terms shall be construed in conjunction with the references thereto contained in the other provisions of this Lease and shall be limited by such other provisions. Each reference in this Lease to any of the foregoing Basic Provisions and Certain Defined Lease Terms shall be construed to incorporate each term set forth above.

 

 
1

 

ARTICLE 2. GRANTING CLAUSE

 

2.1 In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent as herein provided and in consideration of the other terms, covenants and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord the Leased Premises for the Lease Term, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

2.2 EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE, TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD HAS MADE NO WARRANTIES TO TENANT AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE LEASED PREMISES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, THAT THE LEASED PREMISES ARE BEING LEASED TO TENANT “AS IS”, “WHERE IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS” AND LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

ARTICLE 3. ACCEPTANCE OF LEASED PREMISES

 

Tenant acknowledges that (a) it has inspected and accepts the Leased Premises, (b) the buildings and improvements comprising the Leased Premises are suitable for the purposes for which they are being leased by Tenant, (c) the Leased Premises are in good and satisfactory condition, and (d) no representation as to the repair of the Leased Premises, nor promises to alter, remodel, or improve the Leased Premises have been made by Landlord, except as expressly set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 4. RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT, AND SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

4.1 Rent shall accrue hereunder from the Commencement Date as set forth in the Basic Provisions and shall be payable at the address of Landlord specified above or such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing to Tenant, from time to time.

 

4.2 Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Rent in monthly installments in the amounts specified in Section 1.1, without demand, deduction, or setoff, on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term; provided, that if the Commencement Date should fall on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, there shall be due and payable, a pro-rata portion of the Rent.

 

4.3 In addition to and separate from the Base Rent, Tenant will be responsible for all Taxes and Insurance Premiums (as such terms are defined below) during the Lease Term and Tenant will pay to Landlord the Tax Payment and the Insurance Payment (collectively, together with any other charges due hereunder by Tenant other than Base Rent being referred to herein as “Additional Rent”) as more particularly described below. Beginning on the Commencement Date, the Tax Payment and the Insurance Payment shall be payable monthly in advance for each and every month thereafter during the Lease Term; except, however, if the Lease Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month, Tenant shall pay a pro-rata portion of such sums for such partial month. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

 

A. The term “Taxes” shall mean, all taxes, assessments, special assessments, impositions, levies, charges, excises, fees, licenses and other sums levied, assessed, charged or imposed by any governmental authority or other taxing authority or which accrue on the Leased Premises for each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Lease Term and all penalties, interest and other charges (with respect to Taxes) payable by reason of any delay in or failure or refusal of Tenant to make timely payment as required under this Lease.

 

 

 

 

B.

The term “Insurance Premiums” shall mean, the total annual insurance premiums which accrue on all fire and extended coverage insurance, boiler insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, rent insurance and other insurance which, from time to time, may at Landlord’s election be carried by Landlord with respect to the Leased Premises during any applicable calendar year (or portion thereof) occurring during the Lease Term.

 

 
2
 
 

 

4.4 The initial monthly Tax Payment and Insurance Payment set forth in the Basic Provisions are based upon Landlord’s estimated amounts of the Taxes and Insurance Premiums for the first Lease Year, and may be increased or decreased from time to time on notice to Tenant to reflect the then current projected costs of such expenses. Landlord shall total all expenses annually, and reconcile the actual amount of such expenses against Tenant’s total payments. If Tenant’s total payments are less than the actual amount of such expenses, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within five (5) days after demand. If the total payments of Tenant are more than the actual amount of such expenses, Landlord shall retain such excess and credit it against Tenant’s future liabilities for such expenses.

 

4.5 If there is presently in effect or hereafter adopted any nature of sales tax or use tax or other tax on rents or other sums received by Landlord under this Lease (herein referred to as “Rent Sales Tax”), then in addition to all Rent and other payments to be made by tenant as provided above, Tenant will also pay Landlord a sum equal to the amount of such Rent Sales Tax. The term “Rent Sales Tax” shall not include any income taxes applicable to Landlord.

 

4.6 Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord on the date hereof the Security Deposit which shall be held by Landlord, without obligation for interest, as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. It being understood and agreed that the Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may use all or part of the Security Deposit to pay past due Rent or other payments due Landlord under this Lease, and the cost of any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Event of Default without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. On demand, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not then in default hereunder, any remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant after termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 5. USE OF LEASED PREMISES

 

5.1 The Leased Premises shall be used only for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall at its own cost and expense obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for any such use. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, comply with all laws, orders, and requirements of all governmental entities with reference to the use and occupancy of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall take care of the Leased Premises and not permit any objectionable or unpleasant odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Leased Premises and not take any other action which would constitute a nuisance. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not receive, store or otherwise handle any product, material, or substance which is explosive, highly inflammable or hazardous waste. Tenant will not permit the Leased Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner (including without limitation any method of storage) which would render any insurance thereon void or the insurance risk more hazardous.

 
 
3
 
 

 

ARTICLE 6. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF LEASED PREMISES AND ALTERATIONS

 

6.1 Landlord shall be responsible for maintaining the structural soundness of the foundation, exterior walls (except plate glass, windows, doors, door closure devises, window and door frames, molding, locks and hardware, and interior painting or other interior treatments of exterior walls). Tenant shall be responsible for and shall keep all other components of the Leased premises in good order and repair. Landlord shall not be required to make any repairs occasioned by an act of negligence or willful misconduct by Tenant, its employees, subtenants, licensees, or concessionaires. In the event that the Leased Premises should become in need of repairs required to be made by Landlord, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Landlord, and Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to make such repairs. Landlord’s obligation to maintain the aforementioned items shall be limited solely to the cost of such repairs or maintenance or the curing of any defect in the same.

 

6.2 Landlord reserves the right to alter or modify the building of which the Leased Premises are a part when such alterations or modifications are required by governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, or any other applicable authorities, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as subsequently amended or modified (the “ADA”). If any such modification is predicated by Tenant’s particular use of the Leased Premises the cost shall be borne entirely by Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for same promptly upon demand.

 

6.3 Except for repairs and replacement required to be made by Landlord under the provisions of this Article 6 and Article 12 (Damage by Casualty), Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises in a good and clean condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall at its sole cost and expense make all needed repairs and replacements, including cracked or broken glass, any special store front, windows, doors, heating system, plumbing work, pipes and fixtures, air-conditioning equipment, roof and the interior of the Leased Premises generally and other improvements of the Tenant outside the Leased Premises, if any, together with such repairs, replacements and alterations required by any governmental authority in connection with Tenant’s use and operation of the Leased Premises. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining in a good, neat and clean condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, all parking, driveway and landscaped areas located at the Leased Premises. If any repairs required to be made by Tenant hereunder are not initiated and pursued diligently within ten (10) days after notice is delivered to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord may at its option make such repairs, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the reasonable cost of such repairs. Landlord agrees to afford to Tenant the benefit of any guaranties or warranties of third parties which may be applicable to air-conditioning equipment and other machinery and equipment installed by Landlord in the Leased Premises, without recourse upon Landlord.

 

6.4 Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall enter into a regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor approved by Landlord for servicing all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment within the Leased Premises. The service contract must include all services suggested by the equipment manufacturer in its operations/maintenance manual and must become effective and a copy thereof delivered to Landlord within fifteen (15) days of the date Tenant takes possession of the Leased Premises.

 

6.5 Tenant shall not make any openings in the roof or exterior walls, nor make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord except for the installation of unattached, removable trade fixtures which may be installed without drilling, cutting or otherwise defacing the Leased Premises. All alterations, additions, improvements and fixtures (other than unattached, movable trade fixtures of Tenant as permitted herein) upon the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, the HVAC system, pipes, paneling or other wall covering, any linoleum or other floor covering of similar character which may be cemented or otherwise adhesively affixed to the floor of the Leased Premises, shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Leased Premises and become the property of Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, all without credit or compensation to Tenant, unless Landlord requests their removal, in which event Tenant shall remove the same and restore the Leased Premises to its original condition at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall put all plumbing or other electrical wiring connections exposed as result of the removal of Tenant’s removable trade fixtures in a safe and workmanlike manner. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease

 
 
4
 
 

 

6.6 All construction work done by Tenant within the Leased Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with all governmental requirements and applicable law. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to require that such work be performed in accordance with rules and regulations which Landlord may from time to time reasonably prescribe. All costs of such work shall be paid promptly so as to prevent the assertion of any liens for labor or materials. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless against any loss, liability, damage or injury resulting from such work, which indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish a reasonable bond or other security satisfactory to Landlord against any such loss, liability, damage or injury. Whenever Tenant proposes to do any construction work within the Leased Premises, it shall first furnish to Landlord plans and specifications in such detail as Landlord may request covering all such work. In no event shall any construction work be commenced within the Leased Premises without Landlord’s written approval of such plans and specifications.

 

ARTICLE 7. LANDLORD’S RIGHT OF ACCESS

 

7.1 Landlord and its employees, contractors, agents and representatives shall have the right to enter upon the Leased Premises during normal business hours (or at time for emergency reasons) and with at least twenty-four hours’ notice (unless for emergency reasons in which case no notice is required), for the purpose of inspecting the same, or of making repairs or additions to the Leased Premises, or of showing the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, tenants or lenders. In an emergency, Landlord (or its agents, representatives or employees) may use any means to open any door into or in the Leased Premises without any liability therefor.

 

ARTICLE 8. SIGNS AND ROOF

 

8.1 Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install signage at the Premises, subject to and in compliance with any and all applicable laws and governmental requirements and shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary governmental permits or applications therefor. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s signage and restore the Leased Premises to the condition which existed prior to the installation of such signs including, without limitation, any discoloration caused by such installation and/or removal. This obligation of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Use of the roof is reserved to the Landlord, provided such use does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s occupancy.

 

ARTICLE 9. UTILITIES AND LIENS

 

9.1 Tenant shall contract in its own name for all water, gas, electricity, telephone service, sewage services, garbage services, and other utilities used in or upon the Leased Premises during the Lease Term (the “Utility Services”), and Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid when due all charges for the Utility Services. Tenant shall be liable for all maintenance and equipment with respect to the continued operation of Utility Services serving the Leased Premises during the Lease Term. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims arising from the maintenance of the Utility Services and from all costs and charges for the Utility Services provided to and consumed on the Leased Premises during the Lease Term. In the event any Utility Services are delayed, interrupted or discontinued, whether by reason of repairs, strikes, accidents, inability to obtain fuel or supplies, or other causes, no such interruption or discontinuance of such service shall be deemed an eviction, partial eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Leased Premises or any part thereof, or render the Landlord liable to Tenant for any damages, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease including without limitation the obligation to pay Rent.

 
 
5
 
 

 

9.2 Tenant shall not mortgage or otherwise encumber or allow to be encumbered its interest herein without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Should Tenant cause any mortgage, lien or other encumbrance (hereinafter singularly or collectively referred to as “Encumbrance”) to be filed, against the Leased Premises, Tenant shall dismiss or bond against the same within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof. If Tenant fails to remove or bond against said Encumbrance within said thirty (30) days, Landlord shall have the absolute right to remove said Encumbrance by whatever measures Landlord shall deem convenient including, without limitation, payment of such Encumbrance, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, all costs expended by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys fees, in removing said Encumbrance. All of the aforesaid rights of Landlord shall be in addition to any remedies which either Landlord or Tenant may have available to them at law or in equity.

 

9.3 Tenant's obligations under this Article 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 10. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

 

10.1 Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the Lease Term the following insurance policies: (a) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of not less than a per occurrence limit of $1,000,000, and with not less than a $2,000,000 general aggregate insuring Tenant, and as additional insureds, Landlord, if any, against all liability or injury to or death of persons, or damage to property, arising from or related to the use and/or occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or invitees; (b) contractual liability insurance coverage sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations under the Lease; (c) all-risk property insurance covering the full replacement value of all personal property of Tenant located within the Leased Premises including, without limitation, Tenant’s equipment, inventory, trade fixtures and supplies; (d) worker’s compensation insurance in statutory form and amounts; and (e) business interruption insurance. All insurance deductibles under Tenant’s insurance coverages shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant without right of reimbursement from Landlord for any reason. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and non-contributing with or in excess of any insurance coverage carried by Landlord. Prior to taking occupancy, Tenant shall furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder; and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company or insurance broker to notify Landlord at least thirty (30) days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance. Failure of Landlord to demand any insurance certificate or other evidence with these insurance requirements, or failure of Landlord to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided by Tenant to Landlord, shall not be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to maintain such coverage.

 

10.2 Landlord and Tenant waive all claims, rights of recovery and causes of action that either party or any party claiming by, through or under such party may now or hereafter have by subrogation or otherwise against the other party or against any of the other party’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees for any loss or damage that may occur to the Leased Premises, Tenant’s improvements or any of the contents of any of the foregoing by reason of fire or other casualty, or by reason of any other cause except gross negligence or willful misconduct (thus including simple negligence of the parties hereto or their officers, directors, shareholders, partners or employees), that was insured against under the terms of any all risk or fire or extended coverage insurance policies maintained hereunder; provided, however, that the waiver set forth in this Paragraph shall be ineffective against any insurer of Landlord or Tenant to the extent that the waiver is prohibited by the laws or insurance regulations of the state in which the Leased Premises is located or would invalidate any insurance coverage of Landlord or Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to cause (if available) an endorsement to be issued to their respective insurance policies recognizing this waiver of subrogation

 
 
6
 
 

 

10.3 Except as specifically provided below, Tenant assumes liability for, and agrees to defend, indemnify, protect and hold harmless Landlord, its successors, assigns, affiliates, directors, shareholders, partners, contractors, employees and agents (all of the prior parties individually and collectively, the “Landlord’s Related Parties”) from and against, all liabilities, obligations, fines, demands, judgments, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) of every kind or character (a) arising from any breach, violation or non-performance of any term, provision, covenant, agreement or condition on the part of Tenant hereunder, (b) recovered from or asserted against any of the Landlord’s Related Parties on account of injury or damage to person or property to the extent that any such damage or injury may be incident to, arise out of or be caused, by any act, omission, negligence or misconduct on the part of Tenant or any of its agents, servants, employees, contractors, or invitees or of any other person entering upon the Leased Premises under or with the express or implied invitation or permission of Tenant, or (c) arising from or arising out of the occupancy or use by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors or invitees of the Leased Premises or arising from or out of any event, circumstance, or occurrence within the Leased Premises, howsoever caused. Such indemnification of any of the Landlord’s Related Parties by Tenant shall be effective except to the extent such damage results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its duly authorized agents or employees. Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The indemnification provided by this Article is subject to the Landlord’s waiver of recovery specified above, to the extent of Landlord’s recovery of loss proceeds under policies of insurance described above.

 

ARTICLE 11. NON-LIABILITY FOR CERTAIN DAMAGES

 

11.1 Except as specifically provided herein, Landlord and Landlord’s Related Parties shall have no responsibility or liability to Tenant, or to Tenant’s officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents, contractors or invitees, and Tenant hereby waives and releases any claims against Landlord and Landlord’s Related Parties for all bodily injury, death, property damage, business interruption, loss of profits, loss of trade secrets or other direct, consequential or special damages, including but not limited to (a) force majeure, (b) vandalism, theft, burglary, robbery, rape, murder, assault and other criminal acts (other than those committed by Landlord and its employees), (c) water leakage, the backing up of drains or flooding, or (d) the repair, replacement, maintenance, damage, or destruction of the Leased Premises.

 

11.2 Any and all security of any kind for Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, the Leased Premises, or any personal property thereon (including, without limitation, any personal property of any sublessee) shall be the sole responsibility and obligation of Tenant, and shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Landlord shall have no obligation or liability whatsoever with respect to the same.

 

ARTICLE 12. DAMAGE BY CASUALTY

 

12.1 Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any damage caused to the Leased Premises by fire or other casualty.

 
 
7
 
 

 

12.2 In the event (a) the Leased Premises are totally destroyed, (b) the Leased Premises are partially destroyed but in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, cannot be restored to an economically viable and quality project, (c) the insurance proceeds payable to Landlord as result of such fire or casualty are, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, inadequate to restore the portion remaining to an economically viable and quality project, or (d) less than 12 full calendar months remain in the Lease Term, Landlord may, at its election exercisable by the giving of notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the fire or casualty, terminate this Lease as of the date of such fire or casualty. Landlord shall notify Tenant within sixty (60) days after such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Leased Premises. If the restoration time is estimated to exceed 6 months, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice. If this Lease is not terminated as a result of fire or casualty, Landlord shall restore the Leased Premises to substantially the condition in which the same existed prior to the fire or casualty. Landlord’s obligation to rebuild and repair shall in any event be limited to restoring the Leased Premises to substantially the condition in which the same existed prior to such casualty, exclusive of any alterations, additions, improvements, fixtures or equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant agrees that promptly after completion of such work by Landlord, Tenant will proceed with reasonable diligence and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to restore, repair and replace all alterations, additions, improvements, fixtures, signs and equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant shall, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds or from Force Majeure events, promptly re-enter the Leased Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. During the period of restoration by Landlord, Rent shall be abated to the extent that the Leased Premises are rendered untenable.

 

12.3 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by mortgage or deed of trust covering the Leased Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering notice of termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such requirement is made known by any such holder, whereupon all rights and obligations under this Lease, except those that expressly survive termination, shall cease and terminate.

 

ARTICLE 13. CONDEMNATION

 

13.1 If during the Lease Term, an authority with the power of eminent domain condemns all of the Leased Premises, then this Lease shall terminate on the date such authority takes possession of the Leased Premises. If less than all the Leased Premises is condemned, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if such portion of the improvements on the Leased Premises should be condemned in such a manner that the balance of the Leased Premises is not fit for the continued use by Tenant for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall exercise the termination rights of this Paragraph no later than thirty (30) days after the condemning authority takes possession of the portion of the Leased Premises. Immediately upon the taking of possession of the portion of the Leased Premises taken by the condemning authority, if this Lease is not terminated, the Rent shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances, as reasonably determined by the parties.

 

13.2 Upon receipt of the condemnation funds from the condemning authority, in the event Tenant does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to the above Paragraph, Landlord shall restore the Leased Premises remaining after the taking to substantially the same condition to which they existed prior to the taking. Any such restoration work shall be performed within a reasonable time period, done diligently and continually until completed. The Landlord’s obligation to rebuild and repair shall in any event be limited to restoring the Leased Premises to substantially the condition in which the same existed prior to such condemnation, exclusive of alterations, additions, improvements, fixtures or equipment installed by Tenant. Tenant shall, subject to delays arising from the collection of condemnation proceeds or from Force Majeure events, promptly re-enter the Leased Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease.

 
 
8
 
 

 

13.3 Any restoration work by Landlord on the Leased Premises performed under Article 12 or this Article 13 shall not constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Leased Premises or a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under this Lease or render Landlord liable for damages or entitle Tenant to be relieved from any of its obligations under this Lease (with the exception of a proportionate reduction in Rent) or grant Tenant any right of off-set or recoupment.

 

13.4 All sums awarded or agreed upon between Landlord and the condemning authority for the taking of the fee and any and all improvements thereon, whether as damages or as compensation, will be the property of Landlord. All sums awarded or agreed upon between Tenant and the condemning authority for the taking of Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Leased Premises and Tenant’s removable trade fixtures, if any, and Tenant’s moving and relocation expenses, if any, will be the property of Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all other proceeds awarded for the condemnation of the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

14.1 Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any attempted assignment, subletting, transfer or encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Paragraph shall be void. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below), if all or any part of the Leased Premises are then sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided by this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from the subtenant all Rent becoming due to the Tenant by reason of the subletting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord's consent, (i) assign this Lease in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of its assets or all or substantially all of its assets relating to the business conducted by Tenant on the Premises; or (ii) mortgage or otherwise pledge its leasehold interest in this Lease to its current or future lender(s) (and such mortgagee or pledgee may, without Landlord’s consent, foreclose on or otherwise transfer their interest or title herein, or have Tenant transfer its interest or title herein in lieu of foreclosure or similar proceedings, to a successor mortgagee or pledgee or a third-party purchaser).

 

Notwithstanding any subletting, mortgaging, or assignment by Tenant or any collection of sums by Landlord from any assignee or subtenant, or for any other action or reason whatsoever, Tenant shall remain fully liable for the performance of all covenants in this Lease to be performed by the “tenant” during the Lease Term.

 

14.2 Landlord shall have the right to transfer, assign, or encumber in whole or in part, its rights and obligations in the Leased Premises or this Lease, or any portion thereof. In the event of the transfer and assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease to a person expressly assuming the Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall thereby be released from any further responsibility hereunder, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of the Landlord for performance of such obligations.

 

ARTICLE 15. PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

 

Tenant shall be liable for all real estate and personal property taxes levied or assessed against the Leased Premises and any personal property or fixtures placed in the Leased Premises. If any such taxes are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and (a) Landlord pays the same, or (b) the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property and fixtures and Landlord pays the increased taxes, then, upon demand, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such taxes. Tenant’s obligation shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 
 
9
 
 

 

ARTICLE 16. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

16.1 Each of the following events shall be deemed to be an “Event of Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

 

 

A. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord.

 

 

 

 

B. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed, except, in each case, as permitted in this Lease, for a period of five (5) days after notice from Landlord.

 

 

 

 

C. Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of this Lease, other than those specifically referred to in Paragraph A or B above, and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to Tenant.

 

 

 

 

D. Tenant shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof.

 

 

 

 

E. A receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the Leased Premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant.

 

16.2 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies in addition to all other rights, remedies and recourses afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, without any notice or demand whatsoever, except as may be specifically provided herein:

 

 

A. Terminate this Lease.

 

 

 

 

B. Enter upon and take possession of the Leased Premises without terminating this Lease.

 

 

 

 

C. Enter upon the Leased Premises using whatever legal means available to Landlord, and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease; and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to the Tenant from such action, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

16.3 Upon any such Event of Default, Tenant shall immediately upon demand surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails so to do, Landlord, without waiving any other remedy it may have, may enter upon and take possession of the Leased Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying such Leased Premises or any part thereof using whatever legal means available to Landlord. Pursuit of any remedy herein provided shall not constitute a forfeiture or violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default.

 

16.4 If Landlord terminates this Lease, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, the sum of all Rent and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder accrued to the date of such termination, plus, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to (a) the present value (using the current “prime” interest rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal, or should such index no longer exist, a comparable index) of the total Rent and other payments owed hereunder for the remaining portion of the Lease Term, calculated as if the Lease Term expired on the date set forth in Section 1.1, (b) less the then fair market rental of the Leased Premises for such period, similarly discounted. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 
 
10
 
 

 

16.5 If Landlord repossesses the Leased Premises without terminating the Lease, Tenant, at Landlord’s option, shall be liable for and shall pay Landlord on demand all Rent and other payments owed to Landlord hereunder, accrued to the date of such repossession, plus all amounts required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord until the date of expiration of the Lease Term as stated in Section 1.1, diminished by all amounts received by Landlord through reletting of the Leased Premises during such remaining term (but only to the extent of the Rent herein reserved). Actions to collect amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Paragraph may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

16.6 If Landlord repossesses the Leased Premises pursuant to the authority herein granted, then Landlord shall have the right to (i) keep in place and use, or (ii) remove and store, all of the furniture, fixtures and equipment at the Leased Premises, including that which is owned by or leased to Tenant at all times prior to any foreclosure thereon by Landlord or repossession thereof by any lessor thereof or third party having a lien thereon. Landlord also shall have the right to relinquish possession of all or any portion of such furniture, fixtures, equipment and other property to any person (“Claimant”) who presents to Landlord a copy of any instrument represented by Claimant to have been executed by Tenant (or any predecessor of Tenant) granting Claimant the right under various circumstances to take possession of such furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, without the necessity on the part of Landlord to inquire into the authenticity or legality of such instrument.

 

16.7 Upon termination of this Lease or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, attempt to relet the Leased Premises. If Landlord does elect to relet, Landlord may relet such portion of the Leased Premises, for such period, to such tenant, and for such use and purpose as Landlord, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, may choose. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any rent obtained by reletting over the Rent herein reserved.

 

16.8 The rights, remedies and recourses of Landlord for an Event of Default shall be cumulative and no right, remedy or recourse of Landlord, whether exercised by Landlord or not, shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any other.

 

16.9 Provisions of this Lease may not be waived orally or impliedly, but only by the party entitled to the benefit of the provision evidencing the waiver in writing. Thus, neither the acceptance of Rent by Landlord following an Event of Default (whether known to Landlord or not), nor any other custom or practice followed in connection with this Lease, shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of such Event of Default or any other or future Event of Default. Further, the failure by Landlord to complain of any action or inaction by Tenant, or to assert that any action or inaction by Tenant constitutes (or would constitute, with the giving of notice and the passage of time) an Event of Default, regardless of how long such failure continues, shall not extinguish, waive or in any way diminish the rights, remedies and recourses of Landlord with respect to such action or inaction. No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or of any breach by Tenant of any obligation of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof, or of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision hereof. Landlord’s consent to any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to any subsequent act of Tenant. No act or omission by Landlord (other than Landlord’s execution of a document acknowledging such surrender) or Landlord’s agents, including the delivery of the keys to the Leased Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of a surrender of the Leased Premises.

 
 
11
 
 

 

16.10 Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including court costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, in (a) retaking or otherwise obtaining possession of the Leased Premises, (b) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (c) repairing, restoring, or otherwise putting the Leased Premises into as good a condition as that in which it was originally delivered to Tenant, (d) reletting all or any part of the Leased Premises, (e) paying or performing the underlying obligation which Tenant failed to pay or perform, or (f) enforcing any of Landlord’s rights, remedies or recourses arising as a consequence of the Event of Default. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

16.11 If Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord more than two (2) times within a Lease Year, Tenant agrees to pay a late fee of $30 per day for each day after the due date that rent is not delivered to Landlord.

 

16.12 Landlord shall be in default hereunder only if Landlord has failed, within thirty (30) days from the receipt by Landlord of notice from Tenant of any alleged default by Landlord, to begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of any alleged and actual default of Landlord hereunder. Unless or until Landlord fails to commence cure any default after the receipt of such notice and the passage of such time, Tenant shall not have any remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages or a suit for specific performance (Tenant hereby waiving the benefit of any laws granting Tenant a lien upon the property of Landlord and/or upon Rent due to Landlord or the right to terminate this Lease). The obligations of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform the other undertakings of Tenant hereunder constitute independent unconditional obligations to be performed at the times specified hereunder, regardless of any breach or default by Landlord hereunder. Tenant shall have no right, and Tenant hereby waives and relinquishes all rights which Tenant might otherwise have, to withhold, deduct from or offset against any Rent or other sums to be paid to Landlord by Tenant. Landlord’s obligations hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions.

 

16.13 If Landlord defaults under this Lease and, as a consequence of the default, Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Related Parties, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of, and Tenant hereby agrees to look solely to, the interest of Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Related Parties in the Leased Premises as the same may then be encumbered, and neither Landlord nor any Landlord Related Parties shall otherwise be liable for any deficiency. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties other than their interest in the Leased Premises. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall Landlord or any Landlord Related Party ever be liable hereunder in any capacity for consequential damages or special damages. The foregoing limitations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 17. SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER

 

17.1 Upon the expiration or termination of the Lease Term for whatever cause, or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to re-enter the Leased Premises without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall immediately, quietly and peaceably surrender to Landlord possession of the Leased Premises in “broom clean” and good order, condition and repair, except only for ordinary wear and tear, and damage by casualty not covered by Section 6.4. If Tenant fails to surrender possession as herein required, Landlord may initiate any and all legal action as Landlord may elect to dispossess Tenant and all of its property, and all persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant and all of their property, from the Leased Premises, and may remove from the Leased Premises and store (without any liability for loss, theft, damage or destruction thereto) any such property at Tenant’s cost and expense. If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Leased Premises in the condition herein required, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, restore the Leased Premises to such condition.

 
 
12
 
 

 

17.2 For so long as Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, or exercise by Landlord of its re-entry right, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Leased Premises as a tenant-at-sufferance, subject to all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that the daily Rent shall be twice the per day Rent in effect immediately prior to such expiration, termination or exercise by Landlord. No such holding over shall extend the Lease Term. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all loss or damage on account of any such holding over against Landlord’s will after the termination of this Lease, whether such loss or damage may be contemplated at this time or not.

 

17.3 Tenant’s obligations under this Article 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 18. SUBORDINATION AND ESTOPPEL

 

18.1 Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien presently existing or hereafter placed upon the Leased Premises, and to any renewals and extensions thereof; but Tenant agrees that any such mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate such mortgage, deed of trust or other lien to this Lease on such terms and subject to such conditions as such mortgagee may deem appropriate in its discretion. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power and authority, if it so elects at any time, to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien hereafter placed upon the Leased Premises. Tenant agrees, upon demand to execute such further instruments subordinating this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request, to evidence such subordination. In the event that Tenant should fail to execute any such instrument promptly as reasonably requested, Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes Landlord its attorney-in-fact to execute such instrument in Tenant’s name, place and stead. Upon the written request of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall automatically become the tenant of and attorn to such successor in interest without any change in any of the terms of this Lease. In the event the Leased Premises is encumbered by any mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien, Tenant shall have the right to request that Landlord use reasonable efforts to obtain a non-disturbance agreement on said lien holder’s standard form.

 

18.2 Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to each other within twenty (20) days of request, a certificate stating:

 

 

A. Whether or not the Lease is in full force.

 

 

 

 

B. Whether or not the Lease has been modified or amended in any respect, and submit such copies of such modifications or amendments, if any.

 

 

 

 

C. Whether or not there are any existing defaults under the Lease as far as the party executed the certificate knows and specifying the nature of such defaults, if any.

 

 

 

 

D. Such other information to the responding party’s knowledge as may be reasonably requested.
 

 
13
 
 

 

ARTICLE 19. NOTICES

 

19.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices, demands, requests, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and sent by personal delivery, or expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the addressee at such party’s address set forth in Section 1.1 above, or to such other address as such party may specify by written notice, sent in accordance with this Paragraph at least ten (10) days prior to the date of the giving of such notice. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given and received either at the time of personal delivery, or in the case of mail, three (3) days after the date of deposit in an official depository of the United States mail, or in the case of delivery service, upon receipt. To the extent actual receipt is required, rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was received shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, demand, request or other communication sent.

 

ARTICLE 20. ENVIRONMENTAL COVENANTS/INDEMINTY

 

20.1 Tenant covenants that (1) no activity will be conducted on the Leased Premises that will produce any Substance (as defined below), except for such activities that are part of the ordinary course for the Permitted Use provided the Permitted Use is conducted in accordance with all Environmental Laws (as defined below); (2) the Leased Premises will not be used in any manner for the storage of any Substances except for the temporary storage of such materials that are used in the ordinary course of the Permitted Lease (the “Permitted Materials”) provided such Permitted Materials are properly stored in a manner and location meeting all Environmental Laws; (3) no portion of the Leased Premises will be used as a landfill or a dump; (4) Tenant will not install any underground tanks of any type; (5) Tenant will not allow any surface or subsurface conditions to exist or come into existence that constitute, or with the passage of time may constitute a public or private nuisance; (6) Tenant will not permit any Substances to be brought onto the Leased Premises, except for the Permitted Materials, and if so brought or found located thereon, the same shall be removed, with proper disposal, and all required cleanup procedures shall be diligently undertaken pursuant to all Environmental Laws. The term “Substances”, as used in this Lease shall mean pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous wastes, or any other substances, the use, storage, handling, disposal, transportation or removal of which is regulated, restricted prohibited or penalized by any “Environmental Law”, which term shall mean any federal, state or local law, ordinance or other statute of a governmental or quasi-governmental authority relating to pollution or protection of the environment and shall specifically include, but not be limited to, any “hazardous substance” as that term is defined under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and any amendments or successors in function thereto. Landlord or Landlord’s representative shall have the right but not the obligation to enter the Leased Premises for the purpose of inspecting the storage, use and disposal of Permitted Materials to ensure compliance with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any required permits and paying any fees and providing any testing required by any governmental agency or Environmental Law. Should it be determined, in Landlord’s sole opinion, that Permitted Materials are being improperly stored, used, or disposed of, then Tenant shall immediately take such corrective action as requested by Landlord. Should Tenant fail to take such corrective action within 24 hours, Landlord shall have the right to perform such work and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any and all costs associated with said work. If at any time during or after the Lease Term the Leased Premises are found to be so contaminated or subject to said conditions, Tenant shall diligently institute proper and thorough cleanup procedures at Tenant’s sole cost, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages, fines, reimbursement, restitution, response costs, cleanup costs, and obligations (including investigative responses and attorney’s fees) of any nature arising from or as a result of the use of the Leased Premises during the Lease Term in violation of the covenants of this Section 20.1. The foregoing indemnification obligations of Tenant and the responsibilities of Tenant under this Section 20.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 
 
14
 
 

 

ARTICLE 21. MISCELLANEOUS

 

21.1 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto. It is expressly understood and agreed that the parties have no relationship other than the relationship of landlord and tenant.

 

21.2 The captions used in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions hereof.

 

21.3 Time is of the essence with respect to each date or time specified in this Lease by which an event is to occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, neither shall be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of Landlord or Tenant; provided, however, the foregoing shall not apply to any payment of money.

 

21.4 The laws of the State of Missouri shall govern the interpretation, validity, performance, and enforcement of this Lease. If any provision of this Lease should be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby.

 

21.5 Landlord hereby covenants and agrees that if Tenant shall timely perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the continuance of this Lease have the peaceable and quiet enjoyment and possession of the Leased Premises.

 

21.6 Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any gender and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

21.7 This Lease, together with the attached Exhibits, contains the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes any prior understandings or written or oral agreements between the parties. No amendment, modification or alteration of this Lease shall be effective to change, modify or terminate this Lease in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and duly signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change, modification or termination is sought.

 

21.8 The terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall apply to, inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors in interest and permitted assigns. All rights, powers, privileges, immunities and duties of Landlord under this Lease, including but not limited to any notices required or permitted to be delivered by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, may, at Landlord’s option, be exercised or performed by an agent of Landlord or Landlord’s attorney. All rights, powers, privileges, immunities and duties of Tenant under this Lease, including but not limited to any notices required or permitted to be delivered by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, may, at Tenant’s option, be exercised or performed by an agent of Tenant or Tenant’s attorney.

 

21.9 Each party warrants and represents that it has not incurred or authorized any brokerage commission, finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with this Lease, and agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and against any claim for brokerage commission, finder’s fees or similar payment arising by virtue of authorization of such party, or any affiliate of such party, in connection with this Lease.

 

21.10 Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within five (5) days after when due shall bear interest at the lesser of the maximum rate allowed by law, or 18% per annum, from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure the default in payment.

 
 
15
 
 

 

21.11 Each party warrants and represents to the other party that (a) it is duly organized, legally existing, and in good standing in its state of formation; (b) it has full right and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Lease; and (c) the person executing this Lease on its behalf was authorized to do so.

 

21.12 Neither this Lease (including any Exhibit hereto) nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

21.13 This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by means of facsimile or portable document format (pdf) signature pages), each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one instrument. This Lease, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf), shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original thereof and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto, the other party shall re-execute original forms hereof and deliver them to the other parties. No party hereto shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or document was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) as a defense to the formation of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

21.14 Both parties waive trial by jury and agree all disputes are to be resolved by an arbitration proceeding to be held and conducted in the County of St. Louis, State of Missouri in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 435 of the revised statutes of Missouri.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank. Signature Page(s) to Follow.]

 
 
16
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be signed effective as of the date and year first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:

 

 

S.H.J., L.L.C.

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

  

By:

/s/ Steve Goedeker

By:

/s/ Robert D. Barry

Name:

Steve Goedeker Name: Robert D. Barry

Title:

Member

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Date: April 5, 2019

Date: April 5, 2019

 

 
17
 
 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

LEASED PREMISES

 

 

 

 

 

 
18

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Goedeker’s
Trusted since 1951

13850 Manchester Rd. | Ballwin, MO 63011

 

August 15, 2019

 

Mr. Douglas Moore

[Address]

 

Dear Doug:

 

It is my privilege and pleasure to offer you the position of Chief Executive Officer with 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”). I am confident that your strategic vision, operational expertise and commitment to our culture and values will be a tremendous asset to the executive leadership team and the organization. The details of your offer are as follows:

 

An annual base salary of $300.000.00, paid twice-monthly with standard payroll deductions and less applicable taxes. The base salary will be reviewed annually as part of the performance review process and the establishment of annual EBITDA budgets.

 

An annual bonus target of up to 100% of your applicable base salary in accordance with the terms of the incentive plan. You will work with the board of directors of the Company to agree upon metrics in excess of present earnings targets to achieve maximum annual bonus potential. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, you must be actively employed at the time of payment in order to receive this bonus. The current annual EBITDA target is based on a $2 million calculation made at the time of the April 6, 2019 transaction. The target for the 2019 transition will be $666,667 for the months of September through December to coincide with your dates of employment in 2019. Payment of any bonus will start at 90% achievement of that number and result in a bonus of 25% of your salary earned in 2019. At 100% of that $666,667 target your bonus will rise to 35%. A scale will be established where the 100% rate is earned and capped at 150% of the targeted EBITDA.

 

An option to purchase 10 percent of outstanding Common Stock of 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), the parent company of the Company. The exercise price of the option will be at a price equating $100,000 of value and 10% of the Common Stock shares outstanding, which is consistent with Holdco’s investment basis in the April 6, 2019 transaction. Vesting of the options will occur annually over a 4-year schedule of 25% per year, which accumulates the ownership at 2.5% per year.. The grant of the options is subject to the terms of a Stock Incentive Plan to be adopted by the board of directors of Holdco. The granting of this option shall be subject to the Company obtaining the consent of its (and its affiliates) senior lenders.

 

Relocation:
     
o A relocation signing bonus in the amount of $35,000.00 (less applicable deductions).
     
o Reimbursement of living and accommodations for up to six months is allowed in the St. Louis area. Meals and ordinary daily expenses are excluded from reimbursement. Car rental is included for up to two months, at which point you are to provide your own vehicle for transportation.

 

1

 

 

o Once monthly round trip airline tickets to St. Louis for either you or your spouse is reimbursable through April 2020.

 

Note: Should you voluntarily resign or be terminated for cause within twenty four months of the effective date of your relocation, you will be required to repay to Goedeker’s 1847 a portion of the relocation signing bonus , pro-rated for the remainder of the twenty four month period within thirty days of your departure date.

 

A 15% discount on purchases from the Company.

 

Four weeks of vacation per calendar year and seven Company holidays per fiscal year.

 

As a regular, full-time employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of the Company’s sponsored benefit plans once the applicable waiting periods are met.  You must complete the online enrollment process within 30 days of your hire date to elect or decline coverage.  Please be prepared to provide proof of dependent status (such as a marriage or birth certificate) for any eligible dependents you wish to enroll.    Refer to the attached Benefits Overview for additional plan information. 

 

We expect you to observe any contractual or legal obligations that you owe to any previous employer.  Please advise us of any restrictive covenants, non-solicitation covenants, or other contractual or legal obligations you owe to your previous employer. You will be subject to all Goedeker’s policies, including our Code of Conduct and our Insider Trading policies. Further details on these policies and others are outlined in the Employee Handbook, which you will receive on your first day of employment.

 

SEVERANCE: If you are terminated by the Company without cause, you will be entitled to 6 months of base compensation, which will be paid in lump sum within two weeks of the separation date.

 

RESIGNATION: You agree to provide the Company with 90 days’ notice prior to resigning from or otherwise terminating your employment with the Company.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY. You shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose to any person or entity who is not authorized by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate to receive such information, or use or appropriate for your own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, any documents or other papers relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, including, without limitation, files, business relationships and accounts, pricing policies, customer lists, computer software and hardware, or any other materials relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any trade secrets or confidential information, including, without limitation, any business or operational methods, drawings, sketches, designs or product concepts, know-how, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, financial or other performance data, personnel and other policies of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, whether generated by you or by any other person, except as required in the course of performing your duties hereunder or with the express written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the confidential information shall not include any information readily ascertainable from public or published information, or trade sources or independent third parties (other than as a direct or indirect result of unauthorized disclosure by you). This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the cessation of your employment.

 

2

 

 

NON-COMPETITION.

 

During Employment. During Employee’s employment hereunder, Employee shall not engage, directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, partner, manager, consultant, agent, owner (other than a minority shareholder or other equity interest of not more than 1% of a company whose equity interests are publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange or over- the-counter) or in any other capacity, in any business or entity that is in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Employee shall also devote 100% of his work time to the Company.

 

Subsequent to Employment. For a one year period following the termination of Employee’s employment for any reason or without reason, Employee shall not in any capacity (whether in the capacity as an employee, officer, director, partner, manager, consultant, agent or owner with any business or entity that is in competition with the Company.

 

Non-solicitation. For a two year period following the termination of Employee’s employment for any reason or without reason, Employee shall not solicit or induce any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies on the date of Employee’s termination or within three months prior to leaving his employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies to leave their employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies.

 

This offer is contingent upon the favorable completion of a drug and alcohol screening, background screening, and reference checks, along with proper documentation of your legal ability to work in the United States.  

 

Your employment is at-will and will begin with the Company on a date mutually agreed upon.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

3

 

 

While every member of our team is critical to our success, your role of Chief Executive Officer is one that I look to for significant contributions. I look forward to welcoming you to the team, working with you and positioning Goedeker’s for a successful future! If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call me at (703) 234-8834 Ellery Roberts, Chairman of 1847 Holdings.

 

Regards,

 

/s/ Ellery W. Roberts  
Ellery Roberts  
Chairman  
Goedeker’s 1847  

 

Douglas Moore   /s/ Douglas Moore   August 15, 2019
Print Name   Signature   Date

 

Please return a signed copy of this offer letter and attached job description as formal acceptance of your ability to perform the requirements of the position. A representative from the Human Resource team will be in touch with you before your start date to discuss what you will need to bring on your first day. Your employment with the company is considered “at will” and can be terminated by you at any time. The Company also reserves the same right.

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Goedeker’s
Trusted since 1951

13850 Manchester Rd. | Ballwin, MO 63011

 

April 21, 2020

 

Mr. Douglas Moore

[Address]

 

Dear Doug:

 

As you are aware, 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”). In connection with the IPO, we are proposing to amend your offer letter, dated August 15, 2019 (the “Original Agreement”), effective as of the closing of the IPO.

 

The first three bullets of the Original Agreement will be amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

 

An annual base salary of $400.000.00, paid bi-weekly with standard payroll deductions and less applicable taxes. The base salary will be reviewed annually as part of the performance review process and the establishment of annual EBITDA budgets.

 

An annual bonus target of up to 100% of your applicable base salary in accordance with the terms of the incentive plan. You will work with the board of directors of the Company to agree upon metrics in excess of present earnings targets to achieve maximum annual bonus potential. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, you must be actively employed at the time of payment in order to receive this bonus.

 

An option to purchase a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that is equal to 5 percent of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock on a post-issuance and fully-diluted basis immediately prior to closing of the IPO, which option will be grated immediately after closing of the IPO. The exercise price of the option will be equal to the public offering price per share paid in the IPO. Vesting of the options will occur annually over a 4-year schedule of 25% per year from the date of the Original Agreement. The grant of the options is subject to the terms of an Equity Incentive Plan to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company. The granting of this option shall be subject to the Company obtaining the consent of its (and its affiliates) senior lenders.

 

As noted above, the foregoing amendments will become effective automatically on the closing date of the IPO.

 

 

 

 

Except as set forth above, all other terms to the Original Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

Regards,

 

/s/ Robert D. Barry      
Robert D. Barry      
Chief Financial Officer      
       
Agreed and Accepted:      
       
/s/ Douglas Moore   April 21, 2020  
Signature   Date  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

Goedeker’s
Trusted since 1951

13850 Manchester Rd. | Ballwin, MO 63011

 

April 21, 2020

 

Mr. Robert D. Barry

[Address]

 

Dear Bob:

 

As you are aware, 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”). You were appointed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer on the day that the Company was formed. It is my privilege and pleasure to now enter into a formal agreement with you regarding your role and compensation in such position. This agreement will become effective as of the closing of the IPO. I am confident that your strategic vision, operational expertise and commitment to our culture and values will be a tremendous asset to the executive leadership team and the organization. The details of your offer are as follows:

 

An annual base salary of $250,000, paid bi-weekly with standard payroll deductions and less applicable taxes. The base salary will be reviewed annually as part of the performance review process and the establishment of annual EBITDA budgets.

 

An annual bonus target of up to 50% of your applicable base salary in accordance with the terms of an incentive plan to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company. You will work with the board of directors of the Company to agree upon metrics in excess of present earnings targets to achieve maximum annual bonus potential. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, you must be actively employed at the time of payment in order to receive this bonus.

 

A 15% discount on purchases from the Company.

 

Four weeks of vacation per calendar year and seven Company holidays per fiscal year.

 

As a regular, full-time employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of the Company’s sponsored benefit plans once the applicable waiting periods are met.  You must complete the online enrollment process within 30 days of your hire date to elect or decline coverage.  Please be prepared to provide proof of dependent status (such as a marriage or birth certificate) for any eligible dependents you wish to enroll.  Refer to the attached Benefits Overview for additional plan information. 

 

We expect you to observe any contractual or legal obligations that you owe to any previous employer.  Please advise us of any restrictive covenants, non-solicitation covenants, or other contractual or legal obligations you owe to your previous employer. You will be subject to all of our policies, including our Code of Conduct and our Insider Trading policies. Further details on these policies and others are outlined in the Employee Handbook.

 

 

 

  

SEVERANCE: If you are terminated by the Company without cause, you will be entitled to 6 months of base compensation, which will be paid in lump sum within two weeks of the separation date; provided, however, that you sign a release of all claims against the Company as a condition to receiving such severance, which release shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

RESIGNATION: You agree to provide the Company with 90 days’ notice prior to resigning from or otherwise terminating your employment with the Company.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY. You shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose to any person or entity who is not authorized by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate to receive such information, or use or appropriate for your own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, any documents or other papers relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, including, without limitation, files, business relationships and accounts, pricing policies, customer lists, computer software and hardware, or any other materials relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any trade secrets or confidential information, including, without limitation, any business or operational methods, drawings, sketches, designs or product concepts, know-how, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, financial or other performance data, personnel and other policies of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, whether generated by you or by any other person, except as required in the course of performing your duties hereunder or with the express written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the confidential information shall not include any information readily ascertainable from public or published information, or trade sources or independent third parties (other than as a direct or indirect result of unauthorized disclosure by you). This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the cessation of your employment.

 

NON-COMPETITION. During your employment hereunder, you will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an employee, officer, director, partner, manager, consultant, agent, owner (other than a minority shareholder or other equity interest of not more than 1% of a company whose equity interests are publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange or over-the-counter) or in any other capacity, in any business or entity that is in competition with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. You will also devote 100% of your work time to the Company. For a one year period following the termination of your employment for any reason or without reason, you will not in any capacity (whether in the capacity as an employee, officer, director, partner, manager, consultant, agent or owner) engage with any business or entity that is in competition with the Company.

 

NON-SOLICITATION. For a two year period following the termination of your employment for any reason or without reason, you will not solicit or induce any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies on the date of your termination or within three months prior to leaving your employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies to leave their employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or related companies.

 

Your employment is at-will and will begin with the Company on a date mutually agreed upon.

 

2

 

 

This offer is contingent upon the favorable completion of a drug and alcohol screening, background screening, and reference checks, along with proper documentation of your legal ability to work in the United States.  

 

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms or provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effectuate the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible. Each party acknowledges and agrees that a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable damage to the other party and that the injured party may not have an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies which any party may have under this Agreement or otherwise. The parties further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach or violation by a party, the other party will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

Facsimile execution and delivery of this Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

3

 

 

While every member of our team is critical to our success, your role of Chief Financial Officer is one that I look to for significant contributions. I look forward to welcoming you to the team, working with you and positioning the Company for a successful future! If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call me.

 

Regards,

 

/s/ Douglas T. Moore      
Douglas T. Moore      
Chief Executive Officer      
       
/s/ Robert D. Barry   April 21, 2020  
Signature   Date  

 

Please return a signed copy of this offer letter and attached job description as formal acceptance of your ability to perform the requirements of the position. A representative from the Human Resource team will be in touch with you before your start date to discuss what you will need to bring on your first day. Your employment with the company is considered “at will” and can be terminated by you at any time. The Company also reserves the same right.

 

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Employment Agreement”), dated as of April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Michael Goedeker, an individual (the “Executive”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Company wishes to secure the services of the Executive as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Executive wishes to render such services to the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Employment by the Company. The Company agrees to employ the Executive in the position of President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and have such duties and responsibilities as are reasonably assigned, delegated and determined as are customarily assigned to individuals serving in such positions and such other duties consistent with Executive’s title (with such other duties and/or offices in the Company and its affiliates as may be assigned from time to time by the Company, its Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or other senior executive officers and as agreed to by Executive) and the Executive accepts such employment and agrees to perform such duties. The Executive agrees to devote the Executive’s full customary business time and energies to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates to perform the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

2. Term of Employment. The term of this Employment Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the initial period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof, unless the Executive is earlier terminated as provided in Section 4 hereof.

 

3. Compensation. As full compensation for all services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company and/or its affiliates in all capacities during the Term, the Executive shall receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

(a) Salary. An annual base salary of $175,000 (the “Base Salary”) payable not less frequently than monthly or at more frequent intervals in accordance with the then customary payroll practices of the Company.

 

(b) Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to an annual incentive bonus to the extent the Company achieves or exceeds the annual EBITDA objectives of the Company which shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company. The percentage of Base Salary which the Executive shall be entitled to receive as a bonus is set forth on Exhibit A hereto next to the corresponding percentage of budgeted EBITDA of the Company which must be achieved in order to earn such bonus level. Any such bonus shall be payable within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable year no later than March 31. For purposes of this Section 3(b), EBITDA of the Company for any period shall mean the sum of the Company’s net earnings (or loss) before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization for said period (but excluding any extraordinary gains for such period), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

 

 

 

 

(c) Participation in Employee Benefit Plans; Other Benefits. In addition, the Executive shall be permitted during the Term, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all employee benefit plans, including family health insurance with coverage comparable to the policy in which the Executive currently participates, the current cost of which is approximately $1,300 per month, policies and practices now or hereafter maintained by or on behalf of the Company commensurate with the Executive’s position with the Company. Nothing in this Employment Agreement shall preclude the Company from terminating or amending any such plans or coverage so as to reduce or otherwise change any benefit payable thereunder, so long as such change similarly affects all Company employees.

 

(d) Automobile Allowance. The Executive shall receive an automobile allowance not to exceed $500 per month for any expenses relating to the Executive’s or his spouse’s automobile.

 

(e) Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the Term in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Employment Agreement, upon submission and approval of expense statements, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance with the then customary practices of the Company.

 

(f) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year.

 

(g) Withholding of Taxes. The Company may withhold from any benefits payable under this Employment Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

 

4. Termination.

 

(a) Termination upon Death. If the Executive dies during the Term, this Employment Agreement shall terminate as of the date of the Executive’s death except in Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(b) Termination upon Disability. If during the Term the Executive becomes physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that the Executive is unable to perform the Executive’s essential job functions hereunder for a period aggregating 180 days during any twelve-month period, and it is determined by a physician acceptable to both the Company and the Executive that, by reason of such physical or mental disability, the Executive shall be unable to perform the essential job functions required of the Executive hereunder for such period or periods, the Company may, by written notice to the Executive, terminate this Employment Agreement, in which event the Term shall terminate ten (10) days after the date upon which the Company shall have given notice to the Executive of its intention to terminate this Employment Agreement because of the disability.

 

(c) Termination for Cause. The Company may at any time by written notice to the Executive terminate this Employment Agreement immediately and, except as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder on and after the date of such notice, in the event that an event of “Cause” occurs. For purposes of this Employment Agreement “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i) any willful breach by the Executive of any material term of this Employment Agreement, if the Executive fails to reasonably cure such breach within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from the Board of such breach, which notice shall state in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to be a failure or willful breach and of the intent of the Company to terminate the Executive’s employment upon the failure of the Executive to reasonably cure such failure or breach; or

 

2

 

 

(ii) The Executive has committed an intentional felonious act of fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, or theft or an intentional breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; or

 

(iii) the Executive is indicted for any criminal offense constituting a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude (except that Executive shall continue to be entitled to all compensation until a conviction of such offense); or

 

(iv) the Executive intentionally breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

For purposes of this Employment Agreement, an act, or a failure to act, shall not be deemed willful or intentional, as those terms are used herein, unless it is done, or admitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the interest of the Company.

 

(d) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate this Employment Agreement at any time, without cause, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company to the Executive and, except as provided in Section 5(a) hereof, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder after such termination.

 

(e) Termination with Good Reason. The Executive may terminate this Employment Agreement and the Executive’s employment for Good Reason if Company fails to cure the event constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days of written notice of such event from the Executive. “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following that occurs during the Term:

 

(i) the reduction of the Executive’s Base Salary and bonus below the amount of the Base Salary and bonus in effect under Section 3 hereof;

 

(ii) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with, or a material diminution of the Executive’s duties, offices or responsibilities from, those of the Executive with Company, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to reelect or reappoint the Executive to any of such offices, except in connection with the termination of the Executive’s employment for disability (which cannot be performed without reasonable accommodations), retirement, Cause or as a result of the Executive’s death; or

 

(iii) the Company’s material breach of this Employment Agreement.

 

3

 

 

5. Severance Payments.

 

(a) Certain Severance Payments. If during the Term this Employment Agreement is terminated pursuant to Sections 4(d) or 4(e) hereof, all compensation payable to the Executive under Section 3 hereof shall cease as of the date of termination specified in the Company’s notice (the “Termination Date”), and the Company shall pay to the Executive, subject to Section 6 hereof, and in addition to any amounts owed to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement for services rendered by the Executive to the Company prior to such Termination Date, the following sums: (i) the Base Salary on the Termination Date for the greater of remainder of the Term or six (6) months (the applicable period being referred to as the “Severance Period”), payable in monthly installments over such time period; (ii) benefits under group health and life insurance plans in which the Executive participated prior to termination through the Severance Period; (iii) all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits from the Company and its employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under the Company’s pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs; and (iv) so long as the Company has achieved its budgeted EBITDA level for the period commencing with the end of the Company’s immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, an amount equal to the product of the bonus paid to the Executive in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 3(b), times the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of full calendar months occurring since the end of the immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, by (y) 12. If, prior to the date on which the Company’s obligations under clause (i) of this Section 5(a) cease, the Executive violates Section 6 hereof, then the Company shall have no obligation to make any of the payments that remain payable by the Company under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 5(a) on or after the date of such violation. The payment of severance as required by this Section 5(a) may be conditioned by the Company on the delivery by the Executive of a release of any and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company which release shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

(b) Severance Payments upon Termination for Cause, Death or Disability. If this Employment Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Sections 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate or representative as applicable) shall receive only the amounts specified in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 5(a) hereof.

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive.

 

(a) Covenants Against Competition. The Executive acknowledges that: (i) the Executive is one of the limited number of persons who will assist with developing the Company’s business, which consists of owning and operating a retail appliance and furniture business (the “Company’s Business”); (ii) the Company conducts its business nationwide; (iii) the Executive’s work for the Company will bring the Executive into close contact with many confidential affairs not readily available to the public; and (iv) the covenants contained in this Section 6 will not involve a substantial hardship upon the Executive’s future livelihood. In order to induce the Company to enter into this Employment Agreement, the Executive covenants and agrees that:

 

(i) Non-Compete. During the Term and for the Severance Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, in those states in the United States of America in which either the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates then operates a similar business that falls within the scope of the Company’s Business, directly or indirectly, (i) in any manner whatsoever engage in any capacity with any business competitive with the Company’s Business for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or affiliate of the Company; or (ii) have any interest as owner, sole proprietor, shareholder, partner, lender, director, officer, manager, employee, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business competitive with the Company’s Business; provided, however, that the Executive may hold, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, not more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding securities of any person or entity which are listed on any national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market notwithstanding the fact that such person or entity is engaged in a business competitive with the Company’s Business. In addition, during the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not develop any property for use in the Company’s Business on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and solely for the purposes of this Section 6(a)(i), if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4(d), the Restricted Period shall end upon the date of such termination.

 

4

 

 

(ii) Confidential Information. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose to any person or entity who is not authorized by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate to receive such information, or use or appropriate for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, any documents or other papers relating to the Company’s Business or the customers of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, including, without limitation, files, business relationships and accounts, pricing policies, customer lists, computer software and hardware, or any other materials relating to the Company’s Business or the customers of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any trade secrets or confidential information, including, without limitation, any business or operational methods, drawings, sketches, designs or product concepts, know-how, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, financial or other performance data, personnel and other policies of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, whether generated by the Executive or by any other person, except as required in the course of performing the Executive’s duties hereunder or with the express written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the confidential information shall not include any information readily ascertainable from public or published information, or trade sources or independent third parties (other than as a direct or indirect result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive).

 

(iii) Employees of and Consultants to the Company. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in furtherance of the business of the Company), initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce or encourage any individual who is then or who has been within the preceding twelve month period, an employee of or consultant to the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate employment with, or a consulting relationship with, the Company or such affiliate, as the case may be, or to become employed by or enter into a contract or other agreement with any other person, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee or consultant for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly approve the taking of any such actions by any other person.

 

(iv) Solicitation of Customers. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce, encourage (or assist in connection with any of the foregoing) any person who is then or has been within the preceding twelve month period a customer or account of the Company or its affiliates, or any actual customer leads whose identity the Executive learned during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company, to terminate or to adversely alter its contractual or other relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

(b) Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. If the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof (collectively, the “Restrictive Covenants”), the Company and its affiliates shall, in addition to the rights set forth in Section 5(a) hereof, have the right and remedy to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction specific performance of the Restrictive Covenants or injunctive relief against any act which would violate any of the Restrictive Covenants, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach may cause irreparable injury to the Company and its affiliates and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company and its affiliates.

 

(c) Severability of Covenants. If any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and such court, government, agency or authority shall be empowered to substitute, to the extent enforceable, provisions similar thereto or other provisions so as to provide to the Company and its affiliates, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the benefits intended by such provisions.

 

5

 

 

(d) Enforceability in Jurisdictions. The parties intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants and only in such jurisdiction where the Executive’s alleged violation of the Restrictive Covenants occurred. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly invalid or unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

 

7. Other Provisions.

 

(a) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto, or at such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice, and shall be deemed given so long as such provides a receipt of delivery, when so delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or mailed.

 

(b) Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts and other agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

(c) Waivers and Amendments. This Employment Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

(d) Governing Law. This Employment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with and subject to, the laws of the State of Missouri applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

 

(e) Binding Effect; Benefit. This Employment Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and any successors and assigns permitted or required by Section 7(f) hereof. Nothing in this Employment Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or such successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Employment Agreement.

 

(f) Assignment. This Employment Agreement, and the Executive’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign this Employment Agreement and its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets or business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Employment Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Employment Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
     
  By: /s/ Robert D. Barry     
  Name: Robert D. Barry
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Address:   13850 Manchester Road
    St. Louis, MO 63011
    Attn: Robert D. Barry
     
  EXECUTIVE:
   
/s/ Michael Goedeker 
  Michael Goedeker
     
  Address:  
   
     

 

7

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Bonus Criteria

  

% of Budgeted Division EBITDA  

Bonus as a % of Base Salary

125%   50%
120%   45%
115%   40%
110%   35%
105%   30%
100%   25%
95%   20%
90%   15%
<90%   0

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated ____________, 2020, by and between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned (the “Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”).

 

B. The current Board consists of three (3) members and the Board intends to appoint four (4) additional independent directors prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

C. The Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), which will include membership on one or more committees of the Board, and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties. From and after the closing of the IPO, the Company requires that the Director be available to perform the duties of an independent director customarily related to this function as may be determined and assigned by the Board and as may be required by the Company’s constituent instruments, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended, and its corporate governance and board committee charters, each as amended or modified from time to time, and by applicable law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Director agrees to devote as much time as is necessary to perform completely the duties as a Director of the Company, including duties as a member of one or more committees of the Board, to which the Director may hereafter be appointed. The Director will perform such duties described herein in accordance with the general fiduciary duty of directors.

 

2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of the closing of the IPO, which shall be the date of the Director’s appointment by the board of directors of the Company, and shall continue until the Director’s removal or resignation. In addition to a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Director at any time without liability prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

3. Compensation. Following the closing of the IPO and the commencement of the term of this Agreement, for all services to be rendered by the Director in any capacity hereunder, the Company agrees to compensate the Director a fee of $35,000 per year in cash (the “Annual Fee”), which Annual Fee shall be paid to the Director in four equal installments no later than the fifth business day of each calendar quarter commencing in the first quarter following the closing of the IPO. The Director shall be responsible for his or her own individual income tax payment on the Annual Fee in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

 

 

 

 

4. Independence. The Director acknowledges that his appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that he is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq and NYSE American stock exchanges, and that his appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

5. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

(a) Confidential Information and Insider Trading. The Company and the Director each acknowledge that, in order for the intentions and purposes of this Agreement to be accomplished, the Director shall necessarily be obtaining access to certain confidential information concerning the Company and its affairs, including, but not limited to, business methods, information systems, financial data and strategic plans which are unique assets of the Company (as further defined below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the communication of such Confidential Information to third parties could irreparably injure the Company and its business. Accordingly, the Director agrees that, during his association with the Company and thereafter, he will treat and safeguard as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received by him at any time and that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he will not disclose or reveal any of the Confidential Information to any third party whatsoever or use the same in any manner except in connection with the business of the Company and in any event in no way harmful to or competitive with the Company or its business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes any information not generally known to the public or recognized as confidential according to standard industry practice, any trade secrets, know-how, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution plans and information, inventions, formulas, methods or processes, whether or not patented or patentable, pricing policies and records of the Company (and such other information normally understood to be confidential or otherwise designated as such in writing by the Company), all of which the Director expressly acknowledges and agrees shall be confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. Upon termination of his association with the Company, the Director shall return to the Company all documents and papers relating to the Company, including any Confidential Information, together with any copies thereof, or certify that he or she has destroyed all such documents and papers. Furthermore, the Director recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Director agrees that the Director owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of the Director’s association with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to, except as is consistent with the Company’s agreement with the third party, disclose it to any person or entity or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company. In addition, the Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws (“Insider Information”) and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such Insider Information.

 

2

 

 

(b) Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Director shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

(c) Enforcement. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are reasonable, that valid consideration has been and will be received and that the agreements set forth herein are the result of arms-length negotiations between the parties hereto. The Director recognizes that the provisions of this Section 6 are vitally important to the continuing welfare of the Company and its affiliates and that any violation of this Section 6 could result in irreparable harm to the Company and its affiliates for which money damages would constitute a totally inadequate remedy. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation by the Director, the Company and its affiliates, in addition to any other remedies they may have, shall have the right to institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance thereof or to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief restraining any action by the Director in violation of this Section 6 without posting any bond therefore or demonstrating actual damages, and the Director will not claim as a defense thereto that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or require the posting of a bond. If any of the restrictions or activities contained in this Section 6 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights. The Director acknowledges that injunctive relief may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such action without notice to the Director and in addition Company may recover monetary damages.

 

(d) Separate Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the provisions of Section 6 are separate from and independent of the remainder of this Agreement and that Section 6 is specifically enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any claim made by the Director against the Company. The terms of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

3

 

 

7. Market Stand-Off Agreement. In the event of a public or private offering of the Company’s securities, including in connection with the IPO, and upon request of the Company, the underwriters or placement agents placing the offering of the Company’s securities, the Director agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company that the Director may own, other than those included in the registration, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such placement agent or underwriter.

 

8. Termination. With or without cause, the Company and the Director may each terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days written notice, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Director the compensation and expenses due up to the date of the termination. Nothing contained herein or omitted herefrom shall prevent the stockholder(s) of the Company from removing the Director with immediate effect at any time for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company terminates this Agreement prior to the closing of the IPO in accordance with Section 2 hereof, then the Company shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Director.

 

9. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Director, to the full extent allowed by the law of the State of Delaware, and as provided by, or granted pursuant to, any charter provision, bylaw provision, agreement (including, without limitation, the Indemnification Agreement executed herewith), vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Director’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company and the Director are executing an indemnification agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

10. Effect Of Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

11. Notice. Any and all notices referred to herein shall be sufficient if furnished in writing at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto or, if to the Company, to the Company’s address as specified in filings made by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the rights of the parties hereto shall be determined by, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to that state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Assignment. The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable, and all the covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by or against, its successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Director under this Agreement are personal and therefore the Director may not assign any right or duty under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14. Miscellaneous. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or illegal, for any reason whatsoever, then, notwithstanding such invalidity or illegality, the remaining terms and provisions of the this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in the same manner as if the invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein. The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Except as provided elsewhere herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party to this Agreement with respect to such subject matter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Independent Director Agreement to be duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
     
  By:          
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  DIRECTOR:
     
   
  Name:  

 

Address:
   
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated _____________, 2020, by and between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned (the “Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

B. The Company’s bylaws require that the Company indemnify its directors and executive officers as authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), under which the Company is organized, and the bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

 

C. The Indemnitee may not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and available insurance, if any, as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that the Indemnitee may not be willing to serve the Company without additional protection.

 

D. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company and has proffered this Agreement to the Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

 

 

 

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d) Indemnification of Appointing Stockholder. If (i) the Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (an “Appointing Stockholder”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and (iii) the Appointing Stockholder’s involvement in the Proceeding (A) arises primarily out of, or relates to, any action taken by the Company that was approved by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board), and (B) arises out of facts or circumstances that are the same or substantially similar to the facts and circumstances that form the basis of claims that have been, could have been or could be brought against the Indemnitee in a Proceeding, regardless of whether the legal basis of the claims against the Indemnitee and the Appointing Stockholder are the same or similar, then the Appointing Stockholder shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement as if the Appointing Stockholder were the Indemnitee.

 

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to the Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

2

 

 

3. Contribution.

 

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against the Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against the Indemnitee.

 

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subsection, if, for any reason, the Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than the Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and the Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold the Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, or employees of the Company, other than the Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with the Indemnitee.

 

3

 

 

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to the Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by the Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and the Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and the Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is not a party, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for the Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of the Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to the Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

4

 

 

(b) Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. The Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

5

 

 

(e) The Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if the Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to the Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that the Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

6

 

 

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. The Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

 

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

7

 

 

(d) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of the Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

 

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of the Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

8

 

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against the Indemnitee:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of the Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by the Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

9

 

 

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

12. Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that the Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c) The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

 

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

10

 

 

(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(d) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by the Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by the Indemnitee or of any inaction on the part of the Indemnitee while acting in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; in each case whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to either the Indemnitee or Appointing Stockholder shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon the Indemnitee and Appointing Stockholder indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

11

 

 

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16. Notice By Indemnitee. The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the addresses specified on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by Indemnitee, or, if to the Company, to the Company’s address as specified in filings made by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and the Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
     
  By:             
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  INDEMNITEE:
     
   
  Name:  

 

  Address:  
     
     

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purpose; Eligibility.

 

1.1. General Purpose. The name of this plan is the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purposes of the Plan are to (a) enable 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and any Affiliate to attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s long-term success; (b) provide incentives that align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of the stockholders of the Company; and (c) promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

1.2. Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are the Employees, Consultants and Directors of the Company and its Affiliates and such other individuals designated by the Committee who are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors after the receipt of Awards.

 

1.3. Available Awards. Awards that may be granted under the Plan include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards.

 

2. Definitions.

 

Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.

 

Applicable Laws” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate law, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

 

Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-qualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Award, a Performance Share Award or a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract, certificate or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan which may, in the discretion of the Company, be transmitted electronically to any Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.

 

 

 

 

Cause” means:

 

 With respect to any Employee or Consultant: (a) if the Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein; or (b) if no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause: (i) the commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iv) material violation of state or federal securities laws.

 

With respect to any Director, a determination by a majority of the disinterested Board members that the Director has engaged in any of the following: (a) malfeasance in office; (b) gross misconduct or neglect; (c) false or fraudulent misrepresentation inducing the director’s appointment; (d) willful conversion of corporate funds; or (e) repeated failure to participate in Board meetings on a regular basis despite having received proper notice of the meetings in advance.

 

The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

Change in Control” means (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a subsidiary of the Company; (b) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (c) the date which is 10 business days prior to the consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) the acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) any acquisition which complies with clauses, (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (e) of this definition or (D) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant); or (e) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or the analogous governing body) (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company); and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred unless such change shall satisfy the definition of a change in control under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been established, the full Board, or a committee of one or more members appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 and Section 3.4.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time in substitution thereof.

 

Consultant” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services.

 

Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Consultant or Director, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided further that if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this sentence shall only be given effect to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Director of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Committee or its delegate, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal or family leave of absence.

 

Covered Employee” has the same meaning as set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49.

 

Director” means a member of the Board.

 

Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment; provided, however, for purposes of determining the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established by the Committee. Except in situations where the Committee is determining Disability for purposes of the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Disability be deemed to have occurred unless such disability satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3

 

 

Effective Date” shall mean ___________, 2020.

 

Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock as determined below. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (or if no sales were reported the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution, or takes other appropriate action, expressly granting an Award to a Participant that specifies the key terms and conditions of the Award or, if a later date is set forth in such resolution, then such date as is set forth in such resolution.

 

Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Incumbent Directors” means individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board, provided that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

 

Negative Discretion” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) of the Plan. “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

 

Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4

 

 

Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

Option Exercise Price” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option.

 

Outside Director” means a Director who is not a current employee of the Company, is not a former employee of the Company who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the year, has not been an officer of the Company and does not receive remuneration from the Company, directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director.

 

Participant” means an eligible person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Plan.

 

Performance Criteria” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division, business unit or operational unit of the Company) and may include the following: (a) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (b) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (c) net revenue or net revenue growth; (d) gross revenue; (e) gross profit or gross profit growth; (f) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (g) return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales; (h) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital); (i) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (j) gross or operating margins; (k) improvements in capital structure; (l) budget and expense management; (m) productivity ratios; (n) economic value added or other value added measurements; (o) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (p) expense targets; (q) margins; (r) operating efficiency; (s) working capital targets; (t) enterprise value; (u) safety record; (v) completion of acquisitions or business expansion; (w) achieving research and development goals and milestones; (x) achieving product commercialization goals; and (y) other criteria as may be set by the Committee from time to time.

 

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (o) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph, provided such accelerated vesting does not violate the rules of Code Section 409A. The Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

5

 

 

Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) or at any time thereafter, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; (g) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (h) foreign exchange gains and losses; and (i) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time not less than one fiscal quarter in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Performance Share” means the grant of a right to receive a number of actual shares of Common Stock or share units based upon the performance of the Company during a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

 

Permitted Transferee” means: (a) a member of the Optionholder’s immediate family (child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionholder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionholder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionholder) own more than 50% of the voting interests; (b) third parties designated by the Committee in connection with a program established and approved by the Committee pursuant to which Participants may receive a cash payment or other consideration in consideration for the transfer of a Non-qualified Stock Option; and (c) such other transferees as may be permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

Restricted Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7.2(a).

 

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 7.1 to receive, upon exercise, an amount payable in cash or shares equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (b) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.

 

6

 

 

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

3. Administration.

 

3.1. Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the Board’s sole discretion, by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee’s charter and Applicable Laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:

 

(a) to construe and interpret the Plan and apply its provisions;

 

(b) to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan;

 

(c) to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

(d) to delegate its authority to one or more Officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve Covered Employees or “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

 

(e) to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable Grant Date;

 

(f) from time to time to select, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, those Participants to whom Awards shall be granted;

 

(g) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be made subject to each Award;

 

(h) to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option;

 

(i) to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, the exercise price and medium of payment and vesting provisions, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant;

 

(j) to determine the target number of Performance Shares to be granted pursuant to a Performance Share Award, the performance measures that will be used to establish the performance goals, the performance period(s) and the number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant;

 

(k) to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;

 

(l) to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however, that if any such amendment impairs a Participant’s rights or increases a Participant’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Participant’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Participant’s consent;

 

7

 

 

(m) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absences which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of the Plan, which periods shall be no shorter than the periods generally applicable to Employees under the Company’s employment policies;

 

(n) to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;

 

(o) to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and

 

(p) to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, stockholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.

 

3.2. Committee Decisions Final. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participants, unless such decisions are determined by a court having jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.

 

3.3. Delegation. The Committee may delegate administration of the Plan to a subcommittee or subcommittees of one or more members of the Committee, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. The Committee shall have the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board or the Committee shall thereafter be to the committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and re-vest in the Board the administration of the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall act pursuant to a vote of the majority of its members or, in the case of a Committee comprised of only two members, the unanimous consent of its members, whether present or not, or by the written consent of the majority of its members and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the limitations prescribed by the Plan and the Board, the Committee may establish and follow such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may determine to be advisable.

 

3.4. Committee Composition. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. The Board shall have discretion to determine whether or not it intends to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3. However, if the Board intends to satisfy such exemption requirements, with respect to Awards to any Covered Employee and with respect to any insider subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be a compensation committee of the Board that at all times consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (a) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award or (b) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Nothing herein shall create an inference that an Award is not validly granted under the Plan in the event Awards are granted under the Plan by a compensation committee of the Board that does not at all times consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors.

 

8

 

 

3.5. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as Directors or members of the Committee, and to the extent allowed by Applicable Laws, the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with any appeal therein, to which the Committee may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, and against all amounts paid by the Committee in settlement thereof (provided, however, that the settlement has been approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or paid by the Committee in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reason to believe that the conduct complained of was unlawful; provided, however, that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, such Committee shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding.

 

4. Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

4.1. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 11, a total of 700,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one (1) Option or Stock Appreciation Right awarded. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock granted in connection with such Award. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards.

 

4.2. Shares of Common Stock available for distribution under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares reacquired by the Company in any manner.

 

4.3. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for future grants pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be added back as one (1) share if such shares were subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and as two (2) shares if such shares were subject to other Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: shares subject to an Award under the Plan shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (a) shares tendered in payment of an Option, (b) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, or (c) shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award.

 

5. Eligibility.

 

5.1. Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors and those individuals whom the Committee determines are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors following the Grant Date.

 

9

 

 

5.2. Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the Option Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Option Provisions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as such at any time or if an Option is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the terms of such Option do not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

6.1. Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date. The term of a Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Non-qualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date.

 

6.2. Exercise Price of An Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the Option Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.3. Exercise Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option. The Option Exercise Price of each Non-qualified Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10

 

 

6.4. Consideration. The Option Exercise Price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised or (b) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve, the Option Exercise Price may be paid: (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Common Stock (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (ii) a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (iii) by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iv) any combination of the foregoing methods; or (v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery (or attestation) to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company, directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall be prohibited with respect to any Award under this Plan.

 

6.5. Transferability of An Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.6. Transferability of a Non-qualified Stock Option. A Non-qualified Stock Option may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be transferable to a Permitted Transferee, upon written approval by the Committee to the extent provided in the Award Agreement. If the Non-qualified Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Non-qualified Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.7. Vesting of Options. Each Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.8. Termination of Continuous Service. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in an employment agreement the terms of which have been approved by the Committee, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, if the termination of Continuous Service is by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

11

 

 

6.9. Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for any reason would be prohibited at any time because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the term of the Option in accordance with Section 6.1 or (b) the expiration of a period after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service that is three months after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities law requirements.

 

6.10. Disability of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following such termination or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.11. Death of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following the date of death or (b) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.12. Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

7. Provisions of Awards Other Than Options.

 

7.1. Stock Appreciation Rights.  

 

(a) General. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in tandem with an Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). All such grants shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b) Grant Requirements. Any Related Right that relates to a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(c) Term of Stock Appreciation Rights. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

12

 

 

(d) Vesting of Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Stock Appreciation Right may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Stock Appreciation Rights may vary. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Stock Appreciation Right upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Exercise and Payment. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (ii) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right or related Option. Payment with respect to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be made on the date of exercise. Payment shall be made in the form of shares of Common Stock (with or without restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.

 

(f) Exercise Price. The exercise price of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of such Stock Appreciation Right. A Related Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same extent as the related Option; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right, by its terms, shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price per share thereof and no Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option unless the Committee determines that the requirements of Section 7.1(b) are satisfied.

 

(g) Reduction in the Underlying Option Shares. Upon any exercise of a Related Right, the number of shares of Common Stock for which any related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of shares for which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The number of shares of Common Stock for which a Related Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of any related Option by the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Option has been exercised.

 

7.2. Restricted Awards.  

 

(a) General. A Restricted Award is an Award of actual shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) or hypothetical Common Stock units (“Restricted Stock Units”) having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an identical number of shares of Common Stock, which may, but need not, provide that such Restricted Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose for such period (the “Restricted Period”) as the Committee shall determine. Each Restricted Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.2, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

13

 

 

(b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(i) Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant fails to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Award, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends; provided that, any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

 

(ii) The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in an Award Agreement. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock Units with a deferral feature, whereby settlement is deferred beyond the vesting date until the occurrence of a future payment date or event set forth in an Award Agreement (“Deferred Stock Units”). At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents shall be withheld by the Company and credited to the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents credited to the Participant’s account at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.

 

14

 

 

(c) Restrictions.

 

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

 

(ii) Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in Applicable Laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

 

(d) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Awards, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. No Restricted Award may be granted or settled for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2(c) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, or at the expiration of the deferral period with respect to any outstanding Deferred Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding vested Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 7.2(b)(ii) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and the interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed in the case of Restricted Stock Units, or the delivery date in the case of Deferred Stock Units, with respect to each Vested Unit.

 

(f) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend in such form as the Company deems appropriate.

 

15

 

 

7.3. Performance Share Awards.  

 

(a) Grant of Performance Share Awards. Each Performance Share Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Performance Share Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.3, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock or stock-denominated units subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Participant; (ii) the performance period applicable to any Award; (iii) the conditions that must be satisfied for a Participant to earn an Award; and (iv) the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

 

(b) Earning Performance Share Awards. The number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. No payout shall be made with respect to any Performance Share Award except upon written certification by the Committee that the minimum threshold performance goal(s) have been achieved.

 

7.4. Performance Compensation Awards.  

 

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award.

 

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

 

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.4(c) and record the same in writing.

 

16

 

 

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

 

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii) Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

 

(iv) Use of Discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained.

 

(v) Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 7.4 but in no event later than 2 1/2 months following the end of the fiscal year during which the Performance Period is completed.

 

8. Securities Law Compliance. Each Award Agreement shall provide that no shares of Common Stock shall be purchased or sold thereunder unless and until (a) any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel and (b) if required to do so by the Company, the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company a letter of investment intent in such form and containing such provisions as the Committee may require. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

9. Use of Proceeds from Stock. Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Awards, or upon exercise thereof, shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

17

 

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1. Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Committee shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest, provided any such acceleration or exercisability or vesting is in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.2. Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Common Stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 hereof.

 

10.3. No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (a) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause or (b) the service of a Director pursuant to the By-laws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

10.4. Transfer; Approved Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a transfer of employment to the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code if the applicable Award is subject thereto.

 

10.5. Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement and subject to the discretion of the Committee, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

18

 

 

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the Grant Date of any Award, Awards granted under the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 4 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Section 4 will be equitably adjusted or substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. In the case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 11, unless the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, the Committee shall, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification of such Non-qualified Stock Options within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any adjustments made under this Section 11 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

12. Effect of Change in Control.

 

12.1. In the discretion of the Board and the Committee, any Award Agreement may provide, or the Board or the Committee may provide by amendment of any Award Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, that in the event of a Change in Control, Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

12.2. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price that equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

12.3. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

13. Amendment of the Plan and Awards.

 

13.1. Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend or terminate the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock and Section 13.3, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws. At the time of such amendment, the Board shall determine, upon advice from counsel, whether such amendment will be contingent on stockholder approval.

 

13.2. Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

13.3. Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan and/or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

19

 

 

13.4. No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

13.5. Amendment of Awards. The Committee at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however, that the Committee may not affect any amendment which would otherwise constitute an impairment of the rights under any Award unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

14. General Provisions.

 

14.1. Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

14.2. Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

14.3. Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

14.4. Sub-plans. The Committee may from time to time establish sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying blue sky, securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company intends to grant Awards. Any sub-plans shall contain such limitations and other terms and conditions as the Committee determines are necessary or desirable. All sub-plans shall be deemed a part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to the Participants in the jurisdiction for which the sub-plan was designed.

 

14.5. Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. All of such programs and procedures shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A of the Code.

 

20

 

 

14.6. Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan.

 

14.7. Recapitalizations. Each Award Agreement shall contain provisions required to reflect the provisions of Section 11.

 

14.8. Delivery. Upon exercise of a right granted under this Plan, the Company shall issue Common Stock or pay any amounts due within a reasonable period of time thereafter. Subject to any statutory or regulatory obligations the Company may otherwise have, for purposes of this Plan, thirty (30) days shall be considered a reasonable period of time.

 

14.9. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

14.10. Other Provisions. The Award Agreements authorized under the Plan may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Awards, as the Committee may deem advisable.

 

14.11. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six (6) month period immediately following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A of the Code and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

 

14.12. Disqualifying Dispositions. Any Participant who shall make a “disposition” (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) of all or any portion of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option or within one year after the issuance of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option (a “Disqualifying Disposition”) shall be required to immediately advise the Company in writing as to the occurrence of the sale and the price realized upon the sale of such shares of Common Stock.

 

14.13. Section 16. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.13, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

 

21

 

 

14.14. Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

14.15. Expenses. The costs of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

14.16. Severability. If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.17. Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

14.18. Non-Uniform Treatment. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements.

 

15. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock Award, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

16. Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically on April 18, 2028. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after such date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any earlier date pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, provided any such suspension or termination is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

17. Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by Federal law, the law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of law rules.

 

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

As approved by the stockholders of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

 

22

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the Grant Date specified below by and between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the participant named below (the “Participant”).

 

Name of Participant:

 
Grant Date:  
Expiration Date:  
Exercise Price:  
Number of Option Shares:  
Type of Option:  
Vesting Start Date:  
Vesting Schedule:  

 

1. Grant of Option.

 

1.1. Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Participant an option (the “Option”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Option Shares set forth above, at the Exercise Price set forth above. The Option is being granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

1.2. Type of Option. The Option is intended to be either a Non-qualified Stock Option (i.e., not an Incentive Stock Option) or an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as indicated above, although the Company makes no representation or guarantee that the Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined on the Grant Date) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

1.3. Consideration. The grant of the Option is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Participant to the Company and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

2. Exercise Period; Vesting.

 

2.1. Vesting Schedule. The Option will become vested and exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule specified above until the Option is 100% vested. The unvested portion of the Option will not be exercisable on or after the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

2.2. Expiration. The Option will expire on the Expiration Date set forth above, or earlier as provided in this Agreement or the Plan.

 

3. Termination of Continuous Service.

 

3.1. Termination for Reasons Other Than Cause, Death or Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

1

 

 

3.2. Termination for Cause. If the Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option (whether vested or unvested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

3.3. Termination Due to Disability. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise the vested portion of the Option, but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

3.4. Termination Due to Death. If the Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or the Participant dies within a period following termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the vested portion of the Option remains exercisable, the vested portion of the Option may be exercised by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the person designated to exercise the Option upon the Participant’s death, but only within the time period ending on the earlier of (a) the date that is 12 months following the Participant’s death or (b) the Expiration Date.

 

3.5. Extension of Termination Date. If following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason the exercise of the Option is prohibited because the exercise of the Option would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the expiration of the Option shall be tolled until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities requirements.

 

4. Manner of Exercise.

 

4.1. Election to Exercise. To exercise the Option, the Participant (or in the case of exercise after the Participant’s death or incapacity, the Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, or as is approved by the Committee from time to time (the “Exercise Agreement”), which shall set forth, inter alia: (a) the Participant’s election to exercise the Option; (b) the number of shares of Common Stock being purchased; (c) any restrictions imposed on the shares; and (d) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding the Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than the Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option.

 

4.2. Payment of Exercise Price. The entire Exercise Price of the Option shall be payable in full at the time of exercise to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either: (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised; (b) by delivery to the Company of other shares of Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (c) through a “cashless exercise program” established with a broker; (d) by reduction in the number of shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (e) by any combination of the foregoing methods; or (f) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee.

 

2

 

 

4.3. Withholding. Prior to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of the Option, the Participant must make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. The Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of the Option by any of the following means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise of the Option; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock. The Company has the right to withhold from any compensation paid to a Participant.

 

4.4. Issuance of Shares. Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall issue the shares of Common Stock registered in the name of the Participant, the Participant’s authorized assignee, or the Participant’s legal representative which shall be evidenced by stock certificates representing the shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto, appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent, or other appropriate means as determined by the Company.

 

5. No Right to Continued Service; No Rights as Stockholder. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Participant’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause. The Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the date of exercise of the Option.

 

6. Transferability. The Option is not transferable by the Participant other than to a designated beneficiary upon the Participant’s death or by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or her. No assignment or transfer of the Option, or the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise (except to a designated beneficiary upon death by will or the laws of descent or distribution) will vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Option will terminate and become of no further effect.

 

7. Change in Control.

 

7.1. [Acceleration of Vesting. In the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to the Option. To the extent practicable, such acceleration of vesting and exercisability shall occur in a manner and at a time which allows the Participant the ability to participate in the Change in Control with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.]

 

7.2. Cash-out. In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ advance notice to the Participant, cancel the Option and pay to the Participant the value of the Option based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of a Change in Control the Exercise Price of the Option equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

8. Adjustments. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Option may be adjusted or terminated in any manner as contemplated by Section 11 of the Plan.

 

3

 

 

9. Tax Liability and Withholding. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any shares acquired on exercise; and (b) does not commit to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

10. Qualification as an Incentive Stock Option. If this Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an Incentive Stock Option, no sale or other disposition may be made of shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within one (1) year following the date of exercise of the Option or within two (2) years from the Grant Date. The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall not be liable or responsible for any additional tax liability the Participant incurs in the event that the Internal Revenue Service for any reason determines that this Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of the Code.

 

11. Disqualifying Disposition. If this Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant disposes of the shares of Common Stock prior to the expiration of either two (2) years from the Grant Date or one (1) year from the date the shares are transferred to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after such disposition of the date and terms of such disposition. The Participant also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions as the Company requires for tax purposes.

 

12. [Non-competition and Non-solicitation.

 

12.1. Non-competition and Non-solicitation Restrictions. In consideration of the Option, the Participant agrees and covenants not to:

 

(a) contribute his or her knowledge, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, as an employee, officer, owner, manager, advisor, consultant, agent, partner, director, stockholder, volunteer, intern or in any other similar capacity to an entity engaged in the same or similar business as the Company and its Affiliates, including those engaged in the business of nuclear fuel technology for a period of one year following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service;

 

(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Company or its Affiliates for one year following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service; or

 

(c) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current, former or prospective customers of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a period of one year following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

12.2. Enforcement of Non-competition and Non-solicitation Restrictions. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants contained in Section 12.1:

 

(a) any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited effective as of the date of such breach, unless sooner terminated by operation of another term or condition of this Agreement or the Plan; and

 

4

 

 

(b) the Participant hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief.]

 

13. Compliance with Law. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance by the Company and the Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock may be listed. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to this Option unless and until any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

14. Notices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Participant under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s address as shown in the records of the Company. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

15. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

16. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Participant and the Company.

 

17. Options Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s stockholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

18. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Participant and the Participant’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom the Option may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

19. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

20. Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the Option in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any Options or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment with the Company.

 

5

 

 

21. Amendment. The Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the Option, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Participant’s material rights under this Agreement without the Participant’s consent.

 

22. No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Participant’s Option is not part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.

 

23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

24. Acceptance. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the underlying shares and that the Participant should consult a tax advisor prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  Address:  
     
     
     
     
  PARTICIPANT:
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)
   
  Address:  
     
     
       

 

7

 

 

Exhibit A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (this “Exercise Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________ by and between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the purchaser named below (the “Purchaser”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Purchaser Name:

 

Address:

 

Social Security Number:

 

1. Option. The Purchaser was granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Purchaser dated ________________, as follows:

 

Type of Option (check one):

 

____ Incentive Stock Option

 

____ Non-qualified Stock Option

 

Grant Date: ______________________________

 

Number of Option shares: ___________________

 

Exercise Price per share: _____________________

 

Expiration Date: ___________________________

 

2. Exercise of Option. The Purchaser hereby elects to exercise the Option to purchase __________ shares of Common Stock (“Shares”), all of which are vested pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The total Exercise Price for all of the Shares is ________ (Total Shares times Exercise Price per Share).

 

3. Payment of the Exercise Price; Delivery of Required Documents. The Purchaser encloses payment in full of the total Exercise Price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by the Stock Option Agreement (check and complete as appropriate):

 

____ In cash (by certified or bank check) in the amount of $_____, receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company.

 

____ By delivery of ______ previously acquired shares of Common Stock duly endorsed for transfer to the Company.

 

____ Through a Stock for Stock Exchange (Contact Company CFO).

 

____ By a broker-assisted cashless exercise (Contact Company CFO).

 

____ By reduction in the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise with a Fair Market Value equal to the total Exercise Price (Contact Company CFO).

 

The Purchaser will deliver any other documents that the Company requires.

 

8

 

 

4. Tax Withholding. The Purchaser authorizes payroll withholding and will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. The Purchaser may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of the Option by any of the methods set forth in the Plan or Stock Option Agreement. The Purchaser understands that ownership of the Shares will not be transferred to the Purchaser until the total Exercise Price and all applicable withholding taxes have been paid.

 

5. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the Purchaser agrees to promptly notify the Secretary at the Company if he or she transfers any of the Shares purchased pursuant to this Exercise Agreement within one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option or within two (2) years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser understands that there may be adverse federal or state tax consequences as a result of his or her purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Purchaser also acknowledges that he or she has been advised to consult with a tax advisor in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Purchaser is not relying on the Company for tax advice.

 

7. Compliance with Law. The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to, and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and the Purchaser with, all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations and all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

 

8. Successors and Assigns; Binding Effect. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement. This Exercise Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Agreement will be binding upon the Purchaser and the Purchaser's heirs, executors, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

9. Governing Law. This Exercise Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

10. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Exercise Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision, and each provision of this Exercise Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

11. Counterparts. This Exercise Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12. Notice. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Exercise Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company's principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Purchaser under this Exercise Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Purchaser at the Purchaser's address as set forth above. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

13. Acknowledgement. The Purchaser understands that he or she is purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, copies of which the Purchaser has read and understands.

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Exercise Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  PURCHASER:
   
   
  (Name)
   
       

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _______________ (the “Grant Date”) by and between 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (the “Grantee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which awards of Restricted Stock may be granted; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the award of Restricted Stock provided for herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Plan, the Company hereby issues to the Grantee on the Grant Date a Restricted Stock Award consisting of, in the aggregate, _________ shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Restricted Stock”), on the terms and conditions and subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

 

2. Consideration. The grant of the Restricted Stock is made in consideration of the services to be rendered by the Grantee to the Company.

 

3. Restricted Period; Vesting.

 

3.1. Except as otherwise provided herein, provided that the Grantee remains in Continuous Service through the applicable vesting date, and further provided that any additional conditions and performance goals set forth in Schedule I have been satisfied, the Restricted Stock will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

  Shares of Common Stock
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]
[VESTING DATE]   [NUMBER OR PERCENTAGE OF SHARES THAT VEST ON THE VESTING DATE]

 

The period over which the Restricted Stock vests is referred to as the “Restricted Period”.

 

3.2. The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, if the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason at any time before all of his or her Restricted Stock has vested other than death or retirement (in the case of a Director), termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Disability, [or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control], the Grantee’s unvested Restricted Stock shall be automatically forfeited upon such termination of Continuous Service and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any further obligations to the Grantee under this Agreement.

 

3.3. The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, in the event of the Grantee’s death or if the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate for Disability, 100% of the unvested Restricted Stock shall vest as of the date of such termination.

 

1

 

 

3.4. The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, if the Grantee is an Outside Director, 100% of the unvested Restricted Stock shall vest on the Grantee’s attainment of mandatory retirement age for members of the Board, if any.

 

3.5. [The foregoing vesting schedule notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, 100% of the unvested Restricted Stock shall vest as of the date of the Change in Control.]

 

4. Restrictions. Subject to any exceptions set forth in this Agreement or the Plan, during the Restricted Period, the Restricted Stock or the rights relating thereto may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Grantee. Any attempt to assign, alienate, pledge, attach, sell or otherwise transfer or encumber the Restricted Stock or the rights relating thereto during the Restricted Period shall be wholly ineffective and, if any such attempt is made, the Restricted Stock will be forfeited by the Grantee and all of the Grantee’s rights to such shares shall immediately terminate without any payment or consideration by the Company.

 

5. Rights as Stockholder; Dividends.

 

5.1. The Grantee shall be the record owner of the Restricted Stock until the shares of Common Stock are sold or otherwise disposed of, and shall be entitled to all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares and receive all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any dividends or other distributions shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

5.2. The Company may issue stock certificates or evidence the Grantee’s interest by using a restricted book entry account with the Company’s transfer agent. Physical possession or custody of any stock certificates that are issued may be retained by the Company until such time as the Restricted Stock vests.

 

5.3. If the Grantee forfeits any rights he has under this Agreement in accordance with Section 3, the Grantee shall, on the date of such forfeiture, no longer have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock and shall no longer be entitled to vote or receive dividends on such shares.

 

6. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to be retained in any position, as an Employee, Consultant or Director of the Company. Further, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Company to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without Cause.

 

7. Adjustments. If any change is made to the outstanding Common Stock or the capital structure of the Company, if required, the shares of Common Stock shall be adjusted or terminated in any manner as contemplated by Section 11 of the Plan.

 

8. Tax Liability and Withholding.

 

8.1. The Grantee shall be required to pay to the Company, and the Company shall have the right to deduct from any compensation paid to the Grantee pursuant to the Plan, the amount of any required withholding taxes in respect of the Restricted Stock and to take all such other action as the Committee deems necessary to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes. The Committee may permit the Grantee to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation by any of the following means, or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable to the Grantee as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Stock; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock shall be withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

 

2

 

 

8.2. Notwithstanding any action the Company takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and the Company (a) makes no representation or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock or the subsequent sale of any shares; and (b) does not commit to structure the Restricted Stock to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items.

 

9. Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee may make an election under Code Section 83(b) (a “Section 83(b) Election”) with respect to the Restricted Stock. Any such election must be made within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date. If the Grantee elects to make a Section 83(b) Election, the Grantee shall provide the Company with a copy of an executed version and satisfactory evidence of the filing of the executed Section 83(b) Election with the US Internal Revenue Service. The Grantee agrees to assume full responsibility for ensuring that the Section 83(b) Election is actually and timely filed with the US Internal Revenue Service and for all tax consequences resulting from the Section 83(b) Election.

 

10. [Non-competition and Non-solicitation.

 

10.1. In consideration of the Restricted Stock, the Grantee agrees and covenants not to:

 

(a) contribute his or her knowledge, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, as an employee, officer, owner, manager, advisor, consultant, agent, partner, director, stockholder, volunteer, intern or in any other similar capacity to an entity engaged in the same or similar business as the Company and its Affiliates, including those engaged in the business of nuclear fuel technology for a period of one year following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service;

 

(b) directly or indirectly, solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Company or its Affiliates for one year following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service; or

 

(c) directly or indirectly, solicit, contact (including, but not limited to, e-mail, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, and instant message), attempt to contact or meet with the current[, former or prospective] customers of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Company or any of its Affiliates for a period of one year following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

10.2. If the Grantee breaches any of the covenants set forth in Section 10.1:

 

(a) all unvested Restricted Stock shall be immediately forfeited; and

 

(b) the Grantee hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief.]

 

3

 

 

11. Compliance with Law. The issuance and transfer of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance by the Company and the Grantee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock may be listed. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred unless and until any then applicable requirements of state and federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. The Grantee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the shares of Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

12. Legends. A legend may be placed on any certificate(s) or other document(s) delivered to the Grantee indicating restrictions on transferability of the shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement or any other restrictions that the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any applicable federal or state securities laws or any stock exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted.

 

13. Notices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be delivered to the Grantee under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Grantee at the Grantee’s address as shown in the records of the Company. Either party may designate another address in writing (or by such other method approved by the Company) from time to time.

 

14. Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

15. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Grantee and the Company.

 

16. Restricted Stock Subject to Plan. This Agreement is subject to the Plan as approved by the Company’s stockholders. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.

 

17. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon the Grantee and the Grantee’s beneficiaries, executors, administrators and the person(s) to whom the Restricted Stock may be transferred by will or the laws of descent or distribution.

 

18. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, and each provision of the Plan and this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

19. Discretionary Nature of Plan. The Plan is discretionary and may be amended, cancelled or terminated by the Company at any time, in its discretion. The grant of the Restricted Stock in this Agreement does not create any contractual right or other right to receive any Restricted Stock or other Awards in the future. Future Awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company. Any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of the Grantee’s employment with the Company.

 

4

 

 

20. Amendment. The Committee has the right to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or cancel the Restricted Stock, prospectively or retroactively; provided, that, no such amendment shall adversely affect the Grantee’s material rights under this Agreement without the Grantee’s consent.

  

21. No Impact on Other Benefits. The value of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock is not part of his normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, retirement, welfare, insurance or similar employee benefit.

 

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf), or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

 

23. Acceptance. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Restricted Stock subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock or disposition of the shares and that the Grantee has been advised to consult a tax advisor prior to such grant, vesting or disposition.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  Address:  
     
     
     
  GRANTEE:
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)
   
  Address:  
     
     
     
  SSN:  
       

 

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

 

1. Introduction.

 

1.1. The Board of Directors of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (this “Code”) in order to:

 

(a) promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

(b) promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

(c) promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

(d) deter wrongdoing; and

 

(e) ensure accountability for adherence to this Code.

 

1.2. All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with this Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below in Section 6.

 

2. Honest and Ethical Conduct.

 

2.1. The Company’s policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.

 

2.2. Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.

 

3. Conflicts of Interest.

 

3.1. A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

 

3.2. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, employees or their family members are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, any director or executive officer are expressly prohibited.

 

 

 

 

3.3. Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in Section 3.4.

 

3.4. Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Company does not have a Chief Compliance Officer, then references in this Code to Chief Compliance Officer shall be deemed to be references to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. A supervisor may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the Chief Compliance Officer with a written description of the activity and seeking the Chief Compliance Officer’s written approval. If the supervisor is himself involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

3.5. Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists.

 

4. Compliance.

 

4.1. Employees, officers and directors should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.

 

4.2. Although not all employees, officers and directors are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

4.3. No director, officer or employee may purchase or sell any Company securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, nor may any director, officer or employee purchase or sell another company’s securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is against Company policies and illegal for any director, officer or employee to use material non-public information regarding the Company or any other company to (a) obtain profit for himself or herself; or (b) directly or indirectly “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of that information.

 

5. Disclosure.

 

5.1. The Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.

 

2

 

 

5.2. Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company’s financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company’s books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel.

 

5.3. Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company’s disclosure process must: (a) be familiar with and comply with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and (b) take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

 

6. Reporting.

 

6.1. Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists.

 

6.2. Actions prohibited by this Code involving any other person must be reported to the reporting person’s supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6.3. After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.

 

6.4. All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.

 

7. Enforcement.

 

7.1. The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.

 

7.2. If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the full Board of Directors.

 

7.3. If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer will report such determination to the Chief Executive Officer or the General Counsel, if the Company has a General Counsel.

 

7.4. Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.

 

3

 

 

8. Waivers.

 

8.1. Each of the Audit Committee (or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists) (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) and the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.

 

8.2. Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC rules and the applicable rules of any trading market on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted.

 

9. Prohibition on Retaliation.

 

The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code.

 

April 21, 2020

 

 

4

 

 Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Registered with the Public Company

Accounting Oversight Board

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors

1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

As independent registered public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated April 22, 2020, with respect to the financial statements of 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Goedeker Television Co., in its registration statement on Form S-1. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “experts” in the registration statement.

 

     
     
    Salt Lake City, UT
    April 22, 2020